Home

ION Reference Guide

1. Source Force ON e ee 2 PulseWidth is zero Force OFF uot E E r State Polarity non inverting 5 State Polarity inverting Source Force ON PulseWidth is non zero PulseWidth k i a ae E ks When configuring the Digital Output module consider the characteristics of your external relay or device such as whether it is normally closed or open for your meter s digital output characteristics refer to the meter s Installation Guide You can use the Polarity setup register to ensure the State correctly reflects the actual state of the external relay or device or you can modify the State register s on off labels Page 172 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Digital Output Module The following table lists the combinations of Digital Output inputs and Polarity settings and the result sent to the hardware port and shown in the State output register Relay Type Input to Digital Output Module Polarity State Output Normally Open ON Non Inverting ON Normally Open OFF Non Inverting OFF Normally Closed ON Inverting ON Normally Closed OFF Inverting OFF The ON OFF State output register labels are user configurable Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Digital Output module behaves u
2. Modbus Master Outputs 1 32 Hi H Unsuccessful Read Device Module Pending Exception Code CI Status Q Update Period W Enable Successful Read A 4 Event D Read Now Modbus ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Modbus Master Device Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 392 ION Reference The Modbus Master Device module has the following inputs Enable This input switches the module ON and OFF When set to OFF the outputs are set to N A The default setting is ON This input is not required Read Now When pulsed this register places a Modbus request in the queue if it is not waiting on a previous response If left unconnected the module polls the Modbus devices continuously This input is not required The Modbus Master Device module has the following setup registers Connection This register maps the connection to a setup register on the Modbus Master Options Module Choose Serial
3. 439 Pulse Merge Module a cisiscchscaceiecedcoeceiaaeniels peeteeetielp hase namelhae 443 Pulse Module tante saute Aik nette dat ele En 447 Query Modules a en ans se 453 Relative Setpoint Module 15 215880 ds Ra dt ae 455 Sag Swell MOQUI E ERA DA En A nee 461 Scheduler MOQUIS SES ess Sabana anges 473 SCO ModE Sn en a as tt dont 489 Security Options Module 25 22 493 Security User Module ent ne ts fensetttietendtte ere 497 Setpoint Module SE use RNA Sd ne 501 Signal Limit Evaluation Module 511 Sliding Window Demand Module 515 SNMP Mapping Modules ekeaenuelonigees 521 Store Module s erer e T T A ATN E AEA 523 Symmetrical Components Module 527 System Log Controller Module cccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeenenaeeeeeees 531 Thermal Demand Module 533 Time of Use Module 5 ne einen 537 Transient Module ireid ne dent nn 547 Trending and Forecasting Module 555 Voltage Selection Module 559 Waveform Recorder Module 563 Web Page Module is siicccccczeccrhssgteie nine aiinnlanee 569 XML Import MOdul teste esse net ee deeueded 573 ION Reference Page 8 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Introduction This introductory chapter provides background information on ION architecture and its modu
4. Status Successful Read Exception Code Update Period Event ES 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Import Module Detailed Module Operation To set up communications between the Virtual Processor and Modbus you must first enter the Modbus device address information in the Virtual Processor Setup utility Select a unique name for the Modbus device and map this string variable to the Modbus device s address You use this name later on when setting up the module s Device Name setup parameter To set up communications between the meter and Modbus use Designer to configure the communications port COM port and baud rate on the Modbus Master capable meter Ensure the Modbus Master protocol is active on the communications channel that connects the Modbus master capable meter to a slave device on the Modbus network The Modbus Import module is automatically enabled after you have added set up and saved your framework Linking the Enable input gives you the option to turn the module on or off amp NOTE The frequency of polling depends on a number of variables e g baud rate number of devices on the communication loop etc devices are polled in a sequential manner If the ReadNow input is not connected the module starts polling the registers on the Modbus device Triggering the ReadNow input instructs the module
5. Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support H DistState H DisiV3Min a SubV3Trig A H DistStart A H DistV3Max a SubV3Avg DistEnd H DistV3Avg E SubV3Dur DistDur E DistV3Engy E H Remaining Learning Time I m DistV1Min DistNominal Stable Learning Time E DistV1 Max E subvitrig A H Learned Swell Lim DistV1Avg SubV1Avg E H Learned Sag Lim DistV1 Engy SubV1Dur _ Event D DistV2Min SubV2Trig A DistV2Max E SubV2Avg DistV2Avg W SubV2Dur a DistV2Engy Oo The primary application for the Sag Swell module is voltage quality monitoring and analysis For both utilities and their customers poor voltage quality can have expensive results Electrical equipment is designed to operate within certain voltage limits if there is a disturbance in voltage equipment can fail or sustain permanent damage Computer equipment is especially sensitive to disturbances in voltage ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this materi
6. NOTE Provides additional information to clarify or simplify a procedure Please Note Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only be qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Contents INTOGUCTION eie RER tates RE Ses ed ee aa SEE 9 AISI MOGUIG sa a cade visa eons sel cata de re di asses 23 Aralog Input M dul 53 sens ste toe pia notes death dae 39 Analog Output Module sesine reana ea aea kea EE h 45 AND OR Modules a a a aa A 51 Arithmetic MOdul aini aa a A a SE AA tE aaa 57 Av raging MO dUI See in te dt m sta de 85 Bin Modul s ais E A A nn 89 Calibration Pulser Module ccccccccceccseeeeeeceeeeeeceeeanseeseeeeeeeeeesaeaeness 93 Glock 0 E pare mene nea erm ar en ee ne ea rte 99 Communications Module ccccccccceceseeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeneeeeeeeeeeseeeanees 107 COMTRADE Modul e a E E Eaa 115 Convert Module ccccccccceceeseseececeeeeceseaneesenceeeeeeeeanaeaeaeeeeeeaeaeeanaeaens 119 Counter Module ses 123 Data Acquisition Module sonst 800 nes tre ane iene ane tien e 129 Data Monitor Module eikin aa a aa E adiis 131 Data Recorder Module sears a a 137 DDE Input Module fast a tee Lens ne aA aE ttes Uae xg 145 Diagnostics Module sn ant dns reve Gea wane dotteaen a annees 149 Difference Summation Module cc ceceec
7. Sliding Window SWinDemand W I Demand Module nur I Ti E Source ume ler Enable Interval End A I A Syne Event D A Reset The Sliding Window Demand module calculates sliding window and predicted demand over a specified number of subintervals of a specific length The module can be either internally or externally synchronized For external synchronization you would typically use the output from a Digital Input module as a Sync pulse The module performs predicted sliding window demand by automatically predicting the value that each sliding window demand parameter will attain when updated at the start of the next interval ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Sliding Window Demand Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 516 ION Reference Source
8. 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 503 Setpoint Module ION Reference Learn Install Mode This register specifies how the learned values are installed MANUAL Learning occurs but the module is not automatically configured with the learned values when learning is complete The learned values are placed in the learned output registers for review and manual installation AUTOMATIC Learning occurs and the learned values are placed in the learned output registers The module automatically installs and starts using the learned values when learning is complete Once the learned values are installed either manually or automatically the value of the learned output registers becomes NOT AVAILABLE Learn Duration This register specifies the learning duration in days The allowable range is 1 to 365 The default is 30 Output Registers Page 504 Status During normal operation this Boolean register contains ON when the Setpoint condition is met and OFF when the Setpoint condition is not met If the Enable input is OFF the Status output register changes to NOT AVAILABLE Also if the Source input or any of the setup registers are changed while the Status register is ON it automatically changes to OFF A NOTE If any changes are made to the Setpoint module while the Status output register is ON the Status output register is forced OFF and the module is reevaluated for the setpoint condi
9. Both Unsigned and Signed 32B M10k refer to the Modulo10000 formats This format breaks a 32 bit value into two 16 bit registers according to the following relationship register_high higher order register value 10 000 register_low lower order register value modulus 10 000 Hence the 32 bit value can be retrieved by the following calculation value register_high x 10 000 register low Scaling YES indicates that scaling is applied to data before being placed in the value outputs NO indicates data is transferred without scaling No scaling is allowed for IEEE Float IEEE Float Little Endian or Packed Boolean formats 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 381 Modbus Import Module ION Reference ModbusinMinScale Modbus input minimum scale If scaling is applicable this register specifies the lower limit of the Modbus register value ModbusinMaxScale Modbus input maximum scale If scaling is applicable this register specifies the upper limit of the Modbus register value IONOutMinScale ION output minimum scale If scaling is applicable this register specifies the scaled lower limit of the ION value IONOutMaxScale ION output maximum scale If scaling is applicable this register specifies the scaled upper limit of the ION value Output Registers Page 382 M Value 1 Value N Value 1 register contains the first data value read from
10. a Module 1 ON AND OR Module Result ON Source 1 a ae Module 2 Q OFF Mode setup register set to OR Responses to Special Condit The following table sum conditions ions marizes how the AND OR module behaves under different Condition If the Source input is NOT AVAILABLE Response of Output Register The Result output register depends on Source input combinations see the diagram and table below After the module is re linked registers are changed or its s tup The Result output register is NOT AVAILABLE either the first time or after When the device is started or powered up a shut down The Result output register is NOT AVAILABLE Mode AND OR Module Behavior AND If any input is OFF the output is OFF If inputs are either ON or NOT AVAILABLE the output is NOT AVAILABLE NAND If any input is OFF the output is ON If inputs are either ON or NOT AVAILABLE the output is NOT AVAILABLE OR If any input is ON the output is ON If inputs are either OFF or NOT AVAILABLE the output is NOT AVAILABLE NOR If any input is ON the output is OFF If inputs are either OFF or NOT AVAILABLE the output is NOT AVAILABLE 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 55 AND OR Module ION Reference Page 56 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cr
11. 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Diagnostics Module M Insert Efficiency The Log Server uses a cache to minimize the overhead of inserting records into the database Insert Efficiency is a measure of the cache s effectiveness expressed as a percentage If the Log Server s performance is becoming poor and the Insert Efficiency value falls below 65 you may want to increase the cache size See below E Insert Cache Size The default size of the cache mentioned above is 100 This value can be increased to accommodate large systems To do this use the C lt number gt command line argument when starting the Log Server Note that increasing the cache size increases the memory consumption by both the Log Server and the database server O Diagnostics Schema This schema output provides three database tables that describe the nodes and logs in your system The tables are NODEPERF This setting provides aggregated performance statistics on a per node basis Many of the statistics provided are the same as those available from the Log Monitor module Additional statistics are as follows Column Name Value Description Node name The name of the node Will be YES if the node is responding to communications NO if it is not Also the value will be Responding YES NO NO if any node it depends on is not responding for example a Virtual Processor Data Recorder with remote inputs reco
12. Log State I Records Left E A 5 BE Source Record Complete Enable Eveni A Record J A Rearm This input can be linked to any of the outputs of the Data Acquisition module Linking this input is mandatory Enable This input enables or disables the Waveform Recorder module by setting it to ON or OFF respectively If you disable a Waveform Recorder module it disregards the Record input This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default A Record When this register is pulsed the waveform data in the Source input are copied to the Wform Log output register Linking this input is mandatory Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2009 Schneider Electric
13. Time Of Use Module Q Enable E Time Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Rate A Status Weekday Status Rate B Status 9 Weekend Status Rate C Status Q Rate D Status oO Alt 2 Status Rate Change A Q Alt 1 Status Q Q Holiday Status Season 1 Status Schedule Change Season 2 Status Monday Status Q Season 3 Status Tuesday Status Q Season 4 Status Wednesday Status D Season Change Thursday Status Q Self Read Friday Status Day Of Week Change Sunday Status Saturday Status Q Q O Event ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed b
14. amp NOTE When a DNP Master successfully reads any DNP Event object from the device the Event object will be cleared from its associated buffer and the capacity of that buffer will increase The DNP Slave Options module has the following output registers BinInEv binary input event This register indicates the current capacity of the Binary Input Event Object buffer for this session It specifies how many DNP Event objects can be stored before overflow occurs When the buffer is full this register will run into negative numbers to indicate how many DNP Event objects have been overwritten FrzCntEv frozen counter event This register indicates the current capacity of the Frozen Counter Event Object buffer for this session It specifies how many DNP Event objects can be stored before overflow occurs When the buffer is full this register will run into negative numbers to indicate how many DNP Event objects have been overwritten CntChangeEv counter change event This register indicates the current capacity of the Counter Change Event Object buffer for this session It specifies how many DNP Event objects can be stored before overflow occurs When the buffer is full this register will run into negative numbers to indicate how many DNP Event objects have been overwritten FrzAlEv frozen analog input event This register indicates the current capacity of the Frozen Analog Input Event Object buffer for this session It spec
15. ON Digital input signal OFF ON State output OFF Trigger output Input Mode PULSE A NOTE To trigger ON to OFF transitions in pulse mode set the Polarity register to INVERTING Page 166 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Digital Input Module KYZ Mode If you set Input Mode to KYZ a pulse is generated at the Trigger output for each change of state transition i e from OFF to ON and from ON to OFF transitions ON Digital input signal OFF ON State output OFF Trigger output Input Mode KYZ A C Mode If you set Input Mode to A c the digital input port is configured to detect the presence of an A C waveform that is within the frequency range of 5 to 210 Hz The next illustration shows how a digital input can be used to monitor the operation of a fan When the fan turns on T2 a pulse is generated on the Trigger output register and the State output register changes to ON When the fan turns off T3 the State output register changes to OFF and another pulse is generated on the Trigger output OFF ON OFF 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 167 Digital Input Module Setting the EvLog Mode ION Reference For status or equipment monitoring applications the EvLog Mode setup register is typically s
16. A NOTE The number of high speed modules is limited so use them only when necessary Time Sensitive Modules Some ION module setup registers require you to specify a time interval For a standard module with an update rate of once per second choose a value that is a multiple of this update rate e g 1S 2s 3s etc Since high speed modules update every cycle or every half cycle in some ION meters make sure you specify a time interval that allows for frequency drifts If the frequency drifts to a higher value the module updates faster Therefore specify a value that is slightly faster than the module update rate For example if a high speed module is used on a 60 Hz system and the module updates once per cycle you must specify a time interval that is slightly faster than the module update rate i e a value lower than 16 7 milliseconds Event Priorities Every event that occurs inside an ION module is recorded and has a particular priority number assigned to it In general a severe event is assigned a higher number than a normal or typical event The events are arranged and prioritized by the Event Log Controller module You can set a priority cutoff for event logging any event that is equal or less than the cutoff value you specify is ignored discarded This allows you to eliminate unnecessary records that would otherwise appear in the Event Log 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference
17. E AVVA instMag AVVA mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for the average apparent power derived from the AvVA input E MaxVA instMag MaxVA mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for the maximum apparent power derived from the MaxVA input E MinVA instMag MinVA mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for the minimum apparent power derived from the MinVA input E AvW instMag AVW mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for the average real power derived from the AvW input E MaxW instMag MaxW mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for the maximum real power derived from the MaxW input E MinW instMag MinW mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for the minimum real power derived from the MinW input E AVVAr instMag AvVar mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for the average reactive power derived from the AvVAr input E MaxVAr instMag MaxVAr mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for the maximum reactive power derived from the MaxVAr input E MinVAr instMag MinVAr mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for the minimum reactive power derived from the MinVAr input 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 305 IEC 61850 MSTA Module Page
18. If learning is enabled this register is overwritten by the learned values either when you install the values in MANUAL MODE or when learning is complete in AUTOMATIC MODE ChangeCrit This register provides the means to sub divide a disturbance into discrete sub disturbances It specifies by how much an input must change during a disturbance to be considered a new sub disturbance The percentage you define is with respect to the nominal voltage not the voltage at the time of the change For example if your nominal voltage is 120V and your ChangeCritis 10 any voltage drop of 12V or more during a disturbance marks a new sub disturbance RMS Voltage Nominal gt gt gt Beginning of disturbance amp 1st sub disturbance Sag Limit Q g Beginning of 2nd sub disturbance Time A NOTE Changes in voltage are only considered sub disturbances while a disturbance is in progress For example if the Sag Lim is 95 and the ChangeCrit is 2 a voltage drop to 97 of nominal is not considered a sub disturbance the drop exceeded the ChangeCrit but the voltage did not fall below the Sag Lim therefore there was no disturbance Hysteresis Hysteresis is the difference in magnitude between the start and end thresholds for a Sag Swell For example a hysteresis of 5 means that a Sag with a threshold of 90 needs to reach 95 before the Sag is over and a Swell with a lim
19. Modbus Export Module The 32 bit Modbus Register Mapillustrates how the module maps its Sourceinputs to the Modbus register map 32 bit Modbus Register Map Modbus Register Stack Gn 6 5 4 3 2 1 Modbus Export persons ete ee Module o0o0000000000000 DT ee OOOOOOOOAOOOOO0O DOOOOOOOOOOOoOoOG sete OOCCHOOGHOOeoo oh oures no Source 4 0 Source N EO Starting Address 2N 1 OO OOOOOOOOOOO00000 Pe T Enable Write Now Signed 32B M10k or Unsigned 32B M10k The module maps data in a similar fashion as the 32 bit signed or 32 bit unsigned format see 32 bit Modbus Register Map above UNSCALED The module takes data from Source 1 and divides the value by 10000 It then takes the quotient and places it into the specified starting address of the Modbus register map and places the remainder into the adjacent higher address of the Modbus register map SCALED The module takes data from Source 1 applies scaling specified in the module s setup registers then divides this value by 10000 It then takes the quotient and places it into the specified starting address of the Modbus register map and takes the remainder and places it into the adjacent higher address of the Modbus register map Packed Boolean The module writes to the appropriate bit position in the Modbus register map as follows One 1 for any numeric non zero or Boolean TRUE value Zero 0 for numeric zero or Boolean FALSE value The module t
20. Some SNVT types support a specific exception value Others will go to their min value to indicate an exception A NOTE If the network variable is bound you cannot delete the LonWorks Export module You must first unbind it using a LonWorks network manager 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 347 LonWorks Export Module ION Reference Page 348 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 At Maximum Module The Maximum module records the maximum value reached by a single numeric variable It can be reset and enabled or disabled Inputs E Source Maximum Module Maximum Hi I E Source Trigger A I Q Enable Event D A Reset This input is monitored for a maximum value It must be a numeric variable register from any other module s outputs Linking this input is mandatory The Maximum module ignores any source that is NOT AVAILABLE Enable This input enables or disables the Maximum module by setting it to ON or OFF respectively When a Maximum module is disabled it disregards any new maximum values at the Source input This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module is enabled by default A Reset This input resets the Maximum module setting the Maximum output register to NOT AVAILABLE The module can be reset even if it is disabled This input must be a pulse register from any other module s outputs This inp
21. TYPE TYPE Il TYPE Ill 400 300 200 100 00001 0006 006 05 1 6 60 10000 l The Transient module detects disturbances in these ranges The Sag Swell module detects disturbances in this range lt 728 samples cycle gt 130us 60Hz 156us 50Hz 4 256 samples cycle 65us 60Hz 78us 50Hz 1 cycle amp NOTE The start of the transient detection window depends on the meter s sampling rate Refer to your device s documentation 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 553 Transient Module ION Reference Analyzing Data with Vista You can plot transient data on a CBEMA curve using Vista Connect the magnitude and duration output registers of the Transient module for example TranVimax and TranV1dur to the Source inputs of a Data Recorder module and trigger the Data Recorder by connecting the Transient module s AnyTrig output to the Data Recorder s Record input The Data Recorder module then records magnitude and duration data when a transient occurs You can also capture the waveform that contains the transient activity by using the Transient module to trigger a Waveform Recorder module Link the Transient module s trigger output for the voltage phase you re interested in for example TranV1Trig to the Record input of the Waveform Recorder module Ensure that the Waveform Recorder module s Source input is linked to the appropriate phase voltage
22. Trigger input ensure that this register is unlinked the power outage triggers the Outage Dialback alert The recommended maximum settings for the Attempts Retry Time and Lockout Time registers for the Outage Dialback feature are suggested in the section below Creating an Alert Module for Outage Dialback Alerts With ION Setup advanced mode or Designer follow these steps to set up your meter to send Outage Dialback alerts 1 Create an Alert module 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 35 Alert Module 2 Alerting Via Email ION Reference Configure these Alert module setup registers as indicated Message type in the text for the Outage Dialback alert you can use 128 characters maximum Priority type in the alert s priority from O lowest to 255 highest Destination type in the dialing string that the modem will dial Type specify the type of destination you want to alert ASCII ALPHANUMERIC PAGER NUMERIC PAGER MV90 or ION ALERT PEGASYS Pager Number type in your pager access number provided by your paging company Com Port select Outage Dialback Attempts type in the number of times that the module will attempt to connect For Outage Dialback alerts the recommended setting is 1 5 attempts Retry Time type in the amount of time in seconds that the module waits before attempting re dial after a failed attempt For Outage Dialback alerts the r
23. ION Reference Allow Broadcast Timesyncs This register defines whether a username and password must be supplied to synchronize the time of the meter when advanced security is enabled By default this register is set to No to indicate that a username and password must always be supplied by any software used to synchronize the meter time If it is set to YES then time synchronization can be performed without a username and password If you need to synchronize the meter time with a third party protocol e g Modbus set this register to YES Modbus Map Access This register limits access to the meter via the Modbus protocol By default this register is set to No If the Enable Advanced Security register is set to Enabled then access via Modbus is limited to Modbus registers managed by Modbus Slave modules In other words all access to configuration and control registers will be blocked The device will respond with Modbus exception value 2 if any attempt is made to read these registers If this register is set to YES then the entire Modbus Map can be accessed via communications Web Access Read Security Only for devices which implement Advanced Security this register defines whether to enforce read security on read access to HTML XML pages When set to YES default it enforces the read security Factory Read This register specifies if the Factory user has read access permissions for the meter If it is set to YES then the Factory user
24. Reset J 5 Event The module receives this input from a voltage FFT V1 V2 or V3 module Valid When the Evaluate input is pulsed the module checks the state of Valid and updates the output registers accordingly refer to Detailed Module Operation below Linking this input is optional Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Mains Signaling Evaluation Module Setup Registers m ION Reference Enable This input enables or disables the module s operation If this input is set to FALSE then the outputs will not be updated and pulses at the Evaluate will be ignored This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be en
25. The FFT module performs Fast Fourier Transforms on waveforms sampled by the Data Acquisition module This module prepares the waveforms for input into other harmonics analysis and measurement modules p FFT Module CE Event mn Source Enable Source The Source inputs to each FFT module are factory linked to the outputs of the Data Acquisition module and cannot be changed Enable The Enable input is factory linked and cannot be altered The FFT module has no setup registers Output Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support FFT The output FFTs can be linked to the following modules Harmonics Analyzer Harmonics Evaluation Harmonics Measurement Mains Signaling Evaluation Power Harmonics Symmetrical Components Transient and Waveform Recorder ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Con
26. VAr phsB instCVal mag I H VAr phsB cVal mag H H TotVA instMag A phsA instCVal mag VAr phsC instCVal mag Hi H TotVA mag A TotPF instMag A phsA cVal mag A phsB instCVal mag VAr phsC cVal mag i H VA phsA instCVal mag W H TotPF mag A phsB cVal mag H Hz instMag A phsC instCVal mag VA phsA cVal mag VA phsB instCVal mag W H Hz mag H PPV phsAB instCVal mall A phsC cVal mag A neut instCVal mag H VA phsB cVal mag Oo H VA phsC instCVal mag I H PPV phsAB cValmag i H VA phsC cVal mag W H PPV phsBC instCVal mell LT PPV phsBC cVal mag A net instCVal mag A net cVal mag H PF phsA instCVal mag W H PF phsA cVal mag i H PPV phsCA instCVal mall W phsA instCVal mag H PF phsB instCVal mag Hi H PPV phsCA cVal mag W W phsA cVal mag H PF phsB cVal mag E H PhV phsA instCVal mag I W phsB instCVal mag PF phsC instCVal mag Hi H PhV phsA cVal mag Hi W phsB cVal mag PF phsC cVal mag H PhV phsB instCVal mag I W phsC instCVal mag H PhV phsB cValmag i L E E E E L L L L A neut cVal mag E L L E Oo a L E W phsC cVal mag al Event D Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks
27. When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved The Result output registers are NOT AVAILABLE until the formulas are recalculated Page 83 Arithmetic Module ION Reference Page 84 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Averaging Module The Averaging module provides simple averaging functionality and on some meters sum of squares functionality Input values are accumulated over time and when pulsed or every second depending on user configuration the module calculates the average value of the inputs and provides those values to the corresponding output registers Averaging Module mE Inputs 1 Outputs 1 16 m E I m E Inputs 16 Event D A Operate Now A Reset Enable Inputs 1 16 Theses values are averaged by the module They must be a numeric or bounded numeric register from any other module s outputs You must link at least one of these inputs Operate Now When this register is not linked the module averages the input values every second When this register is linked the module will only average the input values when the Operate Now input is pulsed Reset When this register is pu
28. 15 minutes The Modbus Master Device module provides imported kW values from a Modbus slave device Submeter1 The Averaging module calculates the average of all stored kW values only when the Successful Read register pulses the Operate Now register This ensures the data is not stale The resulting output value is linked to the Data Recorder which records the value every 15 minutes as triggered by the Periodic Timer module Every time a record is written the Record Complete register pulses and via a Feedback module triggers the Averaging module s Reset register All previous values for kW are erased and the process begins again Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Averaging module behaves under different conditions Condition An input goes N A Responses The corresponding output is N A and internal value is reset When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shutdown All output registers are N A and internal values are reset 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 87 Averaging Module ION Reference Page 88 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 s Bin Module The Bin module counts how many times a user defined rule is satisfied by the module s inputs When an input satisfies one of the twenty five rules a corresponding output increments allowing you to count
29. Const setup register Time Interval gt Defined by Interval setup register Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Thermal Demand module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register F The ThrmDemand output register is NOT If the Source input is NOT AVAILABLE AML ABLE When the device is started or powered up The ThrmDemand output register is NOT either the first time or after a shut down AVAILABLE 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 535 Thermal Demand Module ION Reference Page 536 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved 09 2008 ION REFERENCE Time of Use Module The Time of Use module is used to store and monitor up to 20 years of seasonal rate schedules The module compares its settings with the meter s internal clock and then changes its output registers to reflect the current season day of the week active rate and active rate schedule With this functionality you can use this module to enable frameworks that measure energy and demand values for time periods with specific billing requirements You can apply up to four seasonal rates to every year Each season can be programmed with up to five rate schedules for holidays weekends weekdays and other times When a season ends the rate schedules of the next season become active This module operates one second after each minute boundary
30. Lowest value recorded during SusUntlOFF This Status output register of this Setpoint module changes to ON when input exceeds and remains over the value of the High Limit for a time longer than SusUntlON This Status output register changes to OFF when the Source input falls below the value of the Low Limitfor a time longer than SusUntlOFF The differential between the high and low limits effectively produces a programmable level of operational hysterisis or deadbana A NOTE If you are monitoring the absolute value of a numeric Source do not set the Low Limit to 0 since the Source value will never be negative In the above diagram the timestamp 1 timestamp 2 and timestamp 3 points indicate the events produced by the Setpoint module 1 The first event records the Status output register changing to ON and the extreme value attained during the SusUntiON period 2 The second event records the extreme value attained by the Source input while the Status output register was ON Page 506 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Setpoint Module 3 The third event records the Status output register changing to OFF and the extreme low value attained by the Source input during the SusUntlOFF period Eval Mode LESSTHAN This figure shows how Setpoints operate when Eval Mode is LESSTHAN It also shows the different events and the values that are recorded during the operation of a Setpoint Sour
31. O A4 A3 A2 Thermocouple ec Al ION7550 Meter OOOOO Module Source em If Input 5 MERE Module Port Port A 0 Virtual Processor Distributed Boolean Module Source Activate Destination setup register Bc ey ere fetta rs es catia acy even tes E ot ayn ne a ET ______ 1configured to control External Boolean module in the ION 7330 Digital Outputs Data Monitor Launching Module Stat O Module Ae ET DI O gt Fan Switch a Launch ource 2 2 2 D4 O RunCommand net send Workstation Please resolve communication problem ION7330 Meter PE A External Boolean Module Digital Output Module Source When the Data Monitor s status switches from ON to OFF it generates a pulse at its Trigger output register This trigger is linked to a Launching module The Launching module will then start another application for example network messaging or dialing a pager to indicate the communication problem In this example a network message will be sent to the computer named Workstation1 The operator at this station can then investigate the cause of the communication problem 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 135 Data Monitor Module ION Reference Page 136 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 12 2009 21 Data Recorder Module Data Recorder modules allow you to record and store different kinds of data
32. Source 1 Result 2 Integrator Module Result m Source 1 Result 3 Source 3 Clock Module Local Time W Scheduler Module Status 1 a ell Result 4 E F Statl Re Enable Enable Endl A Reset Event Time CalculateNow Status 2 Output 1 Profile Start 0000 hrs Se K Formula 1 1 05 End 0800 hrs Integrator Module Result I fous 2 Ae Output 2 Profile Start 0800 hrs End2 A ormula End 1700 hrs Integrand Formula 4 SUM R1 R3 N Status 3 P Enable Output 3 Profile Start 1700 hrs Reset End 2400 hrs Start3 A End3 A This illustrates how a simple time of use framework can be implemented to calculate the cost of energy consumption Let s say your power provider charges you different energy rates during different times of the day Time of day Rate kWh 12 00 AM to 8 00 AM 0 05 8 00 AM to 5 00 PM 0 12 5 00 PM to 12 00 AM 0 08 In this example the Scheduler module s Output Profile 1 to 3 setup registers are set to turn ON during the times listed above The Integrator modules are linked to the kW tot output of the Power Meter module these Integrators calculate energy kWh The Enable input of each Integrator is linked to the Scheduler s Status output 1 through 3 respectively Each Integrator therefore monitors the kWh use ONLY during the time periods assigned t
33. The Instr Xformer Correction module takes the value of this input from the Data Acquisition module This link cannot be changed For Instr Xformer Correction modules that are correcting current inputs this source input is 11 12 13 14 or 15 For the Instr Xformer Correction modules that are correcting voltage inputs this source is V1 V2 V3 or V4 E Enable The Enable input is factory linked and cannot be altered Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Instr Xformer Correction ITC Module Setup Registers Page 308 ION Reference Secondary Nominal Rating This setup register allows you to input the secondary rated nominal current or voltage value depending upon whether the Instr Xformer C
34. This is the value for which sliding window demand and predicted sliding window demand are calculated It must be a numeric register from any other module s outputs Linking this input is mandatory Enable This input enables or disables the Sliding Window Demand module Disabling the module turns all the module s outputs to NOT AVAILABLE and all the data collected for the current and previous subintervals is discarded The SwinDemand output will remain NOT AVAILABLE until the number of subintervals indicated by the Subintvis setup register have expired This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default Sync This input receives a pulse which can be used for external synchronization of the module The Sync input must be a pulse register from any other module s output This input is optional NOTE In the Virtual Processor the Sync register does not exist Reset This input resets the SWinDemand and PredDemand output registers to NOT AVAILABLE Note that the SwinDemand output will be NOT AVAILABLE until the number of subintervals indicated by the Subintvis setup register have expired The PredDemand output will be NOT AVAILABLE until one subinterval before that This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the input by default will never receive a pulse Sub Intvl This numeric bounded register specifies the number of seconds in the sliding window demand subinterval If the Sync
35. All rights reserved Schneider Waveform Recorder Module Setup Registers Page 564 ION Reference Rearm When this register is pulsed and the RecordMode setup register has been set to STOP WHEN FULL the Waveform Recorder module will reset to allow full capacity If the RecordMode setup register has been set to CIRCULAR pulses on the Rearm input are ignored Linking this input is mandatory if the module is set to STOP WHEN FULL The setup registers of the Waveform Recorder module determine how many waveforms the module can store as well as how the waveforms will be stored Depth This register determines the maximum number of records in the output log The higher you set this number the more memory is required Note that the format of the waveform data affects how much memory a single record uses A large number of samples per cycle and a large number of cycles use more memory than a small number of samples per cycle and a small number of cycles RecordMode This register determines the recording mode defining what happens when the Wform Log output register is full If you select CIRCULAR the newest values get recorded and the oldest are dropped If you select STOP WHEN FULL the Waveform Recorder module stops writing new values into the Wform Log output register when it reaches capacity A NOTE When using STOP WHEN FULL record mode each Waveform Recorder module s Rearm input should be linked to
36. COMTRADE records Setup Registers The COMTRADE module has the following setup registers Depth This register determines the maximum number of COMTRADE records that will be stored on your meter s internal FTP server The higher you set this number the more memory is required Note that the format of the linked Waveform Recorder module affects how much memory a single record uses Record Mode This register determines the recording mode defining what happens when the maximum number of COMTRADE records is reached If you select CIRCULAR the newest values get recorded and the oldest are dropped If you select STOP WHEN FULL the COMTRADE module stops generating COMTRADE records when it reaches capacity and you must pulse the Reset input to clear the module so that it will generate COMTRADE records Module Enable This register determines if the COMTRADE module is operating or not If the COMTRADE module is online this register must be set to DISABLED in order to modify the connected Waveform Recorder modules Format and Record Delay Cycles setup registers or the Source input registers Output Registers Page 116 Log State If RecordMode is set to STOP WHEN FULL this register value will be TRUE when the maximum number of COMTRADE records are stored when the module is full as defined by the Depth setup register Records Left If RecordMode is set to STOP WHEN FULL this register indicates the number of a
37. Days set in the ai Alt 1 Days setup register S 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A Days set in the Season 2 Weekend Rates Alt 2 Days setup register 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 J a 12 00 AM Rate A Q 6 O a 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Season 2 and Season 3 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 Holiday Rates 12 00 AM Rate D 6 7 8 9 10 11 A Season 2 and Season 3 Weekday Rates TE g 16 17 18 19 E 12 00 AM Rate A 8 00 AM RateB O 21 23 24 25 26 4 00 PM RateC 10 00 PM Rate D 2r 28 29 30 1 2 Season 2 and Season 3 Alt 2 Rates 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 In 12 00 AM Rate C Q 6 00 PM RateD 8 O Season 3 Weekend Rates 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 12 00 AM Rate B Z 24 25 26 27 8 29 30 F 4 5 6 a 9 A Response to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Time of Use module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Registers If the Enable input is OFF All Status output registers contain FALSE and no pulses occur 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 545 Time of Use Module ION Reference Page 546 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE sal 09 2008 Transient Module The Transient module monitors the waveforms for all voltage phases and determines the magnitude and duration of a transient when one is detected on any phase You can specify how large a disturbance has to be before it is considered a transient and recorded The Transient module can be used to
38. Evaluate Enable Reset Source The Source input is the signal to be characterized This input must be linked or the module will not function Nominal The Nominal input is linked to the nominal value of the Source input quantity for example nominal system voltage and as such is generally linked to an unchanging value This input must be linked if the Eval Mode setup register is set to PERCENTAGE Valid When the Evaluate input is pulsed the module checks the state of Valid and updates the output registers accordingly refer to Detailed Module Operation below Linking this input is optional ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Signal Limit Evaluation Module Setup Registers Page 512 ION Reference Enable This input enables
39. HD Outputs as Percentages This boolean register indicates if individual harmonic distortion values are being displayed as percentages On YES and Off NO Event Any events produced by the Harmonics Analyzer module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp event priority event s cause event s effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Harmonics Analyzer Module Effect of Meter Configuration on Harmonics The Volts Mode setting of the devices require PT and CT configurations that prevent the calculation of certain harmonics The following table outlines these considerations Volts Mode Setting Affected Harmonics Modules Delta All outputs of V2 and 14 are NOT AVAILABLE 3W WYE All outputs of V2 are NOT AVAILABLE Single Phase All outputs of V3 and 13 are NOT AVAILABLE Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Harmonics Analyzer module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register If the Source input is NOT AVAILABLE All outpu
40. If the module is evaluating a swell condition then the Dropout percentage must be less than the Pickup percentage Conversely the Dropout must be greater than the Pickup for a sag condition EvPriority This register allows you to set a custom priority level to certain events written to the Event output register When EvPriority is zero no event is written Refer to the Event output register description for details Output Registers Page 198 E Extreme 1 Extreme 2 Extreme 3 The extreme value detected during the last disturbance on Source A Source B or Source C respectively This value is reflected as a percentage of the Nominal value for example an Extreme 1 value of 85 denotes a 15 sag from Nominal on Source 1 Duration 1 Duration 2 Duration 3 The duration in seconds of the last detected event on Source A Source B or Source C respectively 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Disturbance Analyzer Module Duration All The duration in seconds of the last detected event that all linked sources where in an event A DistStart 1 DistStart 2 DistStart 3 A pulse output indicating the end of a disturbance on Source A Source B or Source C respectively A DistAllStart A pulse output indicating the beginning of a disturbance on all linked sources i e when all linked sources cross the threshold A DistEnd 1 DistEnd 2 DistEnd 3 This pulse output indicates the end of a disturbance on
41. Page 183 Display Options Module ION Reference Detailed Operation Delta Vector Display Type Diagrams 1 and 2 below illustrate how the vector diagram is displayed depending on the value of this setup register Diagram 1 Form 35 and 35S 3 Wire Delta 2 PTs 2 CTs L A L I O N A E D VI V3 Vref 111 131 112 132 Meter terminal connections For the wiring diagram illustrated above the vector diagram is displayed as shown below in Diagram 2 If the Delta Vector Display Type is set to System the vector diagram is displayed as per the figure on the left The figure on the right corresponds to the Instrument setting Diagram 2 ABC Rotation Q1 Lagging PF VCA VCB IC IC VAB OR VAR IA IA VBC System Vectors Instrument Vectors 120 Degrees apart 60 Degrees apart Page 184 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Fa Inputs 09 2008 Distributed Boolean Module When the Boolean module is activated the Boolean value at the Source input is written to the ION node you have specified The module updates the value every time the value changes state or if the value is not changing at a regular interval When used in conjunction with the other Arithmetic and External Control modules the Distributed Boolean module becomes a powerful tool for automated plant wide demand or power factor control including load shedding and start up of auxiliary power A NOTE It is highly recommended t
42. Screen Type This register specifies the way that the linked parameters are displayed on the front panel screen Some choices for this register include the number of parameters to display display the measurement with a timestamp display a scaled value or display the measurements as a vector diagram To configure a Display module as Trend Display set the Screen Type setup register to Data Log Trend Log Source 1 to 4 Softkey Number If applicable this register assigns a softkey number to the display screen See your meter documentation for more details Softkey Name If applicable this register assigns a softkey name to the display screen See your meter documentation for more details Screen Title If applicable this register assigns a title to the display screen See your meter documentation for more details Status Bar Option This register allows you show or hide the Status Bar on a front panel display screen See your meter s documentation for details on the Status Bar Screen Resolution This register allows you to configure the leading zeros and decimal point in a numeric display For example the number 276 3443 can be configured in one of the following ways depending on the selection you set in the Screen Resolution setup register Value Screen Resolution 276 3443 1 x 276 3 1234 xx 0276 34 123456 000276 If the Screen Resolution setup register is set to DEFAULT the Display module uses the resolutions defined
43. This register contains the address that appears in the From field of the email sent by the Log Mail module refer to Detailed Module Operation for default values Some SMTP servers only accept emails from valid Internet domains so you may be required to alter the default address You can use a maximum of 80 characters Output Registers Page 332 Sending A value of TRUE at this output indicates the module is in the process of sending an email If further pulses arrive at the Send input while the module is in this state they will be ignored and an Event will be generated Records Sent This output indicates the number of records sent in the last successful email Success This output pulses when the module successfully sends an email Fail This output pulses when the module fails to send an email Event Any events produced by the Log Mail module are recorded in the Event register as follows Event Priority Group Priority Description Send Pulsed While 30 A pulse arrived on the Send input while the module was Already Sending already in the sending state 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Log Mail Module Event Priority Group Priority Description An email message failed to be sent successfully for any Email Send Failed 30 number of reasons The logged event will contain some indication of the reason for the failure A pulse arrived at the
44. This register sets the number of times that the module attempts to connect Valid Attempts are from 1 to 15 Retry Time If the modem is unable to establish communications on the first attempt and the Attempts setup register holds a value greater than one the value in this register sets the amount of time in seconds the module waits before attempting to dial again Retry Time can range from 5 to 86400 seconds For Outage Dialback alerts the recommended Retry Time setting is 120 seconds the maximum time that the Outage Dialback card will wait to retry dialing is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Lockout Time The Lockout Time setting specifies a different interval for Outage Dialback card alerts than for all other alerts For successfully sent alerts other than Outage Dialback card alerts the Lockout Time specifies a period in seconds that all Alert modules wait before another alert transmission can begin Triggers received by Alert modules remain pending until the lockout expires Lockout Time begins after the alert succeeds lockout will not occur if the messaging attempt fails Lockout Time can range from 0 to 86400 seconds A NOTE If you set the Type setup register to ION ALERT the Lockout Time setup register must also be set to a value greater than zero For Outage Dialback card alerts the Lockout Time register specifies the amount of time that you want the meter powered off before the Outage Dialback alert is sent For O
45. When the module is first created inputs are evaluated If the Enable input is OFF The Pulse Out output will not pulse After the module is re linked or its setup The Pulse Out output will not pulse until the registers are changed inputs are evaluated Page 446 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE pe Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 12 2009 Pulser Module The Pulser module serves as a intermediary between other module s pulse output registers and a hardware output channel on the device It converts the instantaneous pulses to pulses or transitions on a hardware output channel You must specify whether the output is a transition or complete pulse and you must indicate if it will pulse high or low You must also select on which hardware port the pulses will appear for example digital output port number 3 For each pulse received at the Source input a single pulse is sent to the specified hardware output channel A WARNING HAZARD OF UNEXPECTED DIGITAL OUTPUT PULSE e Do not use ION meters for critical control or protection applications where human or equipment safety relies on the operation of the control circuit e An unexpected pulse on the digital outputs can result when the supply power to the meter is interrupted or after a meter firmware upgrade e Be sure that you are f
46. from TRUE to FALSE No pulses are generated if the Source input goes from NOT AVAILABLE to TRUE or FALSE or from NOT AVAILABLE to non zero or zero Event All events produced by a Convert module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Priority Description Group Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp event priority event s cause event s effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Convert Module Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Convert module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register The Numeric Out and Boolean Out registers are NOT AVAILABLE When the module is first created and the On Pulse and Off Pulse registers will not pulse until the inputs are linked and evaluated The Numeric Out and Boolean Out registers are NOT AVAILABLE NE Enable input IS OFF The On Pulse and Off Pulse registers will not pulse The Numeric Out and Boolean Out registers are NOT AVAILABLE After the module is re linked and the On Pulse and Off Pulse registers will not pulse until the inputs are evaluated The Numeric Out and Boolean Out regist
47. it was the period of normal operation SubV1Dur Not Available it was the period of normal operation T2 This is the beginning of the second sub disturbance because the voltage has changed by more than 10 of nominal At this point output registers are DistState ON SubV1Trig pulses SubV1Avg average magnitude of sub disturbance 1 SubV1 Dur duration of sub disturbance 1 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 471 Sag Swell Module ION Reference T3 This is the beginning of the third sub disturbance because the voltage has changed by more than 10 of nominal At this point output registers are DistState ON SubV1Trig pulses SubV1Avg average magnitude of sub disturbance 2 SubV1 Dur duration of sub disturbance 2 Note that with Hysteresis set to 2 the voltage must reach 96 94 2 before the sag is registered as over T4 This is the return to normal operating parameters within the Swell and Sag Limits At this point output registers are DistState OFF Distend pulses SubV1Trig pulses Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Sag Swell module behaves under Page 472 different conditions SubV1Avg average magnitude of Sub disturbance 3 SubV1Dur duration of Sub disturbance 3 Condition Response of Output Registers When the module is first created All numeric and Boolean output registers are NOT
48. learning occurs even if the module is not enabled Learning is stopped and learning related outputs become NOT AVAILABLE when any setup of the module changes To disable learning entirely disconnect this input These registers define what is interpreted as a disturbance and a sub disturbance Swell Lim This register specifies what limit any of the inputs must exceed for the DistState output register to change to TRUE It is specified as a percentage of the nominal voltage ANSI C84 1 1989 standard recommends a limit of 106 for Range B voltage levels IEC 61000 4 30 2003 02 standard recommends a limit of 110 or greater Set the Swell Lim to a value between 100 and 1000 inclusive If learning is enabled this register is overwritten by the learned values either when you install the values in MANUAL MODE or when learning is complete in AUTOMATIC MODE Sag Lim This register specifies what limit any of the inputs must fall below for the DistState output register to change to TRUE It is specified as a percentage of the nominal voltage ANSI C84 1 1989 standard recommends for Range B voltage levels a limit of 88 for load voltages and 92 for the service entrance IEC 61000 4 30 2003 02 standard recommends a range of 85 90 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 463 Sag Swell Module Page 464 ION Reference Set the Sag Lim to a value between 0 and 100 inclusive
49. must fall below for the Status output register to change to ON When the Eval Mode iS GREATERTHAN it specifies what limit the Source input must fall below for the Status output register to change to OFF If the Source input is Boolean the value entered into this register is disregarded and the Low Limitis automatically set to 1 If learning is enabled this register is overwritten by the learned values either when you install the values in MANUAL MODE or when learning is complete in AUTOMATIC MODE 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Setpoint Module E SusUntiON sustain until on When the Eval Mode is GREATERTHAN this register defines the amount of time in seconds the Source input must exceed the High Limit for the Status output register to change to ON When the Eval Mode is LESSTHAN this register defines the amount of time the Source input must fall below the Low Limit for the Status output register to change to ON If learning is enabled this register is overwritten by the learned values either when you install the values in MANUAL MODE or when learning is complete in AUTOMATIC MODE a SusUntlOFF sustain until off When the Eval Mode is GREATERTHAN this register defines the amount of time in seconds the Source input must fall below the Low Limit for the Status output register to change to OFF When the Eval Mode is LESSTHAN this register defines the amount of time the
50. transmission is finished successfully or not Lockout This Boolean register turns on if lockout is in effect Lockout only occurs after the alert is successfully sent and the Lockout Time setup register is set to a value greater than zero If the Lockout Time setup register is set to zero Lockout is always off If the device contains other Alert modules that have pending alerts then their pending status remains until the first Alert module s Lockout period expires Lockout turns off after its lockout period has expired see the Lockout Time setup register You must enter a value in the Lockout Time setup register if you want to send the alert to the ION Alert Monitor see Destination and Type setup registers This allows the client software an opportunity to dial back to the site If there is no lockout period then the other Alert modules will send the next alert immediately after the communications channel is cleared thereby not giving the client software a chance to dial back Success This output register produces a pulse when the alert has been successfully sent Fail This output register produces a pulse if the final attempt to send the alert fails D Event Events produced by the Alert module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Set
51. writes to This name must be defined in the Virtual Processor setup and belong to a Modbus site Slave Adar slave address only on the meter The module writes to the Modbus device using a numeric address specified in this register The valid address range is 0 247 A zero 0 value is a broadcast write Reg Addr register address The module writes to the Modbus register map using a starting address specified in this register Request Type This specifies if the write request is sent to a single register or multiple Format This register defines what format of data the module follows when writing to the Modbus registers Refer to your ION device documentation for setup register choices and bounds The choices include Format Type Range i of Beebe registers used Unsigned 16B Integer 0 to 65 535 1 Signed 16B Integer 32 768 to 32 767 1 Unsigned 32B Integer 0 to 4 294 967 295 2 Unsigned 32B Little Endian Integer 0 to 4 294 967 295 2 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Export Module Format Type Range of Modbus YP g registers used Signed 32B Integer 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 2 Signed 32B Little Endian Integer 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 2 Unsigned 32 B M10k Integer 0 to 65 535 999 2 Unsigned 32 B M10k Little Endian Integer 0 to 65 535 999 2 Signed 32 B M10k Integer 32 767 999 to 32 767 999 2 Signed 32 B M10k Little En
52. 1 2 3 or 4 Weekday Rates setup registers are used on these days For example to specify a global setting of Monday to Friday to be your weekdays for all seasons enter the following syntax into the Weekdays setup register Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri or Mon Fri The rates specified in the Season Weekday Rates setup registers will be in effect every Monday at midnight to Friday until end of day Weekends This register defines the weekend days for all seasons The rates in the Season 1 2 3 or 4 Weekend Rates setup registers are used on these days An example of a Weekends entry would be 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 539 Time of Use Module Page 540 ION Reference Sat Sun Alt 1 Days This register defines a set of alternative dates for all seasons These dates generally have different rates from weekdays weekends or holidays for example a company with a less expensive rate every Thursday The rates in the Season 1 2 3 or 4 Alt 1 Rates setup registers are used on these days Alt 1 Days take precedence over Weekdays Weekends and Alt 2 Days not Holidays lf an Alt 1 Days entry falls on a day specified in the Weekdays Weekends or Alt 2 Days setup registers the day is considered an Alt 1 Day and the appropriate Season 1 2 3 or 4 Alt 1 Rates rate schedule applies Alt 2 Days This register is similar in function to Alt 1 Days but contains a different set of dates Holidays This
53. 1 9 E Source 1 Oo E Sourcen A Show 1 A Show m Source 1 to Source n The numeric parameters linked to the Source inputs are displayed on the front panel The number of Source inputs linked must match the setting made in the Screen Type setup register Show 1 tom The Display module s Source data is sent to the front panel screen when the Show input is pulsed If the platform doesn t support Showinputs then the display screen is activated automatically ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Display Module Setup Registers Page 176 ION Reference Some Display module setup registers are not available in all ION meters Refer to your meter documentation to see which registers are available on your meter and to verify register options and factory default information
54. 306 Event ION Reference Events produced by the module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priority Priorit Description Group y p Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed inf rmation 25 NOT AVAILABLE input caused output to go NOT AVAILABLE The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 ve instr Xformer Correction ITC Module The Instrument Transformer Correction ITC module is a core module that allows you to correct for inaccuracies in the current transformers CTs and potential transformers PTs There is an Instr Xformer Correction module for each current and voltage input into the meter Q Instr Xformer Correction Module Corrected Value B Event B Source Enable The primary application for instrument transformer correction is to apply correction factors for ratio errors and phase angle errors to instrument transformers Instrument transformer correction reduces or eliminates the need to replace transformers in installations where high accuracy is required Inputs Source
55. 50 mag HD1 HD50 Magnitude 1 Magnitude 50 HPhV neut 1 50 mag HPhV phsA 1 50 ang HPhV phsB 1 50 ang HPhV phsC 1 50 ang Not Available Phase 1 Phase 50 HPhV neut 1 50 ang Delta volts mode HPPV phsAB 1 50 mag HPPV phsBC 1 50 mag HD1 HD50 Magnitude 1 Magnitude 50 HPPV phsCA 1 50 mag HPPV phsAB 1 50 ang HPPV phsBC 1 50 ang Not Available Phase 1 Phase 50 HPPV phsCA 1 50 ang 1 Neutral and net values are always from the Harmonics Analyzer module 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 287 IEC 61850 MHAI Module ION Reference Page 288 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE MMTR Kah eral 09 2010 IEC 61850 MMTR Module The IEC 61850 MMTR module represents the Metering MMTR Logical Node in IEC 61850 protocol It maps the appropriate ION values to their IEC 61850 counterparts The MMTR Logical Node provides the calculated energy from voltage and current measurements These energy values are generally used for billing purposes Only one instance of this module can exist Because this module is specific to supporting the IEC 61580 protocol it can be deleted if IEC 61850 is not required A NOTE This module is configured as part of the meter s implementation of the IEC 61850 protocol Manual creation and configuration of this module or modification of an existing module is an advanced feature that should only be undertaken by personnel with a thorough unde
56. 61850 is not required For more information about IEC 61850 please refer to the IEC 61850 and ION Technology protocol document IEC 61850 MHAI Module V1 HAR V2 HAR V3 HAR V4 HAR 11 HAR 12 HAR 13 HAR 14 HAR 15 HAR V1 HME V2 HME V3 HME 11 HME 12 HME 13 HME Freq A NOTE In this graphic the output registers for the magnitude and instantaneous magnitude are represented as a single register Please refer to the Output Registers section for details Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ThdEvnA phsA ThdEvnA phsB ThdEvnA phsC ThdEvnPhsV neut Hl HCfA phsA Hi ThdEvnA neut H HCfA phsB E E LTHCFA phsC Hz Hi H Hkf phsA E Hkf phsB H Hkf phsC E E Hkf neut ThdEvnA net Hkf net H HCfA neut E ThdPhV phsA H HCfA net Hi ThdOddA neut o ThdEvnPhV phsB W ThdA phsA m H ThdPhV phsB ThdAphsB E ThdPhV phsC HThdPPV phsBC W _ ThdA phsC mm H ThdPhvV neut E ThdPPV phsCA E ThdA neut Oo ThdOddPhV phsA i ThdO
57. 8 to senda message to the pager number specified in the PagerNum setup register You must use a modem that can handle communications parameters with the paging service s modem and still be able to maintain the meter to modem parameters TAP is specified to use even parity seven data bits one stop bit and 300 or 1200 baud In contrast the meter to modem parameters might use the protocol no parity eight data bits one stop bit and 9600 baud The modem you use must be able maintain meter to modem parameters and handle the conversion Any alphanumeric pager messages over 64 characters long are truncated to the first 61 characters followed by Alphanumeric pagers only support 7 bit characters any 8 bit character for example is replaced with a blank space NUMERIC PAGER Selecting Numeric Pager configures the module to send only the Destination string to the modem Because of its simplicity this is probably an unreliable way to send an alert page Suppose the pager s phone number is 123 4567 and you want the message 99 to appear i e your numeric code to inform you that an alert has been sent You can try entering 123 4567 99 into the Destination setup register each comma represents a two second pause in the dialing string amp NOTE If you select Numeric Paging the Alert module is not able to detect if the send failed The Alert module waits 6 seconds before resetting the modem since a numeric page is completed in ap
58. AVAILABLE If V1 V2 V3 V1 Delta V2 Delta or V3 Delta is not linked All numeric and Boolean output registers related to that input are NOT AVAILABLE If V1 V2 V3 V1 Delta V2 Delta or V3 Delta is NOT AVAILABLE If the Enable input is OFF All numeric and Boolean output registers related to that input are NOT AVAILABLE All numeric and Boolean output registers that are not related to learning are NOT AVAILABLE After the module is re linked or its setup registers are changed All numeric and Boolean output registers are NOT AVAILABLE When the device is powered up either the first time or after a shutdown All output registers are NOT AVAILABLE If learning is not in progress and no learned values are waiting to be installed lf V1 V2 V3 or V1 Delta V2 Delta V3 Delta or the Nominal input are NOT AVAILABLE or there are any changes to the module s setup Learned output registers are NOT AVAILABLE Learning stops and is reset and the learned output registers are NOT AVAILABLE 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Li 09 2008 Scheduler Module The Scheduler module provides the ability to create up to eight periodic or aperiodic schedules for up to two years 24 months You can use the Scheduler for Time of Use Demand Control Load Shedding Logging Periodic Alarming On an ION meter the Scheduler works in conjun
59. Acquisition module performs analog to digital conversions of input signals It converts the waveforms that are being sampled by the device into numeric array format Data Acquisition Module Output 1 HE Output N Inputs and Setup Registers The Data Acquisition module has no programmable inputs and no setup registers Output Registers Output All Data Acquisition modules have an output register for every input they are sampling Each output register contains sampled points of a waveform in numeric array format A NOTE No event messages are created by the Data Acquisition module Schneider Electric ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the Saanichton BC property of their respective owners Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising For technical support out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com O0 cee S010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved e Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative S h d for assistance or go to C nel er www powerlogic com ES Electric Data Acquisition Module ION Refere
60. Alt2 CT2 Cal Const A Alt2 CT2 Cal Const B Alt2 CT2 Cal Const C Alt2 CT2 Name Tag Alt2 CT3 Comp Type Alt2 CT3 Nominal Alt2 CT3 V Nominal Alt2 CT3 Cal Const A Alt2 CT3 Cal Const B Alt2 CT3 Cal Const C Alt2 CT3 Name Tag CT1bSmooth CT1cSmooth CT2aSmooth CT2bSmooth CT2cSmooth CT3aSmooth CT3bSmooth CT3cSmooth ION Reference Factory Module Output Registers D Event All events produced by the Factory module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Factory module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register When the meter is started or powered up either All output registers retain the values they held the first time or after a shutdown when the meter was shutdown 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 239 Factory Module ION Reference Page 240 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 1 Feedback Module The Feedback module allows you to create circular linkages w
61. Condition Result If Status was OFF in the previous minute and an interval is scheduled Start pulses and Status is turned ON If Status was ON in the previous minute and an y remains ON interval is scheduled Status remains O If Status was OFF in the previous minute and no i tatus remains OFF interval is scheduled 3 If Status was ON in the previous minute and no interval is scheduled End pulses and Status is turned OFF In the case of pulses the Scheduler checks the time and if a pulse is scheduled for that minute it will pulse both Start and End Accounting for Daylight Savings Time Page 484 If the device s Clock module or the computer is programmed to adjust for Daylight Savings Time it is possible that scheduled activities may not happen as expected In the Case of Pulses Pulses are more susceptible to Daylight Savings Time changes simply because of their short duration lfthere are pulses scheduled to occur during the time that is lost when the clocks are moved ahead the pulses will be missed For example if a pulse is scheduled for 12 05 and the clocks are moved ahead an hour at 12 00 the pulse will not happen because the clock jumps directly from 12 00 to 1 00 lf there are pulses scheduled to occur during the time that is gained when the clocks are moved backed the pulses will occur twice For example if a pulse is scheduled for 11 30 and the clocks are moved back a
62. DNP protocol is available through the DNP User s Group www dnp org The DNP Slave Export module supports four categories of DNP data objects static event frozen static and frozen event DNP static object is the real time value of a data point for example phase A voltage DNP event object is generated when the static object exceeds a deadband threshold A DNP frozen static object represents the value of the static object at the moment when a DNP Master issues a freeze command Similarly a DNP frozen event object is produced upon the Master issuing a freeze command Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider DNP Slave Export Module Inputs gO Setup Registers Page 2
63. For example when unbalanced power is applied to a motor some of the power contributes to turning the motor in the proper direction positive sequences some of the power may contribute to the motor actually turning backwards negative sequences and some of the power may just cause heating zero sequences The Symmetrical Components module analyzes the unbalance and determines the magnitudes and phase angles of the positive negative and zero sequences These values are stored in the output registers Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Symmetrical Components module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shutdown All output registers are NOT AVAILABLE If the inputs are NOT AVAILABLE All output registers are NOT AVAILABLE If the Enable input is OFF All output registers are NOT AVAILABLE 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 529 Symmetrical Components Module ION Reference Page 530 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs Setup Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 System Log Controller Module amp NOTE Communications Server has been renamed to Communications Services
64. Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Web Page Module Page 570 ION Reference Page Location This register specifies the location or address of the web page The value range for this register is 0 to 80 alphanumeric characters dash and dot allowed the default values are webpage for Web Page Module 1 webpage2 for Web Page Module 2 et cetera For example If Page Location webpage1 and meter IP Address 192 168 1 5 then page would be located at http 192 168 1 5 webpage1 html for HTML version and http 192 168 1 5 webpage1 xml for XML version XSLT Stylesheet This optional register specifies the URL where an XSLT stylesheet is located This value is written to the XML web page as a reference When the XML page is loaded in the browser the stylesheet is applied to the XML code much like a Cascading Stylesheet CSS works with HTML The value range can vary from 0 to 255 characters and is blank by default Gatewayed Device Namespace The string value in this register is used as the namespace attribute in the Page element of XML pages generated by the module The default value is Default When it is set to Default the namespace attribute of the Page element inherits the value from the Factory module s Devi
65. IEEE IEC 90 Quadrant 1 PF Lagging Power Factor sign convention IEEE IEC ele we Imported Delivered VAR Reactive Power mported Delivered VAR WU Reactive Power Active Power Exported Received W Active Power Imported Delivered W kW kWH kW kWH 180 Active Power Active Power a Exported Received W Imported Delivered W a lt lt 5 5 22 ss Bg CE 2 1 Quadrant 3 Quadrant 4 PF Lagging PF Leading Power Factor sign convention Power Factor sign convention IEEE IEEE IEC 270 IEC kVAR kVARH Power Provider Power Consumer LINE Delivered gt Imported gt LOAD 4 Received Exported ION Meter ION Meter Page 432 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Po 12 2009 Power Quality Aggregator Module The Power Quality Aggregator module outputs the following Power Quality parameters voltage aggregates current aggregates voltage over and under deviation aggregates sliding reference voltage and power frequency The Power Quality Aggregator module has pulse outputs for the three IEC 61000 4 30 Class A compliance 4 30 intervals 150 180 cycles 10 minutes and 2 hours amp NOTE Use the pulse outputs of the Power Quality Aggregator module not a Periodic Timer module to trigger downstream modules such as Data Recording modules in order to preserve aggregate data integri
66. ION Reference amp NOTE The Device Type setup register entry must match exactly the Device Type setup register entry of a Modbus Master Device module in order to operate Both of these Device Type registers are case sensitive Device Map This string register contains the label Modbus address format and scaling information for each Modbus register You can store mapping information for up to 32 Modbus registers within any 125 Modbus register block String example for an ION6200 LbVin a SR40100 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 LbVIn b SR40101 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 LbVin c SR40102 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 LbVin avg SR40103 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 LbVII ab SR40104 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 LbVII bc SR40105 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 LbVII ca SR40106 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 LbVII avg SR40107 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 Lbl a SR40108 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 Lbl b SR40109 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 Lbl c SR40110 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 Lbl avg SR40111 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 Lbl dmd SR40112 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 Lbl pk dmd SR40113 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 Lbl 4 5R40114 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 LbFreq us SR40115 FSINT16 NR1 S1 00 LbPF sign tot us SR40116 FSINT16 NR1 S1 00 LbkW tot SR40120 FSINT16 NR1 S1 00 LbkVAR tot SR40121 FSINT16 NR1 S1 00 LbkVA tot SR40122 FSINT16 NR1 S1 00 LbkWh del SR40138 FU32 2143 NR2 S1 00 LbkWh rec SR40140 FU32 2143 NR2 S1 00 LbkVARh del SR40142 FU32 2143 NR2 S1 00 LbkVARh rec SR40144 FU32 2143 NR2 S1 00 LbkVAh del rec SR40146 FU32 2143 NR2 S1 0
67. Internal log identifier YES if the node is responding to communications NO if it is not Also the value will be NO if any Responding YES NO node it depends on is not responding for example a Virtual Processor Data Recorder with remote inputs recordID number The record s identification number this can be ignored by user Page 154 E Power Down Time This register contains the number of seconds the meter was previously powered down for A Power Up Pulse This register outputs a pulse after the meter has powered up 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Diagnostics Module The following output registers contain diagnostic information for use by Technical Support only Some of these registers are not available on all devices E AD Status E Display Temp M OneSec Time H Cal Period E External Temp H Partials E Calc Time H Factory E Power Ups E CalConst E FreeContLogMemory H Sec Period E Cyc Period H Main Board Temp e Synch since lasttime E Cycle Time E Meter Clock Ticks H Security State H v50Avis E v50Mnis E v50AvHS E V50MnHS H v50Cnt M Task Number H Free Task Stack E BIST Status M Meter Status Page 155 Diagnostics Module Detailed Module Operation You can link the output registers of the Diagnostics module to the inputs of other modules For example you may want to display a war
68. Introduction The table below shows an example of how different ION events are categorized and prioritized Events are grouped according to type and severity Event Group Description Priority Number Reset Module reset or re synchronized 5 Setup Change Module setup changes setup register changes label 10 changes input handle changes Input Register Inputs of certain modules change value e g input to 15 Change And Or module changes I O State Change I O state changes e g relay closes 20 Information Module produces important user information 25 Warning Module produces a notification 30 An EN50160 Counter has increased This event only EN50160 Event applies to ION meters with EN50160 statistics 50 monitoring capabilities Failure A serious problem has occurred 255 Configuration Tools Two software tools can be used to configure ION modules Designer component of ION Enterprise ION Setup For more information refer to the ION Setup or ION Enterprise online help or download the documentation from www powerlogic com 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 21 Introduction ION Reference Page 22 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Alert Module The main purpose of the Alert module is to send a m
69. Mode is set to PERCENTAGE the level required for the Status output to go OFF is given by ia OverDropout Nominal x 100 a Under Pickup This register together with the Nominal input defines the level that the Source input must fall below for a time specified by SusUntiON in order for the Status output to go ON i e the setpoint becomes active If Eval Mode is set to VALUE the level required for the Status output to go ON is given by subtracting the Under Pickup value from the Nominal value Nominal Under Pickup If Eval Mode is set to PERCENTAGE the level required for the Status output to go ON is given by Nominal 1 7 UnderPickup 100 Page 456 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Relative Setpoint Module Under Dropout This register together with the Nominal input defines the level that the Source input must exceed for a time specified by SusUntlOFF in order for the Status output to go OFF i e the setpoint becomes inactive If Eval Mode is set to VALUE the level required for the Status output to go OFF is given by subtracting the Under Dropout value from the Nominal value Nominal Under Dropout If Eval Mode is set to PERCENTAGE the level required for the Status output to go OFF is given by z UnderPropout Nominal x 100 SusUntiON sustain until on This register defines the amount of time in seconds th
70. Module Factory Test Mode Access This register specifies if the Factory user has test mode access permissions for the meter If it is set to YES then the Factory user can put the meter into test mode It is set to YES by default Factory Security Contig This register specifies if the Factory user has security configuration access permissions for the meter If it is set to YES then the Factory user can configure advanced security for the meter It is set to Yes by default Output Registers D Event All events produced by the Security Options module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown below For this module events generated by setup changes will NOT indicate the new setup register values This prevents security configuration information from being available to users who do not have security configuration rights Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 495 Security Options Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation Page 496 The Security Options module is a core module that lets you customize the advanced security for the meter When
71. NOTE If input registers are changed the new inputs must have the same units as the original inputs E TotVAh This register is connected to the output of the kVAh del rec Integrator module which is the net apparent energy since the last reset Units are kVAh M TotWh This register is connected to the output of the kWh del rec Integrator module which is the net real energy since the last reset Units are kWh M TotVArh This register is connected to the output of the kVARh del rec Integrator module which is the net reactive energy since the last reset Units are kKVARh E SupWh This register is connected to the output of the kWh del Integrator module which is the real energy supplied to the meter since the last reset Units are kWh E SupVArh This register is connected to the output of the kVArh del Integrator module which is the reactive energy supplied to the meter since the last reset Units are kVARh E DmdWh This register is connected to the output of the kWh rec Integrator module which is the real energy demand since the last reset Units are kWh E DmdVArh This register is connected to the output of the kVARh rec Integrator module which is the reactive energy demand since the last reset Units are kVARh Setup Registers The MMTR module has no setup registers Page 290 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference IEC 61850 MMTR Module Output Registers These registers are formatted and
72. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Scroll Module Setup Registers Page 490 ION Reference Down If the module is scrolling a pulse to the Down input will freeze scrolling If the module is already frozen the next Trigger is pulsed and the freeze timer is reset The result of pulsing the Down input depends on the state of the Scroll module s Freeze State output register as follows Ifthe Freeze State output is OFF when a pulse is received on the Down input the Freeze State output turns ON for the amount of time specified in the Freeze Time setup register Ifthe Freeze State is ON when a pulse is received on the Down input two events occur first a pulse is generated on the output Trigger numbered one more than the number stored in the Last Trigger output register if the Last Trigger output register contains the Trigger selected in the Wraparound setup register then Trigger 1 is pulsed second the freeze timer is reset to the duration specified in the Freeze Time setup register Freeze The effect of a pulse arriving on the Freeze input is dependent upon the Scroll module s Freeze State output register as follows Ifthe Freeze State output is OFF when a pulse is received on the Freeze input the Freeze State output turns ON for the amount of time specifie
73. ON Pulses start when the module starts goes online When the module is re linked or its setup Pulses are generated as soon as the module goes registers are changed online Page 420 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 CEA i Power Harmonics Module The Power Harmonics module provides an in depth analysis of power system parameters for a selected harmonic The module measures voltage and current levels for the selected harmonic and derives kW KVAR kVA Voltage Angle Current Angle and Phase Angle values for each phase aa VIFFT ae V2FFT mm V3FFT mm IFFT ae 2FFT ae o 3FFT Oo Enable Power Harmonics Module Inputs Lfvi VAI E V1 Angle E v2 E VA2 E V2 Angle E V3 E VA3 E V3 Angle oO 11 El VA tot 11 Angle E 12 oO W tot Oo 12 Angle Oo 13 E VARI E 13 Angle oO kW VAR2 E PhaseAngle 1 i kW2 E VAR3 E PhaseAngle 2 E kW3 M VAR Total Hi PhaseAngle 3 i Event Bi sn V1FFT V2FFT V3FFT The V1FFT V2FFT and V3FFT inputs are fixed They receive phase voltage information from the FFT module I1FFT I2FFT I3FFT The 1FFT I2FFT and I3FFT inputs are fixed They receive phase current information from the FFT module Enable All Power Harmonics modules
74. RMS phase voltage values for the harmonic specified in the Harmonic Number setup register 11 12 and 13 These numeric output registers hold the RMS phase current values for the harmonic specified in the Harmonic Number setup register kW1 kW2 and kW3 These numeric registers hold the RMS kW values for each phase at the harmonic specified in the Harmonic Number setup register kW Total This numeric register holds the total RMS kW value for all phases at the harmonic specified in the Harmonic Number setup register kVAR1 KVAR2 and kVAR3 These numeric registers hold the RMS kVAR values for each phase at the harmonic specified in the Harmonic Number setup register KVAR Total This numeric register holds the total KVAR value for all phases at the harmonic specified in the Harmonic Number setup register kVA1 kVA2 and kVA3 These numeric registers hold the RMS kVA values for each phase at the harmonic specified in the Harmonic Number setup register kVA Total This numeric register holds the total kVA value for all phases at the harmonic specified in the Harmonic Number setup register V1 Angle V2 Angle and V3 Angle These numeric registers hold the voltage angle values in degrees for each phase at the harmonic selected in the Harmonic Number setup register Voltage angles are given with respect to the position of the V1 fundamental harmonic l1 Angle 12 Angle and 13 Angle These numeric registers hold the current angle values in
75. SNVT This register defines Standard Network Variable Type SNVT that the module imports It indicates to the LonWorks Network Manager what kind of data the module is expecting In effect it associates a unit with the value For devices ona LonWorks network to be logically connected they must use the same data type i e the same SNVT ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider LonWorks Import Module ION Reference By specifying a particular SNVT you are implicitly defining the kind of data the module will be handling For example if a device on the LonWorks network delivers a network variable representing temperature and this is the value you want to convert to an ION register you must set this setup register to SNVT_temp _f Fora detailed description of each SNVT refer to LonMark s SNVT Master List or visit LonMa
76. Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 435 Power Quality Aggregator Module Page 436 ION Reference M V1 10 Minute V2 10 Minute and V3 10 Minute These are the 10 minute interval aggregates of the basic measurement intervals 10 12 cycle described in 4 30 section 4 4 The values are updated every 10 minutes 11 10 Minute 12 10 Minute and 13 10 Minute These are the 10 minute interval aggregates of the basic measurement intervals 10 12 cycle described in 4 30 section 4 4 The values are updated every 10 minutes A NOTE 13 10 Minute is set to N A when VoltsMode is set to SINGLE NOTE For the voltage and current 10 minute interval aggregates if the 10 minute interval ends during a 10 12 cycle the values will not update until the 10 12 cycle is completed Therefore the interval may be 10 minutes plus up to one 10 12 cycle in length V1 V2 and V3 OverDev 10 Minute These are the overdeviation calculations based on the 10 minute Vrms as described in 4 30 section 5 12 The values are updated every 10 minutes V1 V2 and V3 UnderDev 10 Minute These are the underdeviation calculations based on the 10 minute Vrms as described in 4 30 section 5 12 The values are updated every 10 minutes 10 Minute Interval Pulse This register is pulsed every 10 minutes maximum of 10 12 cycles 2 Hour Interval Pulse This register is pulsed every 2 hours maximum of 10 12 cycles Power Frequency This is the
77. Source A Source B or Source C respectively A DistAllEnd A pulse output indicating the beginning of a disturbance on all linked sources i e when one linked source returns to within the threshold Limit Exceeded 1 Limit Exceeded 2 Limit Exceeded 3 This output remains TRUE while there is a disturbance in progress on Source A Source B or Source C respectively otherwise it is FALSE Limit Exceeded All This output remains TRUE while there is a disturbance in progress on all linked sources simultaneously otherwise it is FALSE D Event All events produced by the module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup register change 10 Input Links setup registers or labels have been changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Other events and their priorities are as follows Event Priority Description DistStart 1 DistStart 2 or 7 r DistStart 3 pulses Disturbance start DistEnd 1 DistEnd 2 or 7 Distubaned end DistEnd 3 pulses i Source n N A AND Source input goes N A while disturbance in progress Limit Exceeded n TRUE on that phase 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 199 Distur
78. Source inputs accept only three parameters Data Log Numeric minimum and Numeric maximum Source Input Module Type Description Data Log Data Recorder Provides historical data Numeric Minimum External Numeric Sets up the minimum value for the displayed data Numeric Maximum External Numeric Sets up the maximum value for the displayed data 4 Link the Display module s Source inputs in this order Source input 1 link to a Data Recorder module s Data Log output Source input 2 link to an External Numeric module s Numeric output In Vista you assign a minimum value for the graphed data in Trend Display Source input 3 link to an External Numeric module s Numeric output In Vista you assign a maximum value for the graphed data in Trend Display 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Display Module The diagram below shows the correct way to link the Display modules s Source inputs The arrow at the bottom centre of the Display module indicates the setup register configuration The dotted line boxes to the right of the External Numeric modules indicate that the modules have the minimum and maximum data values set up later in Vista with Vista control objects Display Module Source 1 Source 2 Source 3 Data Recorder Module Screen Type Data Log Trend Numeric External Numeric Modu
79. Source inputs of the Symmetrical Components modules are fixed to the outputs of either voltage or current FFT modules Enable When this register is set to TRUE the module is enabled when it is set to FALSE the module is disabled it ceases to calculate zero positive and negative sequences and stops updating the output registers This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Symmetrical Components Module ION Reference Setup Registers This module has no setup registers Output Registers E ZeroSeqMag zero sequence magnitude This register contains the zero sequence magnitude On a meter that is 4 30 complian
80. TRUE Num Invalid The number of evaluation intervals over which the Valid input was FALSE Num Exceed This register contains the number of times that the Source input fell outside of the bounds defined in the Upper Limit and Lower Limit setup registers note that the Eval Mode setup register defines whether these bounds are relative to the Nominal input or absolute Event All events produced by the module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Priority Description Group Setup Change 10 Input Links setup registers or labels have been changed Num Exceed Event The Num Exceed output was incremented The priority of this event is user defined in the EvPriority setup register The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 513 Signal Limit Evaluation Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation When a pulse is received on the Evaluate input the module outputs are updated according to the following rules Num Valid is incremented if the Valid input is TRUE Num Invalid increments if the Valid input is FALSE or the Discard Ratio is exceeded while the module is averaging Source or Nominal Num Exceed is increm
81. Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider External Pulse Module O Event ION Reference All events produced by an External Pulse module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Setup register or labels have changed Output Value Written A pulse is written to the Trigger output register The priority of this event is determined by the value in the EvPriority setup register The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Responses to Special Conditions The fo
82. The Maximum output register retains the value it held at shutdown 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 351 Maximum Module ION Reference Page 352 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE el Inputs Setup Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 LonWorks Import Module The LonWorks Import module allows your ION meter to accept data from a LonWorks network It takes a LonWorks input network variable and converts it to an ION register As discussed below the input network variable must be one of the standard network variable types SNVTs as specified by the SNVT setup register Netvar i LonWorks Import z TA Module a nvo_LON_Import_xx Event D The LonWorks Import module together with the LonWorks Export module allows an ION meter to be integrated into a LonWorks network Once you have imported data from another LonWorks compatible device and converted it to ION you can manipulate the data using the advanced features of your ION meter thus extending the capabilities of the LonWorks network Additionally you can expand the I O capabilities of your meter by adding LonWorks compatible I O devices The input is a network variable from a LonWorks network Each LonWorks Import module has one network variable associated with it
83. These registers are only valid when configuring meter I O expansion cards that have digital inputs Setup Registers Page 272 The IEC 61850 GGIO Expansion module has no setup registers 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference IEC 61850 GGIO Exp Module Output Registers 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved These registers are formatted and named according to IEC 61850 protocol standards Anint instMag Anin4 instMag These registers contain the instantaneous value of the analog inputs and are taken from the Analog Input 1 4 inputs Anin1 mag Anin4 mag These registers contain the deadbanded value of the analog inputs taken from IEC 61850 and from the Analog Input 1 4 input registers ISCS01 stVal 1ISCS04 stVal These registers are the value of the analog outputs taken from IEC 61850 Refer to Detailed Module Operation for more information Ind1 stVal Ind8 stVal These registers are the status of Digital Input modules 1 through 8 taken from the Digital Input 1 8 inputs Event Events produced by the module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priori ee ii eni Briority Priority Description Group Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed intormation 25 NOT AVAILABLE input caused output to go NO
84. They can be configured to start recording under a specified circumstance Possible applications for Data Recorder modules include power interruption analysis historical trending and creating coincidental Min Max logs The Data Recorder module records the values of its Source inputs each time its Record input is pulsed and stores them in a log register The log register contains a timestamped record of the values of the inputs at each trigger point Inputs T E BO Source Om DE Data Recorder Module Data Log g Source 1 Log State Q Source 16 Records Left E Enable Record Complete A Record Event 0 Rearm These are the inputs whose values are recorded Each time the Record input is pulsed the values of the Source inputs are stored in the Data Log output register There are sixteen Source inputs The following are the types of registers that the Source inputs can be linked to For ION meters Source inputs can be linked to Boolean numeric or numeric bounded registers For the Virtual Processor Source inputs can be linked to Boolean numeric numeric bounded or string registers You only need to link the first Source input for the module to operate Linking the remaining Source inputs is optional Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech suppor
85. V3 and V Avg output registers respectively when the Power Meter module s Volts Mode is set to a power system using line to line voltages If these optional inputs are left unlinked and the Volts Mode specifies line to line voltages their corresponding outputs are NOT AVAILABLE These inputs are factory linked to the Power Meter module Vin a Vin b Vin c Vin avg These four sources are similar to the Vil a VII b VIIc Vil avg inputs above except that they appear on the outputs when the Volts Mode is set to a power system using line to neutral voltages These inputs are factory linked to the Power Meter module Volts Mode This input is factory linked to the Volts Mode setting of the Power Meter module ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved e Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative S h d for assistance or go to C nel er www powerlogic com Electric Voltage Selection Module Setup Registers ION Refe
86. Waveform Recorder have Log output registers Numeric Array Contains an array of numeric values Numeric Bounded Contains a number bounded by a high and low limit Typically only setup registers are numeric bounded registers E Numeric Contains a single numeric value It can be any value within the range capabilities of the device Pulse Contains a pulse or instantaneous trigger signal This class of register is normally used for resetting pulsing or triggering functions T String Contains text strings Text strings can consist of any combination of numbers letters and spaces excluding double quote characters In addition the text must not end with a backslash character Backslashes elsewhere in the text are permissible as is a backslash at the end of the string if it is followed by a space character String register applications include formulas Arithmetic module and device information Factory module 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Introduction Programming Considerations Some ION module registers have specific or specialized functions that require configuration considerations in addition to the Safety Precautions on page 10 Port setup register This register defines the hardware port used by the module CAUTION HAZARD OF MISAPPLICATION MISUSE Because mechanical relays have limited lifetimes mechanical KYZ relays are typic
87. a PF lag b PF lag c These three numeric registers contain the lagging power factor on phases A B and C respectively The values can range from 0 to 100 Note that if Volts Mode is Delta or the power factor is leading PF lag a and PF lag bwill be NOT AVAILABLE If Volts Mode is Delta or Single or the power factor is leading PF lag c will be NOT AVAILABLE PF lag tot In Wye mode this numeric register contains the total lagging power factor on phases A B and C The value can range from 0 to 100 Note that if Volts Mode is Single this register will contain the total lagging power factor on phases A and B If the total power factor is leading this register will be NOT AVAILABLE V unbal This numeric register contains the percentage deviation from Vin avg for the voltage phase having the greatest unbalance It is calculated as follows WYE MODE DELTA MODE Largest Deviation from Vin avg x 100 Largest Deviation from VII avg x 100 Vin avg Vil avg 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Power Meter Module For example Vna 13 700V Vinb 13 900 V Vin c 13 700 V Vinavg 13 700 13 900 13 700 _ 41 300 13 767 V 3 3 3 76 Vin B 13 900 has the largest deviation from Vin avg 13 767 ABS Vin b Vin avg x 100 ABS 13 900 13 767 9 9 Vinavg SO 13 767 x 100 0 96 l unbal This numeric register contains the percentage deviation from avg for the current phase having t
88. a Modbus Slave module in the Virtual Processor You can now link the outputs of the Modbus Slave module to the inputs of other ION modules Three such examples are Data Recorder modules for data logging Setpoint and Relative Setpoint modules for alarming Distributed Numeric module for redistribution to ION meters for automated plant wide demand or power factor control For more information on using the Modbus Slave module see the Modbus and ION Technology technical note available from the Schneider Electric web site Responses to Special Conditions Page 412 The following table summarizes how the Modbus Slave module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register If the Source input is NOT AVAILABLE The ModVal registers are set to N A NOT AVAILABLE The ModVal registers are NOT AVAILABLE After the module is re linked or its The ModBase register is equal to the BaseAdar setup setup registers are changed register value The ModLink register equals ModBase plus N The ModVal registers are NOT AVAILABLE The ModBase register is equal to the BaseAdar setup register value When the device is powered up after a shutdown either the first time or after a shut down The ModLink register equals ModBase plus N 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 1 One Shot Timer Module The One Shot Timer module provides a time delay fu
89. a pulse occurring at the Source input is written to the ION node you have specified amp NOTE It is highly recommended that you use a Data Monitor module in conjunction with this module See the Data Monitor module description for an example When used in conjunction with the other Arithmetic and External Control modules the Distributed Pulse module becomes a powerful tool for automated plant wide demand or power factor control including load shedding and start up of auxiliary power Distributed Pulse Status Q I Module Initiate Write A I Acknowledge A I Time to update I Source I A Source All Distributed Pulse modules have one Source input When a pulse is detected at this input it is written to the node address you specify in the Destination setup register Activate This input allows you to manually activate or deactivate the Distributed Pulse module Schneider Electric ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the Saanichton BC property of their respective owners Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising For technical support out of the use o
90. address You can use a maximum of 80 characters Gatewayed Device Namespace The string value in this register is used as the namespace attribute in the Device element of XML messages generated by the module The default value is Default When it is set to Default the namespace attribute of the Device element inherits the value from the Factory module s Device Namespace setup register The value range for this string is up to 80 characters these characters must be alphanumeric but can also include a dash hyphen or a dot period Refer to the MeterM il Internal Email Client Feature technical note for an example that illustrates the use of this register amp NOTE Anamespace uniquely identifies a set of names so that there is no ambiguity when objects with different origins but the same names are mixed together A namespace is commonly given the name of a Uniform Resource Identifier URI such as a web site address both because the namespace may be associated with the site or page of that URI for example a company name and because a URI is likely to be a unique name 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Log Export Module T Gatewayed Device Name The string value in this register is used as the name attribute in the Device element of XML messages generated by the module The default value is Default When it is set to Default the name attribute of the Device element inherits the value from the Fact
91. advanced security is enabled all applications that interact with the meter must specify a username and password The username password and security access permissions are allocated with the Security User modules therefore before you enable advanced security configure the Security User modules refer to the Security User module section With ION Setup or Designer access the Security Options module Enable Advanced Security setup register to enable the security system The Factory user setup registers are for Technical Support use only It is recommended that you leave these registers set to YES default so that Technical Support can access the meter to correct any problems that may occur in the field The advanced security system primarily protects communications ports that use the ION protocol Advanced security is also effective with the MV 90 protocol provided that you have installed the appropriate Translation Interface Module TIM Contact UTS ltron for a TIM that supports advanced security With third party protocols that cannot supply a username and password e g DNP Modbus advanced security functions in a limited capacity Communication ports that use Modbus can access parameters related to the Modbus Slave module only unless the Security Options module Modbus Map Access setup register is set to YES in this case the entire modbus map is accessible Communications ports that are configured to use DNP are not protected by ad
92. an exclusive pulse register i e the pulse register is NOT shared with other Waveform Recorder modules Sharing a pulse register with multiple Waveform Recorder Rearm inputs can lead to a loss of logged data Format This register defines the format of the resulting waveforms in the Wform Log output register It specifies the number of samples per cycle and the number of cycles that are stored For example 128x14 specifies a format of 128 samples cycle and 14 cycles stored Record Delay Cycles This register defines the number of cycles that the module will wait after a Record pulse is received before recording a waveform This value must be less than the number of cycles in the waveform the number of cycles in the waveform is specified by the Format setup register 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Waveform Recorder Module Output Registers Wform Log waveform log This register contains a log of the Source input waveforms recorded when the Record input was pulsed The number of waveforms that can be stored is determined by the setup registers Log State This register indicates when the Wform Log register is full If the RecordMode setup register is set to STOP WHEN FULL and the Wform Log register has reached its depth this register is ON its default ON label is Full When the RecordMode setup register is set to CIRCULAR or when the RecordMode is set to STOP WHEN FULL but th
93. and Log Server has been renamed to Log Inserter for ION Enterprise 5 0 and later versions Every server running Communications Services has a SYSLOGS folder that contains system log files All client applications that run on that server can write event records to the system log files The Log Inserter uses the System Log Controller modules to transfer the system event records from the individual workstation system log files to the ION database System Log Controller Module Event Log M The System Log Controller module has no programmable inputs Depth This numeric register identifies the maximum number of system events that the Log Inserter will retrieve from the system log files generated by the System Log service System Log Source Select lt system gt from this enumerated register s list or select the blank space to disable system logging ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your loc
94. appears in the ScaledValu output register when the lowest possible value from the hardware is applied E Full Scale This numeric bounded register defines what value appears in the ScaledValu output register when the highest possible value from the hardware is applied Port This enumerated register defines which hardware port is providing the signal Refer to the appropriate device User Guide for a list of available ports Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Analog Input Module ION Reference Output Registers E ScaledValu scaled value This numeric register contains the scaled version of the hardware input as defined by the Zero Scale and Full Scale setup registers OD Ev
95. are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Modbus Export Module Setup Registers Page 368 gt ION Reference Enable This input is used to switch the Modbus Export module ON or OFF When OFF is selected the module does not function amp NOTE Even if the Enable input is not connected the module is enabled by default Write Now When connected to a trigger source the module writes data when it detects a pulse at this input If left unconnected the module does not write If the module is pulsed while it is pending the input data that is current at the time of the most recent pulse is written to the Modbus slave Connection or COMM Port on some meters This register maps the connection to a setup register on the Modbus Master Options Module Choose Serial Connection 1 4 or TCP Connection 1 10 if available Device Name only on Virtual Processor This register contains the address name indicating the Modbus device the module
96. as a numeric 1 and each Boolean 0 as a numeric 0 each output uses 16 or 32 bits depending on the Format setup register The scaling registers have no effect on Source inputs linked to Boolean values Scaling Four setup registers nZero InFull OutZero and OutFull may be used to scale a range of numeric input values to a specified output range The following diagram shows how the scaling operation works For example suppose the Modbus Master needs 10 bit data for all inputs and the kW reading is required The Modbus Slave module Format register is set to use Unsigned 16 bit the input range is specified as 5000kW to 20000 kW and the output range is set from 0 to 1023 to give maximum resolution over this range InFull 20000kW InZero 5000kW a Any values for the kW register below 5000kW will be exported to the Modbus Master as a value of 0 any reading in excess of 20 000kW will be exported as a reading of 1023 The Modbus Master typically can apply the appropriate scaling and offset values necessary to interpret these values OutFull 1023 OutZero 0 Page 410 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Modbus Slave Module Note that if the Modbus Master reads data from any register that does not contain valid data i e if any of the module inputs are not available the data will be indicated by the hexadecimal value OxFF
97. assume that another device the ION7330 is used to control a fan switch An External Boolean module is used provide data for the ION7330 s Digital output port A Digital Output module is used to configure this port To ensure that communication between the ION7330 and the Virtual Processor is active an output register from the ION7330 e g State output from the Digital Output module is used to link another Source input on the Data Monitor module How it works When the specified temperature limit is reached according to how you configure the Setpoint module s setup registers the Status output register on the Setpoint module turns ON which then turns the Distributed Boolean module ON The Data Monitor module is used to detect communication problems between the Virtual Processor and other nodes in this case the ION7330 and ION7500 The Status output register on the Data Monitor is linked to the Activate input of the Distributed Boolean module If data is not arriving at the Virtual Processor in a timely manner i e the time limit specified in the Data Monitor s Worst case Update setup register is exceeded the Data Monitor s Status register will turn OFF This will then turn the Distributed Boolean module OFF which in turn disables the External Boolean module in the ION7330 thus preventing an undesirable control action Page 134 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Data Monitor Module Analog Inputs
98. be located at the specified location or URL If you want to verify the location of your xml file open Windows Explorer and check the directory structure or check the URL An example framework in the Virtual Processor that makes use of an XML Import module is shown in the next diagram To track energy consumption against temperature you can set up an XML Import module to get temperature information from a weather website with a Periodic Timer module to trigger the XML Import Module s Read Now register This temperature information is stored in a Data Recorder module in the Virtual Processor When combined with meter energy data you can correlate energy usage and local temperature URL http www myweather com xml current_obs myhometown xml XPathQuery1 current_observation temp_c A XML Import Module Load Complete Setup Registers Temperature ao Data Recorder Modul ata Recorder Module Periodic Timer Trigger Module Record Arithmetic Module Source 1 Result 1 Source 2 CalculateNow Source 1 Temperature kWh del int Meter l 10 2 15 875 i I i 13 0 12 033 erin Integrator Module 8 7 17 794 I i I i I ie The Arithmetic module does not perform any calculations on the data You need the Arithmetic module in order to make a duplicate recordi
99. can be used to automatically reset a Maximum module after a maximum has been logged A similar technique can be used to automatically reset Minimum Counter and Integrator modules 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Feedback Module Record and Reset Framework SE Data Recorder Module Rec Log E Log State x ee Me Maximum il Sites Records Left aximum Module Enable Record Complete Trigger A Source E Record Event D vent Rearm Feedback Module Enable Pulse Out Reset T Event O Source Enable Periodic Timer Module Enable Sync Feedback Loop Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Feedback module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register When the module is first The Pulse Out output will not pulse until the inputs are evaluated created If the Enable input is OFF The Pulse Out output will not pulse After the module is re linked The Pulse Out output will not pulse until the inputs are evaluated 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 243 Feedback Module ION Reference Page 244 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE FFT Inputs Setup Registers 09 2008 FFT Module
100. can read any parameter on the meter except the security configuration If it is set to NO then the Factory user cannot read any meter parameters It is set to YES by default A NOTE It is recommended that you leave the Factory registers set to YES default so that Technical Support can access the meter to correct any problems that may occur in the field Factory Peak Demand Reset This register specifies if the Factory user has peak demand reset access permissions for the meter If it is set to YES then the Factory user can reset the peak demand of any demand parameter It is set to YES by default Factory Time Sync Access This register specifies if the Factory user has time synchronization access permissions for the meter If it is set to YES then the Factory user can set the time of the meter It is set to YES by default Factory Full Meter Config This register specifies if the Factory user has full meter configuration access permissions for the meter If it is set to YES then the Factory user can configure any programmable register on the meter except for registers related to the security setup or registers that result in a Demand Reset or will place the meter in Test mode those registers require additional security access levels If it is set to NO then the Factory user cannot modify any registers on the meter It is set to YES by default 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Security Options
101. consequences arising out of the use of this material 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider IEC 61850 GGIO Cust AI Module ION Reference Inputs The GGIO Custom Analog module is configurable through ION software to map up to 16 analog values from ION to IEC 61850 M Analog Input 1 16 These registers can be connected to any numeric register Setup Registers The GGIO Custom Analog module has no setup registers Output Registers These registers are formatted and named according to IEC 61850 protocol standards Modifying these register labels may cause issues with your IEC 61850 data E Anin1 instMag Anin16 instMag These registers contain the Analog Input 1 16 input values E Anint mag Anin16 mag These registers are taken from the Analog Input 1 16 inputs and are used in IEC 61850 for deadband and report triggering functions Page 268 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2010 IEC 61850 GGIO Cust DI Module The IEC 61850 GGIO Custom Digital module can be configured to map up to 16 user selected ION Boolean register values into IEC 61850 digital values Only one instance of this module can exist Because this module is specific to supporting the IEC 61850 protocol it can be deleted if IEC 61850 is not required For more information about IEC 61850 please refer to the IEC 61850 and ION Technology protocol document 000000000000 Schneider Electri
102. default Sync This input defines the starting point at which the Periodic Timer module begins timing When a pulse is received on this input the Periodic Timer starts timing from this new starting point This input is optional if you leave it unlinked it will never receive a pulse The setup registers of the Period Timer module determine at what point output pulses are generated ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Periodic Timer Module ION Reference Period This numeric bounded register specifies the number of seconds between pulses on the Trigger output register Sync Mode This register determines whether the Trigger output generates a pulse when the Sync input is pulsed TRIGGER ON SYNC or if it waits for the first period to expire NO TRIG ON SYNC Output Registers A Tri
103. defined Answer Hours string can be up to 50 characters and can define more than one time period The following syntax is used when configuring the Answer Hours Syntax Description Mon Tue Wed These are the valid days of the week syntax for the Answer Hours setup Thu Fri Sat Sun Sister The colon is used between two numbers to specify a time of day Times of nn nn day are in 24 hour format Commas are used to separate different days of the week or times of day The dash is used to create intervals between two days of the week or two times of day 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Communications Module Syntax Description The at symbol is used to denote the times of day for the days of the week The period is used to show the end of one answer hours time period More than one time period can be set in the Answer Hours setup register For example the syntax for an answer hours of Mondays to Fridays 6 00 AM to 8 45 AM is MON FRI 06 00 08 45 When entering time periods that cross day boundaries i e cross over 12 00 AM you must use separate time periods A valid entry for Answer Hours for Mondays at 11 00 PM to Tuesdays at 1 00 AM is MON 23 00 23 59 TUE 00 00 01 00 Answer Hours of 11 00 AM to 2 00 PM and 8 00 PM to 11 00 PM on Mondays Wednesdays Fridays and Saturdays would be MON WED FRI SAT 11 00 14 00 20 00 23 00 Note tha
104. degrees for each phase at the harmonic selected in the Harmonic Number setup register Current angles are given with respect to the position of the V7 fundamental harmonic 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Power Harmonics Module E Phase Anglet Phase Angle 2 and Phase Angle 3 These numeric registers hold the phase angle value in degrees for each phase at the selected harmonic The phase angle is given as the difference between the current and voltage angles for each phase n Event All events produced by a Power Harmonics module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp event priority event s cause event s effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 423 Power Harmonics Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The Power Harmonics module receives the phase voltage and current values measured by the IED From these values kW kVA KVAR voltage angles current angles and phase angles are calculated for the harmonic specified in the Harmonic Number setup register Using these values you can determine the magnitude and direct
105. detect ITI CBEMA type disturbances The magnitude and duration information provided by this module can be displayed ina CBEMA plot using Vista to analyze the voltage disturbance characteristics of your power system Transient Module TranV1Dur E TranNominal Oo TranV1Max E HAnyTrig N y TranV1Trig A HRemaining Learning Time I ie TranV2Dur M Stable Learning Time E E E Nominal TranV2Max W Learned Threshold E Enable TranV2Trig A UEvent D A Learn Now TranV3Dur E TranV3Max E TranV3Trig A You can configure the Transient module to learn what threshold a disturbance needs to reach to be considered a transient and then either to place the learned threshold value in the Learned Threshold register for review or to begin using the learned threshold value automatically If enabled learning can occur even if the module itself is not enabled Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks u
106. disables unsolicited responses for this session Currently the only option is Disabled Unso ClassMask unsolicited class mask This register defines which event classes can trigger an unsolicited response for this session The default is All Classes E UnsolMaxRetries unsolicited response maximum retries This register defines the number of unsolicited response retries for this session before the device stops trying The range is 0 100 attempts default is 1 The value of zero indicates infinite retries amp NOTE In order to minimize data collision and communication conflict each session picks a random wait period between 1 and 10 seconds This value determines how long the meter waits after an event is created before the first unsolicited response is attempted This helps prevent multiple devices from responding simultaneously if any system wide event occurs E UnsolRetryPeriod unsolicited response retry period This register defines the time period between retry attempts for this session The range is 1 864 000 seconds 10 days default is 60 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 221 DNP Slave Options Module ION Reference UnsolDestAddress unsolicited response destination address This register defines the DNP Master unit ID address that the unsolicited response will be sent to for this session The range is 1 65 519 default is 3 Output Registers Page 222
107. equals 45 degrees C to F Returns the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit for each number in degrees Celsius Syntax C_to_F number Where number is the temperature in Celsius for which you want the Fahrenheit equivalent Example C_to_F 16 6 equals 61 88 CEIL Returns the closest integer value that is greater than or equal to number Syntax ceil number Where number is the value you want the ceiling of Examples Ceil 12 73 equals 13 Ceil 5 5 equals 5 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 67 Arithmetic Module Page 68 ION Reference Ceil 6 0 equals 6 0 cos Returns the cosine of a number or expression Syntax COS number Where number is the angle in radians for which you want the cosine Examples COS 1 047 equals 0 500171 COS 60 PI 180 equals 0 5 the cosine of 60 degrees F_ to C Returns the temperature in degrees Celsius of a number in degrees Fahrenheit Syntax F_ to C number Where number is the temperature in Fahrenheit for which you want the Celsius equivalent Example F_to_C 61 88 equals 16 56 Floor Returns the closest integer value that is less than or equal to number Syntax Floor number Where number is the value for which you want the floor of Examples Floor 12 73 equals 12 Floor 5 7 equals 6 0 Floor 6 0 equals 6 0 LN Returns the natural logarithm of a number or expression Syntax LN number Where number is the positive real nu
108. expires similarly the Pit outputs will remain as N A until the next full P t Period expires This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the input will never receive a pulse Pst Period This register defines the number of seconds between successive Pst Update Phase 1 Pst Phase 2 Pst and Phase 3 Pst output register updates Pit Period This register defines the number of seconds between successive Pit Update Phase 1 Pit Phase 2 Pit and Phase 3 Pit output register updates Pit Period must be an integer multiple of the Pst Period Lamp Type This register defines the type of lamp the Flicker module emulates when it calculates flicker severity The list of available Lamp Type settings contains lamps that comply with IEC Standards and or Draft IEEE adoptions Another available setting for Lamp Type includes AUTOMATIC when AUTOMATIC is selected the Nom Freq input is used to define the characteristics of the emulated Lamp Type Details on each setting are described in Detailed Module Operation below Output Registers Page 248 Phase 1 Pst Phase 2 Pst Phase 3 Pst These three outputs provide short term flicker severity over the last Pst Period for Phase 1 Phase 2 and Phase 3 respectively Note that the definition for each Phase depends on your meter s Volts Mode setting refer to Detailed Module Operation 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Flicker Module M Seconds Un
109. for Float and 32 bit formats o Value 1 Modbus Import N 64 VIP Module N 16 meter Value N I Pending on meter D Meter only Status Q I Successful Read Unsuccessful Read Meter only Exception Code W r Update Period E Oo Enable Event A ReadNow Schneider Electric Modbus ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the Saanichton BC property of their respective owners Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising For technical support out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com O0 cee S010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved e Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative S h d for assistance or go to C nel er www powerlogic com Electric Modbus Import Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 380 ION Reference You can configure a Modbus Import module with up to 64 value output registers per module with Virtual Processor Some meters have Modbus master capability that you can configure with Des
110. for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider DNP Slave Import Module Setup Registers ION Reference The setup registers and their options are listed below If the combination of options you choose is invalid the module will not assume operation and an error message will appear in the configuration software These setup registers allow you to define a DNP object In DNP objects are defined by a point and a group DNPPoint This register specifies the point number of the DNP object to which you want to map the module Note that DNP does not allow any overlaps in the DNP point numbers within a DNP group Binary Output or Analog Output If you have already configured other DNP Slave Import modules you must refer to the previous module s DNPPoint setup register to extrapolate the appropriate point number for this new module If this is your first DNP Slave Import module use zero for the point number DNPObjGrp DNP object group This specifies the group of the DNP object to which you want to map the module Refer to your device documentation for setup register defaults and choices amp NOTE The default variation of all Analog output status objects in the ION device is defined by the DNP Slave Options module Relay Mode This specifies the method of accessing trip close relays This setup register only applies to Binary Output obj
111. for this module you should make sure that they all have the same update rate If you link one input to a high speed module and then link another to a module with a slower update rate the Data Recorder module may give unexpected results Consider the diagram below Source Value 1273 120 08 The straight line represents the values read from the Power Meter module Page 140 Record 1 Record 2 Record 3 k 0 5 seconds gt K 0 5 seconds y 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Data Recorder Module In this example the Data Recorder has been set to record every 0 5 seconds The black dots curved line represent the voltage values from the High Speed Power Meter module high speed means updates occur once per half cycle The other line represents the same voltage parameter but taken from the Power Meter module the small boxes indicate when the one second update occurred Notice how the recorded values differ between the two modules even though they are the same parameter Source Record 1 value Record 2 value Record 3 value H S Power Meter module 123 0 127 3 120 08 Power Meter module 120 0 120 0 105 9 In most recording configurations this situation should not be a concern Nonetheless it is recommended that you avoid configurations that mix modules with different update rates Usi
112. functionality not normally available in your ION meter The Virtual Processor runs as a service on a computer that is running ION Enterprise software The Virtual Processor is equipped with a variety of ION modules some are the same ION module types that are available on the ION meters while others are unique to the Virtual Processor You must use Designer to create and link ION modules in the Virtual Processor These modules can then be linked to other ION modules outside the Virtual Processor including those modules contained inside ION meters This interconnecting feature of the Virtual Processor makes it possible for you to design custom energy management applications such as data aggregation data integrity monitoring and alerting The Integrated Object Network ION architecture offers many different types of ION modules Each type of module type has a unique function corresponding to part of a traditional electromechanical power meter or providing additional functionality By combining or linking several modules together you can create custom functions frameworks to suit your particular applications Some examples of individual modules include Power Meter modules which provide the functionality of a discrete power measuring instrument like a traditional electromechanical KW meter Maximum modules which are analogous to a peak register and can keep track of the peak demand for any programmed parameter Data Recorder
113. gives you greater flexibility and control over existing devices on your network For example you can configure this module to control a relay on a remote power meter Busy Q9 Meter only Modbus Export des Q Meter only Module Status D E D source 1 Successful Write A m Soure Unsuccessful Write Meter only i Exception Code W Update Period E ED Source N Event Q Enable is D Write Now You can configure a Modbus Export module with up to 64 inputs per module using Virtual Processor Some meters have Modbus master capability that you configure using Designer There are 16 Source inputs on the meter There are some registers that are only available on the meter or in the Virtual Processor these registers are specified in brackets throughout the text amp NOTE When configured the Modbus Export module behaves in a similar fashion to a Modbus controller However each module can write data to only one Modbus slave device over a specified range of its address registers Source 1 Source N These inputs hold the values that are written to the appropriate Modbus registers as configured in the module s setup registers You must link at least one of these inputs ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used
114. have one programmable input called Enable When this register is set to TRUE the module is enabled When it is set to FALSE the module is disabled it ceases to calculate power values and its output registers become N A This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Power Harmonics Module Setup Registers ION Reference Harmonic Number This register specifies which harmonic to calculate parameters for Any harmonic from the fundamental to the 63 can be selected The fundamental or 15t harmonic is selected by default Output Registers Page 422 V1 V2 and V3 These numeric output registers hold the
115. how to use a Setpoint module It is not necessary to do these steps in order for example you could set all the setup registers first and not actually link the Setpoint to another module until later 1 The first step in using a Setpoint module is to determine what value you want to monitor This becomes your Source input You can link this value which is the output from some other module to your Setpoint immediately or you can wait until later You can also link the Enable input if you want to be able to enable or disable the Setpoint module If you always want it enabled you can leave this input unlinked as the module is enabled by default You must specify if you want to monitor the absolute value of the Source or the signed value This is determined by the nout Mode setup register The next step is to define the behavior of the Setpoint Your Status output register can change to ON if your Source value falls below a certain level In this case you would set the Eval Mode to LESSTHAN Itcan change to ON if the Source value rises above a certain level In this case you would set the Eval Mode to GREATERTHAN After selecting your evaluation mode you need to specify a high and low limit to define when the Setpoint activates or deactivates For GREATERTHAN the Status output register changes to ON when the Source exceeds the High Limit and inactive when the Source falls below the Low Limit For LESSTHAN the Status outp
116. if one number or expression is less than or equal to some other number or expression Syntax number1 lt number2 The result will be TRUE if number1 is less than or equal to number2 and will be FALSE if number1 is greater than number2 minus The minus operator is used to subtract one number or expression from another Syntax number1 number2 Where number2 is subtracted from number MOD modulus The modulus operator will give you the remainder of a divide operation Syntax Mod number1 number2 Examples Mod 10 5 10 equals 0 5 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Arithmetic Module Mod 27 25 5 equals 2 25 Mod 10 2 5 equals 0 multiply The multiplication operator is used to multiply one number or expression by another Syntax number number2 Where number and number2 are multiplied together lt gt not equal The not equal operator is used to test if one number or expression is not equal to another Syntax number1 lt gt number2 number1 number2 number number2 The result will be TRUE if number1 does not equal number2 and will be FALSE if number1 does equal number2 plus The addition operator is used to add one number or expression to another Syntax number1 number2 Where number and number2 are added together power Raises a number or expression to the power of another number or expression Syntax POWER number1 number2 number1 number2 Wh
117. in the Display Options module Last Digit Mode This register lets you specify whether to truncate or round a value s last digit Numbers round up at 5 or greater and round down from 1 to 4 A truncated value disposes of any digits after the number of decimal places that you have specified in the Screen Resolution setup register 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Display Module Screen Resolution 1 xxx Value 276 35192 Rounded 276 352 Truncated 276 351 Source 1 Title to Source 4 Title The parameter value on a display screen is the value of an output connected to the Display module Source input By default the displayed parameter s title is the label of the output connected to the Source input The Display module Source Title setup registers let you change parameter default titles to titles that better describe your system For example if KWh Net is linked to the first Source input you could change its display name by setting Source 1 Title to kWh Net West A maximum of 15 characters is permitted Output Registers D Event All events produced by the Display module are recorded in the Event output register Possible events and their priority are shown in the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Setup registers or labels have been changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION ev
118. input are copied into the Wform Log output register along with a timestamp indicating when the Record input was pulsed Wform Log output register 12 cycles sampled at 9 p g 32 samples cycle Waveform AAVVVVVVVVVVV Recorder Module Number of records stored defined by Depth setup register amp NOTE The Waveform Recorder has an inherent 1 cycle delay from trigger time to the time the record is stored The waveform information at the Source input spans a certain amount of time depending on the format specified in the Format setup register and it is constantly being monitored This effectively provides a window of observation allowing you to capture a series of cycles before during and after an event Using the Record Delay Cycles Setup Register You may need to introduce a delay before triggering the Waveform Recorder to ensure you capture the desired span of data If the Waveform Recorder is triggered immediately upon an event the cycle in which the event occurs and the preceding cycles are recorded but the post event cycles are missed The Record Delay Cycles register can be used to introduce this delay from 0 cycles to one less than the number of cycles in the waveform A NOTE To specify a delay greater than the number of cycles in the waveform use a One Shot Timer module to delay the Record input pulse Page 566 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Waveform
119. input is linked the Sub Intvl register is ignored for the sliding window demand calculation It is however still used for the predicted sliding window demand calculation If the frequency of the pulses on the Sync input is higher than the Sub Intvl setup register indicates the PredDemand output may not be accurate since it will not have enough time to reach its steady state value between subintervals If the frequency is lower PredDemand will act as though the Pred Resp is set to a faster value i e the steady state will be reached before the end of the subinterval Sublintvls This numeric bounded register specifies the number of subintervals in the sliding window 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Sliding Window Demand Module Pred Resp This numeric bounded register specifies the speed of the predicted demand output It allows you to set the sensitivity of the demand prediction Specify 99 for the fastest prediction speed If you specify 0 the slowest prediction speed the PredDemand output will follow the SWinDemand output A value between 70 and 99 is recommended for a reasonably fast response Update Rate This register defines the update rate of the SWinDemand output register The choices include Every Second default setting SWinDemand calculations will be saved if a power outage occurs End of Subinterval NOTE For Billing applications the Update Rat
120. inputs If the update period of any of the Source inputs exceeds the value specified in the Worst Case Limit setup register the Status output register will turn OFF and a pulse will be sent to the Trigger output register indicating a communication problem The Event register identifies which of the Source inputs is responsible for this problem The slowest update rate for all inputs is held in the Worst Case Update output register The Data Monitor module provides a means of verifying that all sources connected to it are responding in a timely manner Consider the following example Example The following illustration shows how a control framework can be used to detect temperature extremes switch on other equipment and alert personnel of communication problems Consider this situation where a thermometer is monitoring the internal temperature of a piece of equipment The thermometer s output is connected to an analog input port on the ION7500 An Analog Input module is used to configure this port The output of the Analog Input module is connected to a Setpoint module this Setpoint module is used to initiate the control action The Status output of the Setpoint module is then used to link the Source inputs of the Distributed Boolean module and Data Monitor module in the Virtual Processor The Distributed Boolean module is used for controlling the data appearing at the Switch register of the External Boolean module in the ION7330 Now
121. is collecting data from multiple gatewayed devices via Modbus Master each gatewayed device s XML data can be uniquely identified 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Web Page Module HTML Refresh Rate The register s value which is inserted into an HTML META tag on the webpages indicates how often to update the web page when viewed in a browser The value range specified in seconds is 0 to 604800 i e up to one week A value of 0 indicates no refresh this is the default value Most users will not need to change this value HTTP Expires This register specifies when the web page expires This value is inserted into the HTTP header providing a caching clue for proxy servers and browsers The value range specified in seconds is 0 to 604800 i e up to one week The default value for this register is 2 seconds Most users will not need to change this value These registers are only applicable for XML web pages Output Registers OD Event All events produced by a Web Page module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or con
122. is present Learn Install Mode This register specifies how the learned values are installed MANUAL Learning occurs but the module is not automatically configured with the learned values when learning is complete The learned values are placed in the learned output registers for review and manual installation AUTOMATIC Learning occurs and the learned values are placed in the learned output registers The module automatically starts using the learned values when learning is complete Once the learned values are installed either manually or automatically the value of the learned output registers reverts to NOT AVAILABLE Learn Duration This register specifies the learning duration in days The allowable range is 1 to 365 The default is 30 Output Registers With the exception of the learned output registers the following output registers provide data about a disturbance as a whole and about all the sub disturbances that comprised it The data provided by these registers is historical rather than real time the disturbance values are not calculated until the end of the disturbance and the sub disturbance values are not calculated until the end of the sub disturbance The pulse registers are provided to trigger Data Recorder modules so the values can be logged and later analyzed The learned output registers show the results of the learning process DistState This Boolean register is TRUE when the RMS value of one or more of t
123. its Enable input is disabled When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down The alert completes the current attempt It pulses the Success register if that attempt is successful Pending Sending and Lockout output registers are FALSE A module in the Sending state at power down is automatically re triggered at power up ION and Modbus protocols are the only protocols that support the Alert module these protocols allow the Alert module to take over the use of the meter communications port so an alert can be sent 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 37 Alert Module ION Reference Page 38 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE AT 09 2008 amp Analog Input Module The Analog Input module takes an analog signal from a hardware port scales it and makes the scaled result available in its output register This allows you to measure and store analog information for example the output of a transducer that is measuring steam pressure Inputs Analog Input Module ScaledValu I I Event O Analog Input modules have no programmable inputs Setup Registers The Analog Input module s setup registers allow you to define a scaling factor for the values taken from the hardware port and select the hardware input port E Zero Scale This numeric bounded register defines what value
124. learned value failed because the instal Failed o value was invalid invalid value is reported Automatic installation of learned values failed for an unknown Unable to Install 30 unrecoverable reason The priority of these events is determined by the value in the EvPriority setup register The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 505 Setpoint Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The diagrams that follow illustrate the operation of a Setpoint module with different setup register configurations The first two examples involve Source inputs that are numeric variables the third example shows the operation of a Setpoint with a Boolean Source input Eval Mode GREATERTHAN The figure below shows how the SusUntlON and SusUntlOFF setup registers affect Setpoint operation when Eval Mode is GREATERTHAN It also shows the events and the values that are recorded during the operation of a Setpoint 500 Extreme value recorded while setpoint is active 200 highest value recorded during SusUntlON SusUntlOFF gt Source Input Low Limit 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 E OE dee tee ae See Ee FAA 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a SusUntl ON timestamp 1 timestamp2 timestamp3 Time 44
125. logs matching the Log Monitor module s configuration in the Log Server Total Logs includes all of the logs that have been restored and all logs that are waiting to be restored Pending Records This register holds the number of records that have been requested but have not yet been received This value does not include all of the records that the Log Server knows about it only includes those records that the Log Server has sent requests for Outstanding Records This register holds the number of records that the Log Server has not yet uploaded Outstanding Records does not include records from logs that are not configured or not restored Processed Records This register holds the total number of records that have been uploaded Rec Generation Rate records generation rate This register holds an estimate of how many records are becoming available reported in records minute Rec Retrieval Rate records retrieval rate This register holds an estimate of how many records are being retrieved per minute Page 339 Log Monitor Module Page 340 ION Reference Avg Retrieval Time This register holds the average amount of time in seconds between when the time the Log Server requests a record and the time that record is received Avg Processing Time This register holds the average amount of time in seconds that it takes for the Log Server to convert a record and insert it into the database Logs Restored This register hold
126. looks like this Alert kW tot 147 10 If you want the actual percent sign to appear in the message you must insert an additional in front of it For example if you link the 11 Harmonic Analyzer module s Total HD register to the Alert module s Source input 1 and you want the alert to display THD for I1 is currently x where x is the value appearing at Source input 1 then the string might look like this THD for 11 is currently V1 For a timestamp Tt will insert trigger time in UNIX Time UNIX Time the number of seconds since 1970 Jan 1 Priority This numeric bounded register allows you to set an alert s priority from O lowest priority to 255 highest priority Destination This string register identifies the alert s destination If the alert is sent out over a modem enter the dialing string that the modem will dial the dial command ATD is provided by the module if it is missing in the string The destination string can include any numbers required by the local phone system i e PBX system line out numbers calling card numbers and telephone extensions The comma character is used to pause the dialing operation The duration of the pause depends on your modem s configuration most modems use a default pause of 2 seconds for each comma multiple commas may be used in succession to achieve longer pauses Most modems allow you to configure the pause duration through an S re
127. ma E MaxVAr g E g LJ B MinVar AvW instMag amp H MinVAr instMag E AvW mag H MinVAr mag H MaxW instMag W J Event D MaxW mag Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider IEC 61850 MSTA Module Inputs Page 304 ION Reference By default the MSTA module inputs are linked to the outputs of the related Maximum Minimum and Sliding Window Demand modules amp NOTE If input registers are changed the new inputs must have the same units of measure as the original input AvVA This register is linked to the output register of the kVA tot mean Sliding Window Demand module which provides the average apparent power value Units are kVA MaxVA This register is linked to t
128. memory failure Polarity setup register This register defines the sign of a measured value Changing the polarity of a measured value can affect modules that are linked to this register in unanticipated ways The polarity setting may be lost because the values are squared or only the value and not the polarity is provided to linked modules For example when interpolating V2 in a V1 V3 system if V1 is inverted then V2 may be interpolated incorrectly 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 19 Introduction ION Reference Labels module and register names You can edit labels for modules and their input output and setup registers However some labels are specifically configured to support third party protocols and modifying those labels may cause loss of third party protocol support or the third party protocol data to be inaccurate ION Module Advanced Features Page 20 This section provides detailed information on more advanced features of ION modules and brief instructions on using Designer Module Update Rate The update refresh rate for a standard ION module is once per second Some ION meters are equipped with high speed ION modules that can update as often as once every half cycle If you link a standard ION module to a high speed ION module the update rate is determined by the slower module To take advantage of the fast update rate only choose high speed modules in your high speed framework
129. message gt END The reply sent back by the application receiving the alert is simply ACK The Alert module sends the same message up to five times as it waits for the acknowledgment If the Alert module receives an acknowledgment it records a successful send otherwise it records a failed attempt T Email From This register specifies the email address that appears in the From field on the email The default value of this register is ALERT lt ALERT MODULE NUMBER gt lt METER SERIAL NUMBER gt for example Alert3 PK 9910A010 00 This register must be altered in cases where the receiving SMTP server only accepts emails from valid Internet domains i e SomeName COM This string may be up to 80 characters long Pager Num This register holds your pager access number provided by your paging company A maximum of 16 characters can be used Com Port This register allows you to specify the communications port that is used to send the alert If the device has only one valid communications port no selection is required For devices with multiple communications ports the ports that support the Alert module appear as valid selections amp NOTE If you set the Com Port setup register to ETHERNET the Type setup register must be set to EMAIL or the module will go offline 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 27 Alert Module Page 28 ION Reference Attempts
130. module Enable This input allows you to manually enable or disable the Data Monitor module Linking this input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will still operate and the Enable input will default to ON Worst Case Limit This register defines the threshold for what is considered to be an acceptable time between updates in seconds The value you enter here is used by the module to determine what constitutes a communication problem or timing violation EvPriority event priority This register allows you to assign a priority level for the following event produced by the Data Monitor module Status output register changed from ON to OFF Output Registers Status Page 132 This Boolean register will be ON under normal working conditions If the update rate of any of the Source inputs falls below the threshold defined in the Worst Case Limit setup register this register will switch to OFF indicating a communication problem or timing violation This output will be NOT AVAILABLE if no Source inputs have been linked or if the Enable input is linked but turned OFF Trigger Every time the Status output register changes from ON to OFF the Trigger output register generates a pulse amp NOTE No pulse is generated for orF to on transitions 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Data Monitor Module E Worst Case Update Every time the module operates it chec
131. modules which behave as traditional strip chart recorders and can be used to track variations in current flow All ION modules share a similar structure Each module on the ION meter is identified by a unique module label Most modules provide processed data through an output register ION modules receive data through inputs and any module that is user configurable offers one or more setup registers Available module types and the maximum quantity allowable for each type of module depends on the meter Not all modules are available on all meters See the online ION Device Templates documentation for device specific information 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Introduction amp NOTE Some module names are configured to be compatible with third party protocols Modifying the module name may cause loss of third party protocol support or the third party protocol data to be inaccurate Each type of module is defined by a name Generally this name implies the lt function of the module Input registers Mg Wi N d SW receive data into the UO Ww Demand module You can link SMe modules together by an d Pred assigning the input of j Demang one module to the 0 U a ans as a Source gt Timelef module Data Enable amp A FS Sin Interval Eng nee tat contain data that has processed by the been processed by the module Rese Event A module The data provid
132. of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider IEC 61850 MMXU Module Inputs Page 294 ION Reference amp NOTE This module is configured as part of the meter s implementation of the IEC 61850 protocol Manual creation and configuration of this module or modification of an existing module is an advanced feature that should only be undertaken by personnel with a thorough understanding of ION and IEC 61850 protocols and the system in which the meter is installed amp NOTE If input registers are changed the new inputs must have the same units of measure as the original input By default the MMXU module inputs are the outputs from the Power Meter module A NOTE Refer to the Power Meter module for detailed output register descriptions TotW This register is connected to the kW tot output register on the Power Meter module Units are kW TotVAr This register is co
133. of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Modbus Slave Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 408 ION Reference E Source 1 to Source 16 The Modbus Slave module takes the numeric or Boolean value on each input and makes it available to READ requests from the Modbus master You may link any or all Source inputs to the output registers of other ION modules Format This register defines what format of data the module follows when writing to the Modbus registers The choices include Format Type Range ig ot Modbus registers used Unsigned 16B Integer 0 to 65 535 1 Signed 16B Integer 32 768 to 32 767 1 Unsigned 32B Integer 0 to 4 294 967 295 2 Signed 32B Integer 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 2 Unsigned 32 B M10k Integer 0 to 655 350 000 2 Signed 32 B M10k Integer 327 680 000 to 327 670 000 2 Packed Boolean Integer 0 to FFFF Boolean inputs 2 Unsigned 16B Input Mode Integer oo 1o 2 For meters Unsigned 16B Input Mode allows data to be written to the Modbus Slave module When Unsigned 16B Input Mode is selected for the Format register the Modbus Slave module supports 32 16 bit unsigned registers however scaling is not supported i e scaling does not affect the output values See the Importing with Modbus Slave Modules section below amp NOTE For any 32 bit or Packed Boolean format the 32 bit equivalent to the module s
134. of their respective owners Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Power Quality Aggregator Module ION Reference The Power Quality Aggregator module complies with the following sections of the IEC 61000 4 30 standard 3 24 r m s voltage refreshed each half cycle Urms 1 2 4 4 Measurement aggregation over time intervals 4 5 Measurement aggregation algorithm 5 1 Power frequency 5 2 Magnitude of the supply voltage 5 4 4 Calculation of a sliding reference voltage 5 12 Measurement of underdeviation and overdeviation parameters A 6 3 Magnitude of current For more information on IEC 61000 4 30 implementation in ION meters refer to the 4 30 Compliance and ION meters technical note Inputs The Power Quality Aggregator module has the following inputs E VLN1 VLN2 and VLN3 These are linked to the Vin a Vin b and Vin c outputs of the High Speed Power Meter module and cannot be changed BM VLL12 VLL23 and VLL31 These are linked to the VII ab VII
135. offset value is obtained by adding or subtracting from Greenwich Mean Time GMT 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Clock Module amp NOTE For the purposes of configuring the Clock module Coordinated Universal Time UTC can also be thought of as Greenwich Mean Time GMT To obtain the TZ offset value refer to your computer system s Control Panel Inside the Control Panel is the Date Time applet that reports the settings currently in effect on your workstation Double click on the Date Time icon and you will see a display similar to the following Date Time Properties 24 xi Date amp Time Time Zone GMT 08 00 Pacific Time US amp Canada Tijuana Timezone information is reported with respect to the GMT the above graphic shows that GMT 08 00 represents Pacific Time DST Start Every DST Start register holds a start time for Daylight Savings Time for a one year span DST Start must be specified in the UNIX time format DST End Every DST End register holds an end time for Daylight Savings Time for a one year span DST End must be specified in the UNIX time format DST Offset The DST Offset setup register holds the Daylight Savings Time offset applicable to your location The Daylight Savings Time offset is the amount of time that the clock is moved forward when Daylight Savings Time begins For example the DST offset in North A
136. or disables the module s operation If this input is set to FALSE the output registers do not continue to update This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default Evaluate A pulse at this input triggers the module to perform its statistical evaluation and update its output registers This input must be linked for the module to go online Reset This input resets the module s outputs to NOT AVAILABLE until the next evaluation occurs This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the input will never receive a pulse Upper Limit This register specifies the maximum value the Source may attain before the Num Exceed output is incremented If Eval Mode is set to PERCENTAGE then the Upper Limit is a percentage of the Nominal Lower Limit This register specifies the minimum value the Source may attain before the Num Exceed output is incremented If Eval Mode is set to PERCENTAGE then the Lower Limit is a percentage of the Nominal Eval Mode This register specifies if the Upper Limit and Lower Limit setup registers are percentages of the Nominal input if not then the actual values in the registers are the limits For example an Upper Limit setting of 120 with Eval Mode set to PERCENTAGE means that any values from the Source input that are 20 greater than the Nominal will exceed the Upper Limit causing the Num Exceed output register to increment Average Source This register specifies
137. output as an event recorded in the Event Log The event log record has the same timestamp as the disturbance that triggered the Disturbance Direction Detection module even though the results of the algorithm may appear in the event log after the disturbance is over a Disturbance Direction Detection Analysis Complete A 7 Module Direction Detected V1 vi v2 Direction Detected V2 V3 mo age f Detect A Sag Swell Dist Start Trigger EIRE ighi Detected V3 Sag Swell Sub Trigger V1 Direction E Sag Swell Sub Trigger V2 A Sag Swell Sub Trigger V3 Confidence E A Transient Trigger V1 Event A Transient Trigger V2 A Transient Trigger V3 Enable ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com PF Electric
138. over the Log Inserter s operation The Log Acquisition module can be configured to automatically find all logs in the system You can also configure the Log Acquisition module to automatically find logs in a site or you can specify individual logs to upload by explicitly linking the Log Acquisition module s Log inputs Log Acquisition Module WW Source 1 Log Schema O LO Source n Enable M Log 1 N These inputs can be linked to any data or event log register in any node in the network The Log Acquisition module supports an unlimited number of inputs Enable When this input is set to ON the module is enabled when it is set to OFF the module is disabled and logs are not uploaded This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module is enabled by default Schneider Electric ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the Saanichton BC property of their respective owners Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising For technical support out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 S
139. pan UINT16 16 bit unsigned Integer 0 to 65535 1 Yes SINT16 16 bit signed Integer 32768 to 32767 1 Yes UINT32 32 bit unsigned Integer 0 to 4294967295 2 Yes SINT32 32 bit signed Integer 2147483648 to 2147483647 2 Yes S32 2143 32 bit signed LE Integer 2147483648 to 2147483647 2 Yes U32 M10k 4321 32 bit unsigned M10k Integer 0 to 65535999 2 Yes U32 M10k 2143 32 bit unsigned M10K LE Integer 0 to 65535999 2 Yes S32 M10k 4321 32 bit signed M10K Integer 32767999 to 32767999 2 Yes S32 M10k 2143 32 bit signed M10K LE Integer 32767999 to 32767999 2 Yes PackedBool Packed Boolean Integer 0 to FFFF Boolean inputs 1 No IEEEFloat IEEE Float Floating Point ipo to 2 No SwappedFloat de Foar eite Endan Floating Point a to 2 No 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 399 Modbus Master Map Module Page 400 ION Reference M10k refers to the Modulo10000 formats This format breaks a 32 bit value into two 16 bit registers according to the following relationship register_high higher order register value 10 000 register_low lower order register value modulus 10 000 Therefore the 32 bit value can be retrieved by the following calculation value register_high x 10 000 register_low Register Size prefix NR This determines the size or number of registers that will be read and decoded One register is 16 bit two are 32 bit Valid values are 1 and 2 Scaling prefix S This determines the scaling t
140. percentages based on this input this input is typically used when calculating TDD If left unlinked the module will calculate distortion percentages based on the magnitude of the fundamental Linking this input is optional Valid When the Evaluate input is pulsed the module checks the state of Valid and updates the output registers accordingly refer to Detailed Module Operation below Linking this input is optional Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Harmonics Evaluation Module Setup Registers Page 260 ION Reference Enable T This input enables or disables the module s operation If this input is set to FALSE then the outputs will not be updated and pu
141. personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Document Number 70002 0290 03 Document Date 09 2010 Replaces 70002 0290 02 2010 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
142. power system you are monitoring The following diagram illustrates how the inputs are directed into the outputs depending on the Volts Mode setting of the meter s Power Meter module Voltage Selection Module VII a VII b VII c VII avg FA Vin a FA Vin b ee Vin c Vin avg 7 gt Volts Mode WYE FP Volts Mode DELTA 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Voltage Selection Module Vla N VII b NS RNS VI c oN ON See NS VII avg Sa ik k X LUN Se Vina N Vin b Vin c Vin avg Page 561 Voltage Selection Module ION Reference Page 562 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 12 2009 foo Waveform Recorder Module The Waveform Recorder module records voltage or current waveforms from a polyphase power system It provides a powerful method for analyzing the conditions occurring before during and after a power fluctuation or power supply interruption It allows you to analyze power events and it aids in power event location The Waveform Recorder module can be configured to start recording under a specified circumstance and it can be enabled or disabled Possible applications of the Waveform Recorder module include power quality monitoring and event analysis Inputs Source Waveform Recorder Wform Log Module
143. priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 449 Pulser Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The figure below illustrates the operation of the Pulser module DEVICE Source input Event Register Pulser Module NT H T L gt Pulse from another a module s Trigger or Characteristics of Pulse output register output pulse and destination port defined by setup registers Each second the Pulser module determines how many pulses it has received on its Source input and outputs a like number of pulses to the specified hardware output channel Because the Pulse Width setup register limits the output pulse to a minimum width the Pulser module may not always be able to output a pulse for every pulse it receives on its Source input In these cases the extra pulses are sent to the hardware output channel in the next second In cases where the Pulser module can output the correct number of pulses these pulses are spread evenly throughout the second In the figure below the PulseWidth is set to 0 100 seconds and the OutputMode is
144. pulse has been received on the Freeze Up or Down inputs After the module has become frozen any further pulses on the Freeze Up or Down inputs will have the effect of resetting the timer that counts down the Freeze Time in seconds Output Registers A Trigger 1 n These output registers are pulsed in sequence by the Scroll module Up to 40 Trigger outputs can be linked Last Trigger This numeric register contains the number of the last pulsed Trigger Freeze State When this Boolean register is ON the module is in the frozen state scrolling will not commence for the duration specified in the Freeze Time setup register Event All events produced by the Scroll module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 491 Scroll Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation If two Scroll modules are active at the same time then the results of the front panel display become unpredictable The default framework uses AND OR modules to ensure that no two Scroll modules are enabled at th
145. ratio of the number of integral cycles counted during a 10 second clock interval divided by the cumulative duration of the integer cycles Individual cycles that overlap the 10 second boundary are discarded from the measurement as defined in 4 30 section 5 1 Power Frequency Channel This is a numeric register that can have the values 0 1 or 2 depending on the channel frequency being measured 0 V1 1 V2 2 V3 Power Frequency Update This is pulsed when the Power Frequency has been updated pulsed at approximately 10 second intervals synchronized to the clock VLN1 Half Cycle VLN2 Half Cycle VLN3 Half Cycle These are the L N rms voltages measured over 1 cycle commencing ata fundamental zero crossing and refreshed every half cycle as defined in 4 30 section 3 24 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Power Quality Aggregator Module E VLL12 Half Cycle VLL23 Half Cycle VLL31 Half Cycle These are the L L rms voltages measured over 1 cycle commencing at a fundamental zero crossing and refreshed every half cycle as defined in 4 30 section 3 24 Sliding Reference Voltage This is calculated using the aggregate of V L1 N or V L1 L2 depending on the VoltsMode as defined in 4 30 section 5 4 4 Event All events produced by the module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description
146. refers to the frequencies between the 2 and 3 harmonic TD Limit This register specifies the allowable threshold for total distortion either THD or TDD depending on whether the Max Demand input is linked as a percentage This register is ignored if the module is evaluating inter harmonics see Eval Type below NOTE TDD Total Demand Distortion THD Total Harmonic Distortion 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Harmonics Evaluation Module Eval Type This register specifies whether the module is performing a harmonic or an inter harmonic evaluation EvPriority This register allows you to set a custom priority level to certain events written to the Event output register When EvPriority is zero no event is written Refer to the Event output register description for details Output Registers Num Valid Number of valid evaluation periods refer to Detailed Module Operation below Num Exceed The number of evaluation intervals with sufficient valid samples where one or more of the individual frequencies exceeded their specified limits Num Invalid Number of invalid evaluation periods refer to Detailed Module Operation below Num TD Exceed The number of evaluation intervals with sufficient valid samples where the TD value exceeded its specified limit This output is NOT AVAILABLE during inter harmonic evaluation Event All events produced by the modu
147. register is NOT AVAILABLE registers are changed When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shutdown The Source Out output register holds its value Store module would reset all of its values store its Source inputs and pulse the Store Complete output register If the Reset and Store inputs are pulsed simultaneously Page 526 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 Symmetrical Components Module The Symmetrical Components module provides information about unbalanced voltages and currents in a polyphase power system This allows you to identify or predict how electrical equipment might be affected For example some possible applications include reducing induced circulating currents in motor windings or preventing equipment damage or even prolonging motor and transformer life The Symmetrical Components module calculates the magnitude and phase angle of zero positive and negative sequences of the fundamental components for either voltage or current Symmetrical ZeroSeqMag W ZeroSeqMagl0m Components Module ZeroSeqPhs W ZeroSeqPhs10m E PosSeqMag E PosSeqMaglOm E PosSeqPhs E PosSeqPhs10m Source 1 Source 2 NegSeqMag W NegSeqMagl0m E Source 3 NegSeqPhs Hi L NegSeqPhs10m E Enable Inputs Source 1 Source 2 Source 3 The
148. resets whenever the external sync input is pulsed 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 517 Sliding Window Demand Module ION Reference A Interval End This output register generates a pulse whenever the SWinDemand output register is overwritten The Interval End register can be used to trigger a Digital Output module so that a hardware relay can be pulsed whenever the demand is updated D Event All events produced by a Sliding Window Demand module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priori a ee UE PHONE Priority Description Group Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed informati n 25 NOT AVAILABLE input caused output to go NOT AVAILABLE The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Detailed Module Operation Sliding Window Demand Calculation The figure below illustrates how the Sliding Window Demand module calculates the value in the SWinDemand output register In this case the Sync input is not linked hence the Sub Intv and Subintvis setup registers define the total demand interval Source Input Length defined by Sub Intvl setup register in this case 5 minutes Avg 3 0 Avg 4
149. set to PULSE This means that a maximum of 10 pulses can be output to the hardware channel in one second 2 pulses received on 2 pulses received on 1 pulse received on Source input Source input Source input Pulses output to hardware channe gt Time second second 2 second 3 2 pulses must be carried over to next second Note that in the first second the two output pulses are spread evenly across the second rather than compressed into the first or last portion of the second Page 450 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Pulser Module KYZ Mode If the OutputMode setup register is set to KYZ the Pulser module will behave as illustrated below 2 pulses received on 12 pulses received on 1 pulse received on Source input Source input Source input U U UU Pulses output to hardware channe gt Time 4 second 1 second 2 second 3 2 pulses must be carried over to next second Notice that the PulseWidth now becomes the minimum amount of time that the module will wait before recognizing the next pulse If pulses are received before the PulseWidth time has elapsed they will be queued and sent on the next cycle Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Pulser module behaves under different conditio
150. setup register determines whether or not pulses received on the inputs are logged as events by the Event output register If the module is enabled and the EvLog Mode register is set to LOG ON an event is logged each time a pulse is received The event indicates which input has been pulsed If EvLog Mode is set to LOG OFF these events are not logged Note that in either case the actions of linking the module inputs and changing setup registers are still logged as events in the Event output register Output Registers A Pulse Out Page 444 This register outputs a pulse anytime a pulse is received at any of the Pulse In inputs Event All events produced by a Pulse Merge module are written to this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Input Register Change 15 Pulse received on Source input These events are only recorded if the EvLog Mode setup register is set to LOG ON The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Pulse Merge Module Detailed Module Operation The primary function of the Pulse Merge module is to act like an OR gate for pul
151. setup registers Input values that fall between onZero and lonFull are linearly interpolated to within the ProfiZero ProfiFull limits For example if the Profibus master requires kW data in the 5000kW to 20000kW range and it is set to provide output values scaled between the range of 0 to 1023 if a value of 15000kW is read the Profibus Value output register reads 682 lonFull 20000 kW maximum input ProfiFull 1023 maximum output Source 15000kW Profibus Value n 682 ProfiZero 0 minimum output lonZero 5000 kW minimum input mn Any values for the kW register below 5000kW will be returned to the Profibus Master as a value of 0 any reading in excess of 20 000kW will be returned as a reading of 1023 The Profibus Master must apply the appropriate scaling and offset values necessary to interpret these measurements Profibus DP Messaging Protocol Profibus is a multi master slave communications protocol designed for use in power distribution manufacturing or process automation Profibus DP Decentralized Periphery is a performance optimized protocol that is dedicated to time critical communications between automation systems and peripherals Baud rates for the Profibus DP can range from 9600 bps to 12Mbps Each 32 bit value stored in the Profibus Slave Export output register as well as in each block of data that the slave returns to the master is represented by a 32 bit signed integer with va
152. single Numeric Variable The minimum can be reset and enabled or disabled Inputs E Source Minimum Module Minimum I I E Source Trigger Enable Event D A Reset This input is monitored for a minimum value It must be a numeric variable register from any other module s outputs Linking this input is mandatory The Minimum module ignores any source that is NOT AVAILABLE Enable This input enables or disables the Minimum module by setting it to ON or OFF respectively When a Minimum module is disabled it disregards any new minimum values in the Source input This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module is enabled by default A Reset This input resets the Minimum module setting the Minimum output register to NOT AVAILABLE The module can be reset even if it is disabled This input must be a pulse register from any other module s outputs This input is optional if you leave it unlinked it will by default never receive a pulse amp NOTE The Reset input will still function if the module s Enable input is OFF Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or regi
153. stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 291 IEC 61850 MMTR Module ION Reference Page 292 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2010 IEC 61850 MMXU Module The IEC 61850 MMXU module represents the Measurement MMXU Logical Node in IEC 61850 protocol It maps the appropriate ION values to their IEC 61850 counterparts The MMXU Logical Node provides per phase and total current voltage and power flows normally used for operational purposes such as power flow supervision and management measurement displays state estimation etc Only one instance of this module can exist Because this module is specific to supporting the IEC 61850 protocol it can be deleted if IEC 61850 is not required For more information about IEC 61850 please refer to the IEC 61850 and ION Technology technical note IEC 61850 TotVAr TotVA Totw MMXU Module H TotW instMag H TotW mag PhV phsC instCVal mag E H VAr phsA instCVal mag E PhV phsC cVal mag VAr phsA cVal mag amp TotPF Hz PPV phsAB PPV phsBC PPV phsCA PhV phsA PhV phsB PhV phsC PhV neut A phsA A phsB A phsC A neut A net W phsA W phsB W phsC VAr phsA VAr phsB VAr phsC VA phsA VA phsB VA phsC PF phsA PF phsB PF phsC H TotVAr instMag H TotVAr mag PhV neut instCVal mag PhV neut cVal mag
154. the RecordMode setup register has been set to CIRCULAR pulses on the Rearm input are ignored The Rearm input must be linked if the module s RecordMode setup register is set to STOP WHEN FULL Pulsing the Rearm input will reset the log so that new records can be recorded If the Rearm input is not pulsed no new records will be loaded into the log A NOTE Rearm can be left unlinked only if CIRCULAR mode is used exclusively The setup registers of the Data Recorder module determine how much information the module can store Depth This numeric bounded register determines the maximum number of entries in the output log You must enter a value here in order for the Data Recorder to function RecordMode This register determines the recording mode defining what happens when the Data Log output register is full If you select CIRCULAR the newest values get recorded and the oldest are dropped FIFO If you select STOP WHEN FULL the Data Recorder module stops writing new values into the Data Log output register when it reaches its depth A NOTE When RecordMode is set to STOP WHEN FULL each Data Recorder module s Rearm input should be linked to an exclusive pulse register i e the pulse register is NOT shared with other Data Recorder modules Sharing a pulse register with multiple Data Recorder Rearm inputs can lead to loss of logged data Insert Outage Records The Insert Outage Records setup register allows you to dec
155. the Enable input is OFF or N A The output registers are N A When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down Th routput registers are NA Page 424 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Ry 09 2008 Power Meter Module The Power Meter module measures and calculates all basic power system quantities based on the voltage and current inputs of the ION meter It is automatically linked to the Data Acquisition module the module that performs analog to digital conversions on the input signals Together these two modules are the link between all other ION modules and the physical world Power Meter Module y Vina il kVAR a PF lead a y Vin b kVAR b a PFleadb W V4 Vin c kVAR c PF lead c Vin avg kVAR tot PF lead tot _ z VII ab E kVA a E PF lag a E 14 VII bc m kVA b E Pop m L VII ca E kVA c O PF lag c VII avg E kVA tot _ i PF lag tot L la Quadrant 1 oO V unbal Ib Quadrant 2 oO unbal Ic Eu Quadrant 3 Oo 14 ail l avg _ Quadrant 4 Oo 15 a kW a E PF sign a a V4 oO ws sl me O kW c CI PF sign c Line Freq Wit E PF sign tot H Event Lj The Power Meter module
156. the Modbus slave Value N contains the last data value The total number of values read from one ReadNow request depends on how you set up the NumReg and Format registers see the previous section Setup Registers Pending meter only Pending output is ON if the module is waiting for a response from the slave device Status This Boolean register indicates the status of communication between Modbus and ION A value of one ON indicates that the last communications attempt succeeded OFF indicates it did not Successful Read This output generates a pulse whenever the module successfully reads data Unsuccessful Read only on the meter This output generates a pulse whenever the module does not read data because of either a communications error or a Modbus exception Exception Code This register contains the Modbus exception code returned by the slave when invalid requests are made Update Period This register contains data indicating the following Polling mode When the module is polling the Modbus devices this register specifies the time between updates Event driven mode When the module receives a ReadNow request this register specifies how much time elapse between receiving the ReadNow request and updating the value outputs 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Import Module O Event All events produced by the Modbus module are recorded in the Event register Possibl
157. the Store input was pulsed Store Complete This output is pulsed when the Store module has successfully copied the values of the Source inputs to the Source Out output registers Event Any events produced by the Store module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Detailed Module Operation Page 524 The Store module functions slightly differently when used in the Virtual Processor The Source Out register includes a timestamp as part of its value This timestamp will be different depending on whether the module is used in the Virtual Processor or on the meter See the example below The Source 1 input of the Store module is linked to the Maximum output register of the Maximum module The Maximum output register will have an associated timestamp 10 08 p m When the Store input is pulsed at 10 15 pm both the value 50kW and the timestamp 10 08 pm of the Maximum 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Store Module output register will be propagated to the Sour
158. the number of times an input met a rule Inputs H Source Bin Module Bin E Bin 2 oO Source A Source B EX Nominal A Nominal B Event B Evaluate Enable Reset gt o NEEE The input value from Source A is tested against all of the arguments in the Rule setup registers Linking this input is optional Source B The input value from Source B is tested against all of the arguments in the Rule setup registers Linking this input is optional Nominal A This input is used as the nominal value of Source A in the Rule setup registers if Eval Mode A is set appropriately Refer to the Eval Mode A setup register below Nominal B This input is used as the nominal value of Source B in the Rule setup registers if Eval Mode B is set appropriately Refer to the Eval Mode B setup register below Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified per
159. time as numeric outputs in calendar format Year Month Day Hours Minutes Seconds and Day of Week These outputs can be linked to other modules The Clock module generates the following output register pulses New Year New Month New Day New Hour and New Minute These outputs can be linked to other modules The setting in the Time Sync Source register is used to implement time synchronization This register must be set to the communications port that is used to receive time sync signals If this register is not set to a valid communications port no time synchronization will be performed Responses to Special Conditions 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved The following table summarizes how the Clock module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register After the module is re linked or its setup registers are All output registers are NOT AVAILABLE changed P 9 When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down All output registers are NOT AVAILABLE Time Sync Source register not set to IRIG B on IRIG B equipped meters IRIG B Time syncs are ignored Clock Sync Source register not set to IRIG B on IRIG B time syncs perform a discrete time IRIG B equipped meters set rather than altering the clock A NOTE For discrete time sets the meter clock is only adjusted if it differs from the received timestamp by mo
160. to 0 050 seconds the module will be able to support normal KYZ pulsing as long as the Source input does not exceed 123 120 W calculated Max Source The Overload output will turn ON when the instantaneous value at the Source input reaches or exceeds this value To prevent the module from going to Overload state set the Pulse Width to just slightly greater than the minimum ON time period required for the output hardware channel e g LED to recognize it as a valid KYZ transition Otherwise the pulse weight Kt setup register needs to be redefined i e it needs to be increased 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE fas 09 2010 Clock Module The Clock module provides the corrected local time required by the ION Scheduler module and Time of Use module The module obtains the Coordinated Universal Time UTC from the ION device and converts it to local time taking time zones and Daylight Savings into account amp NOTE For the purposes of configuring the Clock module Coordinated Universal Time UTC can also be thought of as Greenwich Mean Time GMT and references to NTP in ION devices should be interpreted as SNTP The Clock module uses the UNIX time This time format specifies the number of seconds that have elapsed since January 1 1970 at 12 00 a m UTC The UNIX time format is required when entering time values into the module s Daylight Savings setup registers Schneider El
161. to the Freq output register on the Power Meter module which contains the system frequency fundamental frequency of phase A voltage A NOTE The Hz input is not affected by the Harmonics Measurement or Harmonics Analyzer modules 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference IEC 61850 MHAI Module Setup Registers The MHAI module has no setup registers Output Registers These registers are formatted and named according to IEC 61850 protocol standards By default this module uses values from the Harmonics Analyzer modules as these modules are present in all supported ION meters If Harmonics Measurement modules are available their values will be used instead Please refer to Detailed Module Operation on page 286 amp NOTE The IEC 61850 harmonics arrays are only available using IEC 61850 protocol Refer to Detailed Module Operation on page 286 for more information E Hz instMag Hz mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for system frequency Units are Hz amp NOTE The system frequency outputs are not affected by the Harmonics Measurement or Harmonics Analyzer modules E Hkf phsA instC Val Hkf phsA cVal Hkf phsB instCVal Hkf phsB cVal Hkf phsC instC Val Hkf phsC cVal Hkf neut instC Val Hkf neut cVal Hkf net instC Val Hkf net cVal These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded K factor values for phases A B and C includ
162. value in the EvPriority setup register The Event output register also contains the time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect of the event Detailed Module Operation When this module is enabled and the Source input detects a pulse the Distributed Pulse module automatically writes this information to the address specified in the Destination setup register 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 195 Distributed Pulse Module ION Reference Page 196 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 wi Disturbance Analyzer Module The Disturbance Analyzer module monitors three inputs for disturbances These disturbances are defined as a percentage deviation from a nominal value When a disturbance is detected the module provides pulses to indicate the start and end of the disturbance as well as which input the disturbance occurred on Numeric characteristics such as the magnitude and duration of the disturbance are also provided Disturbance Extreme 1 M DistStart 1 A Analyzer Extreme 2 E DistStart 2 A Module Extreme 3 a DistStart 3 M Source 1 H Duration 1 W DistEnd 1 A M Source 2 z E Source 3 Duration 2 E DistEnd 2 A E Nominal Duration 3 E DistEnd 3 A 9 Frang Du
163. virvenvaiva Tot EvenHD Total Even HD C neut aeons B Cineut 213 14 15 Crest Factor N A Ne BC vives Total HD Total HD ThdOddPPV phsAB i V1 V2 V3 Tot OddHD Total Odd HD ThdEvnPPV phsAB BC CA V1 V2V3 Tot EvenHD Total Even HD 1 Neutral and net values are only available on Harmonics Analyzer modules The input registers are used by the MHAI module to access all the harmonics 1 50 output registers on the connected Harmonics Analzyer or Harmonics Measurement module and populate IEC 61850 arrays with the harmonics values as shown in the following table These arrays are only accessible from IEC 61850 Page 286 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference IEC 61850 Harmonic arrays and sources IEC 61850 MHAI Module The harmonics arrays will be populated from the appropriate module based on whether the meter is configured to Wye volts mode line to neutral voltage or Delta volts mode line to line voltage IEC 61850 Harmonic Harmonics Analyzer Harmonics Measurement Module register HA net 1 50 an g array Module registers used if present HA phsA 1 50 mag HA phsB 1 50 mag HA phsC 1 50 mag HD1 HD50 Magnitude 1 Magnitude 50 HA Bara 0 n HA net 1 50 m HA phsA 1 50 ang HA phsB 1 50 ang HA phsC 1 50 ang Not Available Phase 1 Phase 50 HA neut 1 50 ang Wye volts mode HPhV phsA 1 50 mag HPhV phsB 1 50 mag P HPhV phsC 1
164. when it extracts information from a DDE server application such as Microsoft Excel The DDE Input module can be linked to the DDE server through setup registers For example you can specify an Excel spreadsheet item in the setup registers and then any value you enter for this item can instantly appear in the Virtual Processor DDE Input Value W There are no inputs in a DDE Input module To initiate a link with the DDE server the client the DDE Input module must request a server name followed by a topic name and an item name You have to specify these names in the following setup registers Server This register specifies the DDE server application that the module is connected to For example the server name for Microsoft Excel is EXCEL ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com PF Electric DDE
165. where Rate A starts at the start of the day Rate B starts at 8 00 AM Rate C starts at 4 00 PM and Rate D starts at 10 00 PM enter the following into the Season 3 Weekday Rates setup register A 0 00 B 8 00 C 16 00 D 22 00 Note that Rate D is in effect from 10 00 PM until midnight The rate schedules can also be modified such that a rate change can be incorporated for any given date Using the example above if your weekday rates change on June 15 2003 to Rate A starting at midnight and Rate B from 11 00 AM to the end of the day 0 00 B 8 00 C 16 00 D 22 00 June 15 2003 A 0 00 B 11 00 T Season 1 Weekend Rates Season 2 Weekend Rates Season 3 Weekend Rates Season 4 Weekend Rates These setup registers specify seasonal weekend rates Note that weekends are defined in the Weekends setup register This setup register requires a valid rate A B C or D with a corresponding start time refer to Detailed Module Operation below for details The first rate must be specified at midnight 0 00 the last rate specified will remain in effect until the end of the day T Season 1 Alt 1 Rates Season 2 Alt 1 Rates Season 3 Alt 1 Rates Season 4 Alt 1 Rates These setup registers specify a season s daily rates during the days specified in the Alt 1 Days setup register T Season 1 Alt 2 Rates Season 2 Alt 2 Rates Season 3 Alt 2 Rates Season 4 Alt 2 Rates These setup registers specify a season s daily rates during the da
166. whether the evaluation will be performed on the average of the Source values collected between successive pulses on the Evaluate input or on the Source inputs value at the time that the Evaluate input is pulsed Average Nominal This register specifies whether the evaluation will be performed on the average of the Nominal values collected between successive pulses on the Evaluate input or on the Nominal input s value at the time that the Evaluate input is pulsed Discard Ratio If Average Source is set to YES the Discard Ratio defines how many Source inputs may be NOT AVAILABLE before the entire evaluation period is considered invalid For example if the Discard Ratio is set to 30 and 40 out of 100 measurements are N A 40 bad data the interval is considered invalid The Discard Ratio also applies to the Nominal input values if Average Nominal is set to YES 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Signal Limit Evaluation Module amp NOTE If the module invalidates the evaluation period based on the Discard Ratio this overrides Valid inputs of TRUE EvPriority This register allows you to set a custom priority level to certain events written to the Event output register When EvPriority is zero no event is written Refer to the Event output register description for details Output Registers E Num Valid The number of evaluation intervals over which the Valid input remained
167. with the cause and effect 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 95 Calibration Pulser Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The Calibration Pulser module is commonly used in energy pulsing applications The module s Source input is typically linked to the KW KVAR or kVA output registers of the MU meter units Power Meter module MU Power Ww E KWh Calibration Wa AALO Meter Module Pulser Module Source The Kt setup register defines the pulse weight i e how much energy accumulates in Wh VARh or VAh depending upon its input before the module sends a complete pulse or KYZ transition to the hardware channel specified in the Port setup register In simple terms the Kt setup register defines in Watt hours the size of the container that collects energy The Disk Position register indicates how much energy has been collected in this container similar to a car s fuel tank gauge For example if you want the Calibration Pulser module to pulse once every time it accumulates 1 8 Wh of energy you would enter a value of 1 8 in the Kt setup register If you want to module to pulse once every time it accumulates 1 8 kWh of energy you would enter a value of 1800 since 1 8 kWh 1800 Wh Energy containers kt 1 8 Wh kt 1800 Wh 50 full Disk Position___ 25 full 0 9 Wh gt Disk Position 450 Wh When the container is full the module sends a p
168. 0 One line of an example string Prefix Prefix Prefix Starting Address Register Size Offset p m m LbVin a SR40100 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 Label Format Scaling Prefix Prefix Prefix Each line contains commas and prefixes for each component e g Label You must always include these commas and prefixes in each line in the exact places as above 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Label prefix Lb This string field minus the prefix will be used within the output label on the associated Modbus Master Device module maximum of 15 alphanumeric characters are allowed Starting Modbus Register prefix SR Modbus Master Map Module This determines the starting Modbus register that will be read and decoded by the associated Modbus Master Device module A NOTE All SR entries in the Device Map register must be from within the same function code See the table below for supported Modbus addresses and their functions Function Name Function Code Register Address READ_COIL_ STATUS 01 OXXXX X READ_INPUT_STATUS 02 1XXXX X READ_HOLDING_REGISTERS 03 4XXXX X READ_INPUT_REGISTERS 04 3XXXX X Format prefix F This determines what format of data is followed when reading from this Modbus register s See the table below for supported Modbus formats Format Description Type Acceptable Range ae
169. 0 OOOOOOOO0OO0O0000000 Modbus Export Module Source 1 Source 2 Source 3 Source 4 OOOOOOOO0OO0O0000000 Source N gt Write Now IEEE Float IEEE Float is a floating point format It does not support scaling The module takes data from Source 1 places the contents of the 16 most significant bits into the specified starting address of the Modbus register map and places the contents of the 16 least significant bits into the adjacent higher address of the Modbus register map See the 32 bit Modbus Register Map for details Signed 32B or Unsigned 32B UNSCALED The module takes data from Source 1 places the contents of the 16 most significant bits into the specified starting address of the Modbus register map and places the contents of the 16 least significant bits into the adjacent higher address of the Modbus register map SCALED The module takes data from Source 1 and applies the scaling you specified in the module s setup registers It then places the contents of the 16 most significant bits into the specified starting address of the Modbus register map and places the contents of the 16 least significant bits into the adjacent higher address of the Modbus register map 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Starting Address Starting Address 4 Starting Address Starting Address 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved _ MSB Bit 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
170. 0 652 7100 Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising For technical support A out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com OU E ASA END 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved e Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Schneider for assistance or go to www powerlogic com BF Electric Communications Module Page 108 ION Reference Setup Register RS 232 RS 485 Infrared Internal Modem Ethernet Rx Timeout V4 v v Serial Port V4 Comm Mode HshakeMode RTS Level CTS Level APASATA TS RS485 Bias Modem Init Answer Hours Answer Hours Rings Non Answer Hours Rings SES SES IP Address IP Boot Option Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server NTP Server SMTP Server SMTP Connection Timeout SMTP Port Number Webserver Config Access Enable Webserver Default Web Page Enable SNMP Modbus TCP Idle Timeout 10 100BaseT Port Config 100BaseFX Port Config ARP Cache Timeout TCP Keep Alive Minutes KI RR S AALS RES RATS AR A AIRS 1 This is the internal baud rate between the meter s circuitry and the modem NOT the connec
171. 0 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Warning 30 Calendar expiry pending in 30 days Calendar expired The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 475 Scheduler Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The first screen to appear is the Scheduler screen with a tab for each of the 8 outputs Under each tab is a calendar that displays the schedule for that output When you first configure the Scheduler module there are no schedules defined and the calendars are all blank For each of the 8 outputs you can define a schedule that defines the behavior of its Status Start and End output registers for a period of two years E Modify Calendar Register x um FS SMTWTFS 3 4 of A 2 3 4 5 17 8 p 9 M0m fa 2425 ABA BT FS T fi 1 6 7 8 8 15 15 NI wN BBawn lt 13 NI wo WT i 4 5 6 11 12 18 19 25 26 N y S ol o A NOTE Each output includes a Status Start and End output register To define a schedule Select a start date from when your 2 year calendar begins Select which days in the calendar you want to use different daily pr
172. 06 ION Reference The ION to DNP data flow created by the DNP Slave Export module is shown below ION Register Q a S Scaling Zy DNP Static DNP Event Objet gt Object y JDNP Frozen DNP Frozen Event Object is not supported on the ION7330 There are three DNP groups available Binary Input Binary Counter and Analog Input You can choose one or more of the above categories within each DNP group For example you can decide to make static and frozen Binary Input objects available to the DNP Master through one DNP Slave Export module The DNP Slave Export module maps ION data to these DNP objects through its StaticObj EventObj FrozStaObj and FrozEvtObj setup registers Source 1 4 The DNP Slave Export module reads the values on all 4 inputs and makes them available as 4 DNP Static objects These objects are then available to requests from the DNP Master Event Frozen Static and Frozen Event objects can also be derived from the Static objects as defined by the module s setup registers At least 1 of the 4 inputs must be linked for the module to operate DNP objects will only be created for linked inputs Freeze The Freeze input acts internally as though a DNP freeze command were executed on the communications port The input freezes all objects that are allowed to be frozen according to the module setup The available setup registers vary between ION devices refer to your produ
173. 0kW 0kW 20mA 4mA 120kW ZeroScale 20mA OmA ZeroScale 120kW 120kW e 20mA 20mA 4mA ZeroScale 30kW Page 48 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Analog Output Module The Analog Output module setup registers are programmed as follows Full Scale 120 KW Zero Scale 30 kW This will produce a 0 to 120 KW output represented by a 4 to 20 mA signal Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Analog Output module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register The Output register holds the last value obtained while If the Source input is NOT AVAILABLE the Source input was available The Output register s value matches the hardware port s When the device is started or powered value Supported analog output devices hold the lowest up either the first time values in their operating range at power up Refer to the or after a shutdown Technical Specifications for the analog output device you are using 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 49 Analog Output Module ION Reference Page 50 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2010 AND OR Module AND OR modules are flexible tools that allow you to logically link together Boolean registers You can then initiate an action based on the condition of a combination of these registers A common
174. 3 Avg 4 5 Avg 3 1 Avg 3 9 Time 1 25 1 30 1 35 1 40 1 45 1 50 1 55 2 00 2 05 4 Number of sub intervals defined by gt Sublntvls setup register in this case 6 Page 518 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Sliding Window Demand Module The average demand for each of the six previous subintervals is calculated and these values are averaged across the number of subintervals specified by the Subintvis setup register In this example the value in the SWinDemand output register from 2 00 to 2 05 is 3 0 4 3 4 5 3 1 3 9 4 7_ 3 92 6 The Sliding Window Demand module allows you to match the power utility s sliding window demand calculation technique For sliding window measurements the Sub Intvl register represents the length of the utility s demand subinterval while the Sublintvl register represents the number of subintervals which make up the total demand interval For example with a 6 x 5 minute 30 minutes total sliding window method demand is the average power consumption over the last six 5 minute subintervals This allows you to match virtually any type of sliding window measurement method used by the utilities i e 2 x 15 minutes 6 x 5 minutes 1 x 30 minutes Alternatively you can use external synchronization Sync input linked to calculate sliding demand values In this case a new subinterval begins each time a pulse is received on the Sync input Predicted D
175. 38 C 63 273 17 C Temperature HVAC integer SNVT_temp_p 273 17 327 66 C 0 1 C 105 327 67 C Time elapsed float SNVT_time_f 1E38 1E38 s 64 1E38 s Time elapsed integer SNVT_time_sec 0 0 6553 4 s 0 1s 107 6553 5 s Voltage integer SNVT_volt 3276 8 3276 7 V 0 1 V 44 3276 8 V Voltage float SNVT_volt_f 1E38 1E38 V 66 1E38 V Voltage milli integer SNVT_volt_mil 3276 8 3276 7 mV 0 1 mV 47 3276 8 mV Responses to Special Conditions Condition Response Module is first created module s default configuration The network variable will be set to zero and the SNVT setup register will be set to SNVT_not_used If the SNVT setup register is set to anything other than SNVT_not_used the network variable will be set to its exception value Source input is not linked The network variable will be set to the exception value and will not be updated Source input is NOT AVAILABLE The network variable will be set to the exception value and is updated according to the Send Time and Send Delta setup registers If Source input is outside the range supported by the SNVT The network variable will have its minimum possible value if Source is too small or its maximum possible value if Source is too large During a firmware upgrade The network variable will retain the last updated value Module is deleted The network variable will be forced to the exception value
176. 4 15 A user defined model of a typical lighting system is selected and then the module evaluates short term Pt and long term Pp flicker severity Inputs E V1 V2 V3 Flicker Module Phase 1 Pt W Phase 1 Ph i Phase 2 Pst W Phase 2 Pt E Phase 3 Pst E Phase 3 Pit E Pst Update A Plt Update A Seconds Until Seconds Until Pst Update m Plt Update ER Event Enable D Reset These inputs are linked to the Vin a Vin b Vin c outputs respectively of the HS Power Meter module and cannot be changed V1 Delta V2 Delta V3 Delta These inputs are linked to the VII ab VII bc VII ca outputs respectively of the HS Power Meter module and cannot be changed VoltsMode This input is linked to the Volts Mode setup register of the Power Meter module and cannot be changed The Flicker module behaves differently depending on what Volts Mode setting your meter has Refer to Detailed Module Operation below for details Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Elect
177. 4 if S1 lt S2 Multiple Operand Functions Multiple operand functions operate on a list of operands The following table summarizes the available functions Multiple operand Description Usage Function AND Boolean AND AND Boolean1 Boolean2 Boolean n AVG average AVG number1 number2 number n MAX maximum MAX number1 number2 number n MIN minimum MIN number1 number2 number n OR Boolean OR OR Boolean1 Boolean2 Boolean n RMS root mean square RMS number1 number2 number n Page 76 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Arithmetic Module Multiple operand Description Usage Function SUM summation SUM number1 number2 number n SUMSQ square of the sum SUMSQ number1 number2 number n Note that number can be replaced by expression in the above table AND Returns TRUE if all Booleans are TRUE returns FALSE if one or more Booleans is FALSE Syntax AND Boolean1 Boolean2 Where Boolean1 Boolean2 are 1 to n conditions you want to test that can be either TRUE non zero or FALSE 0 Examples AND 1 1 equals TRUE AND 1 0 equals FALSE AND 2 2 4 2 3 5 equals TRUE If S1 S3 contains the values that evaluate to TRUE FALSE and TRUE then AND S1 S3 equals FALSE AVG Returns the average arithmetic mean of the numbers or expressions Syntax AVG number1 number2 Where numbert number2 are 1 to n nu
178. 5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising For technical support out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com O0 ASE S010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Schneider for assistance or go to www powerlogic com amp Electric Event Log Controller Module Setup Registers ION Reference Some setup registers are not available with certain ION devices refer to your product documentation to see which registers are supported Depth This register defines the number of events which can be stored in the Event Log output register The higher you set this number the more events the Event Log can store at once and the more memory it requires Note that if the Depth register is set to 0 all event logging will be disabled amp NOTE When the Depth register is re programmed all events stored in the Event Log register will be lost Cutoff This register allows you to specify which events you want to log based on event priority Events with priority values less than or equal to the Cutoff you specify will not be logged Cutoff supersedes Protection any events with priority values equal or below the Cutoff value will not be logged re
179. 5 2 00 2 30 2 45 3 00 3 19 No 5 3 900 7 527 3 850 5 750 4 Source 1 i a Integrator module 9 i energy value i i i i 001 360 8 240 2 2207 Source 2 an a Ne Record 1 Record 2 Record 3 Record 4 Record 5 Record 6 Record 7 Record 8 Record 9 Missing Records This will be the Source 2 value at power up Many modules initialize their outputs to N A at power up in which case this value will be zero 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 143 Data Recorder Module Source 1 Integrator module energy value Source 2 ION Reference Insert Outage Records No If the Insert Outage Records register is set to No then no missing records are generated This implies that any energy value accumulated at the time the power was interrupted is carried over to the first interval that is logged after the power resumes Refer to the diagram below Insert Outage Records No NOTE Missing Records 527 3 Power Outage ______ 00 1 15 1 30 1 45 2 00 2 30 2 45 3 00 3 15 l 1015 34 900 7 E 3 i pea 7 1377 8 750 4 Le aa x 300 7 360 8 I 2402 420 7 a D Record 1 Record 2 Record 3 Record 4 Record 5 Record 6 Record 7 Record 8 Record 9 The Insert Outage Records functionality does not work if the Data Recorder module Source inputs are linked to modules that are triggered in high
180. A NOTE The default variation of all DNP Static objects in the ION device is defined by the DNP Slave Options module EventObj event object This register defines for all Source inputs whether or not a DNP Event object can be created for the Static object chosen above A DNP Event object is generated when the Static object exceeds a deadband threshold which is specified in the Deadband setup register The DNP Master can retrieve these Event objects in a Class 1 2 or 3 poll Deadband This register is the absolute value by which a DNP Static object can change before a DNP Event object is created Full scale is defined by the DNP Zero and DNP Full setup registers Note that this register is only applicable if Event objects are enabled FrozStaObj frozen static object This register defines for each Source input whether or not a DNP Frozen Static object is generated when the DNP Master issues a freeze command The Master can obtain these Frozen Static objects in a Class 0 poll You can only choose a Frozen object if you have chosen the Counter or Analog Input object for the StaticObj register a Frozen Binary input is not defined in DNP FrozEvtObj frozen event object This register defines for each Source input whether or not a DNP Frozen Event object is generated when the DNP Master issues a freeze command The Master can obtain these Frozen Event objects in a Class 1 2 or 3 poll 2008 Schne
181. Ar phsA VAr phsB VAr phsC These registers are connected to the kVAR a kVAR b and kVAR c output registers on the Power Meter module Units are KVAR E VA phsA VA phsB VA phsC These registers are connected to the kVA a kVA b and kVA c output registers on the Power Meter module Units are kVA E PF phsA PF phsB PF phsC These registers are connected to the PF sign a PF sign b and PF sign c output register on the Power Meter module and are expressed as a numeric values from 0 to 100 Setup Registers The MMXU module has no setup registers 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 295 IEC 61850 MMXU Module ION Reference Output Registers These registers are formatted and named according to IEC 61850 protocol standards These registers have the same units as their corresponding inputs E TotW instMag TotW mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded total real power taken from the TotW input E TotVAr instMag TotVAr mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded total reactive power taken from the TotVAr input M TotVA instMag TotVA mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded total apparent power taken from the TotVA input E TotPF instMag TotPF mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded total power factor taken from the TotPF input E Hz instMag Hz mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded frequency taken from t
182. Connection 1 4 or TCP Connection 1 10 if available Slave Adar slave address This register contains the numeric address of the Modbus slave device from which the module reads data The valid slave address range is 1 247 default is 1 Device Type This string register defines the slave device type The string can have a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters dot and dash allowed NOTE The Device Type setup register entry must match exactly the Device Type setup register entry of a Modbus Master Map module in order to operate Both of these Device Type registers are case sensitive Slave Name This string register contains the Modbus slave device sub name This is for uniquely identifying Modbus Master Device module output registers with common Device Types This string can have a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters dot and dash allowed Comms Error Count This register defines the number of consecutive unsuccessful reads required before a communications error is sent The valid range is 1 255 default is 1 Comms Error Output Value This register defines how stale data is overwritten in the event of a communications error The default setting is Old Value 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Master Device Module Output Registers Outputs 1 32 These registers contain the imported Modbus data for other ION modules to use The output labels are derived from other register
183. Disturbance Direction Detection Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 202 ION Reference V1 V2 V3 These inputs are linked to the outputs of the Data Acquisition module These links cannot be changed Sag Swell Dist Disturbance Start Trigger This input register is of the pulse class and is intended to be connected to the Sag Swell module DistStart output register A pulse received on this register indicates to the module that a Sag Swell has occurred and activates the disturbance direction detection algorithm to determine the direction of the disturbance While the algorithm is running any further pulse to this input is ignored Sag Swell Sub Trigger V1 Sag Swell Sub Trigger V2 Sag Swell Sub Trigger V3 These input registers are of the pulse class and are intended to be connected to the Sag Swell module s SubV1Trig SubV2Trig and SubV3Trig outputs respectively A pulse on one of these inputs in conjunction with a pulse on the Sag Swell Dist Start Trigger indicates to the module on which phase a sag swell disturbance alarm has occurred Any pulses that are not received in conjunction with a pulse on the Sag Swell Dist Start Trigger are ignored Transient Trigger V1 Transient Trigger V2 Transient Trigger V3 These input registers are of the pulse class and are intended to be connected to the Transient module s TranV1Trig TranV2Trig and TranV3Trig outputs respectively A pulse on one of these inputs indicates to
184. Enterprise Management Console under Tools gt System gt ION Virtual Processor Setup E Save Period saver period This register contains the Virtual Processor s configuration saver period that is the period in seconds at which VIP CFG and VIP BAK are alternately updated Supported range is 10 to 1 x 10 seconds B Serv Period server period This register contains the Virtual Processor s server polling period that is the period in milliseconds at which the Virtual Processor server subsystem sends updated information to client nodes E Cint Freq client frequency This register specifies the client polling frequency that is how often the Virtual Processor client subsystem polls server nodes for information 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 237 Factory Module ViNcal V2Ncal V3Ncal V4Ncal HNcal I2Ncal I3Ncal 110cal 120cal I3Ocal 140cal I50cal V1Ncal_2 V2Ncal_2 V3Ncal_2 V4Ncal_2 l1Ncal_2 I2Ncal_2 I3Ncal_2 11Ocal_2 I2Ocal_2 I3Ocal_2 l4O0cal_2 Page 238 I50cal_2 l1Ncal_q l2Ncal_q I3Ncal_q 110cal_q 12Ocal_q 130cal_q V1Ncal_o V2Ncal_o V3Ncal_o V4Ncal_o liNcal_o 11Ocal_o I2Ncal_o I20cal_o I3Ncal_o I3Ocal_o 140cal_o I50cal_o V_Force V4 Force _Force l4 Force Calibration Constants ION Reference The following list of numeric registers displays available calibration constants Calibration constants are default settin
185. F After the module is re linked or its setup The State output register is OFF Any Trigger pulse in registers are changed progress is discarded When the device is started or powered up The State output register is OFF Any Trigger pulse in either the first time or after a shut down progress is discarded 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 415 One Shot Timer Module ION Reference Page 416 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE AR Inputs Setup Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 12 2009 Periodic Timer Module The Periodic Timer module provides a running timer that generates a pulse at programmable intervals This pulse can be synchronized to the hour of the device s internal clock or to an external pulse received on the Sync input When used together with other modules the Periodic Timer allows you to make events happen on a regular basis For example when used with a Recorder module the Periodic Timer can be used to implement a snapshot log Periodic Timer Module Trigger l Event Enable ven D Sync Fr Enable This input enables or disables the Periodic Timer module When the module is disabled no pulses are generated on the Trigger output register Linking this input is optional the module is enabled by
186. FF this should not be mistaken for a valid reading Ensure that the Modbus Master can recognize this invalid response In the case of Packed Boolean format each unconnected or unavailable input is represented by a 0 in the output register Modbus Address Ranges Many operating parameters of ION devices can be configured via Modbus WRITE commands Setup registers are mapped to a fixed address range You cannot use addresses in this range for access to Modbus Slave module output registers Valid address ranges for the setup registers you are configuring are available in the User s Guide for your device If you use Designer to configure the setup registers the valid address ranges will be displayed when you modify them Importing with Modbus Slave Modules The Modbus Slave module can be used for importing Modbus data into some meters or the Virtual Processor When no inputs are linked to the Modbus Slave module the output registers show the contents of the fixed Modbus address map as defined by the setup registers of the Slave Module The values at the map address are copied to the output registers starting at the address specified in the BaseAddfr setup register until each output register is filled Use the Modbus Slave module to bring Modbus data into your power monitoring system as follows 1 Create a Modbus Slave module in the Virtual Processor or on a meter by dragging a module from the toolbox in Designer 2 Leave t
187. ION Reference ION Architecture amp ION Modules Reference guide 70002 0290 03 09 2010 Schneider Electric Hazard Categories and Special Symbols AN _e AN Read these instructions carefully and look at the equipment to become familiar with the device before trying to install operate service or maintain it The following special messages may appear throughout this manual or on the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to information that Clarifies or simplifies a procedure The addition of either symbol to a Danger or Warning safety label indicates that an electrical hazard exists which will result in personal injury if the instructions are not followed This is the safety alert symbol It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death DANGER DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury A WARNING WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in death or serious injury A CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in minor or moderate injury CAUTION CAUTION used without the safety alert symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in property damage
188. Input Module ION Reference T Topic The topic identifies a file or node name In the case of file based DDE server applications such as Microsoft Excel the topic is typically a file name with a XLS extension i e name XLS Item This register specifies the element in the DDE server application that contains the data In the case of an Excel file the item is the spreadsheet cell identifier which is a row number and a column number For example B5 is entered as r5c2 for row 5 column 2 Output Registers Page 146 E Value This Numeric register contains the value read from the DDE server It will automatically be updated each time the server issues a new value The value becomes NOT AVAILABLE whenever the DDE link goes down or the module is linked to anew DDE server Status This Boolean output register shows the status of the DDE link ON indicates a live link to the DDE server OFF indicates a broken link This register shows the NOT AVAILABLE value if one of the setup registers is blank Event All events produced by the DDE Input module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any val
189. Input Module State O I Trigger I Event D The Digital Input module has no programmable inputs The setup registers define how the Digital Input module interprets the external signal Input Mode This register determines how the module processes the signal appearing at the device s digital input port Select KYz to detect transition pulses i e when the signal changes from ON to OFF or OFF to ON Select PULSE to detect complete pulses Select A c to detect analog signals where the ON condition is based on the presence of an AC signal with a frequency range of 5 to 210 Hz ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Digital Input Module Page 164 ION Reference EvLog Mode event log mode This register specifies if changes in the State output regis
190. Minimum module As long as the Enable input is ON it monitors a numeric variable and every time the variable reaches a new minimum the Minimum module stores that value and generates a pulse New minimum value Numeric Variable Minimum Module Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Minimum module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Regisiter The Minimum output register retains the value it ifthe Sourceiimputis Tey AVAILABLE held when the Source input was available The Minimum output register retains the value it ittie Enaoie INpUt IS OFF held when the Source input was available After the module is re linked or its setup The Minimum output register is NOT AVAILABLE registers are changed When the device is started or powered up The Minimum output register retains the value it either the first time or after a shut down held at shutdown 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 365 Minimum Module ION Reference Page 366 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE My Inputs Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Modbus Export Module The Modbus Export module writes data to any device that supports the Modicon Modbus communications protocol This feature
191. Module Operation The Flicker module uses voltage measurements from the High Speed Power Meter module to provide flicker calculations based on a user defined lamp type The module outputs both short term and long term flicker severity for up to three phases the phases are dependent on the Volts Mode setting of your meter see below These outputs are predictions of the level of flicker which would be perceived by an observer of a lighting system which is affected by the voltage disturbances The short term evaluation of flicker P usually evaluated over 10 minutes is an indication of the perceived short term severity of the flicker P values of 1 0 are commonly accepted as the threshold of irritability of a flickering lamp if Pg is less than 1 0 the flickering of a lamp is not likely to be irritable The Flicker module collects its P results over a longer period typically 2 hours and uses this data to calculate a Py value Py values greater than 0 65 indicate that the flickering lamp is likely to be irritable Lamp Types Flicker severity is a function of the lighting system used the Flicker module s Lamp Type setup register provides a number of accepted lamp types which are used in an IEC style flicker measurement system This setup register also contains an AUTOMATIC setting the module uses lamps based on the nominal frequency of the power system you are measuring from Your ION device may contain the following sett
192. N and IEC 61850 protocols and the system in which the meter is installed By default the MSQI module inputs are linked to the outputs of the current and voltage Symmetrical Components modules amp NOTE If input registers are changed the new inputs must have the same units of measure as the original input I PosSeqMag PosSeqPhs These registers are linked to the PosSeqMag and the PosSeqPhs output registers of the current Symmetrical Components module which provide the magnitude of positive sequence current and the phase angle of positive sequence current respectively Units are Amps I NegSeqMag NegSeqPhs These registers are linked to the NegSeqMag and the NegSegPhs output registers of the current Symmetrical Components module which provide the magnitude of negative sequence current and the phase angle of negative sequence current respectively Units are Amps ZeroSeqMag ZeroSeqPhs These registers are linked to the ZeroSeqMag and the ZeroSeqPhs output registers of the current Symmetrical Components module which provide the magnitude of zero sequence current and the phase angle of zero sequence current respectively Units are Amps V PosSeqMag V PosSegPhs These registers are linked to the PosSeqMag and the PosSegPhs output registers of the voltage Symmetrical Components module which provide the magnitude of positive sequence voltage and the phase angle of positive sequence voltage respectively Unit
193. Numeric module receives an acknowledgement from the device specified in the Destination setup register E Time to Update This numeric output register reports the time in seconds between an nitiate Write pulse and the resulting Acknowledge pulse 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 191 Distributed Numeric Module ION Reference O Event This output register is used to record the module s successful and or unsuccessful attempts in writing to the Destination register Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Source Value Change Write initiated send the message Write overwritten Source changed before the last write got through Resend with a new value and discard previous attempt Source Value Change Write Succeeded Write complete and the destination has been updated Write Failed Write Timeout Got Comm Error Got Invalid Node Write did not complete and destination was not changed The priority of these events is determined by the value in the EvPriority setup register The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Detailed Module Operation Page 192 When the Distributed Numeric module is activated the numeric value appearing at the Source i
194. ON if the device is hardware lock capable Page 150 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Diagnostics Module Hardware Locked This Boolean will be ON if the ION device is hardware lockable and it currently has the hardware lock enabled IEC68150 State This register indicates whether the ION device is able to communicate using the IEC 61850 protocol Password Enabled This Boolean will be ON if the Password security is enabled Time Sync Count This register indicates how many time synchronization signals have been received The value increases with each signal received Time Since Last Time Sync This register displays the amount of time in seconds since the last time synchronization signal was received Time Sync Diag time sync diagnostics This register displays the difference in microseconds between a time synchronization signal and the time in the device s clock The value displayed is a sliding window average over the last five time synchronization signals received Time Sync Status This register will be ON if a time synchronization signal has been acquired and OFF if the signal has been lost The Diagnostics module calculates the average interval for the last five signals received and considers the signal lost if no signals are received in two times the average interval Event Any events produced by the Diagnostics module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their a
195. ON meter ION Enterprise or ION Setup software or energy management systems Page9 Introduction ION Reference Safety Precautions Page 10 A DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Apply appropriate personal protective equipment PPE and follow safe electrical work practices e This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified electrical personnel e Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside equipment e Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off e Replace all devices doors and covers before turning on power to this equipment e Do not use ION meters or software for critical control or protection applications where human or equipment safety relies on the operation of the control circuit e ION modules and registers must only be configured by personnel with a thorough understanding of ION architecture and the system in which the meters and software are installed Be familiar with the contents including the warnings of this document and the contents of the meter s technical documentation e Incorrectly configured ION modules may render the meter non functional Do not modify a module s configuration without understanding the impact to the meter and any associated devices Failure to follow these instructions will result in death serious injury or equipment damage 2009 Schneider Electric All right
196. ON7330 allows a maximum of 200 custom labels E Pre Pwr Used processing power used This register indicates what percentage of the device s processor power is being used by functioning ION modules E Battery Remaining This register contains an approximation of the time remaining in the service life of the device s clock battery The accuracy of the estimated time remaining will vary based upon the product s powered up and power down time and environmental conditions For ION7550 ION7650 ION8600 and ION8800 meters battery remaining is indicated in percentage units All other meters indicate battery remaining in minutes E FreeLogMemory This register indicates what amount of the Total Log Mem in kilobytes kB is currently unused and available for new logging operations E TotalLogMemory This register indicates the total amount of memory in kilobytes kB that is available in the device for Event Data Recorder and Waveform Recorder logs Time Sync Source This register will be ON if the internal clock synchronizes with the line frequency and OFF if the internal clock synchronizes with its own internal crystal GPS Receiver Status This register will be ON if the GPS receiver is locked onto a time source and OFF if the lock is lost This information is received directly from the GPS receiver This register will be NOT AVAILABLE if GPS time synchronization is not used Hardware Lockable This Boolean register will be
197. OTE The module automatically chooses the Function Code based on the RegAdar setup register value 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 383 Modbus Import Module Modbus Format ION Reference The following outlines the different Modbus formats supported by the Modbus Import module as well as the maximum number of registers the Modbus Import module is able to read per read request Single Register Multiple Registers Signed 32B Little Endian Unsigned 32B Unsigned 32B Little Endian Signed 32B M10k Unsigned 32B M10k Signed 32B M1 0k Little Endian Unsigned 32B M10k Little Endian IEEE Float IEEE Float Little Endian Packed Boolean 124 registers 62 values 32 registers 16 values 1 register 16 values 124 registers 62 values 4 registers 64 values Virtual Processor Meter Virtual Processor Meter Signed 16B 3 64 registers 64 values 16 registers 16 values 64 registers 64 values 16 registers 16 values Unsigned 16B Signed 32B 32 registers 16 values 4 registers 64 values 1 register 16 values Page 384 The following sections illustrate how the Modbus Import module maps its output Value registers to the Modbus register map according to the chosen Modbus format 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Import Module Coil and Input Status Format For Mo
198. ProfiFull This register specifies the maximum value that will appear at any Profibus Value output register If a value is greater than ProfiFull the output is set to ProfiFull Output Registers E Profibus Value 1 to Profibus Value 6 Page 440 There are six Profibus Value output registers each containing a 32 bit signed integer value These six values are further translated into the 32 byte block of data that is returned to the Profibus master on request Event All events produced by the Profibus Slave Export module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Setup register or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Profibus Slave Export Module Detailed Module Operation Scaling Four setup registers lonZero lonFull ProfiZero and ProfiFull can be used to scale a range of numeric input values to a specified output range The minimum and maximum values that can be read by the module are specified in the onZero and lonFull setup registers the Profibus Value output registers are scaled according to the limits specified in the ProfiZero and ProfiFull
199. Pulse Merge Module Pulse Out ION7330 Meter Pulse In 1 Digital Pulse In 2 Outputs Digital Input Module 2 Trigger DI Alert Module D2 D3 D4 Pendi Trigger erang I Sending Lockout O O O Event ION7550 Meter Digital Output Module 1 Source Force ON Force OFF gt gt 9 Normal ION7330 Meter 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 33 Alert Module ION Reference Specifying a Lockout Time Lockout Time is particularly useful when Alert modules are used to communicate with the ION Alert Monitor You must ensure there is enough time between outgoing alerts for the ION Alert Monitor to connect to the site When itis contacted the ION Alert Monitor waits for the Alert module to disconnect and then it calls the site back The connection time is determined by the Connection Manager options It is possible for message triggers to occur in rapid succession yet it may not be appropriate to have the ION Alert Monitor connect to the site every few minutes Furthermore if outgoing messages to pagers or to other software components are occurring rapidly the communications channel remains busy and the system might not get a chance to dial back in to the site A NOTE When trigger pulses are received during a lockout period they are not discarded they are prevented from attempting to connect until the locko
200. Recorder Module The following diagram illustrates how introducing a time delay allows the window of observation to move until it contains the full range of event and post event data In the example below the Record Delay Cycles is set to 8 Input Record Del pulse received t elay gt Record Delay Cycles 8 plus inherent 1 cycle delay J Waveform recorded if no delay is used Waveform recorded with Record Record Delay Cycles set to zero Delay Cycles setup register set to 8 amp NOTE If you re link any of the inputs or make any changes to the setup registers the contents of the Wform Log output register are cleared If you wish to save the information ensure the data has first been uploaded before re linking inputs or changing setup registers Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Waveform Recorder module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register When the device is started or powered up The output registers retain the value or state they either the first time or after a shut down held at shut down The output registers hold the last value obtained RANGS OU MERE NOT AVAILABLE before the inputs became NOT AVAILABLE If the Enable input is OFF The Wform Log register holds the logged data 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 567 Waveform Recorder Module ION Reference Page 568 2009 Schneider Electric A
201. Reg Adar to begin with four 4 data is exported as one of the holding register formats described below The following outlines the function codes that the Modbus Export module uses to support the classes of Modbus data Function Name Function Code Register Address FORCE_SINGLE_COIL 05 OXXXX X PRESET_SINGLE_REGISTER 06 AXXXX X FORCE_MULTIPLE_COILS 15 OXXXX X PRESET_MULTIPLE REGISTERS 16 AXXXX X The following illustrates how the Modbus Export module maps its inputs to the Modbus register map according to the chosen Modbus format amp NOTE The module automatically chooses the Function Code based on the RegAdar setup register value and based on the Request Type for 4xxxx class requests The following outlines the different Modbus formats supported by the Modbus Export module as well as the maximum number of Modbus registers the Modbus Export module is able to write to per request 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 371 Modbus Export Module ION Reference Single Register Multiple Registers Modbus Format Virtual sicker Virtual ilter Processor Processor Signed 16B 7 64 registers 64 values Unsigned 16B 16 registers 16 values Signed 32B Signed 32B Little Endian Unsigned 32B Unsigned 32B Little Endian Signed 32B M10k 122 16 registers Signed 32B M10k Little Endian N A N A registers 6 values 61 values Unsigned 32B M10k U
202. SO7 stVal These registers are the status of onboard digital outputs either taken from the Digital Output Status input register or from IEC 61850 depending in the corresponding Control Mode setup register value Refer to Detailed Module Operation for more information Ind1 stVal Ind8 stVal These registers are the status of the onboard digital inputs taken from the Digital Input 1 8 registers Event Events produced by the module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priori os ad Pnt Triority Priority Description Group Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Information 25 NOT AVAILABLE input caused output to go NOT AVAILABLE The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Page 277 IEC 61850 GGIO Onb Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The GGIO Onboard I O module allows IEC 61850 to control the meter s Digital Output modules or to read the status of the meter s Digital Output modules depending on the SPCSO Control Mode setup register value amp NOTE The Digital Input and Digital Output modules must be completely configured in order for IEC 61850 status or control functions to w
203. Send input but the Data Recorder Send Pulsed But No 30 which is linked to the Source input of the Log Mail module Records To Send does not contain any unsent data records The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 333 Log Mail Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The following section details the format of the emails sent by the Log Mail module You can customize some of the properties of the email including the information in the email s header and body A discussion on a few Log Mail applications follows Viewing Email Data Logs The meter emails logged data daily hourly or at any interval that your ION software administrator sets up The data log email shows the following gt gt Page 334 name of the data log device meter type meter serial number meter owner additional user defined meter identification information labeled Tag1 and Tag2 Tagi and Tag2 are meter settings for information of your choice record number UTC Universal Coordinated Time that the data was recorded names of the logged data fields e g Vin a Vin b Vin c numeric values of the logged data metermail RE1 Data Log from meter PK 99104010 00 Message lel EG Gereply MoRepl
204. Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have been changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 437 Power Quality Aggregator Module ION Reference Page 438 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Pa Inputs Ou Setup Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Profibus Slave Export Module The Profibus Slave Export module allows an ION device to be integrated into a Profibus network This module makes ION register values available in a format that the Profibus master devices can recognize and use Each module can map and scale up to six ION register values which are then packaged into a Profibus DP response packet Profibus Slave Profibus Value 1 W Export Module Profibus Value 2 W Profibus Value 6 W Ou Source 1 Event D Ou Source 2 Source On Source 1 to Source 6 The Profibus Slave Export module takes the numeric or Boolean value from Source inputs and makes them available to be read by the Profibus masters You can link any or all Source inputs to the output registers of other ION modules Scaling This regi
205. Source input must exceed the High Limit for the Status output register to change to OFF If learning is enabled this register is overwritten by the learned values either when you install the values in MANUAL MODE or when learning is complete in AUTOMATIC MODE Input Mode This register specifies how the value of the Source input is interpreted When Input Mode is ABSOLUTE the absolute value of the Source input is used in Setpoint calculations and the high and low limits if negative are converted to their absolute values When nput Mode is SIGNED the Source input is taken to be a signed value Eval Mode evaluation mode This register specifies the criterion by which the Source input is evaluated It contains either the value LESSTHAN or GREATERTHAN EvPriority event priority This register allows you to assign a priority level to the following events produced by the Setpoint module The Status output register changes to ON because the setpoint condition is met The Status output register changes to OFF because the setpoint condition is no longer met The Setpoint module is re linked reset or disabled while the Status output register is ON Setup registers are changed while the Status output register is ON The priority level you specify applies to all of the above events amp NOTE If the EvPriority is set to zero 0 the following events are not logged Setpoint ON Setpoint OFF Setpoint extreme
206. Status register going back to OFF A pulse is just the Start and End output registers pulsing simultaneously with no change in the Status output register A NOTE The Scheduler module supports a total maximum of 900 activities or pulses This includes all profiles for all outputs Each output has 15 daily profiles To define a daily profile either right click on the profile in the Profiles palette or right click on a day in the calendar colored with the profile you wish to define The following dialog box referred to as a profile editor appears 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 479 Scheduler Module Page 480 ION Reference The title bar indicates which j profile you are editing and for Daily Profile which output Cancel iit Apply Profile Name Profile 1 on A N The numbers along the left side of the box represent a 10 Pulse twenty four hour clock 12 Interval it 14 Delete 16 Clear all 18 Start Led 20 El 22 E End 24 id Before creating activities you may want to assign a descriptive name to the profile to make it easier to remember where you plan to use it For example you may want to name it Weekend Creating custom labels for these profiles uses device memory so there are a limited number of custom labels available A NOTE You cannot have more than one activity at the same time If you want to schedule multip
207. T AVAILABLE The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Page 273 IEC 61850 GGIO Exp Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The GGIO Expansion I O module allows IEC 61850 control of the Analog Output modules Analog Output module control through IEC 61850 A WARNING HAZARD OF UNINTENDED OPERATION e Do not use ION meters for critical control or protection applications where human or equipment safety relies on the operation of the control circuit e The electrical signal on the output port is DC Make sure proper polarity is observed when wiring external devices to the analog output ports Be sure that you are familiar with the warnings at the beginning of this document as well as those presented in your meter s technical documentation Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage For IEC 61850 control of the Analog Output module the associated IEC 61850 control attribute ctlval is taken from IEC 61850 and written to the corresponding ISCSO stVal output register The SCSO stVal output register is connected to the Source input register on the Analog Output module which controls the state of the meter s analog output IEC 61850 1 write ISCSO1 ctlVal to ISCSO1 stVal Analog O
208. T Primary is used to indicate winding ratio rather than primary voltage Enable When this input is TRUE the module is enabled when it is set to FALSE the module is disabled and the output registers that are not related to learning become NOT AVAILABLE This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module is enabled by default Learn Now When this input is pulsed it starts the learning process and begins the learning period If a pulse is received while learning is in progress the current learning period is aborted all data in the learning related output registers is reset and anew learning period begins This input must be linked for learning to be enabled If this input is pulsed learning occurs even if the module is not enabled Learning is stopped and learning related outputs become NOT AVAILABLE when any setup of the module changes To disable learning completely disconnect this input Threshold This numeric bounded register allows you to specify how much the voltage can deviate from normal before a transient is recorded The magnitude required for a transient to be recorded is specified as a percentage of the nominal voltage plus 100 For example a value of 120 causes the module to detect transients with a deviation that is greater than 20 from the nominal transients with a deviation of 20 or less are not detected 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference
209. The following register classes are in ION architecture A Address Allows you to specify a destination address to which the module sends output data Boolean Contains a logical true ON or 1 or false OFF or O Calendar Contains setup information in the Scheduler module Enumerated Allows you to select from a list of several options Typically only setup registers are enumerated registers Event Log Contains the assembled contents of all the event registers of all modules in the ION meter or software node The Event Log Controller module uses this class of register to provide a log of the events occurring on the device O Event Records all the events produced by a module An event is simply any occurrence in the system that is logged in the Event register The contents of an event register include A timestamp of when the event occurred The priority of the event The cause of the event Any values or conditions associated with the cause The effect of the event Any values or conditions associated with the effect The Event Log Controller module takes the Event registers from all the modules in the device and assembles them into the Event Log 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 17 Introduction Page 18 ION Reference Log Contains a timestamped list of numeric Boolean or waveform data Typically modules that record data e g Data Recorder
210. This register N A if the Valid input is linked and is FALSE 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Mains Signaling Evaluation Module O Event All events produced by the module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input Links setup registers or labels have been changed N Exceeded Event The N1 counter was incremented The priority of this event is defined in the Event Priority setup register The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Detailed Module Operation The module accumulates 1 second averages of the Source input Once Evaluate is pulsed the module checks the state of the Valid input If Valid is FALSE then the Num Invalid is incremented If Valid is TRUE then the average percent distortion is calculated for the interval and compared against the Limit If the Limit is exceeded the Num Exceed output register is incremented 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 361 Mains Signaling Evaluation Module ION Reference Page 362 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 wi Minimum Module The Minimum module records the minimum value reached by a
211. Transient Module If learning is enabled this register is overwritten by the learned values either when you install the values in MANUAL MODE or when learning is complete in AUTOMATIC MODE EvPriority This register allows you to assign a priority level to the events generated by the Transient module see Event output register below An event is generated when a transient is detected Learn Install Mode This register specifies how the learned values are installed MANUAL Learning occurs but the module is not automatically configured with the learned values when learning is complete The learned values are placed in the learned output registers to be manually installed AUTOMATIC Learning occurs and the learned values are placed in the learned output registers The module automatically installs and starts using the learned values when learning is complete Once the learned values are installed either manually or automatically the value of the learned output registers becomes NOT AVAILABLE Learn Duration This register specifies the learning duration in minutes The allowable range is 1 to 300 The default is 30 Output Registers TranV1Dur TranV2Dur TranV3Dur Theses numeric registers contain the duration of any transient detected on V7 V2 or V3 respectively given in seconds TranV1Max TranV2Max TranV3Max These numeric registers contain the maximum peak magnitude of the transient on V1 V2 or V3 respectively give
212. Transient module to P The Sag Swell module detects detect disturbances in this range disturbances in this range ial Transient l Short Duration Long Duration i SWELL Overvoltage al 110 I 100 H NORMAL 90 iI i ml Transient Short Duration Long Duration l SAG Undervoltage a 1 fN a 0 0 5 1 1 minute _ cycle cycle Sags and swells are described as short duration variations under and overvoltages are described as long duration variations When the voltage drops below 10 of the nominal voltage it is called an interruption As a disturbance progresses it likely moves through several of these categories It is not until the voltage has returned to the normal parameters that the disturbance can be categorized Even then a single disturbance often cannot be categorized because there were many To address this the ChangeCrit setup register allows you to break the disturbance into sub disturbances Disturbance Sub Divisions Within a complex disturbance the voltage may fluctuate before returning to within the limits defined by the Swell Lim and the Sag Lim setup registers Disturbances such as these cannot be plotted on a Magnitude vs Duration graph since there can be many different magnitudes throughout the disturbance each one sustained for a different duration To address this the Sag Swell module breaks the disturbance up into sub disturbances so that each
213. Trending and Forecasting module enables you to record long term changes in data This allows you to forecast values such as demand so you can better manage things such as demand charges and time of use billing rates Trend analysis can also be useful for predictive maintenance by allowing you to see changes in load and power quality Trending and Forecasting Module M Source Average minimum maximum and standard deviation data are logged for the source at the following intervals Every hour for the last 24 hours Every day for the last month Every week for the last 8 weeks Every month for the last 12 months This data is used to graph trends and calculate forecasted values The results can be viewed through the meter s webpages by entering the meter s IP address into your browser For more information on viewing the Trending and Forecasting web pages for your meter refer to your meter s User Guide Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respecti
214. W 27 ow Power float SNVT_power_f 1E38 1E38 W 57 1E38 W Power kilo integer SNVT_power_kilo 0 6553 5 kW 0 1 KW 28 0 kW Pressure absolute float SNVT_press_f 0 1E38 Pa 59 0Pa Pressure gauge integer SNVT_press_p 32768 32766 Pa 1 Pa 113 32767 Pa Power factor integer SNVT_pwr_fact 1 0 1 0 0 00005 98 1 Power factor float SNVT_pwr_fact_f 1 0 1 0 99 1 Angular Velocity RPM integer SNVT_rpm 0 65534 revs min 1 rev min 102 65535 revs min Temperature integer SNVT_temp 274 6279 5 C 0 1 C 39 274 C Temperature float SNVT_temp_f 273 17 1E38 C 63 273 17 C Temperature HVAC integer SNVT_temp_p 273 17 327 66 C 0 1 C 105 327 67 C Time elapsed float SNVT_time_f 1E38 1E38 s 64 1E38 s Time elapsed integer SNVT_time_sec 0 0 6553 4 s 0 1s 107 6553 5 s Voltage integer SNVT_volt 3276 8 3276 7 V 0 1V 44 3276 8 V Voltage float SNVT_volt_f 1E38 1E38 V 66 1E38 V Voltage milli integer SNVT_volt_mil 3276 8 3276 7 mV 0 1 mV 47 3276 8 mV Page 356 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference LonWorks Import Module Responses to Special Conditions Condition Response If the SNVT setup register is set to SNVT_not_used Netvar Module is first created will be set to zero If the SNVT setup register is set to anything else Netvar will be set to its exception value The module s network variable is Netvar will be set to th
215. _obs myhometown xml amp NOTE The url is displayed as a string of text in your web browser s address or location bar Namespace This register specifies the XML namespaces associated with the elements you query from the XML source The value range for this register is 0 to 80 alphanumeric characters dash and dot allowed This information is only needed to resolve XML data or routing issues and is usually not required The xml namespace information is found in the xml source and is listed on the lines beginning with xmins amp NOTE To view the xml source navigate to the xml webpage using a web browser such as Microsoft Explorer Right click on the webpage and select View Source Here is a namespace example using a fictional weather website xmins mhome http www myweather org myhometown xmins mwork http Awww myweather org myworktown When entering the XML namespace make sure you use the correct syntax including the single quotes around the namespace URI and separating multiple namespaces with a single space amp NOTE Anamespace uniquely identifies a set of names so that there is no ambiguity when objects with different origins but the same names are mixed together A namespace is commonly given the name of a Uniform Resource Identifier URI such as a website address both because the namespace may be associated with the site or page of that URI for example a company name and because a URI
216. able Node Type Setup Register Register Bounds ION meter Formula 1 to Formula 8 Must not exceed 49 characters in length Virtual Processor Formula 1 to Formula 8 Must not exceed 249 characters in length 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Arithmetic Module The formula you enter in a setup register does not need to reference the corresponding Source input or any input at all As long as the formula uses correct syntax as discussed later the Result output corresponding to that setup register will be updated with the result ofthe calculation Conversely you can reference any Source input or combination of Source inputs in any setup register amp NOTE The number of setup registers Source inputs and Result output registers depends on the ION device you are using The number of Source inputs can be different than the number of Result outputs but there will always be a setup register for each Result output For example consider the formula SUM S2 S5 entered into setup register 1 The result of this calculation will be the sum of the Source inputs 2 through 5 This result will be written into the Result 7 output register even though the calculation is not related to Source input 1 Output Registers E Result 1 m These output registers contain the results calculated by the formulas in their corresponding setup registers The number of Result outputs available to an Arithmetic
217. abled by default Evaluate A pulse at this input triggers the module to perform its statistical evaluation and update its output registers This input must be linked for the module to go online Reset This input resets the module s outputs to NOT AVAILABLE until the next evaluation occurs Linking this input is optional if you leave it unlinked the input will never receive a pulse Frequency This register specifies the signal frequency of interest The minimum frequency is 5Hz maximum frequency differs depending on meter model and firmware Limit This register specifies the allowable signal voltage threshold as a percentage of the fundamental EvPriority This register allows you to set a custom priority level to certain events written to the Event output register When EvPriority is zero no event is written Refer to the Event output register description for details Output Registers Page 360 Num Valid The number of valid evaluation intervals Num Invalid The number of invalid evaluation intervals Num Exceed The number of valid see Num Valid evaluation intervals where the specified frequency exceeded the specified limit Signal Freq Mag The signal frequency magnitude is output to this register when the Evaluate input is pulsed This register N A if the Valid input is linked and is FALSE Fundamental Freq Mag The fundamental frequency magnitude is output to this register when the Evaluate input is pulsed
218. ace and Device Name registers while the Ethernet Communications module must have the SMTP Server register configured correctly Source This input is linked to the Data Log output of a Data Recorder module The data from this Data Log output is transported as an XML message Linking this input is mandatory Enable If the Enable input is FALSE the Log Export module will not respond to pulses arriving at the Send input Linking this input is optional If this is left unlinked the module is enabled by default Send When a pulse arrives at the Send input the Log Export module sends all Source data records that have not previously been sent Linking this input is mandatory Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reser
219. ach time the Kt value is reached A NOTE For KYZ mode the Pulse Width setup register defines the minimum amount of time that the output pulse must stay ON in order for the output hardware channel to recognize it as a valid pulse Overload state Module s output pulse KYZ mode In the above diagram each trigger in the top graph Module s output pulse represents one pulse sent to the Disk Revolution Complete output register The bottom graph illustrates how the KYZ transitions changes of state appears at the output hardware channel In KYZ mode the Pulse Width setup register is ignored it is only used for calculating the maximum source value i e Max Source see formula below When the module is operating in Normal state the output pulse triggers the hardware channel to change state OFF to ON or vice versa If the value at the Source input reaches the Max Source value the module goes into Overload state When this happens the Overload output register turns ON the hardware channel remains ON and the module does not send any more KYZ transitions to the output hardware channel The module returns to Normal state when the Source input drops below the Max Source value This value can be calculated using the following formula 3 42 Kt Max Source Pulse Width For example if you set the Kt register to 1800 one pulse per 1800 Wh and you set the Pulse Width
220. akes data from Source 1 translates and places the appropriate data into the most significant bit position of the specified starting address of the Modbus register map Page 375 Modbus Export Module ION Reference Next it takes data from Source 2 translates and places the appropriate value into the second most significant bit of the same Modbus register It continues this pattern until the contents of Source 16 is translated and placed into the least significant bit of that Modbus register For a module on the Virtual Processor the appropriate value is taken from Source 17 translated and placed into the most significant bit position of the adjacent higher address of the Modbus register map etc until all your specified Source inputs have been written as illustrated below Packed Boolean Modbus Register Map Modbus Export Starting Address Module Starting Address 1 Starting Address 2 Starting Address 3 Source 1 Source 2 Source 3 Source 17 Starting Address N 1 DO OO 000000000000 HO Source N Enable Write Now Page 376 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Export Module Detailed Module Operation 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved 1 To set up communications between the Virtual Processor and Modbus slave you must first enter the Modbus device information in the Virtual Processor Setup utility Select a unique name for the Modbus device a
221. al Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Sag Swell Module Inputs Page 462 ION Reference Utilities must often be able to prove to their customers that they are delivering high quality reliable voltage Likewise customers must be able to assess voltage quality to ensure it meets the requirements of their equipment The Sag Swell module provides data for a detailed historical analysis of voltage quality It also provides pulse outputs that can be used to control external equipment for a more proactive approach to managing voltage quality problems You can also configure the Sag Swell module to learn what values the source inputs need to reach for a disturbance to be considered a sag or a swell and then either to place the learned values in the learned output registers for review or to begin using the learned values automatically If enabled learning can occur even if the module itself is not enabled V1 V2 V3 V1 Delta V2 Delta V3 Delta V1 V2 and V3 are linked to the High Speed Power Meter module s Vin a Vin b and Vin c outputs respectively If the Vo tMode setup register of the Power Meter module is set for a Wye system the values from V7 to V3 are used to calculate the Sag Swell module s output values V1 D
222. al Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com PF Electric System Log Controller Module ION Reference Cutoff This register allows you to specify which events you want transferred to the ION database from the system log files based on event priority Events with priority values less than or equal to the Cutoff you specify will not appear in the ION database Output Registers MQ Event Log The Event Log register contains the system event records for the workstation referenced in the System Log Source setup register that have been retrieved from the system log files by the Log Inserter If the Log Inserter is run in auto mode the default configuration this register is automatically linked to the Log Acquisition module If the Log Inserter is not run in auto mode this register must be manually linked to a Log Acquisition module input to allow the system events to be transferred to the ION database Detailed Module Operation Page 532 The System Log Controller modules collect all of the system event messages generated by the ION applications on all of the workstations in your network If the Log Inserter is run in auto mode a System Log Controller module is automatically created and configured for every workstation defined in your network configuration file If the Log Inserter is not run in auto mode a System Log Controller module must be manually created config
223. ally not suitable for energy pulsing applications For energy pulsing applications consider using Form A output in KYZ mode Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage WARNING HAZARD OF UNINTENDED OPERATION e Do not use ION meters for critical control or protection applications where human or equipment safety relies on the operation of the control circuit e The electrical signal on the output is DC Make sure proper polarity is observed when wiring external devices to the analog output ports Analog Output module e An unexpected change of state of the digital outputs can result when supply power to the meter is interrupted or after a meter firmware upgrade Digital Output module e Be sure you are familiar with the warnings at the beginning of this document as well as those presented in your meter s technical documentation Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage Record input register When this register is pulsed data is recorded by the meter CAUTION HAZARD OF EQUIPMENT DAMAGE e If you increase the rate that Record is pulsed from the factory default setting it may cause premature failure of the meter s flash memory e Do not modify this register and connected modules without a thorough understanding of the impact on the meter s flash memory Failure to follow these instructions can result in premature flash
224. ame Range Resolution SNVT Ar ft eor degree SNVT angle deg 359 98 360 00 deg 0 02 deg 104 655 34 deg Phase Rotation float SNVT_angle_f 1E38 1E38 radians 49 1E38 rads Energy thermal float SNVT_btu_f 1E38 1E38 BTU 67 1E38 BTU Energy thermal kilo integer SNVT_btu_kilo 0 65535 KBTU 1 KBTU 5 0 KBTU Energy thermal mega integer SNVT_btu_ mega 0 65535 MBTU 1 MBTU 6 0 MBTU Count event integer SNVT_count 0 65535 counts 1 count 8 0 counts Count event float SNVT_count_f 1E38 1E38 counts 51 1E38 counts Count incremental integer SNVT_count_inc 32768 32767 counts 1 count 9 32768 counts Count incremental float SNVT_count_inc_f 1E38 1E38 counts 52 1E38 counts Energy electrical kilo integer SNVT_elec_kwh 0 65535 kWh 1 kWh 13 0 kWh Energy electrical integer SNVT_elec_whr 0 6553 5 Wh 0 1 Wh 14 0 Wh Energy electrical float SNVT_elec_whr_f 0 1E38 Wh 68 0 Wh Flow integer SNVT_flow 0 65534 I s 1 I s 15 65535 l s Flow float SNVT_flow_f 1E38 1E38 l s 53 1E38 I s Frequency float SNVT_freq_f 1E38 1E38 Hz 75 1E38 Hz Frequency integer SNVT _freq_hz 0 6553 5 Hz 0 1 Hz 76 0 Hz Level continuous integer SNVT_lev_cont 0 100 0 50 21 0 Level continuous float SNVT_lev_cont_f 0 100 55 0 Level discrete SNVT_lev_disc TON SLOWS level 20 ST_NUL Level percent SNVT_lev_percent 163 84 163 83 0 005 or 50 ppm 81 163 835 Power integer SNVT_power 0 6553 5 W 0 1
225. amiliar with the warnings at the beginning of this document as well as those presented in your meter s technical documentation Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage Pulser Module Event D Source ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Pulser Module Inputs Setup Registers ION Reference Source All Pulser modules have one input called the Source This input can be the pulse output register from any other module It is monitored for a pulse and when one is present it sends a pulse to the specified hardware output channel PulseWidth The PulseWiath numeric bounded register specifies the pulse on time i e the time period that an LED is lit or relay is closed in seconds of the output sent to
226. an nZero value and any values exceeding the nFull value will be treated as an nFull value OutZero OutFull These registers specify the output range for all values available from this module The output values are linearly interpolated from the input range Output Registers Modbus Slave modules have the following output registers ModVal 1 32 Modbus value There are 32 ModVal output registers each of which contains one 16 bit integer value These ION registers can be used to confirm the data in the Modbus register map the data being presented to the Modbus network by the module The validity of data in these registers depends on the state of the corresponding input and the current values of the setup registers The ModVal values can be signed or unsigned values and may need to be interpreted in pairs to obtain 32 bit values ModBase Modbus base This register indicates the address of the first value available to the Modbus master which is stored in the ModVal 1 output register ModLink Modbus link This register contains the next available Modbus holding register address i e the first address following the last valid output register of this module Refer to this register if you want to create a contiguous address range enter the value in this register in the BaseAdor setup register of another Modbus Slave module Event All events produced by the Modbus Slave module are recorded in the Event register Possible event
227. and another that ends at 24 00 If the profile is applied to two consecutive days the two intervals are treated as a single interval that spans two days For example if you create an profile that looks like this then apply it to a Monday Tuesday Wednesday amp Thursday and Friday has a NULL profile the pulse outputs will behave as follows Profile 1 Output 1 Monday midnight Start pulses Daily Profile x Monday 6 a m End pulses Monday 4 p m Start pulses Profile Name Tuesday 6 a m End pulses For Tuesday 4 p m Start pulses Pulse Wednesday 6 a m End pulses ee Delete Wednesday 4 p m Start pulses Clear all Thursday 6 a m End pulses ai TE 4 Thursday 4 p m Start pulses End 24 00 E Thursday midnight End pulses If you create a single interval starting at 0 00 and ending at 24 00 then apply it to a contiguous range of days there will be a Start pulse at midnight of the first day and an End pulse at midnight of the last day but no pulses in between The intervals that span across day boundaries do not have to be in the same profile If Monday is assigned Profile 1 which has an interval from 18 00 to 24 00 and Tuesday is assigned Profile 2 which has an interval from 0 00 to 8 00 there will be a Start pulse on Monday at 6 p m the Status output will go ON until Tuesday at 8 a m at which point the End output will pulse and the Stat
228. and effect 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 297 IEC 61850 MMXU Module ION Reference Page 298 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2010 IEC 61850 MSQI Module The IEC 61850 MSQI module represents the Sequences and Imbalances MSQI Logical Node in IEC 61850 protocol It maps the appropriate ION values to their IEC 61850 counterparts The MSQI Logical Node is used to represent the sequences in a three multi phase power system Sequence calculations are made available on the meter through the Symmetrical Components ION modules Only one instance of this module can exist Because this module is specific to supporting the IEC 61580 protocol it can be deleted if IEC 61850 is not required For more information about IEC 61850 please refer to the EC 61850 and ION Technology protocol document SegA c1 instCVal mag SeqA cl instCVal ang SeqV cl instCVal mag W H SeqV ct instCVal ang W SeqA c1 cVal mag H SeqV c1 cVal mag B SeqA c1 cVal ang H SeqV c1 cVal ang itl IEC 61850 MSQI Module E PosSeqMag E PosSegPhs He NegSeqMag Hi NegSeqPhs E ZeroSeqMag E ZeroSeqPhs E V PosSeqMag E V PosSeqPhs E _ V NegSeqMag E _ V NegSeqPhs E V ZeroSeqMag E V ZeroSeqPhs SegA c2 instCVal mag H SeqV c2 instCVal mag W SeqA c2 instCVal ang SeqA c2 cVal mag H SeqV c2 instCVa
229. ange for the DNP Static Object The following diagram shows how the scaling operation works IONFull 200 000 DNPFull 2000 __ DNP value 500 DNPZero 50 Source 50 000 _ IONZero 5 000 Any Source input values below 5000 will be scaled to the DNP Static Object as a value of 50 any reading in excess of 200 000 will be scaled to 2000 Responses to Special Conditions Page 210 The following table summarizes how the DNP Slave module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of DNP Object If the Source input is NOT AVAILABLE The static value will be zero After the module is re linked or its setup registers All DNP event object buffers are cleared and are changed Frozen Static objects are set to 0 All DNP event object buffers are cleared and MOUE te Selpied Frozen Static objects are set to 0 All DNP event object buffers are cleared and When thie device Is powered up Frozen Static objects are set to 0 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE DMF 09 2008 4 DNP Slave Import Module This module takes the value of a DNP object written by a DNP Master device and writes it into an ION register DNP Slave AnalogOut Import Module Relay1 I Relay2 I Event p The Distributed Network Protocol Version 3 0 DNP 3 0 is an open protocol used in the electric utility indu
230. annot be changed Enable This input enables or disables the module Linking this input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default This module has no setup registers Output Registers The Power Quality Aggregator module contains the following output registers V1 150 180 Cycle V2 150 180 Cycle and V3 150 180 Cycle These are the 150 180 cycle measurements for magnitude of supply voltage as described in 4 30 section 4 4 The output values are updated at the completion of each 150 180 cycle interval amp NOTE V3 150 180 Cycle is set to N A when VoltsMode is set to SINGLE 11 150 180 Cycle 12 150 180 Cycle and 13 150 180 Cycle These registers are used in the 150 180 cycle measurement for current as described in 4 30 section 4 4 The output values are updated at the completion of each 150 180 cycle interval V1 V2 and V3 OverDev 150 180 Cycles These are the overdeviation 150 180 cycle aggregates based on the 10 12 cycle overdeviation aggregates as described in 4 30 section 5 12 The output values are updated at the completion of each 150 180 cycle interval V1 V2 and V3 UnderDev 150 180 Cycles These are the underdeviation calculations based on the 10 12 cycle underdeviation aggregates as described in 4 30 section 5 12 The output values are updated at the completion of each 150 180 cycle interval 150 180 Cycle Pulse This register is pulsed at 150 180 cycle intervals 2009
231. ant the square root If number is negative the associated Result output register will be NOT AVAILABLE Examples SQRT 16 equals 4 SQRT 16 makes the associated Result output NOT AVAILABLE TAN Returns the tangent of a number or expression Syntax TAN number Where number is the angle in radians for which you want the tangent Examples TAN 0 785 equals 0 99920 TAN 45 P1 180 equals 1 unary minus Returns the arithmetic inverse of a number or expression Syntax number expression Where numberis the positive real number for which you want the arithmetic inverse expressions you want the inverse of must be enclosed in parentheses Examples 56 equals minus 56 the arithmetic inverse of 56 SIN 13 265 equals the arithmetic inverse of SIN 13 265 Type_J thermocouple linearization Returns the linearized corrected value for a Type J thermocouple measurement The ScaledValu output of an Analog Input module must be referenced and the setup registers for the Analog Input module must be left at their default values Linearized temperature is returned in degrees Celsius 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Arithmetic Module amp NOTE Refer to the Thermocouple Linearization discussion in the Detailed Module Operation section of this module description for more on ION module settings and hardware configuration Syntax Type J S Where is the num
232. any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Analog Output Module Detailed Module Operation The figure below illustrates the operation of the Analog Output module The Source input falls between the Zero Scale and Full Scale values It is scaled and the result is sent to the specified hardware port the Port setup register can be set to whatever is appropriate The Normalized output register provides information about the state of the hardware in this case the output on the hardware port is at 83 External DEVICE Output Device Normalized 83 Sunes Analog Output Module Zero Scale 0 Full Scale 120 Event Set to 83 of full scale If at any point the input rises above the value specified in the Full Scale setup register the output remains at the Full Scale value and the maximum possible value is sent to the hardware port Likewise if the input falls below the value specified in the Zero Scale register the output remains at the Zero Scale value and the lowest possible value is sent to the hardware port If the Analog Output module is linked to a numeric source and that source changes to NOT AVAILABLE the module s Normalized output register retains the last known value However if the Analog Output module s Source input is changed re linked to a source that is NOT AVAILABLE the module s Normalized output reg
233. application for this module is ORing multiple setpoints to the same Digital Output module which may control a relay external to the device An AND OR module monitors a number of Boolean registers and performs an AND NAND or OR NOR calculation on them The calculation result which is also a Boolean variable is written into the Result register For example you may want to monitor the condition of three other Boolean registers and respond only if they are all ON at the same time You can also control if the AND OR modules produce events Result OU Trigger AND OR Module Source 1 D ne InverseResult PrevLatchResult Source 8 I Event 0 LatchReset Source 1 to Source 8 All AND OR modules can have up to eight Source inputs The AND OR module uses these inputs to calculate the Result output register You can have multiple Source inputs for each AND OR module amp NOTE Different ION meters support a different number of Source inputs These inputs must be Boolean output registers from other modules You only need to link the first Source input for the module to operate linking the remaining inputs is optional Schneider Electric ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the Saanichton BC property of thei
234. are These source inputs can be linked to the numeric outputs of other modules The order of the linked inputs determines the object IDs parameters are mapped to in the custom MIB file For example the first input of the first SNMP mapping module SMM1 is mapped to the first object ID in the MIB file The SNMP Mapping module has no setup registers ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric SNMP Mapping Module ION Reference Output Registers D Event All events produced by this module are written to this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are listed in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event timestamp ev
235. are moved back and the last part of the first interval is repeated as is the first part of the second interval the second part of the second interval continues normally 7 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Scheduler Module Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Scheduler module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Registers If the Time input is linked but NOT AVAILABLE All Status output registers contain NOT AVAILABLE All Status output registers contain NOT AVAILABLE If the Enable input is OFF and no pulses occur 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 487 Scheduler Module ION Reference Page 488 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 gt Scroll Module When linked to the Show inputs of Display modules a Scroll module can determine the sequence and rate of scrolling of multiple front panel display screens The Trigger output registers of the Scroll module pulse in succession at a predetermined speed The Scroll module also allows you to temporarily freeze the scrolling action of the front panel display Inputs A Up Scroll Module Trigger 1 A Trigger n A Up Tosi Trigger W A Down Freeze State M A Freeze Event 0 Oo Enable If the module is scrolling a pulse to the Up input w
236. are port state changes are logged in the Event output register If you select LOG ON these events are logged if you select LOG OFF these events are not included in the Event register The events associated with linking the module and changing setup registers are always logged regardless of the EvLog Mode register setting Polarity This register controls whether the module inverts the input before sending it to the hardware port INVERTING or not NON INVERTING 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Digital Output Module PulseWidth This register specifies the on time of the output pulse sent to the hardware port how many seconds the digital output is on If this register is set to zero the hardware port is set to continuously on Port This register determines to which hardware port the pulse or output signal is sent Some meters have internal mechanical relays Refer to your meter documentation for a list of available ports CAUTION HAZARD OF MISAPPLICATION MISUSE Because mechanical relays have limited lifetimes mechanical KYZ relays are typically not suitable for energy pulsing applications For energy pulsing applications consider using Form A outputs in KYZ mode Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage Output Registers State This register reflects the present status of the hardware port Refer to Detailed Module Operati
237. arks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Arithmetic Module Setup Registers T Page 58 ION Reference Enable This input enables or disables the Arithmetic module by setting it to ON or OFF respectively Calculations on the formulas contained in the setup registers are not performed when the module is disabled This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module is enabled by default Reset This input resets the Arithmetic module It can be linked to a pulse output from any other module s output This input is optional if you leave it unlinked it never receives a pulse When a reset occurs all previous Source input values become NOT AVAILABLE and all previous formula result values are set to zero Note that the Reset input overrides the Enable input a reset clears previous values even when the module is disabled A NOTE T
238. arting at 6 00 PM For all four seasons the holiday rates are Rate D all day long The following table shows what entries would be required in the various Time of Use module s setup registers for this example Setup Registers Setting Season 1 Apr 1 Aug 31 Season 2 Sep 1 Oct15 Season 3 Oct 16 Nov 30 Season 4 Dec 1 Mar 31 Weekdays Mon Fri Weekends Sat Sun Alt 1 Days Sep 5 2002 Oct 3 2002 Alt 2 Days Sep 15 Oct 15 Nov 15 Holidays v A Nov 11 Dec 25 Sep 2 2002 Oct 14 2002 e A A 00 00 B 08 00 C 16 00 D 22 00 Season 1 and 2 Weekend Rates A 00 00 Season 3 and 4 Weekend Rates B 00 00 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Time of Use Module Season 1 2 3 and 4 Alt 1 Rates B 00 00 Season 1 2 3 and 4 Alt 2 Rates C 00 00 D 18 00 Season 1 2 3 and 4 Holiday Rates D 00 00 The following graphic depicts how the above settings would appear on the calendar months of September 2002 to November 2002 gt Le TD gt gt Days set in the gt a 3 3 Z 2 TD D E a Weekdays setup register g S 3 3 5 D 2 2 ic P Days set in the 2 Weekends setup register 25 26 27 28 a Season 2 Alt 1 Rates Days set in the Holidays setup register i 3 4 12 00 AM Rate B
239. ate This input allows you to manually activate or deactivate the Distributed Boolean module By linking the Status output of a Data Monitor module to this input the Distributed Boolean module will be automatically disabled if the data at the Source input becomes out of date thus preventing a control action based on old data Linking this input is mandatory WriteNow Linking this input to a pulse trigger source forces the module to operate in pulse driven mode that is the module will only write to the Destination register when it detects a pulse at this input A NOTE The WriteNow input is automatically disabled when the value at the Activate input is OFF If this input is not used not linked the modules writes whenever the Source input changes state as well as at regular intervals as specified in the module s Refresh Time setup register Destination This setup register contains the location of the register to which the value at the Source input will be written It displays a list of available nodes module managers modules and output registers from which you can select Typically you will select the output register of an External Boolean module Refresh Time This register specifies the time in seconds between updates of the Destination register with the value contained in the source register If set to zero the Destination register will only be updated when the source input changes state However if the WriteNow
240. ate the results kW kWh and second being consumed by the system setup registers must be programmed with the appropriate formula for each result we want The formulas you need are as follows Page 80 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Arithmetic Module Setup Register Formula 1 S1 60 3 S2 2 S1 60 3 3 S1 60 3 3600 S2 Remember that the module will place the result of the calculation in the Result output corresponding to the setup register i e Result 1 will hold the result of the formula in setup register 1 Thermocouple Linearization The Arithmetic module s thermocouple operators are designed for use with Grayhill type J K R T thermocouples and RTD input devices that have zero scale and full scale temperatures that match those shown in the following table Type Zero Scale C Full Scale C Cae Cu en J 0 700 0 760 K 100 924 0 1370 R 0 960 0 1000 T 200 224 160 400 RTD 50 350 50 350 The table above also shows the lowest and highest temperature values that are valid results from the linearization operators Linearization operators will return NOT AVAILABLE if they result in temperatures outside of the ranges shown In addition to a properly rated thermocouple or RTD linearization also requires the following An ION7700 with external Grayh
241. ative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider One Shot Timer Module Setup Registers ION Reference Duration This register specifies count down length in seconds of the timer the time between the moment that the Start input is pulsed and the appearance of a pulse on the Trigger output register The State output register will remain ON for the length of time specified in the Duration setup register Output Registers State Page 414 This Boolean register changes to ON when a pulse is received on the Start input and remains on for the time specified in the Duration setup register Once the duration has elapsed the Sfate output changes to OFF Trigger Each time a pulse is received on the Start input and the time specified in the Duration setup register elapses the One Shot Timer module writes a pulse into the Trigger register Event All events produced by a One Shot Timer module are written into this register Possib
242. atus 2 SPCS05sival__ igital Output Status 3 SPCS06 stVal O igital Output Status 4 SPCSO7 stVal O i tal Output Status 5 Ind1 stval O ital Output Status 6 igital Output Status 7 Ind2 stVal Ind3 stVal oO Oo igital Input 1 Linds stval___ 9 igital Input 2 Ind4 stVal igital Input 3 Ind5 stVal Q igital Input 4 Ind6 stVal 0 oO igital Input 5 a igital Input 6 Ind7 stVal Q igital Input 7 Ind8 stVal tal Input 8 Event 5 Schneider Electric ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the Saanichton BC property of their respective owners Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising For technical support out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Schneider for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ES Electric IEC 61850 GGIO Onb Module Inputs ION Reference The GGIO Onboard I O module inputs are designed to be connected to the outputs of the Digital Input modules and the Digital Output modules Digital Outpu
243. ave Device ION 6200 Meter Unit ID 101 Modbus Values Modbus Master Map Module 1 Information for decoding data from Modbus devices is available to these Modbus Master Device modules Device Type 6200 Device Map LbVIn a SR40100 FUINT16 NR1 S0 1 00 Decoding Information Vin a Submeter1 Modbus Master Device Module 1 Device Type 6200 ION Values Slave Name Submeterl Slave Addr 101 Vin a Submeter2 Modbus Master Device Module 2 Device Type 6200 Slave Name Submeter2 Slave Addr 102 Modbus Master Device ION7500 Meter Modbus Values Submeter2 71 7 Modbus Slave Device ION 6200 Meter Unit ID 102 Page 402 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Input Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Modbus Master Options Module The Modbus Master Options module is a core module that maps any serial or Ethernet TCP connection from Modbus Import Modbus Export and Modbus Master Device modules to a serial communications port or Ethernet TCP socket For meters with Modbus gateway capability it also maps the Modbus Gateway Connection register to that connection You cannot delete this module or add another For more i
244. bance Analyzer Module ION Reference Limit Exceeded n TRUE Event Priority Description Nominal N A or lt 0 f i 3 AND Limit Exceeded nis TRUE Nominal value is N A during a disturbance Enable FALSE AND Module is disabled during a disturbance Reset is pulsed AND A Limit Exceeded n TRUE Module is reset during a disturbance The priority of these Events are set in the EvPriority setup register Detailed Module Operation The Disturbance Analyzer module can be used to detect interruptions as described in the IEC 61000 4 30 standard Page 200 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE ey Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Disturbance Direction Detection Module The purpose of this module is to determine the direction of a disturbance relative to the meter Analyzing disturbance direction detection information from multiple meters in a power monitoring system enables the location of the cause of the disturbance to be determined more quickly and accurately When a disturbance pulse is received the module runs the Disturbance Direction Detection algorithm The algorithm analyzes the input data to determine the direction of a disturbance It also assigns a confidence score to the results of its analysis The direction information and the confidence level are
245. bc and VII ca outputs of the High Speed Power Meter module and cannot be changed VoltsMode This register reflects the power system s configuration This register is linked to the VoltsMode setup register on the High Speed Power Meter module and cannot be changed The VoltsMode determines which High Speed Power Meter outputs line to neutral or line to line are used to calculate the outputs of the Power Quality Aggregator module The table below shows what Power Quality Aggregator inputs are used for the 3 voltage aggregates based on the different VoltsMode settings Page 434 Volts Mode V1 V2 V3 4W Wye V LN1 V LN2 V LN3 3W Wye V LN1 V LN2 V LN3 Delta V LL12 V LL23 V LL31 Single V LN1 V LN2 N A Demo N A N A N A This value will be inaccurate if the voltages are unbalanced Line to line LL values are used for systems that do not have a neutral Line to neutral LN values are used for systems with a neutral 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Setup Registers Power Quality Aggregator Module NomVolts This input specifies the nominal voltage of the power system By default this register is linked to the Sag Swell module s NomVolts setup register 11 12 and 13 These are linked to the High Speed Power Meter module s a band I c outputs respectively and cannot be changed NomFreq This is linked to the NomFreq setup register of the Factory module and c
246. ber of the Source input that is connected to the Analog Input module s ScaledValu output Example Type_J S1 returns the linearized measurement of the Type J thermocouple connected to an input device monitored by and Analog Input module The Analog Input module s ScaledValu output is connected to the Arithmetic module s Source input 1 Type_K thermocouple linearization Returns the linearized corrected value for a Type K thermocouple measurement The ScaledValu output of an Analog Input module must be referenced and the setup registers for the Analog Input module must be left at their default values Linearized temperature is returned in degrees Celsius Syntax Type_Kk S Where is the number of the Source input that is connected to the Analog Input module s ScaledValu input Example Type_K S2 returns the linearized measurement of the Type K thermocouple signal linked to Source input 2 Type_R thermocouple linearization Returns the linearized corrected value for a Type R thermocouple measurement The ScaledValu output of an Analog Input module must be referenced and the setup registers for the Analog Input module must be left at their default values Linearized temperature is returned in degrees Celsius Syntax Type_R S Where is the number of the Source input that is connected to the Analog Input module s ScaledValu input Example Type_K S1 returns the linearized measurement of the Type R th
247. ble name would be nvoVin_a Source This input value is converted to a LonWorks output network variable and delivered to the LonWorks network The data type of the output network variable is defined by the SNVT setup register You must link the Source input for the LonWorks Export module to function ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric LonWorks Export Module Setup Registers Page 344 ION Reference Send Time This register specifies the maximum number of seconds that can elapse before the output network variable is updated In other words the output network variable will be updated at a frequency dictated by this setup register even when the source remains constant Specifying 0 disables this parameter Each time the network variable is updated Send Time is reset Send Del
248. c 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com IEC 61850 Ind1 stVal Ind10 stVal GGIO Custom Digital Module Ind2 stVal O Ind11 stVal Digital Input 1 Ind3 stVal Ind12 stVal Digital Input 2 ind4 stVal Ind13 stVal eee eine Ind5 stVal Ind14 stVal Digital Input 4 DS Sen _ nese Digital Input 5 Ind6 stVal Ind15 stVal Digital Input 6 Ind7 stVal Ind16 stVal Digital Input 7 Ind stval Q Event D Digital Input 8 Digital Input 9 Digital Input 10 Digital Input 11 Digital Input 12 Digital Input 13 Digital Input 14 Digital Input 15 Digital Input 16 ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider IEC 61850 GGIO Cust DI Module ION Reference Inputs The GGIO Custom Digital module is configurable through ION software t
249. c These read write registers contain alternate scaling values for the PT CT and 14 primaries and secondaries to allow scaling of operational values on revenue locked meters For more information refer to your meter s User Guide Owner This configurable string is available for storing the name of the meter s owner Device Name This configurable string is used as the name attribute in the GeneratedBy and Device elements of XML attachments The default value is EnterDeviceNameHere this must be changed in order to allow the Log Export module to go online see the Gatewayed Device Name setup register for the Log Export module The value range can be up to 80 characters with no spaces and no slashes but can include a dash hyphen or a dot period Device Namespace This configurable string is used as the namespace attribute in the GeneratedBy and Device elements of XML attachments The default value is EnterDeviceNamespaceHere this must be changed in order to allow the Log Export module to go online see the Gatewayed Device Namespace setup register for the Log Export module The value range can be up to 80 characters with no spaces and no slashes but can include a dash hyphen or a dot period 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Factory Module amp NOTE Anamespace uniquely identifies a set of names so that there is no ambiguity when objects with different origins but the same names are m
250. ce Namespace setup register The value range for this string is up to 80 characters these characters must be alphanumeric but can also include a dash hyphen or a dot period For examples refer to the WebMeter Internal Web Server Feature technical note A NOTE Anamespace uniquely identifies a set of names so that there is no ambiguity when objects with different origins but the same names are mixed together A namespace is commonly given the name of a Uniform Resource Identifier URI such as a web site address both because the namespace may be associated with the site or page of that URI for example a company name and because a URI is likely to be a unique name Gatewayed Device Name The string value in this register is used as the name attribute in the Page element of XML messages generated by the module The default value is Default When it is set to Default the name attribute of the Page element inherits the value from the Factory module s Device Name setup register The value range for this string is up to 80 characters these characters must be alphanumeric but can also include a dash hyphen or a dot period amp NOTE If only one meter is used for sending XML data then Gatewayed Device Name and Gatewayed Device Namespace can remain at Default the meter s Factory module can supply the necessary identification since there are no gatewayed devices However these registers are particularly important when a device
251. ce Out 1 output register of the Store module Maximum Module Module Periodic Timer Store Module meter Maximum D Store Source Out 1 W 50kW 10 08pm Module 50kW 10 08pm Source 1 Store This behavior is different when using the Store module in the Virtual Processor Similar to the example above the Source 1 input of the Store module is linked to the Maximum output register of the Maximum module and the Maximum output register will have an associated timestamp 10 08 pm In the case of the Virtual Processor however when the Store input is pulsed at 10 15 pm only the value 50kW of the Maximum output register is propagated to the Source Out 1 output register The associated timestamp will be the time when the Store input was pulsed 10 15 pm Maximum Module Store Module VIP Maximum I Store Source Out 1 W 50kW 10 08pm Module 50kW 10 15pm Source 1 Store Periodic Timer Module Trigger VIP Page 525 Store Module ION Reference Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Store module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register The corresponding Source Out output register is NOT If th rce input is NOT AVAILABLE the Source input is NO ALAN E After the module is re linked or its setup The Source Out output
252. ce PredDemand Source Trigger Trigger Lockout 1 Event Lockout 15 Priority 128 Send additional alert to paging system when pulse is received on Trigger input Message includes PredDemand value Pending Alert Module 2 eT Sending Trigger Lockout mm Source 1 j Event Lockout 0 Priority 129 Type Alphanumeric Pager Message Current PredDemand is V1 The output from a Sliding Window Demand module is monitored so that an alert is sent when the predicted demand value goes above a certain limit A Setpoint module is determines the high limit condition and sends a pulse to trigger the Alert module When the pulse is received the message is sent The example shows Alert module 1 configured to send a message to the ION Alert Monitor A second module Alert module 2 sends a message to a paging system Note that Alert module 2 also receives the PredDemand value from the Sliding Window Demand module The alert message sent is Current PredDemand is x where x is the Sliding Window Demand module s predicted demand value When the first alert is sending the Pending output register on Alert module 2 turns on and it waits for the communications channel to become available When transmission is completed for Alert module 1 Alert module 2 starts sending to the ION Alert Monitor note that there was no lockout period set for Alert module 1 The Pending
253. ce Status output register Input changes to OFF Status output register Highest value changes to ON recorded during SusUntlOFF OE High Limit f Lowest value recorded during SusUntION L amp SusUntlOFF3 Low Limit 1 i 1 1 Extreme value recorded i SusUntlOND while Status output register is ON Time This example differs from the first only in that the meanings of High Limitand Low Limit are reversed The Status output register changes to ON when the Source input falls below the value of the Low Limit for a time longer than SusUntlON The Status output register changes to OFF when the Source input exceeds and remains over the value of the High Limit parameter for a time longer than SusUntlOFF Similar to the first example the differential between the high and low limits produces an area of hysterisis or deadband amp NOTE If you are monitoring the absolute value of a numeric Source do not set the Low Limit to 0 since the Source value will never be negative The Time 1 Time 2 and Time 3 points indicate the events produced by the Setpoint module The same events are recorded as in the first figure 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 507 Setpoint Module Page 508 Low Limit 1 High Limit Source Input ION Reference Source Input is Boolean The follow
254. ce Value Change Source Value Change Write initiated send the message Write overwritten Source changed before the last write got through Resend with a new value and discard previous attempt Write Succeeded Write complete and the destination has been updated Write Failed Write Timeout Got Comm Error Got Invalid Node Write did not complete and destination was not changed The priority of these events is determined by the value in the EvPriority setup register The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 187 Distributed Boolean Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation When this module is activated it writes the value at the Source input to the node address specified in the Destination setup register This module can operate in two different modes pulse driven or event driven When the Write Now input is linked the module is in pulse driven mode and the Destination register will receive an update only when a pulse is received at the Write Now input If the Write Now input is not linked the module is in event driven mode In this mode the Destination register will be written whenever the Source input changes state from OFF to ON or vice versa As well if the Refresh Time setup register contain
255. ce to wait for a specified amount of time after asserting the RTS signal before sending data to the computer RTS Level This register indicates the active logic level normal or inverted asserted by the RTS line when the Comm Mode register is set to RS 232 CTS Level This register indicates the active logic level normal or inverted asserted by the CTS line when the Comm Mode register is set to RS 232 and Hshake Mode is RTS CTS RS485 Bias This register controls the biasing option on the RS 485 bus When the meter is acting as a Master on this port this should be set to ON When acting as Slave it should be set to OFF Default setting is OFF Modem Init This register defines the initialization string sent to the meter s modem when the modem is dialed up You should not change the contents of this register unless you are familiar with AT commands Refer to your meter s documentation for a list of available AT commands Answer Hours This string register defines the times and dates of the modem s answer hours When a call is made to the ION device s modem the values in this setup register are compared with the internal clock s Local Time output register If the Local Time falls within the Answer Hours the modem will answer the incoming call in the number of rings defined in the Answer Hour Rings setup register Otherwise the modem will answer after the number of rings defined in the Non Answer Hour Rings setup register The user
256. cess webserver configuration access This register determines whether or not you can configure your meter through a browser Valid entries are Enable or Disable This register is set to Enable by default Enable Webserver This register enables or disables the webserver entirely Values for this register are YES and NO The webserver is enabled by default the value is set to YES T Default Web Page The web page that appears at http lt meterlPaddress gt i e the web page that appears when you only specify the device and not the page This register must identify a valid page on the device The value range for this register is 1 85 characters with no spaces or slashes The default web page in the meter is Operation html Enable SNMP This register enables or disables communication with the meter via SNMP Simple Network Message Protocol Modbus TCP Idle Timeout This register determines the number of seconds the device maintains a Modbus TCP IP connection after that connection becomes idle Set this register based on how long to wait before closing an idle connection to make it available for a new connection The range in seconds is O 65535 0 zero seconds disables the timeout feature 10 100BaseT Port Config This register controls the maximum link speed and duplexing of the Base T Ethernet connection RJ45 connector Speed options are 10BASE T or 100BASE TX Duplex options are half duplex or full duplex The
257. cessor s Client Polling Period responds to an update from a server node Module Load This register indicates the percentage of the Virtual Processor s Module Update Period required to run all its ION modules Module Period This register indicates the time between successive updates of Virtual Processor Module Update Period which updates ION modules inside the Virtual Processor Module Update This register generates a pulse every time the Virtual Processor s Module Update Period starts updating its modules Saver Period This register indicates the Virtual Processor s Configuration Saver Period in seconds in which VIP CFG and VIP BAK are alternately updated Saver Load This register indicates the percentage of the Virtual Processor s Configuration Saver Period required to save the entire Virtual Processor configuration Saver Update This register generates a pulse every time the Virtual Processor s Configuration Saver Period backs up the configuration files Server Period This register indicates the period in milliseconds at which the Virtual Processor s Server Polling Period sends updated information to client nodes Server Load This register indicates the percentage of the Virtual Processor s Server Polling Period was required to process updates for the client nodes Server Update This register generates a pulse every time the Virtual Processor s Server Polling Period sends updates to all of its client nodes
258. ch ION event time stamp event priority in this module all events have a pre defined priority of 10 the event s cause the event s effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect Detailed Module Operation The following diagram illustrates an ION meter collecting power system data and converting it to an output network variable in a LonWorks network The target device is in the upper left corner The output network variable must be of the same type SNVT as the input network variable A NOTE If you create any new LonWorks Export modules or you change their SNVT types you will have to re install and reconfigure the device on the LonWorks Network for your changes to be detected LonWorks Device Output Input Network Variable Network Variable A ION Meter running gt gt LonWorks Export module 3 Phase Power System Existing LonWorks Devices Network Manager Tool Binding Network Variables The network variable is bound if the module s BindStatus output is ON Your LonWorks Export modules may already be bound to certain common measurements and further configuration may not be necessary By default the 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 345 LonWorks Export Module ION Reference LonWorks Export module will use the SNVT_not_used the first register in the SNVT setup register list Binding and unbinding network variables is accomplished w
259. chneider Electric All rights reserved e Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative S h d for assistance or go to C nel er www powerlogic com ES Electric Log Acquisition Module Setup Registers ION Reference Connection String available only on ION Enterprise 5 0 and later versions This register specifies the connection string of the SQL Server 2000 or MSDE 2000 database to which the Log Inserter connects when placing data into the ION database and to which the Query Server connects when retrieving data from the ION database The connection string you enter must exist and be properly configured in order for logging to take place Data Source available only on PEGASYS and ION Enterprise 4 5 and earlier versions This register specifies the name of the ODBC data source to which the Log Server connects when placing data into or retrieving data from the database The ODBC data source you choose must exist and be properly configured in order for logging to take place Log Source This register sets the Log Inserter s configuration mode by specifying which logs to read If this register is set to ALL the module reads all logs in the system and automatically reads new logs when devices are added to the ION Enterprise system If the Log Source register is set to INPUT LOGS the module only reads those log registers that are explicitly linked to its Log inputs You may also configure the Log Source register so it automa
260. cs Analyzer modules as these modules are present in all supported ION meters If Harmonics Measurement modules are available their values will be used instead Please refer to Detailed Module Operation on page 286 V1 HAR V4 HAR These registers are connected to any numeric output register on the corresponding Harmonics Analyzer module Refer to Detailed Module Operation on page 286 for more information 11 HAR 15 HAR These registers are connected to any numeric output register on the corresponding Harmonics Analyzer module Refer to Detailed Module Operation on page 286 for more information V1 HME V3 HME These registers are connected to any numeric output register on the corresponding Harmonics Measurement module if the Harmonics Measurement module is present These registers must either be all connected or all disconnected to their corresponding Harmonics Measurement modules for the MHAI module to go online Refer to Detailed Module Operation on page 286 for more information 11 HME 13 HME These registers are connected to any numeric output register on the corresponding Harmonics Measurement module if the Harmonics Measurement module is present These registers must either be all connected or all disconnected to their corresponding Harmonics Measurement modules for the MHAI module to go online Refer to Detailed Module Operation on page 286 for more information Freq This input is linked
261. ct documentation for available setup registers register bounds and factory default information If the combination of options you choose is invalid the module will not assume operation and an error message will appear in the configuration software 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference DNP Slave Export Module BasePoint The Base Point maps the module s Source 1 input to a DNP point number The DNP Master can then read the Static Frozen and Event objects associated with this DNP point Frozen and Event objects inherit their point numbers from the Static objects from which they are derived Each subsequent Source input and its related DNP point is addressable by the appropriate offset from this Base Point DNP does not allow any overlaps in the DNP point numbers within a DNP group Binary Input Output Counter or Analog Input Output If you have already configured other DNP Slave Export modules with the same StaticObj FrozenObj and EventObj register settings you must refer to the previous module s Base Point register to extrapolate the appropriate Base Point number for this new module If this is your first DNP Slave Export module use zero for the Base Point StaticObj static object This register defines the DNP Static objects group to which all the module s Source inputs are converted The module provides these Static objects to the DNP Master in a Class 0 poll
262. ct INSTANTANEOUS the PrevLatchResult output is N A If you select LATCHING the Result output register will latch when true and the PrevLatchResult register will store the Result value from the latest LatchReset pulse A NOTE In LATCHING mode the Result output register will latch when true and remain true until it gets reset by a pulse on the LatchReset input Output Registers Result Page 52 This Boolean register contains the result of the AND OR NAND or NOR calculation If Update Mode is set to LATCHING this output will be calculated until it becomes TRUE and will stay TRUE until LatchReset is pulsed Trigger Every time the Result output register changes from OFF to ON the Trigger output register generates a pulse amp NOTE No Trigger pulse is generated for ON to OFF transitions InverseResult This Boolean register contains the inverse opposite value to the instantaneous value of Result 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference AND OR Module PrevLatchResult If Update Mode is set to LATCHING this register contains the Result value when LatchReset was last pulsed If Update mode is set to INSTANTANEOUS this register value is N A Event Events produced by the AND OR module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Descripti
263. ct in Vista to view the data then link the object to the Query module s Query Register 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 1 Relative Setpoint Module The Relative Setpoint module provides extensive control secondary protection and analysis capabilities by allowing you to initiate an action in response to a specific condition It is particularly useful for performing actions based on differences between a value e g kW on phase A relative to a reference value e g KW demand for all three phases You can use the outputs from this module for demand control of equipment or any other applications requiring setpoint activity relative to a varying value A Relative Setpoint module monitors a single numeric Source input and compares it to a programmed setpoint condition the value in the Nominal input The setpoint condition is defined by pickup and dropout levels relative to the Nominal input and by a time delay If the Source value falls outside the programmed range for the specified time the setpoint condition is met the Status output register changes to ON the Over and Under outputs indicate whether an Over or Under setpoint condition exists and a trigger pulse is generated Relative Setpoint Status Module Gur 0 Under O Trigger A m M Source M Nominal Event J Enable M S
264. ction with the Clock module to automatically account for time zone variations and daylight savings times On a Virtual Processor the Scheduler module obtains the correct time from the computer on which the Virtual Processor is running Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Scheduler Module Enable Time Start 1 gt e Status 5 oO H Start 5 gt H End 1 H End 5 A J Status 2 Q Status 6 H Start 2 Start 6 H End 2 End 6 A H Status 3 Status 7 H Start 3 H Start 7 A H End 3 A HEnd7 4 Status 4 H Status 8 H Start 4 Start 8 A gt J End 4 H End8 l Event Dj ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric Al
265. current values read from the meter A few of the Diagnostics module s output registers provide information that can assist you with the application and maintenance of your ION meter Most of the module s outputs however contain advanced diagnostic information that is useful only when a Technical Support Engineer is assisting you in troubleshooting your meter p Diagnostics Module Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Unused Labels H Client Timeout Calc Time H Pre Pwr Used E Client Update A Cal Const E Module Load L Module Period Module Update A Battery Remaining W TotalLogMemory E Cyc Period Hi Cycle Time Hi Factory FreeLogMemory L FreeContLogMemory Hi Meter Clock Ticks Saver Load B Time Sync Source Saver Period OneSec Time Hi GPS Receiver Status Partials E Server Load Power Ups Server Period E Server Update A Insert Efficiency Display Temp Saver Period W Saver Update Server Load W Time Since Last Time Synch Time Sync Count CL Time Sync Diag E Time Sync Statu
266. d C respectively The values can range from 0 to 100 and 100 to 0 A negative value indicates that the power factor is lagging A positive value indicates that the power factor is leading Note that if Volts Mode is Delta PF sign a and PF sign b will be NOT AVAILABLE Note that if Volts Mode is Delta or Single PF sign c will be NOT AVAILABLE amp NOTE Refer to the Power Factor Power and Energy Interpretation diagrams at the end of this module description for visual details PF sign tot In Wye mode this numeric register contains the total power factor on phases A B and C The value can range from 0 to 100 and 100 to 0 Note that if Volts Mode is Single this register will contain the total PF on phases A and B PF lead a PF lead b PF lead c These three numeric registers contain the leading power factor on phases A B and C respectively The value can range from 0 to 100 Note that if Volts Mode is Delta or the power factor is lagging PF lead a and PF lead bwill be NOT AVAILABLE If Volts Mode is Delta or Single or the power factor is lagging PF lead c will be NOT AVAILABLE PF lead tot In Wye mode this numeric register contains the total leading power factor on phases A B and C The value can range from 0 to 100 Note that if Volts Mode is Single this register will contain the total leading power factor on phases A and B If the total power factor is lagging this register will be NOT AVAILABLE PF lag
267. d Refresh Time setup registers are not used 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Distributed Numeric Module In the illustration below time zero indicates the current value appearing at the Source input X indicates the times when the module updates and overwrites the current value This happens whenever the last written value increases or decreases by an amount greater than the specified threshold value Source input Time E Refresh Time This register specifies how frequently the node is updated with a new Source input value Specifying a value of zero in this register disables the Refresh Time feature a EvPriority event priority This register allows you to assign priority levels to specific event conditions Output Registers Status An ON state indicates the normal working condition An OFF state indicates time outs communication errors or other failures that may occur at that instant when the module is trying to write to the destination address A NOT AVAILABLE value indicates that either the module s Activate input is not linked or it has an OFF value A Initiate Write This output will generate a pulse when the Distributed Numeric module sends its Source input value to the address specified in the Destination setup register A Acknowledge This output will generate a pulse after a successful write i e when the Distributed
268. d Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Log Monitor Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 338 ION Reference All log Monitor modules have a single input type An unlimited number of input links are supported Log 7 n The Log Monitor s Log inputs can be connected to the data log waveform log or event log output registers of any other module Only a single log has to be linked to this input to create statistics for entire nodes or sites see the Logs setup register description Linking this input is optional Log Source The Log Source setup register is used to select which logs the Log Monitor should use to calculate statistics on The following selections are available ALL all logs referenced by the Log Server will be included No log registers need to be linked to the Log Monitor s inputs Input Logs only the logs explicitly linked to the Log Monitor will be included Input Nodes all logs from each node that has a log register linked to the Log Monitor will be included On
269. d dash allowed amp NOTE References to NTP refer to the SNTP subset of NTP functions amp NOTE If you enter a fully qualified domain name for the NTP server you must also specify a DNS server SMTP Server This register specifies the IP address of the email server that the meter sends outgoing email to This value may be either an IP address in the format aaa bbb ccc ddd or the fully qualified domain name of an SMTP server for 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Communications Module example smtp yourcompany com The name is limited to 80 alphanumeric characters dot and dash allowed amp NOTE If you enter a fully qualified domain name for the SMTP server you must also specify a DNS server SMTP Connection Timeout This defines the time period the meter will wait when establishing a connection to an SMTP server The default setting is 60 seconds which is sufficient time if the SMTP server resides on your local network If the SMTP server is accessed using a dial up connection you should increase the SMTP Connection Timeout value to allow the meter sufficient time to establish the connection The exact value depends on the speed of your dial up process a SMTP Port Number This specifies the meter port used to communicate with an SMTP server Valid settings are 25 and the 49152 65535 private port range default is 25 Webserver Config Ac
270. d in the Freeze Time setup register Ifthe Freeze State is ON when a pulse is received on the Freeze input the display remains frozen for the entire duration specified in the Freeze Time setup register i e the freeze timer is reset Enable This input enables or disables the module s inputs When the Enable input is OFF the module does not respond to any other inputs no pulses are generated on the Trigger outputs and the Freeze State is set to OFF When the Enable input changes from OFF to ON the module pulses its Trigger outputs in sequence starting at the first Trigger The Scroll module is enabled by default Scroll Delay This register contains the time in seconds that will elapse between successive pulses on the Trigger outputs when the Scroll module is enabled Wraparound This register contains the number of one of the Trigger outputs e g Trigger 3 When this Trigger is pulsed the Scroll module will return to the first Trigger i e Trigger 1 For example if the Wraparound is 3 the Trigger outputs will be pulsed in the following order Trigger 1 Trigger 2 Trigger 3 Trigger 1 Trigger 2 etc Generally the number of Trigger outputs used by the Scroll module is entered here 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Scroll Module Freeze Time This register contains the time in seconds that the Scroll module will remain frozen The module becomes frozen when a
271. date at 1 cycle intervals Specifying a debounce time of 1 second or longer will change the update rate to once per second Port This register defines which hardware port on the ION device is associated with the Digital Input module Refer to your ION device s documentation for a list of available ports 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Digital Input Module Output Registers State This Boolean register contains the present debounced state of the input A Trigger If the Inout Mode setup register is set to PULSE the Trigger output register generates a pulse for each complete pulse detected i e each time the hardware changes to the baseline state If Inout Mode is set to KYZ a pulse is generated each time the signal changes state from ON to OFF or from OFF to ON If Input Mode is set to A c this register generates a pulse each time an A C signal is applied or removed D Event The Event register records all events produced by the Digital Input module The table below shows possible events and their associated priority numbers Event Priority Priority Description Group Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed I O State Change 1 255 Priority set by Event Priority Input transaction logged Failure 255 Frequency of digital input device too high input device shut down These events are only recorded if the EvLog Mode setup register
272. dbus coil and input registers the Modbus Import module maps its output Value register in a similar fashion to the 16 bit signed or 16 bit unsigned format Fi Modbus Register Stack Value 1 Modbus Value 2 _ Bit 1 Import Module Value 3 E Starting Address Value 4 E Starting Address 1 Starting Address 2 Starting Address 3 Status Oo Successful Read Exception Code W Update Period Event El e i Starting Address N 1 Holding and Input Register Formats Little Endian For all 32 bit formats IEEE Float and Signed Unsigned 32 bit and M10k Little Endian reverses the two registers not the bits within the registers where the data is written For example data from the specified starting address of the Modbus register map is copied into the Value 2 output register and the remaining data is copied into the Value 1 output register Signed 16B or Unsigned 16B UNSCALED The module takes data from the specified starting address of the Modbus register map and copies it into the Value 1 output register the remaining registers are coped into Value 2 Value N SCALED The module takes data from the specified starting address of the Modbus register map places it in a temporary register applies scaling specified in the module s setu
273. ddPPV phsAB i ThdA net Ei ThdOddPhV phsB W H ThdOddPPV phsBC E EThdOddA phsA W ThdOddPhV phsC W ThdOddPPV phsCA i ThdOddA phsB W ThdOddPhV neut WI H ThdEvnPPV phsAB Wi L ThdOddA phsC W H ThdEvnPhV phsA Wi HThdEvnPPV phsBC i HThdEvnPPV phsCA E ThdOddA net Oo ThdEvnPhV phsC 4 Event O ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider IEC 61850 MHAI Module Inputs Page 282 ION Reference amp NOTE This module is configured as part of the meter s implementation of the IEC 61850 protocol Manual creation and configuration of this module or modification of an existing module is an advanced feature that should only be undertaken by personnel with a thorough understanding of ION and IEC 61850 protocols and the system in which the meter is installed By default the MHAI module inputs are the outputs of Harmonics Measurement module if present the Harmonics Analyzer module and the Power Meter module This module uses values from the Harmoni
274. dditional COMTRADE records that this module can store before it becomes full If this register contains a negative value it indicates the number of times the module has been triggered beyond the full state If RecordMode is set to CIRCULAR this register is NOT AVAILABLE Record Complete This output is pulsed whenever a COMTRADE record is created and saved to the meter s internal FTP server 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference COMTRADE Module D Event Any events produced by the COMTRADE module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 117 COMTRADE Module ION Reference Page 118 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support E C E 09 2008 Convert Module The Convert module takes a numeric or Boolean input and generates outputs in numeric Boolean and pulse formats This module is useful for creating control and status signals for other modules For example if you want to trigger separate events when a Setpoint module goes active and inactive you can use the Con
275. default setting is Auto Negotiate Auto which automatically configures your Ethernet connection to the fastest possible setting 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 113 Communications Module ION Reference 100BaseFX Port Config This register controls the duplexing of the fiber Ethernet connection SC connectors The two settings are Half Duplex and Full Duplex default setting is Full Duplex ARP Cache Timeout This specifies the amount of time after which an address for a device or workstation is deleted from the meter s ARP Address Resolution Protocol table The ARP table holds a limited number of addresses for network devices deleting entries in the table makes room for new entries The range in minutes is 1 65000 TCP Keep Alive Minutes This specifies the interval at which the meter sends signals to devices or workstations communicating with it via a TCP connection keeping that connection alive The range in minutes is O 65535 0 zero disables the feature and no signals are sent A NOTE If you are configuring this module choose the Numeric Bounded Format as other formats may indicate incorrect time units Output Registers Page 114 All forms of the Communications module have the following output register Event Any events produced by the Communications modules are recorded in the Event register Typical events and their associated priority numbers a
276. dian Integer 32 767 999 to 32 767 999 2 Packed Boolean Integer 0 to FFFF Boolean inputs 2 38 IEEE Float ae pean to 2 oint 3 402823466x10 E 38 IEEE Float Little Endian Floating 3 402823466x10 to 2 Point 3 402823466x1 038 Both Unsigned and Signed 32B M10k refer to the Modulo10000 formats This format breaks a 32 bit value into two 16 bit registers according to the following relationship register_high higher order register value 10 000 register_low lower order register value modulus 10 000 Hence the 32 bit value can be retrieved by the following calculation value register_high x 10 000 register low Scaling YES indicates that scaling is to be applied to data before writing to the Modbus registers NO indicates data is written without scaling No scaling is allowed for IEEE Float IEEE Float Little Endian or Packed Boolean formats For more information on scaling see the Common Modbus Registers protocol document E IONInMinScale ION input minimum scale If scaling is applicable this register specifies the lower limit of the ION register value a ONInMaxScale ION input maximum scale If scaling is applicable this register specifies the upper limit of the ION register value E ModbusOutMinScale Modbus output minimum scale If scaling is applicable this register specifies the scaled lower limit of the Modbus value a M
277. ditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 571 Web Page Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation HTML Web Pages The Web Page module generates an HTML web page with the following information Title Label Value Label Value Label Value Label Value Label Value Label Value This table automatically gets the data for Label and Value from the Source inputs XML Web Pages The XML version of the web page will display only XML code in the browser unless it is linked to an XSLT stylesheet The meter also maintains a catalog xml page that contains links to all Web resources on the meter including both the fixed pages and the Web Page module pages This page is available for each meter at the URL http lt meterlP gt catalog xml Page 572 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 12 2009 XML Import Module The XML Import module is used to import numeric data from an XML file into ION This module is intended for use by personnel with a working knowledge of XML and xPath This module is available in the Virtual Processor XML Import Module Data tion M Load Complete A Event A oO Enable Read Now Enable When this input i
278. dules are used to allocate the energy quantity between the tariffs On Peak Scheduler Output 1 O On Peak Difference Summation W Summation Module Module On Peak Output2 Source Off Peak Source RollValue Enable Wh Counter Accumulatr W Off Peak Difference Summation W Modul Summation oaule Module Of Peak RollValue Sare Source RollValue Enable Multiplier 1 5 Count Mode Up Preset 0 RollValue 1000 The Counter module Accumulatr output register which holds the energy quantity is linked to the Source input for each Difference Summation module The Scheduler module output that corresponds to the On Peak condition is linked to the Enable input of On Peak Difference Summation module and the output that corresponds to the Off Peak condition is linked to the Enable input of the Off Peak Difference Summation module Under this configuration the Summation output register of the On Peak Difference Summation module is updated according to the source energy quantity when the On Peak condition is true Likewise Summation output register of the Off Peak Difference Summation module is updated when the Off Peak condition is true Page 161 Difference Summation Module ION Reference Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Difference Summation module behaves under different condit
279. e This register only applies when the meter is in Delta mode See the Detailed Operation section for more information E Test Mode Timeout This register holds the number of seconds that the device remains in TEST mode before automatically reverting to NORM mode This timer resets if a front panel button is pressed or a setup register is altered Display Mode This register controls whether or not the screens displayed on the front panel are programmable via Display modules Language This register controls which language is used to display information on the front panel The default is English Measurement Symbols This register determines which set of measurement symbols are used on the front panel IEEE VII Vin KW KVAR kVA or IEC U V P Q S Time Format This register determines what format time is displayed in on the front panel 24 hour or 12 hour Output Registers D Event All events produced by Display Options modules are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their priority are shown in the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Setup registers or labels have been changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp event priority event s cause event s effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved
280. e to neutral measurement for a 3 wire Delta system The NOT AVAILABLE value helps to distinguish between cases where a register contains a value like 0 or OFF and cases where no actual value is stored The NOT AVAILABLE value propagates through all linked modules Maximum Number of Modules Each ION device supports a limited number of ION modules Once a meter has reached the maximum number of modules of a certain type no new modules of that type can be created If more modules are required you can only make room for new modules by deleting any existing modules of the same type that you no longer require Refer to the ION Device Templates document for the latest information regarding ION module counts on all meter platforms and firmware versions 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Introduction Module Security Some ION meters have implemented security schemes that prevent certain modules usually modules that provide revenue data from being configured or deleted ION meters that use this security scheme are ordered as revenue class meters with hardware locking For more information refer to the ION System Security technical note and your meter s technical documentation Register Classes To link the input of one module to the output register of another module the input and output must have the same register class Some inputs allow more than one register class for handling different types of data
281. e ComputerName is the network name of the computer where the ION database resides Initial Catalog This register applies to non Sybase SQL databases only This option is disabled for Sybase SQL databases Initial Catalog defines the name of the database table for example ION_ Data User ID This register applies to non Schneider Electric type databases only and defines the user ID you enter to access the database This option is disabled for Schneider Electric type databases since Designer uses the ION Enterprise login credentials to access the database Password This register applies to non Schneider Electric type databases only and defines the password you enter to access the database This option is disabled for Schneider Electric type databases since Designer uses the ION Enterprise login credentials to access the database Connect Timeout This register defines the time limit in seconds for connecting to the database before timing out Output Registers O Query Register This register links to the setup information you entered in the Connection String setup register so you can link a Data Log Viewer object to it in Vista Detailed Operation Page 454 To create and set up a Query module open the QUERYSERVER node in Designer Modify the Connection String register settings to the values needed to connect to the database After creating and setting up the Query module in Designer create a Data Log Viewer obje
282. e ION 6200 Meter Unit ID 101 Modbus Values Information for decoding data from Modbus devices i il VI Submeter is available to these Modbus Modbus Master n a Submeter Master Device modules Device Module 1 Modbus Master add Map Module 1 Device Type 6200 ION Values Slave Name Submeter1 Slave Addr 101 Device Type 6200 Device Map Modbus Master Vin a Submeter2 LbVIn a SR40100 FUINT16 NR1 SO 1 00 x Device Module 2 Device Type 6200 Slave Name Submeter2 Slave Addr 102 Decoding Information Modbus Values Submeter2 lt a P Modbus Master Device ION7500 Meter Modbus Slave Device ION 6200 Meter Unit ID 102 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Master Device Module Modbus Master Device module 1 collects Modbus data Vin a from Submeter1 while Modbus Master Device module 2 collects Modbus data Vin a from Submeter2 These two Device modules then use the decoding information available from the Modbus Master Map module 1 to translate the Modbus information into values other ION modules can use Notice the Device Type register of all three modules is set to 6200 This links the Modbus Master Map module to the two Modbus Master Device modules Responses to Special Conditions Possible events are shown in the following
283. e 2 Modbus Value 32 W Modbus Base E Modbus Link O HO Source 16 Event D The Modbus standard describes a popular communications methodology that allows devices made by different manufacturers to communicate with each other The Modbus Slave module allows an ION device to be integrated into a Modbus network Data measured or calculated by ION devices can be made available to other devices on the Modbus network and further manipulated or analyzed amp NOTE With the Virtual Processor and advanced meters you can create Modbus Master functionality Refer to the Modbus Export and Modbus Import modules See the Schneider Electric web site for a copy of the Modbus register map document for your device Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Modbus ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out
284. e A A Waveform Trigger 6 an E A Reset Inputs A Waveform Trigger 1 Waveform Trigger 6 These must be connected to a Record Complete output on a Waveform Recorder module When a Record Wform input is triggered the waveforms from that Waveform Recorder module is mapped to COMTRADE format The COMTRADE waveform record is stored in the meter s internal FTP server Schneider Electric ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the Saanichton BC property of their respective owners Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising For technical support f A out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Schneider for assistance or go to www powerlogic com amp Electric COMTRADE Module ION Reference A Reset Pulsing this input will delete all COMTRADE records from the meter s internal FTP server If the RecordMode setup register is set to STOP WHEN FULL the module will reset so that Records Left is equal to Depth and the meter will generate new
285. e Data Log output registers of each Data Recorder If you set the Log Source setup register to a site name all log registers at that site will be automatically uploaded by the Log Acquisition module If you have multiple sites in your ION Enterprise network you may want to control logging on a per site basis For example if you have two sites that you want to individually log data create two Log Acquisition modules and then configure one module s Log Source setup register to one site and configure the other module s Log Source setup register to the other site For most systems however the Log Inserter s Auto Mode should be used to automatically configure system logging To do this set the Log Source setup register to ALL A NOTE If one or more links have already been made to a Log Acquisition module s inputs the Fast Linker dialog will not appear when the input is clicked again To invoke the Fast Linker when linking a previously configured module hold down the Ctrl key and click the input If you are manually linking log registers to your Log Acquisition modules the task of linking all of your log registers is simplified by using Fast Linker a built in utility In Designer when you click on a Log Acquisition module s input for the first time a dialog appears asking if want to perform a Fast Link If you choose no the Fast 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 323 Log Acquisition Module ION Re
286. e Mention 269 IEC 61850 GIO0 EXp Modul ens ne ns te at ner ne 271 IEC 61850 GGIO Onb Modul distante 275 IEC 61850 MHAI Module nine 281 IEC 61850 MMTR Module ent ete nes 289 IEC 61850 MMXL Module 22288 nine 293 IEC 61850 MS Ol MOGUIG ss Ness eRe egal 299 IEC 61850 MSTA Module e 303 Instr Xformer Correction ITC Module cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteteeeteeeneees 307 Integrator Modules ess tn sets Rad Eisat 313 Launching Modules manettes tente tieteelee 317 Log Acquisition Module Rte Rs rase 321 Log Export Module xs nan diner dettes trie te 325 Log Mail Modes ace snes vedas Re sn lees cand indus 331 Log Monitor Modules ses ensure 2 337 LonWorks Export Module ts Mahentee 343 Maximum Modules tennis Enit 349 LonWorks Import Module 5 2 tin nn ee net 353 Mains Signaling Evaluation Module 359 Minimum Melle EE eat ANNE Aa arnt 363 Modbus Export Module dd een nnne 367 Modbus Import Modul n5 fete ae Gaeta ed on Nas t dre 379 Modbus Master Device Module 391 Modbus Master Map Module 88e 397 Modbus Master Options Module 403 Modbus Slave M dul sseste ns see des rer nt 407 One Shot Timer Module seen tentoretaihneenentee 413 Periodic Timer Module ideas 417 Power Harmonics Module teens sente petite 421 Power Meter Module us 425 Power Quality Aggregator Module 433 Profibus Slave Export Module
287. e Now Holding Register Formats Little Endian For all 32 bit formats IEEE Float and Signed Unsigned 32 bit and M10k Little Endian reverses the two registers not the bits within the registers where the data is written For example data from Source 1 as described above places the contents of the 16 least significant bits into the specified starting address of the Modbus register map and places the contents of the 16 most significant bits into the adjacent higher address of the Modbus register map Signed 16B or Unsigned 16B UNSCALED The module takes data from Source 1 and writes it into the specified starting address of the Modbus register map SCALED The module takes data from Source 1 and applies scaling specified in the module s setup registers It then writes the result into the specified starting address of the Modbus register map 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 373 Modbus Export Module Starting Address Starting Address Starting Address Starting Address CIO Starting Address N 1 OOOOOOOOOOOOO0O000 dl Enable Page 374 Bit 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 W N ION Reference The 16 bit Modbus Register Map illustrates how the module maps its Source inputs to the Modbus register map Modbus Register Stack MSB LSB 2 4 3 1 OOOOOOOO0OO0O0000000 OOOOOOOO0OO0O0000000 0000000000000000 OOOOOOOO0O00000000 E E E HO Mle OOOOOOOO0OO0O000000
288. e Source input must either exceed the Over Pickup level or fall below the Under Pickup level for the setpoint to become active i e for the Status output register to change from OFF to ON SusUntlOFF sustain until off This register defines the amount of time in seconds the Source input must be less than the Over Dropout level and greater than the Under Dropout level for the setpoint to become inactive i e for the Status output register to change from ON to OFF EvPriority event priority This register allows you to assign a priority level to the following events produced by the Relative Setpoint module The Status output register changes to ON because the setpoint condition is met The Source or Nominal input becomes NOT AVAILABLE while the Status output is ON The Status output register changes to OFF because the setpoint condition is no longer met The Relative setpoint module is reconfigured or disabled while the Status output register is ON The priority level you specify applies to all of the above events If the EvPriority setup register is set to zero 0 none of the above events will be logged Output Registers Status This Boolean register is ON when the Setpoint condition is met and OFF when the Setpoint condition is not met If the Enable input is OFF or if either the Source or Nominal inputs are NOT AVAILABLE the Status output register will change to NOT AVAILABLE Also if any input link or a
289. e Vina Vinb Vinc 35S 3 Wire or Delta Vilab Vil bc Vilca Single Vina Vin b N A Demo N A N A N A This value will be inaccurate if the voltages are unbalanced 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Setup Registers Sag Swell Module Nominal This input specifies the nominal voltage of the power system The Nominal input is read once per half cycle If this input is unlinked the value in the Nom Volts setup register is used as the nominal voltage see the Nom Volts setup register description in the next section If this input is linked the Nom Volts setup register is ignored The nominal voltage input is unlinked in default templates However it is useful to link it to an appropriate power meter output or the sliding Reference Voltage Register from the Power Quality Aggregator Module if the nominal voltage of the monitored power system tends to drift Enable This input enables or disables the module Linking this input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module is enabled by default Learn Now When this input is pulsed it starts the learning process and the learning period begins If a pulse is received while learning is in progress the current learning period is aborted any data in the learning related output registers is reset and a new learning period begins This input must be linked for learning to be enabled If this input is pulsed
290. e Wform Log register has not yet reached its depth the Log State register is OFF its default OFF label is Not Full E Records Left When the RecordMode setup register is set to STOP WHEN FULL the Records Left register indicates the number of additional waveform records that this module can store before it reaches the Full state If this register contains a negative value it indicates the number of times the module has been triggered beyond the full state When the RecordMode setup register is set to CIRCULAR this register is NOT AVAILABLE A Record Complete This output generates a pulse when a waveform has been successfully recorded D Event Any events produced by the Waveform Recorder module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 565 Waveform Recorder Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The following figure shows an example of a Waveform Recorder module recording the waveform on the Source input Each time the Record input receives a pulse the waveform data at the Source
291. e events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Communications Lost Displays what caused communications loss Resuming Communications Indicates when communications link is re established The priority of this event depends on how you configure the EvPriority setup register Modicon Modbus Four classes of Modbus data namely Coil Input Input Register and Holding Register are supported by the Modbus Import module Coils and Inputs are single bit registers used to indicate ON 1 or OFF 0 conditions A NOTE For further details refer to your Modicon Modbus Communications Protocol document or visit their website at www modicon com Input Registers and Holding Registers are 16 bit registers used to store and retrieve data The following list shows results if specify the Reg Adar to begin with zero 0 data is imported as Coil Status one 1 Input Status four 4 Holding Registers three 3 Input Register The following outlines the function codes that the Modbus Import module uses to support the classes of Modbus data Function Name Function Code Register Address READ_COIL_ STATUS 01 OXXXX X READ_INPUT_STATUS 02 1XXXX X READ_HOLDING_REGISTERS 03 AXXXX X READ_INPUT_REGISTERS 04 3XXXX X amp N
292. e following setup registers Harmonics Display Mode This register specifies how the individual harmonic distortion output values are displayed Choices include Engineering units Percentages of the fundamental nominal Factory module or RMS THD Display Mode This register specifies how the total harmonic distortion output values are displayed Choices include percentages of the fundamental nominal Factory module or RMS Page 254 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Harmonics Analyzer Module Output Registers The output registers of the Harmonics Analyzer modules have the following capabilities 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Meter ION7300 ION7550 ION8400 Output Register ION7330 ION7350 ION7650 ION7700 ION8300 ION8500 ION8600 ION8800 Total HD Tot EvenHD Tot OddHD K Factor Crest Factor d HD1 HDn Phasor Magnitude Phasor Angle the highest 15 31 63 63 31 63 63 63 armonic supported The highest harmonic n supported in the ION8600C meter is 31 E HD1 HDn harmonic distortion 1 n These registers contain the harmonic distortion of the input for each individual harmonic M Total HD total harmonic distortion This register contains the total harmonic distortion of the input An FFT is perf
293. e following three different groups of setup registers One type of setup register is used to define the day types used in the module for example the Weekdays setup register defines the days of the week These setup registers include Weekdays Weekends Alt 1 Days Alt 2 Days and Holidays Another group of setup registers defines the Seasons start and end dates Ifa season is active its five rate schedules are applied These setup registers include Season 1 Season 2 Season 3 and Season 4 The settings in the third group of setup registers define each season s rate schedules rates with corresponding times are specified in these registers The setup registers that hold these rate schedules for season 1 are Season 1 Weekday Rates Season 1 Weekend Rates Season 1 Holiday Rates Season 1 Alt 1 Rates and Season 1 Alt 2 Rates The Time of Use module compares the meter s internal clock with the season day and time of day settings in these registers and determines the applicable rate The following syntax is used when configuring these setup registers 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Time of Use Module Syntax Description Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun These are valid entries for days of the week these entries are not case sensitive Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug These are valid entries for months of the year these entries are not case sensi
294. e full scale rating of the V4 input CT Prim This register should be set to the Current Transformer CT primary winding rating for inputs 7 3 CT Sec This register should be set to the Current Transformer CT secondary winding rating for inputs 7 3 14 CT Prim 15 CT Prim These registers should be set to the Current Transformer CT primary winding rating for inputs 4 and 5 The 5 CT Prim register will exist only on those meters that support 15 14 CT Sec 15 CT Sec These registers should be set to the Current Transformer CT secondary winding rating for inputs 4 and 5 The 5 CT Sec register will exist only on those meters that support 15 V1 V4 Polarity These three registers should be set to the polarity of the V1 V2 and V3 Potential Transformers PT respectively The V4 Polarity register will exist only on those meters that support V4 11 15 Polarity These four registers should be set to the polarity of the I1 12 13 and 14 Current Transformers CT respectively The 5 Polarity register will exist only on those meters that support 15 PhaseOrder This register defines the expected rotation of voltage phases Phase Lbls This register determines the phase label formats given to the output registers Probe Type This register determines the Current Probe Inputs setting 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 427 Power Meter Module ION Reference kVA tot Method This regis
295. e network variable s exception value not bound Output network variable was there but got deleted Netvar will remain at the last updated value On device power up Netvar will remain at the last updated value Some SNVT types support a specific exception value others will go to their minimum value to indicate an exception NOTE If the network variable is bound you cannot delete the LonWorks Import module You must first unbind it using a LonWorks network manager 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 357 LonWorks Import Module ION Reference Page 358 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE KY 09 2008 Mains Signaling Evaluation Module This module is designed to monitor the magnitude of a specific frequency with respect to the fundamental The module averages the 1 second magnitude at a specified frequency over an evaluation period and determines its compliance against a specified limit Each time the limit is exceeded the module increments an output register NOTE This module is designed to evaluate compliance with the mains signal voltage portion of the EN50160 and IEC 61000 4 30 standards Inputs Source iit Mains Signaling Num Valid a I Evaluation Module Numilavalid mi aa Source Num Exceed E Valid r Enoble Signal Freq Mag E A Evaluate Fundamental Freq Mag I A
296. e of the nominal voltage For example on a 120 V nominal system if the average V3 voltage throughout a disturbance is 30 V the DistV3Avg register will contain 25 DistV1Engy DistV2Engy DistV3Engy These registers contain the energy delta during the last disturbance on V1 V2 and V3 respectively They indicate how much extra energy was present during the disturbance or how much was lacking These registers are expressed as a percentage of nominal voltage energy and are calculated according to the following formula where V is either V7 V2 or V3 a ae fr st ae x 100 fi nominal t t DistNominal This register holds the nominal voltage value that was in effect at the beginning of a disturbance SubV1Trig SubV2Trig SubV3Trig These pulse registers output a pulse at the boundary between sub disturbances on V1 V2 and V3 respectively This includes the beginning of the disturbance which is also the beginning of the first sub disturbance the beginning of any new sub disturbances and the return to normal voltage amp NOTE Refer to the description of the ChangeCrit setup register for details about how a sub disturbance is defined 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Sag Swell Module For example there is a pulse on SubV1Trig when V1 falls outside the Swell Lim and Sag Lim setup registers when a new sub disturbance occurs on V7 and when V7 returns to within the Swell and Sag Limi
297. e or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Harmonics Measurement Module Setup Registers Page 264 ION Reference Max Demand If this input is linked the module will calculate its THD TEHD and TOHD percentages based on this input i e total demand distortion Otherwise it will calculate them based on the magnitude of the fundamental Linking this input is optional amp NOTE This input is only used if the Display Mode is set to Magnitude Outputs Displayed as Percentages or the THD Display Mode is set to Percentages Evaluate A pulse at this input triggers the module to perform its statistical evaluation and update its output registers The phase THD gap and THDing outputs are not available when this input is active If this input is not linked the module updates its outputs as it did previously This input cannot be linked when Aggregate Mode is set to 4 30 150 180 Cycle mode or 4 30 10 Minute mode This input is intended to be pu
298. e same time You should use a similar strategy when creating custom links with more than one Scroll module see the following example External Boolean AND OR Module Result Q Scroll Module Trigger Module Source Enable AND OR Module Result O Source Source External Boolean Scroll Module Trigger Module Switch Q Enable The External Boolean modules are the front panel buttons that must be pressed to access the two different sets of displays The AND OR modules ensure that the Scroll modules are never enabled at the same time In this example both AND OR modules are configured to function as logical NOR gates see the AND OR module description for more details Response to Special Conditions Page 492 All numeric and Boolean outputs are NOT AVAILABLE in the following conditions The device is powered up The module is disabled Any changes are made to an ION setup register 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Q Inputs Setup Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Security Options Module The Security Options module is used to configure the behaviour of the advanced security system The configuration of this module and the con
299. e setup register must be set to Every Second Output Registers E SWinDemand This numeric register contains the accumulated sliding window demand If the Update Rate setup register is set to END OF SUBINTERVAL and the module is relinked the Reset input is pulsed the module is disabled or a setup register is changed then the accumulated sliding window demand value will not be available until the number of subintervals specified in the Sunintvis setup register have expired If the Update Rate setup register is set to EVERY SECOND then the accumulated sliding window demand value will be available within one second PredDemand This numeric register contains the accumulated predicted demand When the module is linked the Reset input is pulsed the module is disabled or a setup register is changed this register is NOT AVAILABLE until one less than the number of subintervals specified in the Sunintvis setup register have expired If the Sync input is not linked unless the module was linked or Reset on a regular time boundary the PredDemand value will be inaccurate until the SWinDemand output becomes valid Time Left This numeric register contains the number of seconds remaining before the SwinDemand output will be written the number of seconds remaining in the demand period If the module is being synchronized by an external pulse see the Sync input instead of resetting on an internal time boundary the Time Left value
300. e setup register set to NO TRIG ON SYNC Sync input LINKED i Sync Mode setup register 4 set to TRIG ON SYNC Sync input UNLINKED Time 7 45 00 8 00 00 8 15 00 Note how the timing of the Trigger pulse is affected by linking or unlinking the Sync input The Sync input controls whether the Trigger pulses occur on regular time boundaries e g 7 45 00 8 00 00 8 15 00 or in between e g 7 37 45 7 52 45 8 07 45 Sync Mode controls whether a pulse is immediately generated when an Sync pulse is received e g at 7 37 45 or if it is delayed To account for time zone and Daylight Savings Time information the Periodic Timer module needs to refer to a clock For ION meters the Periodic Timer module uses the Local Time output register of the device s Clock module For the Virtual Processor the Periodic Timer module uses the workstation s local time If for example you set the Periodic Timer to pulse twice a day i e once every 12 hours or 43200 seconds the module will pulse once at 12 00 midnight and again at 12 00 noon local time 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 419 Periodic Timer Module ION Reference Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Periodic Timer module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register If the Enable input is OFF No pulses will be generated at the output register Power
301. e this input unlinked A NOTE The Reset input will still function if the module s Enable input is OFF When the module receives simultaneous reset and count pulses the module resets before counting ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Counter Module Setup Registers ION Reference The setup registers of the Counter module control the magnitude and direction of the count Multiplier This register specifies the amount to increase or decrease the output for every incoming count By default Multiplier is set to ONE Count Mode This register determines if the module increments or decrements the value in the output register Select UP to set the mode to increasing value count up and DOWN to set the mode to decreasing val
302. eck the units of the quantities used in the formula to ensure they are balanced correctly The first step is to identify the components of your formula the constants and variables required to achieve the results In this example the kW and kWh values are based on the cost of fuel the fuel flow rate and the instantaneous kW These values are as follows Formula Component Source Units fuel cost constant currently 0 30 I analog input attached to a flow sensor on the l min generator s fuel line fuel flow rate instantaneous kW Power Meter module s kW total output kW Next the modules must be linked to provide the fuel flow rate and the kW total The resulting framework will look like this A Analog Input Module Flow litres minute ScaledValu I 3 f Result 1 kW L Arithmetic Module Result2 W second I Power Meter Module Source 1 Result 3 W kWh kW Total I Source 2 As the fuel cost is constant it can be entered directly into the formula as a numeric value The fuel flow rate will be read at Source input 1 so it will be referenced in formulas as S1 Note that S1 has units of l min which must be converted to l sec to balance with the units of the other quantities dividing by 60 will convert 1 min to 1 sec The instantaneous KW will be read at Source input 2 so it will be referenced as S2 To gener
303. ecommended Retry Time setting is 120 seconds the maximum time that the Outage Dialback card will wait to retry dialing is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Lockout Time type in the amount of time that you want the meter powered off before the Outage Dialback alert is sent For Outage Dialback alerts the recommended maximum setting is 120 seconds the maximum lockout time is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Location this register identifies the meter that is sending the alert Type in the name of the meter exactly as it appears in the network configuration file Modem Init set modem initialization code as follows 0 Bell 212A 1200 baud 1 Bell 103 300 baud 2 V 22 1200 baud 3 V 21 800 baud 6 or leave the setting blank V 22bis 2400 1200 baud This is the default and will work for most installations Ensure that the Alert module Trigger input is unlinked Save When a power outage occurs the Alert module waits the amount of time specified in the Lockout Time setup register checks that the power is still out then sends an alert Follow the steps below to send email alerts from your meter Note that your meter must support emailing with a correctly configured SMTP server 1 2 Page 36 Create an Alert module Configure these Alert module setup registers as indicated Message type in the text of the alert to be emailed 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Refere
304. ectric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Clock Module UnivTime W Second E LocalTime W Day of Week I DSTFlag New Year A Year E New Month Month E New Day A Day E NewHour A Hour E New Minute Source Minute Oo Event A ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Clock Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 100 ION Reference Source The Clock module s input receives the Coordinated Universal Time UTC from the ION device or externally from the line see the Clock Source setup register below This input is fixed at the factory and cannot be linked to other output registers The availability of setup registers depends on which ION node you a
305. ects Refer to your device documentation for setup register defaults and choices Output Registers E AnalogOut Page 212 This register provides the ION numeric equivalent to the DNP object received from the Master DNP Analog Output objects are converted to a numeric value If the DNPObjGrp setup register is set to BINARY OUTPUT this output register will be N A Relay This register goes ON or OFF when the module receives an Operate or Direct Operate function from the DNP Master according to the table in the Control Relay Block Implementation section that follows amp NOTE See the section Control Relay Block Implementation for details on the operation of the Relay 1 and Relay 2 output registers If the DNPObjGrp setup register is set to ANALOG OUTPUT this output register will be N A This output register can be used for controlling latching or trip close relays 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference DNP Slave Import Module Relay2 This register goes ON or OFF when the module receives an Operate or Direct Operate function from the DNP Master according to the table in the Control Relay Block Implementation section that follows If the DNPObjGrp setup register is set to ANALOG OUTPUT or Relay Mode is set to 1 POINT PER ADDRESS this output register will be N A This output register is only used for closing a trip close relay when 2 POINTS PER ADDRESS are used Event ION event
306. ed for example when the Learn Now input is unlinked or the value of the High Limit register is changed Learned SusUntION This numeric register contains the learned value for the SusUntION setup register When learning is in progress this register is continually updated This register becomes NOT AVAILABLE and learning stops when any setup is changed for example when the Learn Now input is unlinked or the value of the Low Limit register is changed Learned SusUntlOFF This numeric register contains the learned value for the SusUntlOFF setup register When learning is in progress this register is continually updated This register becomes NOT AVAILABLE and learning stops when any setup is changed for example when the Learn Now input is unlinked or the value of the High Limit register is changed Event Any events produced by the Setpoint module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Priorit Description Group y p Input links setup registers or labels have changed or learned Setup Change 10 values were installed automatically Extreme value was recorded while Setpoint was ON NOT Information 25 AVAILABLE input caused output to go NOT AVAILABLE Setpoint condition started Setpoint condition ended setup Setpoint changes made while Setpoint was ON module disabled while Setpoint was ON Automatic installation of a
307. ed by a module s d D output registers may be Setup registers contain 7 y a rk configuration settings for hp iA pene to the the module You can use Q inout of another module a module s setup Sub p registers to determine Q nty how the module Q ub Inty processes data Pred Roe p Module Classes ION modules have three different classes Core modules Standard modules and Persistent modules Core Modules Core modules are fundamental to ION device or software operation You cannot create or delete Core modules and in some cases you cannot configure them ION modules classified as Core modules are Core modules across every supporting device for example a Core module in the Virtual Processor is also a Core Module in the Log Inserter Some core modules exist only in certain devices or software components Examples of Core modules include Power Meter module Communications module Display Options module and Factory module 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 15 Introduction Page 16 ION Reference Standard Modules Standard modules are reusable ION modules that can be created edited or deleted from your device frameworks The majority of ION modules in a device or software are Standard modules You can create or delete Standard modules as needed if your meter s security settings allow it and if you have not used up all the available modules of that type refer to Maximum Number of Modules o
308. ed priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 159 Difference Summation Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The Source input is read once and then again to obtain a value for Previous Source The Source and Previous Source values are used to calculate the Delta and the Delta is used to calculate the Summation as follows Delta Source Previous Source Summation Summation Delta The Source RollValue input will be used to determine Rollover value of the Source input as described in the case below If the Source RollValue input is linked and Abs Source lt Abs Previous Source Delta Source Source RollValue Previous Source lf the Source RollValue input is not linked the calculation will proceed normally No value will appear in the Summation or Delta output registers until two iterations of the module operate function Summation Delta and Previous Source all appear as output registers These output registers all hold their values at shutdown When the Summation output register reaches the value spec
309. eeceeeceeeeeeeesseceeeeeeeeeeaenenenees 157 Digital Input Modules Rte demo den doenacedetene 163 Digital Output Module 5253448387 ire 169 Display Module ist RS nn Rendre destine 175 Display Options MOdul 5snssnminnenenmnmtn nine 181 Distributed Boolean Module c ccccccecesseceeceeeceeeceaneeeeceanseeensanenes 185 Distributed Numeric Module cccceeecceeceseeeeeceeeeseeesceeaeeeseneneeeeetanes 189 Distributed Pulse Module 193 Disturbance Analyzer Module 197 Disturbance Direction Detection Module cccccsesseeeeeeeeeceseaeeeeeeees 201 DNP Slave Export Module 52 fes entendent ere 205 DNP Slave Import Module ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseneeetenenees 211 DNP Slave Options Module sain nn TR 217 Event Log Controller Module ccccceeeseeeceeeeeneeeeeeesaeeeetneneeeeeeeeaees 225 External Boolean Module ocun a 229 External Numeric Module ccc cesscceccesseceeceecesenseseeeecsaneeeensnaenes 231 External Pulse Modules E a im ien 233 Factory Mod le 2 tues tise eas oan oan ns elon eae s im aaa 235 Feedback Module 241 FET Mod le nia aani nn inerte Pet Nan ner ar 245 Flick r Modul rtis nn nent iso 247 Harmonics Analyzer Module 253 Harmonics Evaluation Module 259 Harmonics Measurement Module 263 IEC 61850 GGIO Cust Al MOduI 25 manon antsneatanttsenbin 267 IEC 61850 GGIO Cusl DIMOGdul s ssseseseente
310. eference Detailed Module Operation When the Bin module receives a pulse onits Evaluate input it checks whether any of the Rule setup registers are satisfied by the values of the Source inputs The Source inputs may be relative to their corresponding Nominal inputs depending on the Eval Mode setting refer to Evaluation Modes If Rule nis satisfied by the inputs then the Bin n output is incremented Specifying Rules The rules are specified using variables A for Source A B for Source B numbers mathematical operands and the amp symbol The amp symbol allows you to test both Source A and Source Bin the same rule A NOTE Spaces are required between variables values operands and the amp symbol Valid operands include equal to lt less than gt greater than lt less than or equal to gt greater than or equal to For example to specify a rule where Bin 1 increments when Source A is greater than 15 the Rule 7 setup register is A gt 15 Note that the spaces between the variable number and operator are required Use the amp symbol to test both Source A and Source Bin the same Rule For example to specify Bin 12 to increment when Source A is greater than 20 and less than 40 and Source B is greater than or equal to 50 set Rule 12 to 20 lt A lt 40 amp B gt 50 spaces required Evaluation Modes The Eval Mode setup registers define whet
311. egister The Status and learning related output registers are If the Source input is NOT AVAILABLE P NOT AVAILABLE If the Enable input is OFF The Status output register is NOT AVAILABLE After the module is re linked or its setup The Status and learning related output registers are registers are changed NOT AVAILABLE When the device is started or powered up The Status output register is NOT AVAILABLE either the first time or after a shut down Learning related output registers are NOT AVAILABLE If learning is not in progress and no A Learned output registers are NOT AVAILABLE learned values are waiting to be installed If the Source input is NOT AVAILABLE Or Learning stops and is reset and the learned output there is any change in the module s setup registers are NOT AVAILABLE Page 510 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Signal Limit Evaluation Module The Signal Limit Evaluation module is designed to characterize signal deviations outside of a pair of user specified limits These limits can also be specified as percentages of a nominal value a Signal Limit Num Valid I I Evaluation Module Num Invalid E I Hi Source see W E Nominal Event 0 D Valid
312. egisters are N A If the Enable input is OFF The Status Over and Under output registers are N A After the module is re linked or its setup The Status Over and Under output registers are registers are changed OFF until the inputs are evaluated When the device is started or powered up The Status Over and Under output registers are either the first time or after a shut down OFF until the inputs are evaluated 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 Sag Swell Module The Sag Swell module monitors voltage inputs for disturbances which are defined as one or more of the inputs straying above a high limit swells or below a low limit sags or interruptions When it detects a disturbance the Sag Swell module provides information about the entire disturbance In addition it breaks up the disturbance into discrete components or sub disturbances to allow for a more detailed analysis The Sag Swell module can be used to detect ITI CBEMA type disturbances It determines the magnitude and the duration of each disturbance so that they may be plotted on a CBEMA curve using Vista Sag Swell Module EH Vl EH V2 B V3 E VI Delta E V2 Delta E V3 Delta m Volts Mode z B Nominal Enable Learn Now
313. egisters provide the magnitude of each harmonic or inter harmonic When the module is operating in inter harmonics mode magnitude identifies the signal component between the n 1 and nt harmonic for example Magnitude 2 specifies the inter harmonic band between the fundamental and the 2 harmonic Phase 1 to Phase 50 These 50 output registers provide the phase angle of each harmonic the angles are relative to the angle of the fundamental of V This measurement is not available when the Measure Type is set to evaluate inter harmonics Total HD 150 180 Cycles The phase signal s total harmonic distortion This measurement is not available when the Measure Type is set to evaluate inter harmonics Total Ind HD The phase signal s total inductive harmonic distortion This measurement is not available when the Measure Type is set to evaluate inter harmonics or connected to a Current FFT module Total Cap HD The phase signal s total capacitive harmonic distortion This measurement is not available when the Measure Type is set to evaluate inter harmonics or connected to a Current FFT module Total Even HD total even harmonics distortion This register contains the total even harmonic distortion of the input Total Odd HD total odd harmonics distortion This register contains the total odd harmonic distortion of the input Event All events produced by the module are written into this register Possible events and their associated pri
314. el or remote display to change basic power meter settings such as Volts Mode PT and CT primary and secondary ratings as well as communications settings such as unit ID baud rate and protocol Only a limited number of ION modules e g those used for basic setup can be accessed from the front panel or remote display Using ION Setup ION Setup configuration software is available as a free download from the Schneider Electric website Advanced Mode in ION Setup lets you access and modify the settings for any ION module inside an ION meter ION Setup is particularly useful for configuring a TRAN meter i e one that does not come with a front panel or remote display Using Designer Designer is the component of ION Enterprise that graphically shows how the different ION modules are linked together in a framework In addition to giving you the ability to change the settings of any ION module Designer also lets you change existing links between modules add new links add new modules or delete them Designer helps you visualize the logic when you are programming custom functionality in the ION meter See the section Configuration Tools on page 21 for more details 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 11 Introduction ION Reference Overview ION architecture is the foundation of every component in an ION system As information moves within and between meters and other devices in your power monitoring system this arch
315. elec_whr 0 6553 5 Wh 0 1 Wh 14 0 Wh Energy electrical float SNVT_elec_whr_f 0 1E38 Wh 68 0 Wh Flow integer SNVT_flow 0 65534 I s 1 l s 15 65535 l s Flow float SNVT_flow_f 1E38 1E38 l s 53 1E38 I s Frequency float SNVT_freq_f 1E38 1E38 Hz 75 1E38 Hz Frequency integer SNVT_freq_hz 0 6553 5 Hz 0 1 Hz 76 0 Hz Level continuous integer SNVT_lev_cont 0 100 0 50 21 0 Level continuous float SNVT_lev_cont_f 0 100 55 0 Level discrete SNVT_lev_disc TON STALOW Va level 22 ST_NUL Level percent SNVT_lev_percent 163 84 163 83 0 005 or 50 ppm 81 163 835 Power integer SNVT_power 0 6553 5 W 0 1 W 27 ow Page 346 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference LonWorks Export Module Measurement SNVT Name Range Resolution SNVT ur a Power float SNVT_power_f 1E38 1E38 W 57 1E38 W Power kilo integer SNVT_power_kilo 0 6553 5 kW 0 1 kW 28 0 kW Pressure absolute float SNVT_press_f 0 1E38 Pa 59 0Pa Pressure gauge integer SNVT_press_p 32768 32766 Pa 1Pa 113 32767 Pa Power factor integer SNVT_pwr_fact 1 0 1 0 0 00005 98 1 Power factor float SNVT_pwr_fact_f 1 0 1 0 99 1 Angular Velocity RPM integer SNVT_rpm 0 65534 revs min 1 rev min 102 65535 revs min Temperature integer SNVT_temp 274 6279 5 C 0 1 C 39 274 C Temperature float SNVT_temp_f 273 17 1E
316. els have changed 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Counter Module The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 125 Counter Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation When a pulse is received on the Count input the Counter module updates the Accumulatr output register by the amount defined in the setup registers The Rollover output will send a pulse when the Accumulatr output value reaches RollValue setup register value amp NOTE The module updates the Accumulatr output register every time the Count input is pulsed up to a value of 16 777 216 It is therefore recommended that the Roll Value register be set below 16 777 216 The figures below illustrate the operation of a Counter module These examples indicate how the setup registers affect what value is written in the Accumulatr output register and when Rollover pulses are sent Example 1 Standard Operation Value at Accumulatr output Counter Module 100 gt 101 gt 102 gt 103 gt 104 100 TL Count Rollover Pulse Multiplier 1 Count Mode UP Preset 100 Rollvalue 105 Note that the value at the Accumulatr output never actually reaches the Roll Value instead when AollValue is reached t
317. elta V2 Delta and V3 Delta are linked to the High Speed Power Meter module s VII a VII b and VII c outputs respectively If the Vo tMode setup register of the Power Meter module is set for a Delta system the values from V7 Delta to V3 Delta are used to calculate the Sag Swell module s output values amp NOTE The Sag Swell module is intended for use with the voltage output registers and the VoltsMode setup register on the High Speed Power Meter module By default all of the required links are made for you You should not delete any of these links unless you have a special application If the values appearing at the V1 V2 V3 V1 Delta V2 Delta or V3 Delta inputs are negative the results in the Sag Swell module s output registers will be meaningless VoltsMode This input specifies your power system s configuration By default it is linked to the VoltsMode setup register on the High Speed Power Meter module The VoltsMode value is used to determine which Power Meter outputs i e line to neutral or line to line should be used to calculate the Sag Swell module s outputs If the default link to the Power Meter s VoltsMode setup register is deleted V7 to V3 are used in Sag Swell calculations The table below shows which Power Meter module outputs are used as inputs to the Sag Swell module for each VoltsMode setting Volts Mode v1 V2 V3 9S 4 Wire Delta or 4W Wye Vina Vin b Vin c 36S 4 Wire Wye or 3W Wy
318. elta kVAR a and kVAR b will be NOT AVAILABLE If Volts Mode is Delta or Single kVAR cis NOT AVAILABLE KVAR total In Wye mode this numeric register contains the sum of KVAR a kVAR b and KVAR c Note that a negative value indicates reverse KVAR If Volts Mode is Single this register will contain the sum of KVAR a and kVAR b kVA a kVA b kVA c These numeric registers contain the RMS value of apparent power for phases A B and C respectively Note that if Volts Mode is Delta kVA a and kVA b will be NOT AVAILABLE If Volts Mode is Delta or Single kVA cis NOT AVAILABLE kVA total This numeric register contains the total apparent power over three phases as determined by the kVA tot Method setup register Quadrant 1 Quadrant 2 Quadrant 3 Quadrant 4 When the Quadrant output registers are ON they indicate the quadrant where apparent power resides The table below states the conditions that create the ON output in each register kW kVAR Quadrant 1 kW gt 0 kVAR gt 0 Quadrant 2 kW lt 0 kVAR gt 0 Quadrant 3 kW lt 0 kVAR lt 0 Quadrant 4 kW gt 0 kVAR lt 0 Note that the Quadrant output registers are only available on the regular and Meter Units MU Power Meter modules 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 429 Power Meter Module Page 430 ION Reference E PF sign a PF sign b PF sign c These three numeric registers contains the power factor on phase A B an
319. emand Calculation The Sliding Window Demand module predicts changes in demand based on the following formula Thermal Avg x Time Left in subinterval Accumulated Value in Period Prev SWD x of subintervals 1 x subinterval length Thermal Avg Total Sliding Window Demand Period The module automatically calculates the Thermal Average value used in the above formula The Thermal Average starts at 0 when the Sliding Window Demand module powers up and gets calculated every second based on the following formula Thermal Avg x PredBase 1 Source where PredBase 100 PredResp PredBase 100 x SubIntvl The rate at which the Thermal Average responds to demand changes depends directly on the sensitivity of the demand prediction which is programmed into the Pred Resp setup register If Pred Resp is set to a higher value Thermal Average will respond more quickly to changes in the module s Source input i e the higher the value for Pred Resp the faster this module will predict 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 519 Sliding Window Demand Module ION Reference Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Sliding Window Demand module behaves under different conditions Condition Response to Output Register If the Source input is N A All output registers are N A When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shutdown Al p
320. enabled by default A Store When this input is pulsed the values of the Source inputs are copied into their corresponding Source Out output registers Links to the Store input are mandatory Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Store Module A Setup Registers ION Reference Reset Pulsing this input clears the value in the Store module and makes all Source Out output registers NOT AVAILABLE amp NOTE The Reset input will still function if the module s Enable input is OFF The Store module has no setup registers Output Registers Source Out 1 to Source Out n The value of the Source Out output register is that of the corresponding Source input value and its timestamp when
321. ent Events produced by an Analog Input module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority value are shown in the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Page 40 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Analog Input Module Detailed Module Operation The figure below illustrates the operation of an Analog Input module The hardware port presents the module with a percentage value relative to the hardware limits The Analog Input module then takes the percentage and maps it to the Zero Scale and Full Scale range The resultant is written to the ScaledValu output register In this example the input coming from the port is 50 of the possible input value The Analog Input module takes this value and calculates what it corresponds to on the new scale In this case 50 on the new scale is the value 75 DEVICE Analog signal from specified Highest possible port ScaledValu value of input 1 Analog Input Module 75 0 Lowest possible Zero Scale 50 Event register value of input Full Scale 100 To determine the desired Zero Scale and Full Scale values an analysis of the system
322. ent time stamp event priority event s cause event s effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 177 Display Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation Page 178 Trend Display With Trend Display you can view graphed historical data of up to four different parameters simultaneously In addition a Trend Display log screen displays data logs for any graphed parameter Users who are familiar with the ION architecture Designer and Vista can configure Display modules for Trend Display In Designer the required modules are created and linked In Vista the minimum and maximum values are allocated for the data plotted in Trend Display Trend Display Framework Setup You can configure any Display module as Trend Display by choosing the Screen Type setup register as Data Log Trend Log Source 1 to 4 and by linking the Display module inputs appropriately 1 From the toolbox drag and drop a Display module into the node diagram Alternatively you can use a Display module that already exists in the node diagram 2 Right click the Display module setup register and program the Screen Type with Data Log Trend Log Source 1 to 4 3 From the toolbox drag and drop two External Numeric modules into the node diagram You are now ready to link the Display module s Source inputs In Trend Display mode the Display module s
323. ent priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Responses to Special Conditions The following conditions cause the module to return an error to the SNMP client if the source inputs are not linked if the SNMP module associated with the OID number does not exist or is offline the module that is connected to the SNMP input is offline or no longer exists Page 522 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 En Store Module The Store module is used to store several register values When the module s Store input is pulsed the values of the Source inputs are copied to the Source Out output registers The Store Complete output register is pulsed once the store operation is complete Store Source Out 1 Module Source Outn M BO Source 1 i OL Store Complete A Oo Enable Event D Store Reset Inputs E Source 1 to Source n The values of the Source inputs and their timestamps are copied to the Source Out outputs when the Store input is pulsed At least one Source input must be linked A NOTE These registers function differently when used in the Virtual Processor See the Detailed Module Operation section for details Enable When this input is OFF the Store module is disabled and pulses received by the Store input are ignored The Store module is
324. ented if the Valid input is TRUE and the Source input or averaged Source inputs see Average Source setup register has exceeded the bounds specified in either the Upper Limit or the Lower Limit setup registers A pulse on the Reset input causes the module outputs to be set to NOT AVAILABLE Averaging will begin at the start of the next 1 second interval if the module is averaging the Source or Nominal inputs Page 514 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Sliding Window Demand Module Power utilities generally bill commercial customers based on their energy consumption in KWh and their peak usage levels called peak demand in KW Demand is a measure of average power consumption over a fixed time interval typically 15 minutes Peak or maximum demand is the highest demand level recorded over the billing period Sliding window demand is one method of measuring demand To compute sliding window demand values the Sliding Window Demand module uses the sliding window averaging or rolling interval technique which divides the demand interval into subintervals The demand is measured electronically based on the average load level over the most recent set of subintervals This method offers better response time than fixed interval methods
325. ents produced by the Data Recorder module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 139 Data Recorder Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The curved line represents the values read from the High Speed Power Meter module The figure below shows an example of a Data Recorder module recording the values of 4 Source inputs Each time the Record input receives a pulse the values of the Source inputs represented by the black dots are copied into the Data Log output register along with a timestamp indicating when the Record input was pulsed Source Value Source 1 Source 2 Source 3 Source 4 Time Record 1 Record 2 Record 3 Record 4 amp NOTE If you re link any of the inputs or make any changes to the setup registers the contents of the Data Log output register are cleared To save the information ensure that the data has first been uploaded before re linking inputs or changing setup registers Linking Source Inputs When choosing the Source inputs
326. eous magnitude and phase angle for negative sequence current derived from the NegSeqMag and NegSeqPhs inputs E SegA c2 cVal mag SegA c2 cVal ang These registers provide the deadbanded magnitude and corresponding phase angle for negative sequence current derived from the NegSeqMag and NegSeqPhs inputs The phase angle is the angle at the time the deadbanded magnitude was set E SegA c3 instC Val mag SegA c3 instC Val ang These registers provide the instantaneous magnitude and phase angle for zero sequence current derived from the ZeroSeqMag and ZeroSeqPhs inputs E SegA c3 cVal mag SegA c3 cVal ang These registers provide the deadbanded magnitude and corresponding phase angle for zero sequence current derived from the ZeroSeqMag and ZeroSeqPhs inputs The phase angle is the angle at the time the deadbanded magnitude was set 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 301 IEC 61850 MSQI Module Page 302 ION Reference SeqV c1 instC Val mag SeqV ct instCVal ang These registers provide the instantaneous magnitude and phase angle for positive sequence voltage derived from the V PosSeqMag and V PosSegPhs inputs SeqV c1 cVal mag SeqV c1 cVal ang These registers provide the deadbanded magnitude and corresponding phase angle for positive sequence voltage derived from the V PosSeqMag and V PosSeqPhs inputs The phase angle is the angle at the time the deadbanded magnitude was set SeqV c2 instC Val
327. er Analog Output Module Setup Registers ION Reference The Analog Output module s setup registers are used to define a scaling factor for the value taken from the Source and to assign a hardware output port for this module Zero Scale This numeric bounded register should be set to the value on the Source input that corresponds to the minimum possible output on the analog hardware port Full Scale This numeric bounded register should be set to the value on the Source input that corresponds to the highest possible output on the analog hardware port Port This enumerated register determines to which hardware port the output is sent Output Registers Page 46 Normalized This numeric register contains a normalized value i e between 0 and 1 proportional to the state of the output on the analog hardware port For example if the Source input is 50 and the Zero Scale and Full Scale setup registers are set to 0 and 200 respectively the value in the Normalized output register will be 0 25 Event Events produced by an Analog Output module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority value are shown in the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and
328. er and responds with status of the operation Immediate Freeze IED copies the specified objects to a freeze buffer No Acknowledge but does not respond with a status message DNP Master IED copies the specified objects to a freeze buffer Freeze Functions Freeze and Clear then clears the objects and responds with status of the operation IED copies the specified objects to a freeze buffer then clears the objects but does not respond with a status message Freeze and Clear No Acknowledge RNE Master UIE Del E ue de res ee se it sati elay calculate the s communicati y use i Synchronization Measurement for time synchronization The IED responds with the Functions Time Delay object DNP Point Numbering In DNP you address data with point numbers Each Source input corresponds to a DNP point number DNP requires a contiguous address range with no overlaps in the point numbers within a DNP group so if you use more than one DNP Slave Export module with the same DNP object settings you have to keep a record of the last point number you used in the previous DNP Slave Export module and enter that number plus 1 in the subsequent module s Base Point setup register 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 209 ION Reference DNP Slave Export Module Scaling Four setup registers ION Zero ION Full DNP Zero and DNP Full may be used to scale an Source input range to an output r
329. er gt lt meter serial number gt To Email Address setup register Subject metermail lt Data Recorder number from output gt from meter lt serial number gt Date Date and Time the email left the meter The email s body contains many of the Factory module s setup registers including Device Type Read Only Serial Number Read Only Owner Tag1 and Tag2 Logs are arranged in comma separated columns at the end of the email each record number and its UTC timestamp precede the values recorded by the Data Recorder module The following is an example of a typical Log Mail email metermail RE1 Data Log from meter PK 99104010 00 Message OI x GeReply Reply to All Forward a 0 P CS x aw E CL dE File Edit View Insert Format Tools Compose Help Message Options From LogMaill PK 99104010 00 Sent Wed 9 27 00 3 40 PM To Engineering Company com Ce Subject metermail RE1 Data Log from meter PK 99104010 00 LogName RE1 Data Log a DeviceType 7500 SerialNumber PK 9910A010 00 Owner Company Tag1 Power Quality Tag2 Warehouse RecordNumber UTC Vin a Yin b Vin c 3 970094400 117 5373 117 1584 117 2453 3 970095300 119 9320 114 4544 121 2334 3 970096200 118 7889 122 1211 124 3344 3 970097100 119 3373 120 0084 120 2232 atannnana AAT enamn 44 arme aam nirn i Page 335 Log Mail Module ION Reference Using the Log Mail Module The applicat
330. er icon properties In the Shortcut tab Target box include a s lt DSN gt S at the end angle brackets not included replace DSN with the default data source name The s lt DSN gt option sets the default DSN The S option forces all existing data sources to be set to the default DSN at startup To add control to your Log Inserter s operation you can add an External Boolean module to the Log Inserter and link its switch output to the Enable input of the Log Acquisition module The Boolean module s switch output can be used to create an ON OFF button in Vista that allows you to enable or disable the Log Acquisition module The Log Inserter will not attempt to retrieve logs that are linked to a disabled Log Acquisition module other communications with the node will continue Page 324 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs r 09 2008 Log Export Module The Log Export module delivers XML data gathered from one or more meters to a user defined destination Sendi Log Export sending 9 Module Records Sent W I Success A I Source Fail A Send Event D Q Enable amp NOTE Before the Log Export module can work you need to properly configure certain setup registers in both the Factory module and Ethernet Communications module The Factory module requires you to configure the Device Namesp
331. er specifies the subnet mask value A value in this register is only required if subnetting is applicable to your network Default Gateway This register specifies the default gateway for your network A value in this register is only required if communications between multiple Ethernet networks is applicable Primary DNS Server This register specifies the IP address of the primary DNS server that the meter sends name queries to This value must be an IP address in the format aaa bbb ccc ddd Domain name resolution is required if a fully qualified domain name has been entered for either the SMTP server address or the NTP server address A NOTE References to NTP refer to the SNTP subset of NTP functions Secondary DNS Server This register specifies the IP address of the secondary DNS server that the meter sends name queries to This value must be an IP address in the format aaa bbb ccc ddd Domain name resolution is required if a fully qualified domain name has been entered for either the SMTP server address or the NTP server address A NOTE References to NTP refer to the SNTP subset of NTP functions NTP Server Use this register to specify the IP address of the NTP server that the meter synchronizes its clock to This value may be either an IP address in the format aaa bbb ccc ddd or the fully qualified domain name of an NTP server for example ntp cs mu oz au The name is limited to 80 alphanumeric characters dot an
332. er the freeze input has pulsed and the freeze has completed internally A typical use case is to connect this output to a feedback module and use the feedback module to reset a data source once that data has been frozen Event ION events are recorded in this Event output register including setup register changes Possible ION events include changes to input links setup registers or labels all with a priority of 10 The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp event priority event s cause event s effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect This Event output register should not be confused with DNP event objects 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference DNP Slave Export Module Detailed Module Operation DNP Functions Supported The table below is a summary of the DNP functions supported by the DNP Slave Export module Function Description DNP Slave Confirm Message fragment A used in IED Response responses No response to this message is required Functions Response IED responds to a Master request message Message fragment confirmation used in Master DNP Master Contin requests No response to this message is required Transfer Functions Read Master requests particular objects from IED IED responds with requested objects that are available inmediate Freeze IED copies the specified objects to a freeze buff
333. ere number is the base number number2is the exponent Examples POWER 6 2 equals 36 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 75 Arithmetic Module ION Reference 642 equals 36 45 4 equals 5 656854 Tertiary or Three Operand Functions Tertiary functions operates on three operand expressions The IF function is the only tertiary operator supported in the Arithmetic module Tertiary Function Description Usage IF if conditional if Boolean number number Note that number can be replaced by expression in the above table IF Returns one number if the Boolean test evaluates TRUE evaluates to a non zero number and another number if it evaluates FALSE evaluates to 0 amp NOTE The IF function is unique in that it can return a valid result when one of its operands is a reference to a NOT AVAILABLE Source input For example in the expression F S1 S2 S3 if S1 is TRUE then S2 is returned In this case if S3 is NOT AVAILABLE the function will still return S2 as a valid result However if S1 is FALSE the function will attempt to return S3 and the result will be NOT AVAILABLE Syntax F Boolean number1 number2 Where Boolean can be evaluated to TRUE non zero or FALSE 0 number is the value that is returned if Boolean is TRUE number2 is the value that is returned if Boolean is FALSE Example IF S1 gt S2 S3 S4 returns S3 if S1 gt S2 or returns S
334. ermocouple signal linked to Source input 1 Type_RTD RTD linearization Returns the linearized corrected value for a Resistance Temperature Detector measurement The ScaledValu output of an Analog Input module must be 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 71 Arithmetic Module Page 72 ION Reference referenced and the setup registers for the Analog Input module must be left at their default values Linearized temperature is returned in degrees Celsius Syntax Type_RTD S Where is the number of the Source input that is connected to the Analog Input module s ScaledValu input Example Type_RTD S4 returns the linearized measurement of the Resistance Temperature Detector s signal linked to Source input 4 Type_T thermocouple linearization Returns the linearized corrected value for a Type T thermocouple measurement The ScaledValu output of an Analog Input module must be referenced and the setup registers for the Analog Input module must be left at their default values Linearized temperature is returned in degrees Celsius Syntax Type_T S Where is the number of the Source input that is connected to the Analog Input module s ScaledValu input Example Type_T S3 returns the linearized measurement of the Type K thermocouple signal linked to Source input 3 Binary or Two Operand Functions Binary functions operate on two numbers expressions or Booleans The following table summari
335. ernal Boolean modules have a single switch register which can be manually switched ON or OFF via communications Event All events produced by an External Boolean module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric External Boolean Module Responses to Special Conditions Page 230 ION Reference Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Setup register or labels have changed Output Value Written i The Switch output is written The priority of this event is determined by the value in the EvPriority setup register The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any va
336. ers are NOT AVAILABLE Source input is NOT AVAILABLE The On Pulse and Off Pulse registers will not pulse until the Source input becomes available again 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 121 Convert Module ION Reference Page 122 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 15 09 2008 Counter Module The Counter module provides a facility to count how many times a certain event occurs It increases or decreases its output by a specified amount every time it is triggered Counter Module Accumulatr I I Rollover Count i A Q Enable Event D A Reset Count When this input receives a pulse it either increases or decreases the number in the Accumulatr output register by an amount defined by the Multiplier setup register Linking this input is mandatory Enable When this input is ON the module is enabled when it is set to OFF the module is disabled counting stops and the Accumulatr output register retains the last value it received This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default Reset When this input receives a pulse it resets the Counter module and sets the Accumulatr output register to the value in the Preset setup register Linking this input is optional the module will still operate if you leav
337. erved ION Reference 400 300 200 100 Sag Swell Module TYPE TYPE Il TYPE Ill 00001 0006 006 05 1 6 60 10000 I The Transient module detects disturbances in these ranges The Sag Swell module detects disturbances in this range 128samples cycle gt 130us 60Hz 156us 50Hz lt 256 samples cycle 65us 60Hz 78us 50Hz 1 cycle A NOTE The start of the transient detection window depends on the meter s sampling rate Refer to your device s documentation CBEMA is not the only power tolerance curve available ANSI Standard C84 1 also defines a curve that places an upper and lower bound on voltage excursions of different durations Both of these curves are available in the data log plotters in Vista If you plot the magnitude and duration of the sub disturbances detected by the Sag Swell module you can overlay either of these curves or a custom power tolerance curve to see if equipment might be affected by the sub disturbance 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 469 Sag Swell Module Page 470 ION Reference Disturbance Categories as Defined by IEEE The IEEE 1159 standard categorizes a wide range of electrical disturbances according to their typical duration and magnitude The categories that are addressed by the Sag Swell module include short duration variations and long duration variations The figure below summarizes these categories Use the
338. ery Load Complete This register pulses when the XML file is successfully read Event Events produced by the XML Import module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Custom Query returned NULL node query returned non numeric node Failure 255 File did not load or could not be parsed The priority of these events is determined by the value in the Event Priority setup register 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 575 XML Import Module ION Reference The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Page 576 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference XML Import Module Detailed Module Operation When the module s Read Now input is pulsed the xml file referenced in the URL setup register is read and any namespace information supplied in the Namespace setup register is applied When the file has been read the Load Complete output register pulses The XPath Query specified in each XPath Query setup register is executed and the result appears in the corresponding Data output register For the module to function the xml file must
339. es the variant that is returned in a class 1 3 poll for all Binary Input Event objects for a session These objects are enabled by configuring DNP Slave Export modules BinInEvDepth binary input event depth This read only register defines the maximum number of Binary Input events that can be stored for a session When this buffer fills up new events overwrite the oldest events Binary Counters BinCntStatic binary counter static This register defines the variant that is returned in a class 0 poll for all Binary Counter Static objects for this session These objects are created using DNP Slave Export modules FrzCntStatic frozen counter static This register defines the variant that is returned in a class 0 poll for all Frozen Counter Static objects for a session These objects are created using DNP Slave Export modules FrzCntEvents frozen counter events This register defines the variant that is returned in a class 1 3 poll for all Frozen Counter Event objects for a session These objects are enabled using DNP Slave Export modules FrzCntEvDepth frozen counter event depth This read only register defines the maximum number of Frozen Counter events that can be stored for a session When this buffer fills up new events overwrite the oldest events 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference DNP Slave Options Module CntChange vents counter change events This register defines the variant tha
340. es to connect to the ION database Provider Description LSProvider SQLOLEDB Access to SQL databases Schneider Electric type LSProvider MSDASQL Access to Sybase SQL databases Schneider Electric type SQLOLEDB Access to OLEDB SQL Server databases non Schneider Electric type MSDASQL Access to Sybase OLEDB SQL Server databases non Schneider Electric type ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Query Module ION Reference Data Source or DSN This register defines the ODBC data source for non Sybase SQL databases or DSN for Sybase SQL databases the Query module uses to connect to the ION database For non Sybase SQL databases a typical value for Data Source might be ComputerName lON while for a Sybase SQL databases a typical value for DSN might be ComputerName_PEGASYS wher
341. essage to a server prompt it to contact the site that initiated the alert and then upload that site s logs The Alert module can also be configured to send a message to a pager this allows you to alert key personnel about certain alarm conditions so they can act on them Email is another medium over which alerts can be sent The Alert module sends an alert whenever its Trigger input is pulsed except for Outage Dialback card alerts where the Trigger input is left unlinked You can connect this input to any module that produces a pulse output You can use modules that monitor alarm conditions such as changes in relay status and power quality problems surges sags swells outages For example you can connect the Trigger input to the output of a Setpoint module thereby allowing the Alert module to send an alert when the setpoint condition is reached The Alert module requires access to either a modem a dedicated modem or a modem handling a loop of meters or Ethernet for the Alert module email capabilities d Alert Module Pending Q I D M Source 1 Sending Lockout ic D M Source 4 ee n 1 I A Trigger Fail nm Reset r Enable Event D The Alert module is particularly useful for remote sites that are not continuously connected to the SCADA network If a high priority event i e an alarm condition occurs while the SCADA sys
342. et to LOG ON so events associated with changes to the State output are recorded For energy pulsing applications this setup register is typically set to LOG OFF Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Digital Input module behaves under Page 168 different conditions Condition Response of Output Register When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down The State output matches the state of the hardware port if the nout Mode is set to KYZ or PULSE The State output will be OFF if the nout Mode is set to A c 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2010 Digital Output Module The Digital Output module acts as an intermediary between another module in the device and a hardware port It takes a Boolean input and sends it out a hardware channel as a constant level or a pulse This provides the ability to signal and control external digital devices such as relays from the meter A WARNING damage HAZARD OF UNEXPECTED DIGITAL OUTPUT STATE CHANGE Do not use ION meters for critical control or protection applications where human or equipment safety relies on the operation of the control circuit An unexpected change of state of the digital outputs can result when the supply power to the meter is interrupted or after a meter firmware upgrade Be sure that you are familiar with the warni
343. eter configuration access permissions for the meter If it is set to YES the user can configure any programmable register on the meter except for registers related to the Security setup or registers that result in a Demand Reset or will place the meter in Test mode those registers require additional Security Access levels Note that the Read Access register also must be set to YES or it is not be possible to configure a programmable register It is set to YES by default Test Mode Access This register specifies if the user has test mode access permissions for the meter If it is set to YES then the user can put the meter into test mode note that the Read Access register also must be set to YES or it is not be possible to put the meter into test mode It is set to YES by default Security Contig Access This register specifies if the user has security configuration access permissions for the meter If it is set to YES then the user can configure advanced security for the meter note that the Read Access and the Full Meter Config Access registers also must be set to YES or it is not be possible to configure the advanced security If the Security Config Access register is set to NO then the user will be unable view or configure the Security setup of the meter It is set to YES by default 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Security User Module Output Registers D Event All events produced by the Security User
344. eut instC Val ThdEvnA neut cVal ThdEvnA net instC Val ThdEvnA net cVal These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for current total even harmonic distortion for phases A B and C including neutral and net values Depending on the Power Meter module s Volts Mode some or all of these registers may be NOT AVAILABLE Refer to the Power Meter module for more information ThdPhAV phsA instC Val ThdPhV phsA cVal ThdPhV phsB instC Val ThdPhV phsB cVal ThdPhV phsC instC Val ThdPhV phsC cVal ThdPhV neut instC Val ThdPhV neut cVal These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for voltage total harmonic distortion for phases A B and C including neutral values Depending on the Power Meter module s Volts Mode some or all of these registers may be NOT AVAILABLE Refer to the Power Meter module for more information ThdOddPhV phsA instC Val ThdOddPhV phsA cVal ThdOddPhV phsB instC Val ThdOddPhV phsB cVal ThdOddPhV phsC instC Val ThdOddPhV phsC cVal ThdOddPhV neut instC Val ThdOddPhV neut cVal These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for voltage total odd harmonic distortion for phases A B and C including neutral values Depending on the Power Meter module s Volts Mode some or all of these registers may be NOT AVAILABLE Refer to the Power Meter module for more information ThdEvnPhV phsA instC Val ThdEvnPhV phsA cVal ThdEvnPhV phsB instC Val ThdEvnPhV phsB cVal ThdE
345. ework for seasonal billing data Weekday Status Weekend Status Alternative 1 Status Alternative 2 Status Holiday Status These Boolean output registers indicate which rate schedules is currently active These outputs can be used to enable certain frameworks when a particular rate schedule is active Schedule Change This output pulses when the rate schedule changes Monday Status Tuesday Status Wednesday Status Thursday Status Friday Status Saturday Status Sunday Status These Boolean output registers indicate the current day of the week These outputs can be used to enable certain frameworks when a particular day of the week is active Day Of Week Change This output pulses when the day of the week changes Self Read This output pulses at the times specified in the Self Read Dates setup register 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Time of Use Module D Event Any events produced by the Time of Use module will be recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Priority Description Group Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Time of Use season expiry pending in 30 days Warning 30 Time of Use seasons have expired The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions as
346. f electricity using your utility s tariff structure that is detailed in your Excel file The tariff structure may include demand and time of use penalties The result is a real time display of actual electricity costs x Value Output DDE Input Time of Use Based Cost Result Output Excel Server 4 Real Time Cost Arithmetic Module Scaled Value Output Source 1 kW Demand Source 2 Analog Input IED 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 147 DDE Input Module Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the DDE Input module behaves under Page 148 different conditions ION Reference Condition Response of Output Register After the module is re linked or its setup registers are changed The Value output register is NOT AVAILABLE The Status output register shows the current status of the DDE link When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down The Value output register is NOT AVAILABLE The Status output register shows the current status of the DDE link 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2010 152 Diagnostics Module The Diagnostics module provides real time information about the status of the ION meter The module keeps track of various operating parameters and updates its output registers with the
347. f this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 41 290 944 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved e Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative S h d for assistance or go to C nel er www powerlogic com ES Electric Distributed Pulse Module Setup Registers A ION Reference By linking the Status output of a Data Monitor module to this input the Distributed Pulse module will be automatically disabled if the data at the Source input becomes out of date thus preventing a control action based on old data Linking this input is mandatory Destination This register allows you to specify a node and register to which the value at the Source input will be written This register displays the available nodes module managers modules and output registers from which you can select Typically you will select the output register of an External Pulse module EvPriority event priority This register allows you to assign priority levels to specific event conditions Output Registers Page 194 Status This Boolean register indicates the status of the last write An ON state indicates that the last write succeeded An OFF state indicates time outs communication errors or other failures A NOT AVAILABLE value indicates that the module s Activate input was not linked Initiate Write This output will generate a pulse at that instant when the Distributed Pulse module send
348. ference Linker dialog does not appear and you can link individual inputs one at a time If you choose YES the Fast Linker dialog appears Select Nodes To Fast Link LOGINSERTER WORKSTATIONX Operations Rev_Meter Production Main_Feed QUERYSERVER WORKS TATIONS VIP WORKSTATIONX M Link Data Recorders M Link Waveform Recorders M Link Event Recorders Select All Cancel A NOTE If the Data Source setup register makes reference to an invalid connection string or in the case of ION Enterprise 4 5 and earlier versions an ODBC data source that does not exist the Log Inserter will not start In the Fast Linker dialog select the node or nodes you want to link All log registers on the nodes you select will be automatically linked to the Log Acquisition module You can choose to link only Data Waveform or Event logs or any combination of these by checking the appropriate boxes The Data Source register must be configured with a valid connection string amp NOTE For ION Enterprise 4 5 and earlier versions the Data Source register must be configured with a valid ODBC data source name DSN All of the DSNs in your system that are based on the Sybase SQL Anywhere 5 0 driver will appear in the setup register s list box Note that DSNs will appear as valid options in the Data Source setup register whether they are configured properly or not In case the Log Server does not start properly edit the Log Serv
349. figuration of the Security User modules define the overall advanced security system setup amp NOTE You must use ION Setup or ION Enterprise software to configure advanced security Security Options The Security Options module has no inputs Enable Advanced Security This register is used to turn on the advanced security for the meter The default value of this register is DISABLED Once this register is successfully set to ENABLED advanced security system is active This means that all applications that interact with the meter must specify a username and password The access capabilities of the different users are defined by the configuration of Security User modules see the Security User module section ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Security Options Module Page 494
350. for the supported references and reference operators are provided in this section The following table summarizes the available reference operators 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 61 Arithmetic Module ION Reference Reference Description Usage S Source input value Sinput address range Sinput 1 Sinput 2 P previous Pinput previous or Source input value Pinput previous range previous range previous 1 previous 2 R current formula result Rformula PR previous formula result PRformula Referencing Source Input Values Current values held in Source inputs Source 1 through Source n are referenced in formulas using the letter S and the number of the input For example Source 1 is referenced by the expression S1 and Source 8 is referenced with S8 The letter S can be uppercase or lowercase The address range operator can be used to simplify formulas when referencing Source input values S Source input Syntax Sinput Where input is the Source input number Example S1 references Source input 1 address range The Address Range operator provides a way to specify a sequential range of Source input references without having to type each one into the formula Syntax Sinput 1 Sinput 2 Where Sinput 1 is the beginning of the sequential range of Source inputs Sinput 2 is the end of the sequential range of Source inputs Example SUM S1 S5 returns the sum of the ran
351. from the current value For example P3 2 calls the second previous value from Source input 3 Range operators can be used to simplify formulas when referencing previous Source input values P previous The Previous operator allows you to specify the value held by a Source input in previous calculation cycles Syntax Pinput previous Where input is the Source input number previous is the number of steps back from the current Source input value Examples P1 1 calls the value from input 1 1 step back from the current value P5 6 calls the value from input 5 6 steps back from the current value SUM P3 1 4 will return the sum of previous values 1 through 4 from Source input 3 see previous range function 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 63 Arithmetic Module Page 64 ION Reference previous range The Previous Range operator provides a way to specify a sequential range of previous Source input values inside the Previous function without having to type each value into the formula Syntax previous 1 previous 2 Where previous 1 is the first in the sequential range of previous Source input values previous 2 is the last in the sequential range of previous Source input values Example P1 1 4 references the Source input 1 previous values 1 2 3 and 4 steps back from the current value see the Previous function Referencing Current and Previous Formula Results A Resu
352. gardless of the value entered into the Protection register Output Registers m Page 226 Event Log This register stores the device s event information The Event Log register is circular once the log is full adding additional event records will result in the loss of the oldest event records The Event Log offers protection from losing important events Events with an Event Priority higher than that set in the Protection Priority setup register are summarized and saved rather than overwritten The information in the Event Log register is accessible via communications 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Event Log Controller Module Detailed Module Operation This figure illustrates the operation of the Event Log Controller module Event output registers from other modules 4 Event Log Accessible via Communications Event 1 Time Event Cause Value Effect Value P Priority Condition Condition Event 2 vem J Event Log Event 3 Controller Event 4 lt Module Event n 4 Number of records stored defined by Depth setup register Changing one of the Event Log Controller module s setup registers constitutes an event with a pre defined priority of 10 The Event Log Controller writes these events directly into the Event Log it does not require an Event output register Response to Special Conditions T
353. ge S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 Page 62 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Arithmetic Module Referencing Previous Source Inputs Values A number of previous Source input values are stored in the ION device s memory and are available for use in Arithmetic module formulas the number of previous values retained in memory depends on the ION device you are using Node Type Previous Values Held in Buffers ION meter Up to 10 Virtual Processor Up to 60 amp NOTE By default Source input values shift to previous values at the update rate of the ION device usually once per second When a current Source shifted to previous input 1 all existing previous values shift one step back and the last previous value is discarded You can control when input values shift to previous values by linking the CalculateNow input to another module s pulse output register See the CalculateNow input description for details Source input values are shifted to previous values in one of two ways depending on whether the Ca culateNow input is linked or unlinked If CalculateNow is unlinked input values shift one step back at the update rate of the ION device see Setup Registers If CalculateNow is linked input values shift one step back only when the CalculateNow input is pulsed Previous values are referenced using the form Px y where x represents the Source input number and y is the number of steps back
354. gger Page 418 When the module is enabled this pulse register generates a pulse every time the period specified by the Period setup register expires If the Sync input is linked and you have set the Sync Mode setup register to TRIGGER ON SYNC the Trigger output will generate a pulse every time the Sync input is pulsed in addition to pulsing each time the period expires Event All events produced by a Periodic Timer module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Reset 5 A module resynch has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Periodic Timer Module Detailed Module Operation The following figure illustrates the operation of the Periodic Timer module with the Sync input linked or unlinked The marks indicate when a pulse is generated on the Trigger output amp NOTE If the Sync input is linked the module will start its period when the module goes online In all four cases the Period is set to 900 s 15 minutes Pulse on Internal Sync input Timer vy Sync input LINKED Sync Mod
355. gger Count W Update Outputs 1 Event D A Interval Reset ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Integrator Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 314 ION Reference Integrand This input is the value which is integrated It must be linked to a numeric output register of another module Enable This input enables or disables integration when disabled the module stops updating the Result output register The Integrator module is enabled by default amp NOTE The Reset input will still function if the module s Enable input is OFF Reset Pulsing this input resets the Result Rollover Count and Trigger Count output registers to zero It also resets the remainder value to zero The Integrator module may be reset even if it is disabled Update Outputs This pulse register is intended to be pulsed each 15 minutes to allow accurate validation in MV90 It can be set to pulse at any in
356. gger input pending a pulse occurred at the Trigger input but some other module has control of the communications channel sending the Alert module has control of the communications channel and is attempting to send the alert to the destination lockout the Alert module is keeping control of the communications channel i e allowing the ION Alert Monitor time to dial back in to this remote site retry an alert attempt has failed and the module is waiting for the Retry Time to expire before making another attempt Special Consideration for RS 485 Communications Because RS 485 is a master slave communications protocol some limitations apply when using Alert modules You can have multiple Alert modules in a single device but only one device in an RS 485 loop can use these modules RS 485 does not provide for reliable collision detection and multiple alerts from different meters may fail 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 31 Alert Module ION Reference Alerting on a Single ION Device The diagram below shows an ION meter framework that incorporates alerting Monitor kW and calculate Is Source value above limit Send alert to software when predicted peak demand If yes pulse Trigger output pulse is received on Trigger input we Pending From Power Sliding Window Setpoint Module Alert Module 1 m Met dul Demand Module _ l Sending SISE meee Sour
357. ggregate Setup Count number The most recent setup count received Requested IONs number The number of ION objects that have been requested can return NONE a number or CACHE meaning that only the contents of the cache have been requested Request Status see description The status of the request see next row for R U T description READY no request pending R U T seconds since last update REQUESTING request sent R U T seconds ago RETRYING request failed will retry in R U T seconds BLOCKED resource unavailable will send when resources freed request has been BLOCKED for R U T seconds PROCESSING request being processed for R U T seconds ABANDONED request took too long and has been abandoned UNKNOWN Log Server is in an unknown state Request Update Time R U T time in seconds The amount of time since Request Status changed OR the amount of time until Request Status changes reference depends on Request Status value Request Details text If applicable a description of a node problem Record ID number The record s identification number this can be ignored by user LOGPERF This setting provides performance statistics for individual logs Many of the statistics provided are the same as those available from the Log Monitor module Additional statistics are as follows Column Name Value Description Node name The name of a node Log Handle number
358. ging the primary current the correction angle is positive Enter a positive number 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 311 Instr Xformer Correction ITC Module ION Reference Page 312 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE E 09 2008 Integrator Module The Integrator module takes the integral of a specified source value Integrand over time Divisor The equation below represents the module s operation R Integrand R n Divisor n Once divided the integrand is added to the previous result of R The update rate of the ION meter determines how often R is calculated The remainder value the amount left over when the integrand is not an even multiple of the divisor is stored inside the module to be added into the next integrand Refer to Example on page 316 The most common application of the Integrator module is to calculate energy values such as Real energy or kW hours kWh Reactive energy or KVAR hours kVARh Apparent energy or kVA hours kVAh Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Integrator Module Result E Trigger I HE Integrand Rollover 9 Enable Rollover Count W A ie Tri
359. gister Consult your modem s user manual for details 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 25 Alert Module Page 26 ION Reference Enter the email address if the alert is sent out via the meter s optional SMTP email A maximum of 50 characters including spaces can be used If you want to send an alert to more than one email address you must set up a distribution list your email server must allow email to be sent to groups via SMTP or use an Inbox Assistant to forward messages A maximum of 50 characters including spaces can be used Type This register is used to specify the type of destination you want to alert Valid types are EMAIL ASCII ALPHANUMERIC PAGER NUMERIC PAGER MV90 and ION ALERT PEGASYS Your selection affects how the Alert module sends out the message EMAIL The meter uses the onboard SMTP email service If your meter does not support this feature this enumeration is not present If you set the Type setup register to EMAIL you must set the Port setup register to ETHERNET or the Alert module will go offline ASCII Similar to setting the type to ION ALERT this setting allows you to send out an ASCII message However this alert type will not wait for any acknowledgment the message is sent only once It records a successful send when the modem establishes a connection and the message is sent through ALPHANUMERIC PAGER The Alert module uses Telocator Alphanumeric Protocol TAP v1
360. gister will rollover be reset to 0 Setting this register to zero disables the Rollover feature no rollovers will occur Output Registers E Result This numeric register contains the result of the integration The Result will rollover reset to zero if the value in the Rollvalue setup register is reached Trigger This register generates a pulse every time the Result output increases or decreases by the value specified in the Va u Pulse setup register If the Result increases by double the Va u Pulse register two pulses are generated etc NOTE The Trigger output functions the same in NET mode as it does when the ABSOLUTE mode is used Rollover This register generates a pulse every time the Result output reaches the value specified in the RollValue setup register Rollover Count This register increments each time the Rollover output is pulsed Trigger Count This register increments each time the Trigger output is pulsed Event Any events produced by the Integrator module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associa
361. gs used during factory calibration Some ION devices do not support some of these registers I5 Force lical 11Keal 11 Off 11Ucal 11x20cal 120nominal l2cal l2Kcal 120ff l2Ucal 12x20cal I3cal I3Kceal I3Ocal I3Off I3Ucal 13x20cal l4cal l4Kcal l4Ncal 140ff 14Ucal I5Kcal I5Kcalv ISNcal I5Ucal Vical V10cal V2cal V2Ocal V3cal V3Ocal V4Ocal VX_Force Vxical Vxide Vx2cal Vx2dc Vx3cal Vx3dc Vx4cal Vx4dc NomFreqNum CT1 Comp Type CT1 Nominal CT1 V Nominal CT1 Cal Const A CT1 Cal Const B CT1 Cal Const C CT1 Name Tag CT2 Comp Type CT2 Nominal CT2 V Nominal CT2 Cal Const A CT2 Cal Const B CT2 Cal Const C CT2 Name Tag CT3 Comp Type CT3 Nominal CT3 V Nominal CT3 Cal Const A CT3 Cal Const B CT3 Cal Const C CT3 Name Tag Alt1 CT1 Comp Type Alti CT1 Nominal Alti CT1 V Nominal Alti CT1 Cal Const B Alti CT1 Cal Const C Alti CT1 Name Tag Alt1 CT2 Comp Type Alti CT2 Nominal Alti CT2 V Nominal Alti CT2 Cal Const A Alti CT2 Cal Const B Alti CT2 Cal Const C Alt1 CT2 Name Tag Alt1 CT3 Comp Type Alti CT3 Nominal Alt1 CT3 V Nominal Alti CT3 Cal Const A Alti CT3 Cal Const B Alt1 CT3 Cal Const C Alt1 CT3 Name Tag Alt2 CT1 Comp Type Alt2 CT1 Nominal Alt2 CT1 V Nominal Alt2 CT1 Cal Const A Alt2 CT1 Cal Const B Alti CT1 Cal Const A Alt2 CT1 Cal Const C 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Alt2 CT1 Name Tag Alt2 CT2 Comp Type Alt2 CT2 Nominal Alt2 CT2 V Nominal
362. han 0 0 Phase Correction Type The enumerated phase correction type register determines what type of modeling is performed to correct the phase angle of the CT or PT The values that can be selected are NONE or PIECE WISE LINEAR 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Instr Xformer Correction ITC Module Phase Correction Data This register contains a string of delimited pairs of the test points and associated error for the phase angle of the CT or PT The test point is expressed as a percentage of the rated secondary nominal rating The phase angle error is expressed a real value in minutes For example a typical test on an instrument transformer may reveal the following results Test Point Phase Angle nominal Error Minutes 100 3 50 6 25 10 10 13 1 25 0 2 40 The input for this data would be 100 3 50 6 25 10 10 13 1 25 0 2 40 For validation purposes a Phase Angle Error value is deemed out of range if it is greater than 600 minutes or less than 600 minutes which is 10 degrees error Output Registers m Corrected Value The Corrected Value output is factory linked to the Power Meter module and cannot be altered Event All events produced by an Instr Xformer Correction module are written into this register The Instr Xformer Correction module considers the following as an event any changes to the setup registers input links or labe
363. han SusUnilON the Status and Under output registers change to ON Both registers return to OFF when the Source input exceeds the Under Dropout level for a period of time greater than SusUntlOFF A NOTE The determination of the Over Pickup level is shown on the right The Over Dropout Under Pickup and Under Dropout levels are determined in a similar way Refer to this module s setup register descriptions for details Pickup and Dropout Levels The pickup and dropout levels shown in the diagram are determined by the value of the Nominal input in combination with the Eval Mode Pickup and Dropout setup registers The following shows how the over pickup level is determined If Eval Mode is set to VALUE then the over pickup level is determined by adding the Nominal input to the value in the Pickup register For example if the Nominal input is a power reading of 200kW and the Over Pickup is set to 50kW the setpoint will go active when the Source input exceeds 250kW Page 459 Relative Setpoint Module ION Reference If Eval Mode is set to PERCENTAGE then the over pickup level is determined as a percentage of the Nominal input For example if the Nominal input is a power reading of 200kW and the Over Pickup is set to 50 the setpoint will go active when the Source input exceeds 300kW since this is 50 more than 200kW Event Timestamps The Time 1 Time 2 and Time 3 points shown on the diagram are the timestamps for t
364. has three forms the regular Power Meter the Meter Units MU Power Meter and the High Speed HS Power Meter Regular Power Meter modules use scaling factors to obtain high accuracy measurements of primary transformer levels MU Power Meter modules display true secondary transformer levels i e readings based on the voltage and current after they have been transformed to fall within the input ranges of the device HS Power Meter modules update their measurement as fast as once per half cycle rather than once per second Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Power Meter Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 426 ION Reference amp NOTE Not all ION devices support the High Speed P
365. hat will be applied to the Modbus values This is used to compensate for scaling applied by the Modbus Slave device The scaling value is divided into the Modbus value see formula below Valid values are 1 x 108 to 1 x 1076 A scaling value of one S1 means no scaling will be applied Modbus value will be divided by one Offset prefix O This determines the offset that will be applied to the Modbus values This is used to compensate for offset applied by the Modbus Slave device The offset value is subtracted from the Modbus value see formula below Valid values are 1 x 108 Offset and Scaling Applied The following formula is applied to the value when scaling and offset is used Input Value Offset Output Value Scaling For example If the value read from the slave device is 2000 the offset is 0 and the scaling is 0 1 the output value would be 20 000 A NOTE If the Device Map string register is configured incorrectly Designer will produce a Device Map Setup Error when Sending amp Saving The message will advise where the error occurs in the string Additionally the Modbus Master Map module will go offline and any associated Modbus Master Device modules outputs will be N A until the error is corrected 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Master Map Module Output Registers D Event ION events are recorded in this output register Event Prio
366. hat you use a Data Monitor module in conjunction with this module See the Data Monitor module description for an example Distributed Boolean Status Module nee Write Source aoe A en Time to update II en Maeno ee O Source Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support All Distributed Boolean modules have one Source input This input must be a Boolean output register from another module The value in the register linked to this input is written to the node address specified in the Destination setup register ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Distributed Boolean Module Setup Registers A ION Reference Activ
367. he Hz input E PPV phsAB instC Val mag PPV phsAB cVal mag PPV phsBC instC Val mag PPV phsBC cVal mag PPV phsCA instC Val mag PPV phsCA cVal mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded RMS line to line voltages taken from the PPV phsAB PPV phsBC and PPV phsCA inputs E PhV phsA instCVal mag PhV phsA cVal mag PhV phsB instC Val mag PhV phsB cVal mag PhV phsC instC Val mag PhV phsC cVal mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded RMS line to neutral voltages taken from the PhV phsA PhV phsB and PhV phsC inputs M PhV neut instC Val mag PhV neut cVal mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded RMS neutral voltage taken from the PhV neut input E A phsA instC Val mag A phsA cVal mag A phsB instC Val mag A phsB cVal mag A phsC instC Val mag A phsC cVal mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded RMS currents taken from the A phsA A phsB and A phsC inputs E A neut instCVal mag A neut cVal mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded RMS neutral current taken from the A neut input E A net instC Val mag A net cVal mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded RMS net current taken from the A net input Page 296 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference IEC 61850 MMXU Module E WphsA instCVal mag W phsA cVal mag W phsB instCVal mag W phsB cVal mag W phsC instCVal mag W phsC cVal mag These
368. he Learn Now input is unlinked or the value of the Sag Lim register is changed Learned Sag Lim Learned Sag Limit This numeric register contains the learned value for the Sag Lim setup register When learning is in progress this register is continually updated This register becomes NOT AVAILABLE and learning stops when any setup is changed for example when the Learn Now input is unlinked or the value of the Swell Lim register is changed Event All events produced by a Sag Swell module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Input links setup registers or labels have changed or Setup Change 1o learned values have been automatically installed A NOT AVAILABLE input caused output to go NOT AVAILABLE Information A ormatig while a disturbance was present 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 467 Sag Swell Module ION Reference Event Priority Group Priority Description Disturbance started Disturbance ended setup changed Setpoint z while a Disturbance was present module disabled while a Disturbance was present Automatic installation of a learned value failed because instal kaled 10 the value was invalid invalid value is reported Unable to Install 30 Automatic installation of learned values failed for an unknown unrecoverable reaso
369. he Reset input still functions if the module s Enable input is OFF CalcNow calculate now The Arithmetic module performs the calculations contained in its setup registers when this input is pulsed This input can be the pulse output of any other module If CalculateNow is not linked the formulas contained in the module s Formula setup registers will be calculated as follows For ION meters the module calculates once every second this corresponds to the default update rate of Arithmetic modules For the Virtual Processor the module calculates 10 times per second this corresponds to the default value for the Virtual Processor s module update period 100 milliseconds If you change the Virtual Processor s module update period this is one of the global parameters you can change through the Virtual Processor Setup utility the calculation frequency will change accordingly If you want to set the calculation frequency to once every 1 second create a Periodic Timer module set its frequency once per second and link its output register to the Virtual Processor Arithmetic module s CalculateNow input A NOTE The Virtual Processor s module update period can be viewed from the Factory module s Mod Period setup register Formula 1 to Formula m The Arithmetic module has one Formula setup register for each Result output register The number of setup registers depends on the ION device refer to the following t
370. he following table summarizes how the Event Log Controller behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register After the module is re linked or its setup All logged data in the Event Log register is registers are changed deleted When the device is started or powered up The Event Log register retains the data it held at either the first time or after a shut down shutdown 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 227 Event Log Controller Module ION Reference Page 228 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Va Inputs Setup Registers 09 2008 External Boolean Module The External Boolean module provides a single Boolean register that you can define as either ON or OFF For example if you want to disable a module under certain circumstances you can link its Enable input to an External Boolean module that you can switch to OFF External Boolean Module Switch I Event External Boolean modules have no inputs they are controlled via communications EvPriority event priority This register allows you to assign a priority level to the events produced when the output register is written When EvPriority is zero no event is written Output Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Switch All Ext
371. he greatest unbalance Largest Deviation from avg x 100 avg 14 All ION meters have the 4 numeric output register If the ION meter has the 4 input see Inputs above this output register will contain the RMS current calculated using the 4 input Those ION meters that do not have the 4 input derive 4 from a residual current calculation 15 This numeric register contains the RMS current calculated using the 5 input This register is not present on those meters that do not have the physical connection for the 5 input Phase Rev This Boolean register indicates if there is a Phase reversal When the voltage phases do not rotate in the sequence specified by the PhaseOrder setup this register is ON Note that if Volts Mode is Single this register is NOT AVAILABLE Line Freq This numeric register contains the Fundamental frequency of phase A voltage Event All events produced by a Power Meter module are written into this register Events in the Power Meter module are any changes to the setup registers input links or labels These events all have a pre defined priority of 10 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 431 Power Meter Module ION Reference Power Factor Power and Energy Interpretation Values for power factor and energy direction are interpreted according to the conventions shown in the diagrams below kVAR kVARH Quadrant 2 PF Leading Power Factor sign convention
372. he inputs strays outside the limits defined by the Swell Lim and Sag Lim setup registers This situation is referred to as a disturbance DistState is FALSE when all inputs fall within the limits taking into account hysteresis DistStart This pulse register outputs a pulse when a disturbance is detected 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 465 Sag Swell Module Page 466 ION Reference DistEnd This pulse register outputs a pulse when the RMS value of all inputs have returned to within the limits defined by the Swell Lim and Sag Lim setup registers DistDur This register contains the duration of the last disturbance in seconds DistV1Min DistV2Min DistV3Min These registers contain the minimum magnitude reached during the last disturbance on V7 V2 and V3 respectively They are expressed as a percentage of the nominal voltage For example if V1 sags from 120 V nominal down as far as 90 V the DistV1Min register will contain 75 DistV1Max DistV2Max DistV3Max These registers contain the maximum magnitude reached during the last disturbance on V7 V2 and V3 respectively They are expressed as a percentage of the nominal voltage For example if V2 swells from 120 V nominal up as far as 150 V the DistV2Max register will contain 125 DistV1Avg DistV2Avg Dist V3Avg These registers contain the average magnitude during the last disturbance on V1 V2 and V3 respectively They are expressed as a percentag
373. he inputs of the Modbus Slave Module unlinked The Modbus Slave module will not read the Modbus register map if any of its inputs are linked the module will provide the linked data to the Modbus register map 3 Configure the Modbus Slave module s setup registers ION Module Setup Setup Registers Output Registers MSR1 Format Unsigned 168 MSR1 BaseAddr 40011 MSR1 Scaling Yes MSR1 InZero 0 MSR1 InFull 6553 MSR1 OutZero 0 MSR1 OutFull 65530 MSR1 Modal 1 MSR1 Modal 11 Module Label Use Default Label Use Custom Label Modify Cancel Page 411 Modbus Slave Module ION Reference For the Virtual Processor if the Format setup register is 16 bit format 16 bit data is put into each of the ModVal outputs 32 bit format two pieces of 16 bit data are combined into one 32 bit ModVal output register Packed Boolean then the data is put into the ModVal 1 output register in Packed Boolean form For meters the Format setup register can only be set to 16 bit unsigned format 4 Enter the base Modbus address into the BaseAddr setup register There is no scaling applied to any of the Modbus register map values so ignore the Scaling InZero InFull OutZero and OutFull setup registers amp NOTE When using a meter s Modbus Slave module to show the Modbus map you must change the Format setup register to Unsigned 16B Input Mode This is not necessary when using
374. he logs will be inaccessible if a communication problem occurs between the Virtual Processor and the devices Stat Comp Time statistics computation time This register holds the length of time in seconds that it takes the Log Monitor module to compute the statistics in its output registers If the number in this register steadily increases you may wish to redistribute logging demand or add another Log Server 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Log Monitor Module Detailed Module Operation The Log Monitor has been designed to make configuration easy By default no log registers are linked to its inputs and Logs Log Types and Data Sources setup registers are set to ALL In this configuration all logs that the Log Server references are included in the performance calculations This provides aggregate statistics for all logs on a per Log Server basis The Log Monitor can be configured to provide statistics on any combination of log registers nodes workstations and sites This provides a definable level of detail that you can use to examine specific areas in your system or aggregate statistics based on any grouping you like Log registers from other software components or IEDs must be linked to the Log Monitor s inputs in order to use the Input Logs Input Nodes or Input Sites settings in the Logs setup register Only one log register needs to be linked to get performance statistics for the entire n
375. he month local time in calendar format E Day This numeric output register contains the day local time in calendar format E Hour This numeric output register contains the hour local time in calendar format E Minute This numeric output register contains the minute local time in calendar format E Second This numeric output register contains the second local time in calendar format E Day of Week This numeric output register contains the day of the week local time in calendar format The format for Day of Week is as follows 0 Monday 1 Tuesday 2 Wednesday 3 Thursday 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 103 Clock Module Detailed Module Page 104 ION Reference 4 Friday 5 Saturday 6 Sunday New Year This pulse output register generates a pulse when a new year starts New Month This pulse output register generates a pulse when a new month starts New Day This pulse output register generates a pulse when a new day starts New Hour This pulse output register generates a pulse when a new hour starts New Minute This pulse output register generates a pulse when a new minute starts Startup Virtual Processor only This pulse output register produces a single pulse when the Virtual Processor starts Event All events produced by the Clock module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in
376. he output jumps to the Preset value The Rollover pulse is sent the instant the Preset value is written into the Accumulatr output Example 2 Overshooting the RollValue Value at Accumulatr output Counter Module 100 103 gt 101 104 102 100 T L Count A A Rollover Rollover Pulse Pulse Multiplier 31 Count Mode UP Preset 100 Rollvalue 105 The module s operation must be considered carefully if the range defined by Preset and AollValue registers is not directly divisible by the Multiplier value This type of configuration will cause the RollValue to be overshot Page 126 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Counter Module As shown above the Accumulatr does not lose counts if the RollValue is overshot Instead when the count goes above the RollValue the amount of the overshoot the remainder is added to the Preset value and the Accumulatr value is updated The Rollover pulse is sent when the Preset remainder value is written into the Accumulatr output Example 3 Count to Zero Counter Module Count Value at Accumulatr output 5 4 3 2 1 0 5 ee ee Multiplier 1 Count Mode DOWN Preset 5 Rollvalue 1 A Rollover Pulse Note that the RollValue is set to 1 to create a count to zero function Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Counter module behaves under d
377. he output of the KVA tot mx Maximum module which provides the maximum apparent power value Units are kVA MinVA This register is linked to the output of the kVA tot mn Minimum module which provides the minimum apparent power value Units are kVA AvW This register is linked to the output register of the kW tot mean Sliding Window Demand module which provides the average real power value Units are kW MaxW This register is linked to the output of the KW tot mx Maximum module which provides the maximum real power value Units are kW Minw This register is linked to the output of the KW tot mn Minimum module which provides the minimum real power value Units are kW AvVAr This register is linked to the output register of the KVAR tot mean Sliding Window Demand module which provides the average reactive power value Units are kVAR MaxVAr This register is linked to the output of the KVAR tot mx Maximum module which provides the maximum reactive power value Units are KVAR MinVAr This register is linked to the output of the KVAR tot mn Minimum module which provides the minimum reactive power value Units are KVAR 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference IEC 61850 MSTA Module Setup Registers The MSTA module has no setup registers Output Registers These registers are formatted and named according to IEC 61850 protocol standards These registers have the same units as their corresponding inputs
378. he three events produced by the Relative Setpoint module 1 The first event records the time Time 1 at which the Status output register changes to ON and the value of the Source input when the greatest difference between the Source input and the over or under pickup level is attained during the SusUntlON period The second event records the time Time 2 and the value of the Source input when the greatest difference between the Source input and the over or under pickup level is attained while the setpoint is ON The third event records the time Time 3 at which the Status output register changes to OFF and the value of the Source input when the smallest difference between the source and nominal inputs is attained during the SusUntlOFF period Disabling a Relative Setpoint You may want to enable or disable a Relative Setpoint module under different conditions For example you may have a Relative Setpoint set up to shed loads and you only want it enabled during times when a penalty tariff is in effect When the Enable register is OFF the Relative Setpoint will not evaluate the Source input and the Status Over and Under output registers become NOT AVAILABLE Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Relative Setpoint module behaves under different conditions Page 460 Condition Response of Output Register If either the Source or Nominal input is N A The Status Over and Under output r
379. her the numbers in the rules are absolute or relative to the nominal When set to PERCENTAGE the numeric arguments in the Rule setup registers are interpreted as percentages of the Nominal input For example if the Rule 1 setup register is set to A lt 50 then the Bin 7 output will increment if Source Ais less than 50 of Nominal A When the Eval Mode setup registers are set to VALUE the numeric arguments are absolute and the Nominal inputs are not used to evaluate that particular Rule Page 92 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2010 Calibration Pulser Module The Calibration Pulser module is a highly accurate energy pulser often used for verifying calibration on revenue class ION meters This module is typically used to connect the power outputs for example KW KVAR or kVA of the Meter Units Power Meter module to the ION meter s hardware output channel This module integrates the instantaneous power in kW kVAR or kVA appearing at its Source input then sends one complete pulse or KYZ transition to the output hardware channel each time the integrated power i e the energy in Wh VARh or VAh reaches the value defined by the Kt pulse weight setup register Inputs E Source i Overload od Calibration Pulser Dick Posi Module IS osiTion Disk Revolution A Complete E Source Event D Q Enable A All Calibration Pulser modules have o
380. hown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Detailed Module Operation Maximum Module The figure below illustrates the operation of a Maximum module As long as the Enable input is ON it monitors a numeric variable and every time the variable reaches a new maximum the Maximum module stores that value and generates a pulse New maximum value Numeric 125 Variable Responses to Special Conditions Maximum gt 125 Module TL The following table summarizes how the Maximum module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register If the Source input is NOT AVAILABLE The Maximum output retains the value it held when the Source input was available If the Enable input is OFF The Maximum output retains the value it held when the Source input was available After the module is re linked or its setup registers are changed The Maximum register is NOT AVAILABLE When the module is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down
381. ications port This register defines which communication port this DNP Slave Options module s settings will be applied to 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference DNP Slave Options Module amp NOTE Only one DNP Slave Options module can be assigned to each serial communication port ApplCnfrm application layer confirmation This register determines if the device will request that the application layer response be confirmed or not for this session The default is to confirm only event data responses The other option is to confirm all application layer responses T MasterlPAdar master IP address This register defines the IP address of the DNP Master that will be allowed to connect to the session This allows different configurations to be used for different Masters over TCP IP Allowed values are a dotted IP address None or an empty string None and an empty string indicates that any IP address can connect to this session The default is None A NOTE If the MasterlPAdar register is set to None or blank allowing any Master to connect to this session then it is not guaranteed what state any outstanding events will be in To be certain of a consistent state set this register to the IP address of the SCADA meter Unsolicited Response Options All unsolicited response registers are inactive unless the UnsolEnable register is Enabled UnsolEnable unsolicited response enable Enables or
382. ide how the meter handles logged information after a power outage For more information refer to Insert Outage Records Detailed Operation on page 142 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Data Recorder Module Output Registers Data Log This register contains a log of the values at the inputs recorded each time the Record input is pulsed Its capacity is determined by the setup registers Log State This register indicates when the Data Log register is full If the RecordMode setup register is set to STOP WHEN FULL and the Data Log register has reached its depth this register is ON its default ON label is Full When the RecordMode setup register is set to CIRCULAR or when the RecordMode is set to STOP WHEN FULL but the Data Log register has not yet reached its depth the Log State register is OFF its default OFF label is Not Full Records Left When the RecordMode setup register is set to STOP WHEN FULL the Records Left register indicates the number of additional data records that this module can store before it reaches the Full state If this register contains a negative value it indicates the number of times the module has been triggered beyond the Full state When the RecordMode setup register is set to CIRCULAR this register is NOT AVAILABLE Record Complete This output will generate a pulse when the data at the Source inputs have been successfully recorded Event Any ev
383. ider Electric All rights reserved Page 207 DNP Slave Export Module ION Reference EventClass This register specifies which Class the Master must poll to retrieve the DNP Event objects and DNP Frozen Event objects from this module Your options are Class 1 2 or3 Scaling The Scaling register determines whether or not the DNP Slave Export module scales its data for the DNP Master If Scaling is set to ON the ION Zero ION Full DNP Zero and DNP Full setup registers are used to scale the data if Scaling is set to OFF no scaling is performed and the values in the ON Zero ION Full DNP Zero and DNP Full registers are ignored IONZero IONFull These registers specify the input range for all Source inputs Any value less than the JON Zero setting will be treated as an ION Zero value and any values exceeding the ON Full value will be treated as an ION Full value A NOTE These registers also define the full scale for the Deadband setup register DNPZero DNPFull These registers specify the output range of the data for the DNP Master This ensures that the Master will receive valid data even if for example the values at the Source inputs are 32 bit and the Master can only handle 16 bit values The values for the DNP Master are linearly interpolated from the input range specified in the ION Zero and ION Full registers Output Registers A Freeze Complete Page 208 This output pulses aft
384. ifferent 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved conditions Condition Response of Output Register After the module is re linked or its setup registers are changed The Accumulatr output register value is set to the Preset setup register value When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down The Accumulatr output register retains the value it held at shutdown Illegal Counter Setup Values Some combinations of setup register values constitute illegal setups If the Counter module is setup with illegal values the module will not go online when the device starts up Illegal setup combinations are as follows 1 The Multiplier setup register cannot be set to zero 2 The module will not operate if Preset equals RollValue unless both registers are set to zero disabling rollover 3 The Multiplier value must be smaller than the absolute value of the Preset value minus the RollValue f the Multiplier were larger than the range between Preset and RollValue rollover would occur with every count The count must always move towards the RollValue unless RollValue is set to zero Any combination of setup register values that cause the module to count away from the RollValue are not permitted Page 127 Counter Module ION Reference Page 128 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 M Data Acquisition Module The Data
385. ified by the Rol Value setup register the Summation output register will be set to zero and the Rollover output register will pulse If RollValue is set to zero no rollovers will occur Reaching the RollValue When the RollValue is reached exactly the Summation output register will go to zero and the Rollover output register will pulse Overshooting the RollValue by Less Than RollValue If the Rol Value is exceeded by less than RollValue the excess is written to the Summation output register and the Rollover output register will pulse Overshooting the RollValue by More Than RollValue If the RollValue is exceeded by more than RollValue Delta mod RollValue is written to the Summation output register The Rollover output register will pulse Delta RollValue times Reset will function independently of the state of Enable input Consider the case in which an energy quantity provided by pulses from an external source must be allocated in real time between two tariffs On Peak and Off Peak The following framework uses the Difference Summation module to implement a solution Page 160 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Difference Summation Module In this framework the Counter module converts input pulses into the energy quantity of interest The Scheduler module dictates which of the two tariffs is active On Peak or Off Peak The Difference Summation mo
386. ifies how many DNP Event objects can be stored before overflow occurs When the buffer is full this register will run into negative numbers to indicate how many DNP Event objects have been overwritten AlChangeEv analog input change event This register indicates the current capacity of the Analog Input Change Event Object buffer for this session It specifies how many DNP Event objects can be stored before overflow occurs When the buffer is full this register will run into negative numbers to indicate how many DNP Event objects have been overwritten Event ION events for this session are recorded in this output register Possible ION events include changes to setup registers or labels both which have a priority of 10 A NOTE This ION Event output register should not be confused with DNP event objects 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference DNP Slave Options Module The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp event priority event s cause event s effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the DNP Slave Options module behaves under different conditions Condition Responses Module goes online All DNP Event buffers and Frozen Static objects are cleared depths reset to defaults Event buffer is full Oldest events are overwr
387. igner There are 16 Value output registers on the meter There are some registers that are only available on the meter or in the Virtual Processor these registers are specified in brackets throughout the text amp NOTE When configured the Modbus Export module behaves in a similar fashion to a Modbus controller However each module can read data from only one Modbus slave device over a specified range of its address registers The maximum number of Modbus registers the Modbus Import module can read depends on the Modbus format used Enable This input is used to switch the Modbus Import module ON or OFF When OFF is selected the module does not function A NOTE Even if the Enable input is not connected the module will be enabled by default ReadNow When connected to a trigger source the module reads data when it detects a pulse at this input If left unconnected the module polls the Modbus devices continuously Connection or COMM Port on some meters This register maps the connection to a setup register on the Modbus Master Options Module Choose Serial Connection 1 4 or TCP Connection 1 10 if available Device Name only on Virtual Processor This register contains the address name indicating which Modbus device the module reads data from This name must first be defined in the Virtual Processor Setup and belong to a Modbus site OR Slave Adar slave address only on ION meters This register conta
388. ility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Security User Module Page 498 ION Reference amp NOTE The Read Access register must be set to YES before the following registers are enabled Peak Demand Reset Access register Full Meter Config Access register Test Mode Access register and the Security Config Access register Peak Demand Reset Access This register specifies if the user has peak demand reset access permissions for the meter If it is set to YES then the user can reset the peak demand of any demand parameter note that the Read Access register also must be set to YES or it will not be possible to reset the peak demand If the Peak Demand Reset Access register is set to NO then the user cannot reset any peak demand parameters on the meter It is set to YES by default Time Sync Access This register specifies if the user has time synchronization access permissions for the meter If it is set to YES then the user can set the time of the meter If it is set to NO then the user cannot set the time of the meter It is set to YES by default Full Meter Config Access This register specifies if the user has full m
389. ill analog input devices Designer software Use the following procedure to get a linearized temperature measurement from one of the supported thermocouples or RTD 1 Connect the appropriate thermocouple to a Grayhill analog Input device and connect this input device to the ION7700 meter s external I O board 2 Using Designer software add an Analog Input module to the ION7700 3 Configure the Port setup register of the Analog Input module appropriately for the hardware port where you have connected the thermocouple or RTD Leave the Zero Scale and Full Scale setup registers at their default values The default values are Zero Scale 0 Full Scale 1 4 Connect the ScaledValu output register of the Analog Input module to one of the Source inputs of the Arithmetic module 5 Create a formula in an Arithmetic module setup register that uses the linearization operator for the type of thermocouple you are using The operator Page 81 Arithmetic Module ION Reference should reference the source input you have linked to the ScaledValu output register of the Analog Input module 6 Save the changes you ve made to the ION7700 and exit Designer Below is another typical application for the Arithmetic module External Pulse Module ML Tisger _ Result ill Power Meter Module Integrator Module Integrand Enable Reset Arithmetic Module Result 1
390. ill freeze scrolling If the module is already frozen the previous Trigger is pulsed and the freeze timer is reset The result of pulsing the Up input depends on the state of the Scroll module s Freeze State output register as follows Ifthe Freeze State output is OFF when a pulse is received on the Up input the Freeze State output turns ON for the amount of time specified in the Freeze Time setup register Ifthe Freeze State is ON when a pulse is received on the Up input two events occur first a pulse is generated on the Trigger output register numbered one less than the number stored in the Last Trigger output register if the last trigger that was pulsed was Trigger 1 the Trigger selected in the Wraparound setup register is pulsed second the freeze timer is reset to the duration specified in the Freeze Time setup register Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel
391. ill ignore the time sync message For more information on time synchronization see the Clock Module section ALFragSize application layer fragment size This register defines the maximum application layer fragment size in bytes that the device can send to the Master for this session This register is useful for minimizing data errors on noisy lines It does not affect the total size of the device s response message DLAck data link acknowledge This register determines when the device will request data link layer acknowledgements from the Master for this session If set to ALWAYS the device will always request data link layer acknowledgements If set to MULTI PACKET ONLY the device will only request acknowledgement messages when sending multi packet responses If set to NEVER the device will never request data link layer acknowledgements for this session NOTE In DNP TB1998 04002 DNP Confirmation and Retry Guidelines it is recommended that DNP Acknowledgements NOT be used use App Layer Confirmations instead DL Timeout data link time out This register determines how long the data link layer waits for an acknowledgement message from the Master for this session DLNumRetries data link number of retries This register specifies how many times the device tries to re send a data link layer packet after failing to receive a data link layer acknowledgement from the Master for this session CommPort commun
392. ine how much data you want to store This will be limited by how many Source inputs you are recording as well as how many Data Recorder modules and other modules requiring memory to store data you are using You can set the Depth setup register to the number of entries you want to store Note that you will receive an error message if the device has insufficient memory for the Depth you requested In this case you would need to select a smaller depth or free up memory used by other modules 5 Determine how new data will be recorded in the Data Log output register either as CIRCULAR FIFO or STOP WHEN FULL You can set the RecordMode setup 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 141 Data Recorder Module ION Reference register to CIRCULAR to overwrite the oldest records with new ones or you can set RecordMode to STOP WHEN FULL so Subsequent pulses at the Record input are ignored 6 If you are in STOP WHEN FULL mode you must clear the Data Log register when it is full by sending a pulse to the Rearm input You can also pulse the Rearm input any time you want to clear the Data Log register You could do this manually via an External Pulse module or develop a framework that would pulse the Rearm input automatically Insert Outage Records Detailed Operation Page 142 The Data Recorder module Insert Outage Records option lets you determine how the meter handles logged information after a power outage Upon the restora
393. ing and forecasting data is accumulated Atthe end of a 1 second interval the present value of the source is added to a running sum of the current minute The value is only added if it is valid it is valid as long as the source input is not N A for that 1 second interval Atthe end of a 1 minute interval the values accumulated within the last 60 seconds are averaged if there are more than 30 valid samples at least 50 of the samples were valid during the 60 second interval This average is then included with the 1 minute averages for the most recent 60 minutes The 1 second data is then reset Atthe end of the hourly daily weekly and monthly intervals the averages accumulated within that interval are averaged This average is then included with the existing averages for the interval for example the hourly average is added to a data structure containing averages for the last 24 hours The interval average is only valid if at least 50 of the values used to calculate the average are valid i e for an hourly average to be valid and added 30 or more minute values must have been valid Analgorithm is used to calculate forecasted values The algorithm uses a profile value that is calculated from the accumulated averages This profile value is used along with the previous 2 profile values to determine the forecasted values Forecasted values are calculated for the next four intervals i e if you are looking at the hourly graph y
394. ing command line d commapps page exe 555 4712 TotalHD Value 25 the RunCommand setup register would look like this d commapps page exe 555 4712 TotalHD Value V1 Responses to Special Conditions Page 320 The following table summarizes how the module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Module The module will operate normally but if used the Value variable will If rce is not linked Source is not be NOT AVAILABLE If Source is NOT AVAILABLE The module will operate normally but the Value variable will be N A If the Enable input is OFF The module will ignore pulses on the Launch input The module will assess inputs if there is a pulse on the Launch input it will attempt to start the program specified in the RunCommand setup register When the Virtual Processor is started If RunCommand has an lt The module will write an event indicating that the command failed to invalid command and the execute Launch input is pulsed 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 Log Acquisition Module amp NOTE Log Server has been renamed to Log Inserter for ION Enterprise 5 0 and later versions The Log Acquisition module collects data from field devices the Virtual Processor and or Log Inserter and inserts it into the ION database Log Acquisition modules can be enabled or disabled as required to provide control
395. ing figure shows the operation of a Setpoint module with a Boolean input operating in GREATERTHAN mode Note that if you have a Boolean Source the High Limit and Low Limit registers are automatically set to 0 and 1 respectively This is the case for both GREATERTHAN and LESSTHAN mode gt i SusUntiON lt gt SusUntOFF lt Time Time 1 Time 3 Time 2 In this example there is an event when the Status output register changes to ON and when it changes to OFF There is also an event that reports the extreme value while the Status output register was ON in the case of a Boolean Source that value is simply ON Changing the Eval Mode setup register inverts the Setpoint action when the Source input is Boolean The following table summarizes the effects of changing Eval Mode Source Input Eval Mode a on greaterthan on off greaterthan off on lessthan off off lessthan on Disabling a Setpoint You may want to enable or disable a Setpoint module under different conditions For example you may have a Setpoint set up to shed loads and you only want it enabled during times when a penalty tariff is in effect When the Enable register is OFF the Setpoint does not evaluate the Source input and the Status is N A 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Using the Module 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Setpoint Module The following steps outline
396. ing neutral and net values Depending on the Power Meter module s Volts Mode some or all of these registers may be NOT AVAILABLE Refer to the Power Meter module for more information E ThdA phsA instC Val ThdA phsA cVal ThdA phsB instC Val ThdA phsB cVal ThdA phsC instC Val ThdA phsC cVal ThdA neut instC Val ThdA neut cVal ThdA net instC Val ThdA net cVal These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for current total harmonic distortion for phases A B and C including neutral and net values Depending on the Power Meter module s Volts Mode some or all of these registers may be NOT AVAILABLE Refer to the Power Meter module for more information 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 283 IEC 61850 MHAI Module Page 284 ION Reference ThdOddA phsA instCVal ThdOddA phsA cVal ThdOddA phsB instC Val ThdOddA phsB cVal ThdOddA phsC instC Val ThdOddA phsC cVal ThdOddA neut instC Val ThdOddA neut cVal ThdOddA net instC Val ThdOddA net cVal These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for current total odd harmonic distortion for phases A B and C including neutral and net values Depending on the Power Meter module s Volts Mode some or all of these registers may be NOT AVAILABLE Refer to the Power Meter module for more information ThdEvnA phsA instC Val ThdEvnA phsA cVal ThdEvnA phsB instC Val ThdEvnA phsB cVal ThdEvnA phsC instC Val ThdEvnA phsC cVal ThdEvnA n
397. ing order For Ratio Correction Test the string of points is based on the pairing of the secondary input test point and the associated Ratio Correction Factor RCF The input test point is assumed to be based on the fundamental i e the 50Hz or 60Hz component of the input source of the meter The pair has the following syntax lt input test point gt lt RCF gt Sample Ratio Correction Test E romal REF 100 0 998 50 1 000 25 1 001 10 1 003 1 1 008 0 2 1 010 Page 310 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Instr Xformer Correction ITC Module The input for this data would be 100 0 998 50 1 0 25 1 001 10 1 003 1 1 008 0 2 1 010 For Phase Angle Test data the string of points is based on the pairing of the input test point and the associated Phase Angle error in minutes The input test point is assumed to be based on the fundamental i e the 50Hz or 60Hz component of the input source The pair has the following syntax lt input test point gt lt minutes gt Determining Ratio Correction Factor Ratio Correction Factor RCF is calculated as follows Vp V x RCF x Marked Ratio Vp RCF V x Marked Ratio Determining Correction Angle As shown in the example below if the secondary voltage V is leading the primary voltage the correction angle is negative Enter a negative number If the secondary current I is lag
398. ings for Lamp Type 230V 50Hz 60W Incandescent The Flicker module will model a 230V 60W incandescent light bulb for a system voltage frequency of 50Hz If this setting is used for a 60Hz system your Pst and Plt evaluations will be erroneous 120V 60HZ 60W INCANDESCENT Draft The Flicker module will model a 120V 60W incandescent light bulb for a system voltage frequency of 60Hz If this setting is used for a 50Hz system your Pst and Plt evaluations will be erroneous Automatic The Flicker module will determine which lamp type to model based on its NomFreq input as follows if NomFreq is 50Hz then the Flicker module will model a 230V 60W incandescent lamp as described by IEC Standard 61000 4 15 If NomFreq is 60Hz then the Flicker module will model a 120V 60W incandescent lamp as described in the Draft IEEE adoption of the IEC standard for 120V systems Volts Mode The Flicker module s VoltsMode input is connected to the Volts Mode setting of your meter s Power Meter module This setting defines which voltage inputs are used by the module to calculate flicker values and which outputs will be available from the module as follows Page 250 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Flicker Module 9S 4 Wire Delta or 4W Wye V1 V2 and V3 inputs are used All Flicker module outputs are available 35S 3 Wire or Delta V1 Delta V2 Delta and V3 Del
399. input the Distributed Numeric module will be automatically disabled if the data at the Source input becomes out of date thus preventing a control action based on old data Linking this input is mandatory amp NOTE The WriteNow input is automatically disabled when the value at the Activate input is OFF WriteNow Linking this input to a pulse trigger Source forces the module to operate in pulse driven mode that is the module will only write to the Destination register when it detects a pulse at this input If this input is not used not linked the module writes whenever the Source input changes by an amount exceeding the value defined in the Update Threshold setup register as well as at regular intervals as specified in the module s Refresh Time setup register These registers control the operation of the module Destination This register allows you to specify a node and register to where the value at the Source input will be written This register displays the available nodes module managers modules and output registers from which you can select Typically you will select the output register of an External Numeric module Update Threshold This numeric bounded register specifies a deadband for the Source input When the Source input changes by an amount exceeding the Update Threshold value the Destination node is updated with the new value NOTE If the WriteNow input is linked then the Update Threshold an
400. input is linked this feature is disabled EvPriority event priority This register allows you to assign priority levels to specific event conditions Output Registers Status Page 186 An ON value indicates the normal working condition An OFF value indicates time outs communication errors or other failures that may occur at that instant when the module is trying to write to the destination address A NOT AVAILABLE value indicates that either the module s Activate input is not linked or it has an OFF value Initiate Write This output will generate a pulse at that instant when the Distributed Boolean module sends its Source input value to the address specified in the Destination setup register 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference A Acknowledge Distributed Boolean Module This output will generate a pulse after a successful write i e when the Distributed Boolean module receives an acknowledgement from the device specified in the Destination setup register E Time to Update This numeric output register reports the time in seconds between an Initiate Write pulse and the resulting Acknowledge pulse Event This output register is used to record the module s successful and or unsuccessful attempts in writing to the Destination register Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Sour
401. input uses two consecutive output registers low address register contains high order word For Packed Boolean only the first output register contains a valid response Both Unsigned and Signed 32B M10k refer to the Modulo10000 formats This format breaks a 32 bit value into two 16 bit registers according to the following relationship register_high higher order register value 10 000 register_low lower order register value modulus 10 000 Hence the 32 bit value can be retrieved by the following calculation value register_high x 10 000 register low 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Slave Module BaseAdar base address This register specifies the lowest address that the Modbus master can use to READ the data stored in the ModVal 1 output register Each subsequent output register is addressable by the appropriate offset from this base address Scaling This register specifies whether or not the output values will be scaled If Scaling is set to YEs then the values in the nZero OutZero InFull and OutFull registers are used to scale the output values if it is set to No no scaling is performed and the values in the nZero OutZero InFull and OutFull registers are ignored InZero InFull These registers specify the input range for all values to which the module is linked Any value less than the nZero setting will be treated as
402. ins the numeric address indicating which Modbus device the module reads data from The valid slave address range is 1 247 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Import Module Reg Adar register address The module communicates to a starting address in the Modbus register map You specify this starting address in Reg Adar E NumReg number of registers This register specifies the number of Modbus registers read by the module Format This register defines what format of data the module follows when reading from the Modbus registers The choices include of Modbus Format Type Range registers used Unsigned 16B Integer 0 to 65 535 1 Signed 16B Integer 32 768 to 32 767 1 Unsigned 32B Integer 0 to 4 294 967 295 2 Unsigned 32B Little Endian Integer 0 to 4 294 967 295 2 Signed 32B Integer 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 2 Signed 32B Little Endian Integer 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 2 Unsigned 32 B M10k Integer 0 to 65 535 999 2 Unsigned 32 B M10k Little Endian Integer 0 to 65 535 999 2 Signed 32 B M10k Integer 32 767 999 to 32 767 999 2 Signed 32 B M10k Little Endian Integer 32 767 999 to 32 767 999 2 Packed Boolean Integer 0 to FFFF Boolean inputs 2 38 IEEE Float Floating 8 402823466x10 to 2 Point 3 402823466x1 058 2 38 IEEE Float Little Endian Floating 3 402823466x10 to 2 Point 3 402823466x1 098
403. ion of harmonic power flow at any harmonic from the first to the 637 The basic procedure for analyzing harmonic power flow is as follows 1 Choose the harmonic you want to analyze by specifying its number in the Harmonic Number setup register 2 Use ION Enterprise ION Setup or the ION device s display to view the values in the module s output registers Module Accuracy A NOTE The Power Harmonics module does not take external CT phase shift into account when calculating its output values The various output values from the Power Harmonics module provide different levels of accuracy Accuracy will typically decrease when values are derived from other quantities as accuracy tolerances are cumulative The accuracy of Phase Angle values will vary as accuracy diminishes as the harmonic number increases Review the accuracy limitations stated below when analyzing the module s output values Voltage values are accurate to within 1 Current values are accurate to within 1 kVA values are accurate to within 2 Phase angle values are accurate to within 0 5 x harmonic number kW values are accurate to within kVA 2 cos 0 5 x harmonic number 2 KVAR values are accurate to within kVA 2 sin 0 5 x harmonic number Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Power Harmonics module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register If
404. ions Condition Response of Output Register Summation stops Sum Previous Source Delta Input not available outputs hold current values When input becomes available module carries on normally Everything but the Summation output continues to update When turned back ON carry on based on Enable input is OFF new Source and current Previous Source which has continued to update while Summation ON was OFF All outputs are set to zero Module will require two Reset input is pulsed readings at the Source input before the output registers are updated Summation output register resets to zero Rollover RollValue is reached output register pulses Module is re linked or setup registers Same as a Reset changed Output registers retain the values they had at shutdown On startup Previous Source is assigned Previous Source Delta First new Summation will be based on this as Previous Source value Virtual Processor is restarted Page 162 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE g Inputs Setup Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 12 2009 Digital Input Module The Digital Input module detects input signals on a device s digital input port Digital inputs are typically used in applications such as circuit breaker status monitoring or pulse counting Digital
405. ions for this module are numerous Presented below are frameworks you can implement in your meter to utilize this module Emailing Data as its Recorded Presented below is the base framework you can use to send the contents of a Data Recorder module via email Data Recorder Data Log Log Mail Module Record Complete A Module Record Source Rearm Send The link from the Record Complete output to the Send input ensures that every time new data is recorded in the Data Recorder it is sent out via email Emailing Numerous Records Data Recorder Data Log Module Log Mail Module Periodic Timer Module 1 Source Send Period 5 minutes Depth 12 Periodic Timer Module 2 Trigger Period 60 minutes This sample framework allows 12 data records to be accumulated in the Data Recorder before it is sent from the meter to the email server The Periodic Timer modules connected to the Record and Send inputs ensure the timing Page 336 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 Log Monitor Module The Log Monitor module provides statistics that describe the Log Servers operation and performance By viewing the Log Monitor s output values in Vista you can quickly see if performance problems exist with any input meter or site and determine if your system s setup c
406. ir conditions are met for example S1 S2 will return TRUE 1 if S1 is equal to S2 or FALSE 0 if S1 and S2 are not equal Operator Associativity and Precedence The following table shows the associativity and precedence of mathematical operators Arithmetic module associativity and precedence conforms to that used in conventional mathematics Operator Associativity Precedence or unary minus right to left first power or left to right second or left to right third or left to right fourth lt gt lt gt lt gt l left to right fifth The operators in the above table execute with the associativity and precedence shown provided there are no extra parentheses included in the formula You can change the precedence of mathematical operators by placing the expressions that 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Arithmetic Module you want evaluated first inside a set of parentheses Formulas that include multiple sets of parentheses are evaluated from the inside out the expression contained in the innermost set of parentheses is evaluated first Syntax Errors in Formulas After the formula is entered it must be sent to the ION device to be checked for syntax errors It is recommended that a Send amp Save operation is performed after each formula is written The following examples show formulas with syntax errors and their resulting error
407. is likely to be a unique name Event Priority This register allows you to assign a priority level to the following events produced by the XML Import module The xPath query returned a NULL node could not locate any data The xPath query returned a non numeric node 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference XML Import Module The priority level you specify applies to all of the above events The default value is 128 XPath Query 1 ton The xPath query is used to retrieve the data from the xml file Each query must return a single numeric value The content of this register must match the XML element of the data you want to retrieve Here is an example query to get the temperature in degrees Celsius from a fictional weather website current_observation temp_c This query will return 3 0 from the fictional weather website xml file excerpt shown below lt current_observation version 1 0 xmins mhome http www myweather org myhometown gt lt weather gt overcast lt weather gt lt temp_f gt 37 0 lt temp_f gt lt temp_c gt 3 0 lt temp_c gt lt relative_humidity gt 56 lt relative_humidity gt lt current_observation gt amp NOTE XPath Query can only return numeric data or equations In the example above querying current_obervation weather will return an error Output Registers E Daitaiton These registers contain the results of their associated XPath Qu
408. is required The analog hardware input range is represented by the values Az the lowest input the hardware can register and Af the highest input the hardware can register Between these two values Ax represents the analog source minimum value The scaled system configuration will have a Zero Scale the scaled output equivalent to Az and Full Scale the scaled output equivalent to Af limits with a value of X between these representing the scaled equivalent to Ax The relationship between the hardware input and scaled output is linear so a graph can represent the six points used to produce the operation Scaled Valu Full Scale Hardware Input 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 41 Analog Input Module Page 42 ION Reference The mathematical relationship between the values is shown by the following equation Af Aa _ FullScale X Af Az FullScale ZeroScale Example An analog input module is linked to a 0 to 20 mA hardware port to monitor a steam pressure sensor ranging between 0 to 20 psi The pressure sensor signal is 4 to 20 mA Az 0 mA Af 20 mA AX 4 mA Full Scale 20 psi X 0 psi Calculate the Zero Scale setup register value 20mA 4mA _ 20psi Opsi 20mA 0mA 20psi ZeroScale ZeroScale 5psi _ oma ZeroScale 20psi 20psi e oui The Analog Input module setup registers are programmed as follows Full Scale 20psi Zero Scale 5psi This wil
409. is set to LOG ON and the Event Priority register is set to a value greater than the Event Log Controller module s Cutoff register The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp event priority event s cause event s effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 165 Digital Input Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation Specifying a Debounce Time Debounce is the time delay you program in the module so that intermediate noise states e g from a switch operation are ignored The value you set for the Debounce setup register depends on the type of signal or input device you are monitoring For solid state dry contacts 0 to 5 ms is typical For mechanical dry contacts 1 to 80 ms is typical Signal in steady state for a period greater than the debounce time Incoming signal Debounce 5 ms State output response after debounce time State output No change to State output lt m amp NOTE Some input devices may already have a built in debounce time sometimes referred to as a Turn On or Turn Offtime Refer to the appropriate ION device User Guide for more detailed information Pulse Mode If you set nput Mode to PULSE a pulse is generated at the Trigger output when the State output changes from OFF to ON No pulse is generated when State changes from ON to OFF
410. isplays a message in its window The meter pulses an unsuccessful read 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 5 09 2008 Modbus Master Device Module The Modbus Master Device module reads data from an external Modicon Modbus RTU slave device Up to 32 values can be imported scaled and labeled for use by other ION modules A map defined by an associated Modbus Master Map module determines what data is read from the slave device and how that data is formatted amp NOTE Before working with the Modbus Master Device module consult the Modbus Master Map Module description in this document The Modbus Master Device module operates in two different modes In Polling mode Read Now input not connected it places a Modbus request in the queue every second if it is not waiting on a previous response In Read Now mode upon a Read Now pulse it places a Modbus request in the queue if it is not waiting on a previous response The Modbus Master Device module works in tandem with the Modbus Master Map module See the Detailed Operation section for more information gt Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com
411. ister Finally specify the receiver that you want to use by selecting it from the Protocol setup register in the receiving port s Communications module amp NOTE Ensure that the Quality character of the GPS receiver is enabled Contact your GPS vendor for instructions IRIG B GPS Time Synchronization To implement GPS Time Synchronization via IRIG B set the Clock Source setup register to COMM and the Time Sync Source setup register to IRIG B The meter will accept input from any GPS receiver that outputs unmodulated IRIG B time code data Use GPS Quality Flag Set this Boolean register to USE FLAG or IGNORE FLAG to determine the meter s GPS time synchronization behavior USE FLAG the meter will only accept GPS time syncs if the GPS Quality character value is true or locked indicating that the GPS has locked onto a satellite source IGNORE FLAG the meter will accept GPS time syncs regardless of the GPS receiver s Quality character value the GPS does not need to be locked onto a satellite source Enable NTP Time Sync This enumerated register enables NTP time synchronization when set to YES and disables it when set to NO default is NO amp NOTE Setting this register to YES causes the meter to ignore all ION Enterprise time syncs NTP Time Sync Interval This register specifies the frequency at which the meter will attempt to time synchronize via NTP Values between 60 seconds and 1 year are acceptab
412. ister changes to zero To determine the Zero Scale and Full Scale values an analysis of the system is required The analog hardware output range is represented by the values Az lowest output the hardware can produce and Af highest output the hardware can produce while between these two limits Aa represents the external system minimum value The scaled system input is bounded by Zero Scale the scaled input equivalent to Az and Full Scale the scaled input equivalent to Af limits A value of X between these represents the scaled equivalent to Aa The relationship between the module input and hardware output is linear so a graph can represent the six points used to produce the operation 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 47 Analog Output Module ION Reference Hardware Output Hf eee Hz Module Zero X Full Input Scale Scale The mathematical relationship between the values are shown by the following equation FullScale X _ Hf Ha FullScale ZeroScale Hf Hz Example The meter is monitoring a 0 to 120 kW system and outputs the real power over a 0 to 20 mA analog output The receiving device is expecting the 0 to 120 kW signal to be represented by a 4 to 20 mA output The Full Scale and Zero Scale registers need to be set up to scale the output accordingly The variables for the module operation are Full Scale 120 kW X 0kW Af 20mA Az 0 mA Aa 4mA Solve for Zero Scale 12
413. it of 110 needs to reach 105 before the Swell is over The purpose of hysteresis in the context of PQ measurements is to avoid counting multiple events when the magnitude of the parameter oscillates around the threshold level A hysteresis value of 2 of Nominal is recommended by the IEC 61000 4 30 2003 02 standard Nom Volts This register specifies the nominal voltage of the power system you are monitoring The value in this register is used only if the Nominal input is unlinked By default Nom Volts is set to zero To enable the Power Quality features enter a voltage that represents the nominal voltage for your power system for example 120 The Nom Volts value you enter is also used by the Transient and Power Quality Aggregator modules 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Sag Swell Module amp NOTE Nominal refers to the primary power system voltage line to line voltage for Delta systems and line to neutral voltage for Wye systems The primary power system voltage is sometimes different than the PT Primary setup register value i e when the PT Primary is used to indicate winding ratio rather than primary voltage EvPriority This register allows you to assign a priority level to the following Sag Swell events The DistState output register changes to TRUE or FALSE Setup changes made while a Disturbance is present Module disabled while a Disturbance
414. itecture defines the information pathways ION meters ship with factory configured architecture ION architecture is modular to allow you to create custom applications in your meter ION7550 ri Framework rs RE AE HP 0 BREL RE RE RE Nodes ION architecture begins at the node A node is any device or processing location on a network such as a server workstation printer or in this case an ION meter Because it resides on a network each node must have a unique network address In the ION network there are also software nodes where data is collected stored and processed when interacting with components of the ION Enterprise network such as the Virtual Processor and the Log Inserter The behavior of the node is defined by its template Page 12 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Introduction Templates A template is the meter s program it is a file that defines how the node the meter operates Once created in a meter a template can be reused in other meters of the same type A template is composed of multiple frameworks A NOTE Every ION device is shipped with a factory configured template Frameworks A framework is a group of ION modules that are linked together and configured to perform a specific function or application For example the Power Quality framework can monitor disturbances such as voltage sags and transients analyze surges mo
415. ith LonWorks Network manager tools There are a number of tools available each with their own configuration procedures Refer to the documentation of network tools you are using for more details Supported SNVTs The ION7300 LONFT s LonWorks Import and LonWorks Export modules support the following SNVTs Measurement SNVT Name Range Resolution SNVT A a SNVT_not_used Current integer SNVT_amp 3276 8 3276 7 A 0 1 A 1 3276 8 A Current float SNVT_amp_f 1E38 1E38 A 48 1E38 A Current milli integer SNVT_amp_mil 3276 8 3276 7 mA 0 1 mA 2 3276 8 mA RE degree SNVT_angle deg 359 98 360 00 deg 0 02 deg 104 655 34 deg Phase Rotation float SNVT_angle_f 1E38 1E38 radians 49 1E38 rads Energy thermal float SNVT_btu_f 1E38 1E38 BTU 67 1E38 BTU Energy thermal kilo integer SNVT_btu_kilo 0 65535 KBTU 1 KBTU 5 0 KBTU Energy thermal mega integer SNVT_btu_ mega 0 65535 MBTU 1 MBTU 6 0 MBTU Count event integer SNVT_count 0 65535 counts 1 count 8 0 counts Count event float SNVT_count_f 1E38 1E38 counts 51 1E38 counts Count incremental integer SNVT_count_inc 32768 32767 counts 1 count 9 32768 counts Count incremental float SNVT_count_inc_f 1E38 1E38 counts 52 1E38 counts Energy electrical kilo integer SNVT_elec_kwh 0 65535 kWh 1 kWh 13 0 kWh Energy electrical integer SNVT_
416. ithin an ION module framework The module outputs a pulse each time it receives a pulse Feedback Module Pulse Out I Event 0 Source Enable o gt Inputs A Source This input is linked to the register that you want to Feedback It can be a pulse register from any other module Enable When this input is ON the module is enabled when it is set to OFF the module is disabled and pulses received at the Source input are ignored This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default Setup Registers Feedback modules have no setup registers Output Registers A Pulse Out The Pulse Out register echoes the Source input Pulses received at the Source input are relayed to the Pulse Out register immediately Schneider Electric ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the Saanichton BC property of their respective owners Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising For technical support A out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com OU E ASA END 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved e Contact y
417. itten by new events When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down All DNP Event buffers and Frozen Static objects are cleared depths reset to defaults 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 223 DNP Slave Options Module ION Reference Page 224 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 Event Log Controller Module The Event Log Controller module provides a history of all the events that have occurred on the device Possible applications for the Event Log Controller module include a complete sequence of events record for breaker and transfer switch operations alarm conditions equipment starts and stops The Event Log Controller module monitors the Event output registers of other modules for new event records Any new events are stored in the Event Log output register in internal non volatile memory Event Log Controller Event Log M The Event Log Controller module s inputs are the Event output registers from other modules in the device These inputs are fixed at the factory and cannot be linked to other output registers Schneider Electric ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the Saanichton BC property of their respective owners Canada V8M 2A
418. ivities scheduled on days that are not part of the new calendar you will lose them The calendar in the main window will be updated all days from the start date to 24 months after the start date will be active Days prior to and more than 24 months after the start date will be grayed out to indicate they are not included in the schedule Assigning Profiles to Days in the Calendar The first step in programming a schedule is to select an output and apply profiles to the days inthe calendar This allows you to make an output behave a particular way on a certain type of day For example output 1 Status 1 Start 1 and End 1 may control a module that you want to do one thing during the week and something different on a weekend 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 477 Scheduler Module Page 478 ION Reference To select an output click on its tab at the top of the Scheduler screen Double check the year box at the bottom of the window to ensure you are working in the correct year there may be up to 3 years depending on your start date To access the profiles for that output click on the Profiles button A palette appears showing each color coded profile Currently selected filter Currently selected profile Profile 8 Null profile When applying profiles to the calendar you can do it to a range of days and use filters to speed up the task of progra
419. ixed together A namespace is commonly given the name of a Uniform Resource Identifier URI such as a web site address both because the namespace may be associated with the site or page of that URI for example a company name and because a URI is likely to be a unique name T Tagi This configurable string register is available for storing additional information such as the name or address of the owner s organization T Tag2 This configurable string register is available for storing additional information such as the name or address of the owner s organization NomFreq This register contains the expected frequency of operation for the meter T MAC Address This read only register holds the Media Access Control MAC address of the meter E Vnominal Inominal V4nominal 4nominal I5nominal These registers set the nominal voltage and current used for harmonics calculations when a Harmonics Display Mode or THD Display Mode register is set to PERCENT NOMINAL For more information on the Display Mode registers see the Harmonics Measurement and Harmonics Analyzer module descriptions E Modal Period module period This register contains the Virtual Processor s module update period expressed in milliseconds Supported range is 50 to 1 x 10 milliseconds A NOTE To change the values for Moa Period Save Period Serv Period or Cint Freq run the Virtual Processor Setup utility located in the ION
420. ks the time to read from each of the linked Source inputs The Worst Case Update register holds the value in seconds of the maximum time the module took to read from all its Source inputs This value is equivalent to the maximum time the module has taken to read from all its linked Source inputs To capture the maximum value over a period of time link the Source input of a Maximum module to the Worst Case Update register You can then view the maximum value using Vista Event Any event produced by the Data Monitor module is recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priori er wad ent Priority Priority Description Group Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Status Register Boolean output has changed from ON to OFF One source is 9 j not responding within the timeframe set by Worst Case Limit Change setup register The priority of these events is determined by the value in the EvPriority setup register The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp event priority event s cause event s effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 133 Data Monitor Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The Data Monitor module monitors the time between updates for each of the Source
421. l No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Difference Summation Module Inputs Setup Registers ION Reference Source This input is the value that is monitored for changes It must be linked to a numeric output register of another module Linking this input is mandatory Source RollValue This input is used to accommodate Source input rollovers It is designed to be linked to the Rol Value setup register of the module used for the Source input If this input is linked it will be used to calculate the Delta and thus the Summation output register value as follows If Abs Previous Source Source RollValue gt Deadband Delta Source Source RollValue Previous Source Enable When this input is OFF the Summation output register does not update The Delta and Previous Source do continue to update and when the module is re enabled the Summation output will update immediately based on the next change in the Source input This module is enabled by default Reset When this input is pulsed all output registers are set to zero The next update will occur after two operate cycles when Previous Source and Delta can be determined RollValue When the Summation output register reaches the value specified the Rol Value setup register the Summation output register will rol
422. l odd harmonic distortion for phases A B and C ThdEvnPPV phsAB instC Val ThdEvnPPV phsAB cVal ThdEvnPPV phsBC instC Val ThdEvnPPV phsBC cVal ThdEvnPPV phsCA instC Val ThdEvnPPV phsCA cVal These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for voltage total even harmonic distortion for phases A B and C 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 285 IEC 61850 MHAI Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation By default the MHAI module inputs are linked to Harmonics Analyzer modules which are present on all supported meters The MHAI module inputs are also connected to Harmonics Measurement modules if they are present on your meter Values from the Harmonics Measurement modules are used preferentially if they are available otherwise the values from the Harmonics Analyzer modules are used as shown in the following table Harmonics mannonics MHAI M remen Output ION Module Name Analyzer Module asure e t register Module register register used if present Hkf phsA B C neut net 11 12 13 14 15 K Factor N A ThdA phsA B de phsAB G neut sans Total HD Total HD ThdOddA phsA B C sis 14 12 13 14 15 Tot OddHD Total Odd HD neut net ThdEvnA phsA B dEvnApnsA BIC n2 g 4 is Tot EvenHD Total Even HD neut net ThdPhV phsA B CEN DBAS V1 V2 V3 V4 Total HD Total HD neut ThdOddPhV phsA B oe V1 V2 V3 V4 Tot OddHD Total Odd HD C neut ThdEvnPhV phsA B dEvnpnv phsA B
423. l ang W SeqV c2 cVal mag B SeqA c2 cVal ang SeqA c3 instCVal mag H SeqV c2 cVal ang E SeqV c3 instCVal mag W Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com SegA c3 instCVal ang SeqA c3 cVal mag H SeqV c3 instCVal ang W H SeqV c3 cVal mag B SegA c3 cVal ang SeqV c3 cVal ang L Event D ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider IEC 61850 MSQI Module Inputs Page 300 ION Reference amp NOTE This module is configured as part of the meter s implementation of the IEC 61850 protocol Manual creation and configuration of this module or modification of an existing module is an advance feature that should only be undertaken by personnel with a thorough understanding of IO
424. l produce a 0 to 20 psi output represented by a 4 to 20 mA signal DEVICE Analog signal from specified Highest possible port ScaledValu value of input M 20mA Analog Input Module 10psi 12mA 60 gt 0 Lowest possible Zero Scale 20 Event register value of input Full Scale 5 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Analog Input Module Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Analog Input module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register When the device is started or powered up The Output register s value matches the value at the either the first time or after a shut down Analog Input port on the connected device 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 43 Analog Input Module ION Reference Page 44 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE AT 12 2009 Analog Output Module The Analog Output module takes a Source input value and scales it to the appropriate values for output to an analog hardware port It also provides the scaled value as an output register that can be accessed by other modules A WARNING damage Inputs E Source HAZARD OF UNINTENDED OPERATION e Do not use ION meters for critical control or protection applications where human or equipment safety relies on the operation of the control circuit e The electrical
425. l rights reserved Schneider Scheduler Module Inputs Setup Registers ION Reference Enable This input enables or disables the Scheduler module by setting it to ON or OFF respectively Any time this register changes from ON to OFF all eight Status output registers are set to NOT AVAILABLE It must be a Boolean register from any other module s output This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default Time On an ION meter this input is by default linked to the Loca Time output register of the Clock module This provides the Scheduler with the correct local time accounting for time zones and daylight savings time If you unlink this input on an ION meter the Scheduler will not function amp NOTE Linking the Time input to an output register other than the LocalTime output register of the Clock module will cause undefined behavior in the Scheduler module On a Virtual Processor the Scheduler module gets the correct time from the computer on which the Virtual Processor is running Linking this input is optional on the Virtual Processor If you want the Scheduler on the Virtual Processor to use the same time as an ION meter you can link the Loca Time output register of that ION meter s Clock module to the Time input of the Scheduler on the Virtual Processor Calendar Because of its sophisticated timing facilities setting up the Scheduler module is more involved tha
426. lace the learned values in the learned output registers for review or to begin using the learned values automatically If enabled learning can occur even if the module itself is not enabled Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved mae acess Setpoint Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 502 ION Reference Source This input is monitored for a specified condition or setpoint condition It can be either a numeric register or Boolean register from any other module s outputs Linking this input is mandatory Enable This input enables or disables the Setpoint module Disabling the module forces the Status output register to NOT AVAILABLE overriding the Setpoint condition This inp
427. lar structure The subsequent sections of this document detail ION module specifications and configuration parameters and are intended for use by personnel with a thorough understanding of ION architecture ION meters and the systems in which they are deployed A NOTE Modification of ION modules is usually not necessary ION meters are preconfigured at the factory with a comprehensive set of default functions which are sufficient for most applications Additional information Other useful resources that supplement this JON Reference include Online help available from the Help menu in ION Enterprise or ION Setup software The help files assist you by describing how certain tasks are performed in the software ION Device Templates available for download from the Schneider Electric website This file contains factory configuration information for the various ION meters with the data organized according to the different firmware versions available for those meters The ION Device Templates lists the different types of ION modules that are available on a particular ION meter Meter User Guides available for download from the Schneider Electric website ACD containing meter technical documentation can also be ordered from the website Technical Notes available for download from the Schneider Electric website these documents provide a more in depth look into the applications services and other aspects related to the I
428. lculated amp NOTE When connecting the outputs to a Data Recorder module the Record Complete output of the Data Recorder module must be connected through a Feedback module to the Reset input of the Averaging module See the Detailed Operation section for more information Event Events produced by the module are recorded in this output register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp event priority event s cause event s effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Detailed Operation A framework that makes use of the Averaging module is shown in the following Modbus Master Device Module T Value Output diagram Averaging Module kW Submeter1 I TLL input 1 r Result Output Averaging Module Data Recorder Module Successful Read Operate Now Average kW Submeter1 Record Complete A Source 1 J Reset Feedback Module Record Periodic Timer Module Trigger Period
429. lculation at the next time interval Responses to Special Conditions Page 316 The table below summarizes how the module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register Input NOT AVAILABLE Integrating stops and the Result output holds the current value Enable input is OFF Integrating stops and the Result output holds the current value Module is re linked or setup registers changed The Result Rollover Count and Trigger Count outputs go to zero Meter is started or powered up The output registers retain the values they held at shutdown 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs 09 2008 al Launching Module The Launching module starts an executable program when the module s Launch input is pulsed A setup register allows you to specify the name of the program and any command line parameters you wish The Launching module can launch as many instances of the program as computer resources will allow Launching Module Source Enable Launch OnE rex Source 1 to Source 4 This input is used as part of the command line that runs a program You can link it to anumeric Boolean or text output register This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will continue to operate amp NOTE See Detailed Module Operation section for how the Source input is incorporated int
430. le Log Source 1 to 4 oe Ris A Minimum Value 1 1 Vista Control l Object l l Liste M re 4 Numeric E External Numeric Module Maximum Value 1 Vista Control l Object l l Ry ress ee re 4 5 Save and send 6 Close the node diagram and go to Vista There you program control objects with the minimum and maximum values for the data plotted in Trend Display Data Recorder Behavior in Trend Display Even though a Data Recorder module has up to 16 Source inputs only the first 4 Source inputs show in Trend Display Disk Simulator Display The Disk Simulator display simulates the behavior of a mechanical watt hour meter indicating power received or delivered by the direction of the pulse The Disk Simulator feature is supported by the Calibration Pulser module output register labeled Disk Position When pulsed Disk Position outputs the accumulated quantity kWh kVAh etc associated with its parent module The Disk Position outputs accumulated quantities only if the Calibration Pulser module Port setup register specifies a physical hardware port that is connected to the meter If the port is not specified then the Disk Position output is zero even if there is anon zero accumulated quantity If the input accumulates positively i e delivered power or energy and the Calibration module nt Mode register is set to FORWARD TOTAL or NET then the Disk Simulator revolves from left
431. le default is 1 day 86 400 seconds NTP Time Synchronization To implement NTP time synchronization you must first specify the NTP Server IP address in the Communications module In the Clock module make sure the Enable NTP Time Sync register is set to YES and the Time Sync Source setup register is set to ETHERNET Note that NTP Time Sync Type must be set to UTC for NTP time synchronization to work Finally enter the NTP Time Sync Interval value in seconds 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference ClockModule Output Registers All Clock modules have the following output registers E UnivTime This register contains the uncorrected UTC that is read from the ION device The UTC is reported in the UNIX time format the number of seconds elapsed since 12 00 A M January 1 1970 E LocalTime This register contains the local time corrected to reflect the values input in the 7Z Offset and DST Offsetsetup registers The Local Time is reported in the UNIX time format the number of seconds since 12 00 A M January 1 1970 amp NOTE Linking UnivTime or LocalTime to the inputs of an Arithmetic module can yield unexpected results DSTFlag This Boolean register turns ON when Daylight Savings is in effect and changes to OFF when Daylight Savings is not in effect M Year This numeric output register contains the year local time in calendar format E Month This numeric output register contains t
432. le Setpoint was ON Source or Nominal input became NOT AVAILABLE while Status was ON Relative setpoint The priority of these events is defined in the EvPriority setup register 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Relative Setpoint Module Detailed Module Operation Over Pickup level 7 Over Dropout level Source input Nominal Under Dropout level Under Pickup level 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved The diagram below describes the Relative Setpoint setpoint operation for a typical over setpoint condition It also shows the events and the values that are recorded during the operation of the setpoint la Setpoint is active during this time gt lt t ___ Extreme value recorded while setpoint is active Extreme value recorded during SusUntION X lt _ _ _ gt SusUntlON Extreme value recorded during SusUntlOFF Timel Time2 Time3 As shown in the diagram the setpoint will change to an active state when the Source input exceeds the Over Pickup level for a period of time greater than SusUntiON At this time the Status and Over output registers change to ON Both registers return to OFF when the Source input falls below the Over Dropout level for a period of time greater than SusUntlOFF Similarly if the Source input drops below the Under Pickup level for a period of time greater t
433. le are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Inputlinks setup registers or labels have been changed Num Exceeded Event The Num Exceeded counter was incremented Num TD Exceeded Event The Num TD Exceeded counter was incremented The Priority of these Events is defined by the Event Priority setup register The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 261 Harmonics Evaluation Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The Harmonics Evaluation module compares the Source input averaged between evaluation pulses to the limits specified in the setup register Once Evaluate is pulsed the module checks the state of the Valid input If Valid is FALSE then the Num Invalid is incremented If Valid is TRUE then the module calculates the average value for each frequency compares each against the Limit and increments the Num Exceed output register if required In harmonics mode if the TD value is beyond its bound then the Num TD Exceeded counter is incremented the Num TD Exceeded counter reads NOT AVAILABLE in inter harmonics mode Response to Special Conditions A pulse on the re
434. le events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference One Shot Timer Module Detailed Module Operation The figure below illustrates the operation of an enabled One Shot Timer module When the pulse is received on the Start input the State output register changes to ON for the time defined by the Duration setup register Once the duration has elapsed a pulse is generated on the Trigger output and the State output changes back to OFF Note that the second pulse is ignored while the State output is ON Pulse os received on received while Start input ance Start input ON State output P OFF OFF Trigger output y Pulse generated Time bade Time defined by Duration Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the One Shot Timer module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register If a Trigger pulse is in progress the State output If the Enable input is OFF register remains ON for the duration of the pulse If no pulse is in progress State is OF
435. le events at the same time you must use separate outputs To create a name for the profile type a name into the Profile Name box It must be 15 characters or less The name will appear in the Profile palette To add an interval to the daily profile 1 Press and hold down the Interval button and drag the interval cursor into the Daily Profile box but not on top of an existing interval or pulse A colored bar will appear 2 Click on the colored bar and drag it until the top of the box is positioned where you want the interval to begin i e the Start time Dragging allows you to move in steps of 5 minutes If you want to position the bar more precisely use the Start box which provides 1 minute resolution 3 To adjust the End time of the interval click on the bottom sizing handle and drag it down to the point where you want the interval to end Again dragging gives you 5 minutes resolution Use the End box to enter a more precise End time Repeat steps 1 3 for each interval you want to add Note that you cannot overlap intervals within a 24 hour period they must be separated by at least 1 minute If you try to start an interval while another one is in progress or if you try to drag one over a pulse you will be warned that there is a conflict 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Scheduler Module There is one exception to the aforementioned rule you can create one interval that begins at 0 00
436. les generates an output pulse you can merge all the output pulses to a single Pulse Merge module The Pulse Merge module then outputs a pulse whenever it receives an input pulse Pulse Merge Module Pulse Out A A Pulse In 1 Event D A Pulse In n oO Enable Pulse In 1 to Pulse Inn A pulse received on any of these inputs causes Pulse Out output register to generate a pulse At least one of these inputs must be linked for the module to operate Enable This input enables or disables the Pulse Merge module If you disable a Pulse Merge module pulses on the Pulse In inputs are ignored Linking this input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module is enabled by default ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Pulse Merge Module Setup Registers ION Reference EvLog Mode This
437. ll rights reserved ION REFERENCE Ci Inputs Setup Registers T Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Web Page Module The Web Page module is used to create custom web pages for your power meter Each meter comes with a set of default pages With the Web Page module you can create additional pages with parameters you specify These custom pages are available in both HTML and XML formats For comprehensive information on using the Web Page module see the WebMeter Internal Web Server Feature technical note Web Page Module Source 1 Source 50 Source These inputs are the values that the Web Page module takes and displays on the custom web page Page Title This register determines the title for the customized web HTML page It also appears as an element on the XML page The value range for this register is 0 to 80 characters The default values are Web Page Module 1 Web Page Module 2 et cetera ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material
438. llowing table summarizes how the External Pulse module behaves under Page 234 different conditions Condition Response of Output Register When the module is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down Trigger output registers do not contain a pulse at startup 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs Setup Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Factory Module The Factory module allows you to view your meter s type revision number serial number and installed options Registers are also provided for you to input your name address or any other information you want to store onboard the meter Most of the Factory module s registers contain calibration constants used at the factory These registers can be viewed but they cannot be changed Factory Module The Factory module has no programmable inputs The setup registers available in the Factory module depend on the ION device you are using Consult your meter user documentation for details ION Version This read only register stores the ION version number NOTE The ION Version does not correlate to firmware versions Compliance This read only register stores the ION software compliance of the meter ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are
439. llustrates how the module operates a NOR operation The Result output will be OFF if at least one input is ON Result is ON only if all inputs are OFF The following steps outline how to use an AND OR module It is not necessary to do these steps in order for example you could configure all the setup registers first and then link to another module later 1 Page 54 The first step in using an AND OR module is to determine what values you want to compare i e your Source inputs The next step is to determine what kind of evaluation you want the module to perform You can select AND OR NAND or NOR via the Mode setup register Changes in the Result output register can be logged by selecting the LOG ON option using the EvLog Mode setup register 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference amp NOTE AND OR Module Ensure that the Source inputs you choose all have the same update rate If you mix high speed and high accuracy inputs the AND OR module operates at the slowest update rate Once you link an AND OR module to its sources they are evaluated and the Boolean result is written into the Result output register Every time the Result changes from OFF to ON Example The example below illus a pulse is generated in the Trigger output register trates how you can link an AND OR module to the Boolean output registers of two other modules
440. log inputs and 8 digital inputs depending on the physical input output expansion option on your meter This module allows IEC 61850 control of the outputs Only one instance of this module can exist Because this module is specific to supporting the IEC 61850 protocol it can be deleted if IEC 61850 is not required amp NOTE This module is configured as part of the meter s implementation of the IEC 61850 protocol and should only be undertaken by personnel with a thorough understanding of ION and IEC 61850 protocols and the system in which the meter is installed For more information about IEC 61850 please refer to the IEC 61850 and ION Technology protocol document 0000 HEHE Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Ind1 stVal IEC 61850 Anin insiMag il 9 GGIO Expansion Module Anin1 mag o Ind2 stval 9 Ind3 stVal Analog Input 1 Anin2 instMag W Analog Input 2 Anin2 mag Ind4 stVal Analog Input 3 us Anin3 instMag E ngo stal 9 Analog Input 4 ind6 stval O Digital Input 1 Anln3 mag O ova gt Digital Input 2 Anin4 instMag W Digital Input 3 Anna mas Ind8 stVal Digital Input 4 ISCSO1 stVal W E
441. lover be set to zero Setting this register to zero disables the rollover feature no rollovers will occur Deadband The Deadband setup register allows the user to set a deadband to accommodate source jitter and prevent detection of spurious source rollovers A source rollover will only be detected if the source values moves backwards by an amount greater then the Deadband setup register Output Registers E Summation Page 158 This numeric register contains the result of the summation of the changes in value at the Source input If the current Source input is less than the Previous Source value and the Source RollValue input is linked the value at the Source RollValue input is added to the current Source input value before calculating the Delta The Summation will rollover reset to zero if the value in the Ro Value setup register is reached 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Difference Summation Module Previous Source This numeric register contains the previous value detected at the Source input Delta This numeric register contains the difference between the current Source input and the Previous Source output register Rollover This register generates a pulse every time the Summation register reaches the value specified in the RollValue setup register Event Any events generated by the Difference Summation module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associat
442. ls These events all have a pre defined priority of 10 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 309 Instr Xformer Correction ITC Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The Instr Xformer Correction module is a core module There is an Instr Xformer Correction module for each current input 11 12 13 14 and 15 where available and for each voltage input to the meter V1 V2 V3 and V4 where available amp NOTE The correction affects only the 1 second values in the Power Meter module No high speed harmonics or waveform values are affected by the correction Select whether this module corrects the source input using either ION Setup orthe Designer component of ION Enterprise You can select the Ratio Correction Type and the Phase Angle Correction Type The enumerated Correction Types are NONE or PIECE WISE LINEAR These enumerated Correction Types are discussed in the following paragraphs Selecting NONE If you select NONE this module does not apply any correction to the source input of the module Selecting PIECE WISE LINEAR If you select PIECE WISE LINEAR a secondary nominal value must be entered The default secondary current nominal value is 5A The default secondary voltage nominal value is 120VAC Next you must enter in the Ratio Correction and Phase Angle Test Data This test data is entered in a string of delimited pairs in a bracket and comma delimited format in sequential descend
443. lsed the module output values will be reset to Not Available and internals cleared Linking this input is mandatory the module will not go online if left unlinked ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Averaging Module Setup Registers ION Reference Enable This register enables the module When set to No the outputs will be set to Not Available Default is Yes The Averaging module has the following setup register Calc Mode This register specifies which type of averaging the module performs Average Mode is simple averaging while RMS Mode uses sum of squares RMS The default is Average Mode Output Registers Page 86 The Averaging module has the following output registers Outputs 1 16 These registers hold the averaged values of the inputs after they have been ca
444. lsed at either 15 second or 10 minute intervals Measure Type This setup register specifies whether the module is performing a harmonics or inter harmonics measurement Aggregate Mode or Aggregation Method Ifthe Evaluate input is linked this setup register specifies whether output values represent either maximum Tvs values or average Tvs values Ifthe Evaluate input is unlinked and Tvs Aggregation or Tvs Maximums is selected the Aggregation method will default to 4 30 150 180 Cycle 1f 4 30 150 180 Cycle or 4 30 10 Minute is selected the Evaluate input cannot be linked Display Mode or Calculation Type This setup register specifies how the individual magnitude output values are displayed Choices include Engineering units Percentages displayed as percent of the Max Demand input if this is linked and percent of fundamental if not linked Percent of the fundamental nominal Factory module or RMS THD Display Mode This setup register specifies how the total harmonics output values THD TOHD and TEHD are displayed Choices include 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Harmonics Measurement Module Percentages displayed as percent of the Max Demand input if this is linked and percent of fundamental if not linked Percent of the fundamental nominal Factory module or RMS Output Registers Magnitude 1 to Magnitude 50 These 50 output r
445. lses at the Evaluate input will be ignored This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default Evaluate A pulse at this input triggers the module to perform its statistical evaluation and update its output registers This input must be linked for the module to go online Reset This input resets the module s outputs to NOT AVAILABLE until the next evaluation occurs Linking this input is optional if you leave it unlinked the input will never receive a pulse Limits This register specifies the allowable threshold percentages for the individual harmonic inter harmonic frequencies Each harmonic frequency s 2 to 40 threshold is entered into this string register as follows ANN XX XXX hHMM YY YYY where NN and MM are harmonic numbers 2 to 40 XX XXX and YY YYY are threshold percentages 0 to 100 For example if you want to specify the 2 harmonic threshold as 1 4 the 3 harmonic threshold as 2 1 and the 5 harmonic threshold as 6 2 the Limits setup register string would read h2 1 4 h3 2 1 h5 6 2 If no value is specified for a harmonic then it will not be evaluated More than one specification for a single harmonic is not permitted The same syntax applies when the module is operating in inter harmonics mode refer to the Eval Type setup register The only distinction is that h2 refers to the inter harmonic frequencies between the fundamental and the 2 harmonic Similarly h3
446. lt Setup Registers Eval Mode This register determines how the values in the Over Pickup Over Dropout Under Pickup and Under Dropout setup registers are interpreted It can be set to VALUE or PERCENTAGE If Eval Mode is set to VALUE the values in the Pickup and Dropout registers are interpreted as numbers and these numbers are either added to or subtracted from the Nominal value If Eval Mode is set to PERCENTAGE the Pickup and Dropout values are interpreted as percentages of the Nominal value a Over Pickup This register together with the Nominal input defines the level that the Source input must exceed for a time specified by SusUntION in order for the Status output to go ON i e the setpoint becomes active If Eval Mode is set to VALUE the level required for the Status output to go ON is given by adding the Over Pickup value to the Nominal value Nominal Over Pickup lf Eval Mode is set to PERCENTAGE the level required for the Status output to go ON is given by 14 OverPickup Nominal x 100 a Over Dropout This register together with the Nominal input defines the level that the Source input must fall below for a time specified by SusUntIOFF in order for the Status output to go OFF i e the setpoint becomes inactive If Eval Mode is set to VALUE the level required for the Status output to go OFF is given by adding the Over Dropout value to the Nominal value Nominal Over Dropout If Eval
447. lt reference provides the result of the formula in another setup register evaluated in the current calculation cycle of the module To use Result the formula referenced must be in a preceding setup register for example a formula in setup register 5 can reference the result from formulas in setup registers 1 2 3 or 4 It cannot reference results from formulas in setup registers 6 or higher This is because the module evaluates the formulas in sequence from setup register 1 on amp NOTE The result operator is particularly useful for long equations For example you can use Formulai to enter the first half of an equation then you can continue the formula in Formula by using R1 to represent the result of Formula Similar to Result the Previous Result operator allows you to reference the result of a formula that was evaluated in the previous calculation cycle of the module This is especially useful for calculating accumulations Previous Result only goes back one step no facility exists to reference previous formula results from 2 or more steps back R result The Result operator allows you to call results from formulas in other setup registers Results are returned from formulas evaluated in the current calculation cycle Syntax Rformula Where formula is the Result output number Examples R4 calls the value from Result output register 4 valid only if used in setup register 5 or higher R6 calls the value f
448. lues or conditions associated with the cause and effect The following table summarizes how the External Boolean module behaves under certain conditions Condition Response of Output Register the first time or after a shut down When the device is started or powered up either The Switch output register retains the value it held at shutdown 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE m7 Inputs Setup Registers 09 2008 External Numeric Module This module provides a numeric register that you can set to a certain value This can be useful for testing frameworks that have an initial numeric input For example if you have created a framework that performs a function based on the value of avg from the Power Meter module you can test it with known values before actually linking it to the avg register In addition if your device has Analog Output modules you can use an External Numeric module to specify the current or voltage you want to deliver to some external equipment External Numeric N TE umeric Module Event O External Numeric modules have no inputs they are controlled via communications EvPriority event priority This register allows you to assign a priority level to the events produced when the output register is written When EvPriority is zero no event is written Output Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cro
449. lues ranging from 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 Each block of data that is mapped by the Profibus Slave Export module consists of 8 bytes of setup and control data plus 24 bytes of data representing the values contained in the ION registers that are linked to this module s inputs Refer to the ION7300 Profibus DP Serial Communications Protocol Document for information 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 441 Profibus Slave Export Module ION Reference Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Profibus Slave Export module behaves under different conditions Condition Value returned by the Profibus Slave Export Module If the Source input is N A 0 After the module is re linked or its setup registers are New Value or 0 changed When the device is started or powered up either the first 0 time or after a shut down Page 442 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE D Ji a 7 Inputs Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Pulse Merge Module The Pulse Merge module takes input pulses from multiple sources and combines them into a single output register It is useful for triggering modules that should execute as a result of several different conditions In other words if a module needs to be triggered when any one of a group of other modu
450. ly one log from a node needs to be linked to the Log Monitor for all logs from that node to be included If logs from multiple nodes are linked to the Log Monitor all logs from all nodes referenced will be included in the calculations Input Sites all logs from all nodes at each site that has a log register linked to the Log Monitor will be included Only one log register from the site needs to be linked to the Log Monitor for all logs at that site to be included If logs from multiple sites are linked to the Log Monitor all logs from all of the sites referenced will be included in the calculations SiteName individual sites can be selected by name All logs from the selected site will be included in the calculations regardless of whether any log registers from the specified site are linked to the Log Monitor SiteName software nodes allows you to select only logs generated by software nodes Virtual Processors and Log Servers at the specified site By default the Logs register is set to ALL No log registers need to be linked to the Log Monitor in this configuration all logs referenced by the Log Server will be included in the performance calculations Log Types This register allows you to select which types of logs to include in performance calculations Currently only ALL all log types is supported Data Sources This register allows you to select logs from specific data sources for performance calculations Currently o
451. m i e at night you would need to use 2 different outputs one to control motor A and one to control motor B Profile 1 Output 1 Profile 1 Output 2 r Daily Profile Daily Profile Cancel Cancel Apply Apply iit dda Profile Name Profile Name Regular Regula Pulse Pulse Interval Interval it it Delete Delete Clear all Clear all Stat 18 00 F 2 Start 08 00 E E 5 E End 24 00 End 18 00 eli ile id You would then need to define profiles for both these outputs If may be helpful to see both profiles at the same time to ensure there is no gap between when motor A turned OFF and motor B turned ON Previewing Schedules If you are programming a complicated schedule it may be difficult to keep track of all your outputs Once you have created schedules for all the outputs you plan to use you can preview these schedules in a chart format so you see when outputs are going ON and OFF and ensure there are no gaps or overlapping periods This allows you to verify that the schedule you created is correct For example in the case described earlier motor B is supposed to turn ON at the same time that motor A is turning OFF If you want to ensure that there is no gap between these two events and to see how they fit in with the rest of the outputs you can preview the schedule by pressing the Preview button A dialog box like the following will appear in its defa
452. mag SeqV c2 instC Val ang These registers provide the instantaneous magnitude and phase angle for negative sequence voltage derived from the V NegSeqMag and V NegSeqPhs inputs SeqV c2 cVal mag SeqV c2 cVal ang These registers provide the deadbanded magnitude and corresponding phase angle for negative sequence voltage derived from the V NegSeqMag and V NegSeqPhs inputs The phase angle is the angle at the time the deadbanded magnitude was set SeqV c3 instC Val mag SeqV c3 instC Val ang These registers provide the instantaneous magnitude and phase angle for zero sequence voltage derived from the V ZeroSeqMag and V ZeroSeqPhs inputs SeqV c3 cVal mag SeqV c3 cVal ang These registers provide the deadbanded magnitude and corresponding phase angle for zero sequence voltage derived from the V ZeroSeqMag and V ZeroSeqPhs inputs The phase angle is the angle at the time the deadbanded magnitude was set Event Events produced by the module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priori os Per enit Priority Priority Description Group Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed information 25 NOT AVAILABLE input caused output to go NOT AVAILABLE The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effec
453. mation for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 203 Disturbance Direction Detection Module ION Reference Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register The output registers are NOT AVAILABLE or ZERO i Shee Inputs OFF depending on the register Page 204 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 DNP Slave Export Module This module takes the value of a register and creates a DNP object that can be read by a DNP Master device DNP Slave Export Module Event Om Source 1 On Source 2 On Source 3 On Source 4 The Distributed Network Protocol Version 3 0 DNP 3 0 is an open protocol used in the electric utility industry for communications and interoperability among substation computers RTUs IEDs and Master Stations An ION device can be integrated into a DNP network through the DNP Slave Import Export and Options modules The DNP Slave Export module converts ION data to DNP format responding to Master requests for DNP data objects and freeze operations Each of the module s Source inputs maps to a DNP point with its associated DNP data objects amp NOTE Complete documentation of the
454. mber for which you want the natural logarithm Example LN 86 equals 4 454347 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Arithmetic Module LOG10 Returns the base 10 logarithm of a number or expression Syntax LOG10 number Where number is the positive real number for which you want the base 10 logarithm Examples LOG10 86 equals 1 934498451 LOG10 10 equals 1 LOG10 1015 equals 5 NOT Returns the reverse value of a Boolean If the Boolean is FALSE NOT returns TRUE if the Boolean is TRUE NOT returns FALSE Syntax NOT Boolean Where Boolean can be evaluated to TRUE non zero or FALSE 0 Examples NOT 0 equals TRUE NOT 1 1 2 equals FALSE SIN Returns the sine of the number or expression amp NOTE The expression SIN PI will return 1 22E 16 a number very closely approximating zero The Arithmetic module interprets this number as non zero so it will return TRUE if used as a Boolean test Syntax SIN number Where number is the angle in radians for which you want the sine Examples SIN PI equals 1 22E 16 which is approximately zero the sine of PI is zero SIN PI 2 equals 1 SIN 30 P1 180 equals 0 5 the sine of 30 degrees SQRT Returns the square root of a number or expression 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 69 Arithmetic Module Page 70 ION Reference Syntax SQRT number Where numberis the positive number for which you w
455. mber of seconds in the thermal demand interval Time Const This register specifies the rate at which the ThrmDemand output register responds to changes in the Source input The higher the Time Const value the faster the response time Values commonly used are 63 and 90 Output Registers Page 534 ThrmDemand This numeric variable register contains the accumulated thermal demand Event Any events produced by the Thermal Demand module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Information 25 N A input caused output to go NOT AVAILABLE The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Thermal Demand Module Detailed Module Operation The figure below illustrates the thermal demand calculation When you change the values in the setup registers the shape of the curve changes allowing you to match a power utility s demand calculation technique Source input Thermal Demand 100 n Defined by Time ne PE PU Gain eid alain alc cic of a sia ae aia aici ia ala acacia lt
456. mber1 number2 are 1 to n numbers for which you want the sum 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Arithmetic Module Examples SUM 3 2 equals 5 SUM S2 S5 equals the sum of Source inputs 2 3 4 and 5 SUMSQ Returns the sum of the squares of the numbers or expressions Syntax SUMSQ number1 number2 Where number1 number2 are 1 to n numbers for which you want the sum of the squares Example SUMSQ 8 4 equals 25 Constants Arithmetic module formulas can include the following constant Constant Description The constant PI the relationship of a circle s circumference to its diameter PI The constant PI is equal to 3 14159265358979 accurate to 15 digits Syntax PI Example 4 PI equals 4 times PI or 12 5664 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 79 Arithmetic Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The Arithmetic module is capable of a wide variety of calculations with seven digit precision To illustrate a typical application the following example shows how to use the Arithmetic module to calculate the cost of fuel per kilowatt kW and the cost of fuel per kilowatt hour kWh for a simple mechanical generation system comprised of a diesel generator The cost per second second consumed by the system is also included Before programming the module create your formulas on paper and test them Remember to ch
457. mbers for which you want the average Examples If S1 S5 contains the numbers 10 7 9 27 and 2 then AVG S1 S5 equals 11 AVG S1 S5 5 equals 10 MAX Returns the maximum value in a list of numbers or expressions Syntax MAX number1 number2 Where numbert number2 are 1 to n numbers for which you want the maximum Examples 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 77 Arithmetic Module Page 78 ION Reference If S1 S5 contains the numbers 12 7 9 27 and 2 then MAX S1 S5 equals 27 MIN Returns the minimum value in a list of numbers or expressions Syntax MIN number1 number2 Where numbert number2 are 1 to n numbers for which you want the minimum Examples If S1 S5 contains the numbers 42 7 9 27 and 2 then MIN S1 S5 equals 2 MIN S1 S5 0 equals 0 OR Returns TRUE if any Boolean is TRUE returns FALSE if all Booleans are FALSE Syntax OR Boolean1 Boolean2 Where Boolean Boolean2 are 1 to n conditions that can be either TRUE non zero Or FALSE 0 Examples OR 1 equals TRUE non zero OR 1 1 1 2 2 5 equals FALSE 0 RMS Returns the Root Mean Square of the numbers or expressions Syntax RMS number1 number Where number1 number2 are 1 to n numbers for which you want the Root Mean Square Examples RMS 2 3 equals 2 549510 SUM Returns the sum of the numbers or expressions Syntax SUM number1 number2 Where nu
458. merica is one hour If the DST Offset register is set to zero 0 the DST feature is disabled and no warning messages are sent to the Event register when the DST period expires Time Sync Source The Time Sync Source register is used to specify which communications port will be used to receive time synchronization signals Only signals received on the port selected will be used to synchronize the device s internal clock time signals on all other ports will be ignored Time Sync Type The Time Sync Type register specifies whether time synchronization signals are received in Universal time UTC or Local time By default Time Sync Type is set to UTC for Site Server time synchronization Set Time Sync Type to LOCAL if time sync signals are received in Local time some DNP masters and GPS receivers use Local time 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 101 Clock Module Page 102 ION Reference Clock Source If your device has a Clock Source register you can set the Clock module to synchronize externally from the line frequency from a communications channel or internally the default If your device does not support the Clock Source setup register then synchronization is always internal GPS Time Synchronization To implement GPS Time Synchronization set the Clock Source setup register to comm Then specify which port will receive time synchronization signals by setting the Time Sync Source setup reg
459. messages The brackets containing the error will appear in the formula near where the error was detected A NOTE The examples below contain syntax errors that can only occur with certain ION devices 1 This statement has a minus sign in the wrong place sum p1 1 10 02 1 10 p3 1 4 and results in the following error message sum p1 1 10 p2 1 10 Syntax error near here p3 1 4 2 This statement uses an unsupported previous level namely 0 sum p1 1 10 p2 1 10 p3 0 4 and results in the following error message sum p1 1 10 02 1 10 p3 0 4 Previous level 0 is not supported 3 This statement uses an unsupported previous level namely 11 This happens to be larger than the level set for the ION device being used sum p1 1 10 p2 1 11 p3 1 4 and results in the following error message sum p1 1 10 p2 1 11 Previous level 11 is not supported p3 1 4 4 This statement s syntax is correct but it needs too much internal storage This is because the Arithmetic module expands all address ranges and previous ranges sum p1 1 10 p2 1 10 p3 1 10 p4 1 10 and results in the following error message Expanded address ranges caused overflow in internal storage Reference Definitions References allow you to use values from Source inputs previous Source inputs formula results and previous formula results in your formulas Ranges of values can also be referenced Definitions and syntax requirements
460. mic artificial readings for all real time measurement output registers Refer to the appropriate device s Installation document for details about which configuration is appropriate under different circumstances as well as detailed wiring diagrams PT Prim If potential transformers PTs are used on the voltage V7 V3 inputs this register should be set to the primary winding rating for the PTs If direct connection is used this register should be set to the full scale ratings of the V7 V3 inputs amp NOTE You may ignore the PT and CT scaling factors when configuring the Meter Units Power Meter MU Power Meter 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Power Meter Module V4 PT Prim If a potential transformer PT is used on the V4 input this register should be set to the primary winding rating for the PT If direct connection is used this register should be set to the full scale rating of the V4 inputs PT Sec If potential transformers PTs are used on V7 V3 inputs this register determines the secondary winding rating for the PTs If direct connection is used this register sets the full scale ratings of the V7 V3 inputs V4 PT Sec If a potential transformer PT is used on the V4 input this register determines the secondary winding rating for the PT If direct connection is used this register sets th
461. mming The filters allow you to apply the selected profile only to days matching the selected criterion for example all weekdays or all weekends The default is Daily which will apply the profile to all days in the selected range A NOTE When you point to a day in the calendar the cursor changes to a hand with a cross hair To apply a profile 1 Click on the profile you want in the palette Its color appears at the top 2 If you want to select a single day in the calendar double click on it 3 If you want to apply a profile across a range of days in the calendar click on the first day of the range to which you want to apply the profile then click on the final day of the range If the final day is in a different year use the year drop box at the bottom of the screen to switch to another year You can also start with the final day and then click on the first day of the range To remove a profile from one or more days in the calendar use the same procedure but select the null profile i e the light gray box in the lower right corner of the palette to paint over the existing profile 4 The selected days in the calendar will change to the color of the selected profile in accordance with the selected filter If any of the days were already assigned a profile you will be prompted to overwrite the existing profiles 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Scheduler Module Repeat these steps un
462. mmunication port on your device that supports the Modbus Master Options module for example COM1 COM2 COM3 or COM4 TCP Connection 1 10 These string registers contain the IP address and port number for the TCP connections for example 123 45 67 89 502 Up to 10 unique IP addresses can be mapped to Modbus master over Ethernet TCP Modbus Gateway Connection This enumerated register is configured if you want to use your meter as a Modbus gateway to communicate with downstream serial devices If you want to use the meter as a Modbus gateway it must be set to the Serial Connection register above that is mapped to the COM port used to communicate with the serial devices That COM port must be configure to use Modbus Master protocol The default setting is GATEWAY DISABLED which disables the gateway functionality and allows the meter to respond to any Unit ID for Modbus TCP port 502 or Modbus RTU port 7701 requests This is different from the GATEWAY ENABLED NO CONNECTION setting which sets the meter to respond only to Unit ID 255 and enables the gateway functionality even though no downstream devices are setup Exception Code This enumerated register determines the exception code that is returned if a downstream device fails to respond to a request The exception code in current Modbus implementation is OxOB However some legacy devices require the exception code to be Ox0A ModGate Process Broadcasts This enumerated register dete
463. modem to dial out an alert 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Alert Module amp NOTE The Outage Dialback card is a legacy feature originally ordered with the meter internal modem option The Outage Dialback alert card delivers these types of alerts Numeric Pager Alphanumeric Pager PEGASYS for alerts to PEGASYS software ION Alert for alerts to ION Enterprise software MV90 ASCII UM Selection between modes is made with the Alert module Type setup register Setting Up your Meter for Outage Dialback Alerts Except for a few settings particular to Outage Dialback alerts you can set up your meter for Outage Dialback alerts the same way you set up your meter for other alerts The settings particular to Outage Dialback alerts are COM Port setup register set this register to Outage Dialback Lockout Time setup register set this register to the amount of time that you want the meter powered off before the Outage Dialback alert is sent For the Outage Dialback feature the recommended maximum setting is 120 seconds the maximum lockout time is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Modem Init register set the modem initialization code as follows 0 Bell 212A 1200 baud 1 Bell 103 300 baud 2 V 22 1200 baud 3 V 21 800 baud 6 or leave the setting blank V 22bis 2400 1200 baud This is the default and will work for most installations
464. module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown below For this module events generated by setup changes will NOT indicate the new setup register values This prevents security configuration information from being available to users who do not have security configuration rights Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 499 Security User Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation Page 500 Initially or out of the box the meter is not configured with any Security User modules and its Advanced Security System if available is disabled At this point anyone who has access to the meter can configure the Advanced Security System The system can be configured with ION Setup as well as Designer A separate Security User module must be created and configured for each user ID and password Before the Advanced Security System is enabled via the Security Options module Enable Advanced Security setup register you must configure the passwords for each module This is done by right clicking on the Security User module and selecting the Change Passw
465. module matches the number of Formula setup registers refer to Setup Registers above Unlike other modules the Arithmetic module s output registers do not depend directly on inputs A Result output will be NOT AVAILABLE only if its corresponding Formula setup register contains one of the following a formula that references a NOT AVAILABLE Source input a formula that results in a number that can t be displayed such as a complex number no formula at all D Event Any events produced by the Arithmetic module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 59 Arithmetic Module Formula Rules Page 60 ION Reference Discussions in this section refer to operators and operands In the simplest form a formula s operator is the function being performed and its operand is the number or expression the function is being applied to For example in the formula arcsin S1 the operator is the function arcsin and the operand is S1 the reference
466. n The priority of these events is determined by the value in the EvPriority setup register The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Detailed Module Operation Page 468 A major concern about disturbances in power quality is the adverse effect sags and swells can have on electrical equipment These effects can range from a momentary disruption in operation to permanent damage all of which can be expensive The severity of a sag or a swell in voltage is determined by a combination of how large it was and how long it lasted A piece of equipment may be able to tolerate a large but short duration disturbance in voltage Likewise it may be able to tolerate a disturbance that is small but longer in duration Power Tolerance Curves The ITI CBEMA curve is a power tolerance curve that describes what types of disturbances electrical equipment can typically ride through and what types can cause equipment failure or damage It plots the magnitude of the disturbance in percentage on the Y axis and the duration of the disturbance on the X axis Disturbances that fall within the envelope defined by the upper and lower curve are typically not harmful to electrical equipment disturbances that fall outside the envelope may disrupt or damage the equipment 2008 Schneider Electric All rights res
467. n page 16 Examples of Standard modules include AND OR module External Pulse module Integrator module and Digital Output module Persistent Modules Similar to Core modules in they cannot be created or deleted Persistent modules are Standard modules that have been converted to Core modules These modules are created at the factory and cannot be removed from the meter s template An example of a Persistent module is the External Pulse module used for meter resets which pulses when the Demand Reset switch is pressed on the meter Online and Offline Modules The terms online and offline describe whether a module is currently active or inactive A module is online when it is functioning normally monitoring its input and updating its output registers When you configure a meter the affected modules are temporarily taken offline while you are programming changes to these modules Once they have been programmed and the changes saved the modules then return online Normally this is a routine procedure but certain circumstances can prevent a module from going back online For example if the meter lacks sufficient processing power to operate the module or if the module has been configured incorrectly the module will remain offline The Not Available Value If an ION module lacks a required input link or its input link is invalid the module s output registers contain no data and are set to NOT AVAILABLE for example a lin
468. n algorithm is complete A value of TRUE 1 indicates that a disturbance and its direction were detected on the channel A value of FALSE 0 indicates that no disturbance or direction were detected on the channel Direction This register s value is updated when a disturbance direction is detected A value of 1 indicates the disturbance is upstream a value of 1 indicates a disturbance is downstream and a value of 0 indicates the disturbance direction is indeterminate Confidence This register expresses as a numeric value the confidence score of the determined direction of the disturbance The output value is a score from 0 to 100 determined using a points system that indicates the level of confidence in the direction determined by the algorithm The following table shows how the confidence score is translated into the confidence written to the Event output register Score Level 0 9 Indeterminate 10 29 Low 30 69 Medium 70 100 High Event All events produced by the module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup register change 10 Input Links setup registers or labels have been changed DDD Event i Disturbance Direction detected The priority of these Events are set in the EvPriority setup register The Event output register stores the following infor
469. n as a percentage of Nominal For example a maximum 20 deviation on V7 with respect to the Nominal in either the positive or negative direction will be reported as TranV1Max 120 TranV1Trig TranV2Trig TranV3Trig These registers output a pulse if a transient is detected on V7 V2 or V3 respectively TranNominal This register holds the value at the Nominal input that was in effect at the beginning of a disturbance AnyTrig If a transient is detected on any phase this register outputs a pulse This trigger is in addition to any of the individual phase triggers 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 549 Transient Module Page 550 ION Reference Remaining Learning Time This register contains the remaining learning time in seconds It counts down from the Learn Duration to 0 zero When this value reaches zero learning is complete If the Stable Learning Time reaches one quarter of the Learn Duration this register jumps to zero and learning is complete If learning has not started the value of this register is NOT AVAILABLE Stable Learning Time This register contains the number of seconds that have elapsed since a change in the learned Threshold value When this value is equal to one quarter of the Learn Duration learning is complete If learning has not started the value of this register iS NOT AVAILABLE Learned Threshold This numeric register contains the learned value for the Threshold setup regi
470. n hour at 12 00 the pulse will happen once at 11 30 and then again an hour later 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Scheduler Module In the Case of Intervals Different outcomes are possible in the case of intervals depending on whether the time change jumps into out of or completely over an interval Generally when the clocks are moved forward it is possible that intervals could be cut short or missed When the clocks are moved back it is possible that intervals will be repeated either in part or in whole When the Clock is Moved Forward If there are intervals scheduled to both start and end during the time that is lost when the clocks are moved ahead they will be missed just like a pulse described above For example if a 10 minute interval is scheduled for 12 05 and the clocks are moved ahead an hour at 12 00 the interval will not happen because the clock jumps directly from 12 00 to 13 00 AN If an interval is in progress and the clock is moved ahead to a time outside the interval the duration of the interval will be cut short i e you will lose the second part of the interval For example if a 1 hour interval starts at 11 30 but at 12 00 the clocks are moved ahead 1 hour Status will go off and End will pulse after only a half an hour a If there is no interval in progress but the clock is moved ahead to a time inside an interval the duration of the inte
471. n in the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Request to write 255 Overwrite previous request Communications Lost Displays what caused communications loss Resuming communications Indicates when communications link is re established A pulse arrives at the WriteNow input while the 30 module is in the process of transmitting a previous request The new request is ignored Write Now Pulsed While Busy on meter only The priority of this event depends on how you configure the EvPriority setup register 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Export Module The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Modicon Modbus Two classes of Modbus data namely Coil and Holding Register are supported by the Modbus Export module Coils are single bit registers used to indicate ON 1 or OFF 0 conditions Holding Registers are 16 bit registers used to store and retrieve data A NOTE For further details refer to your Modicon Modbus Communications Protocol document or visit their website at www modicon com If you specify the Reg Addr to begin with a zero 0 data is exported in a coil register format If you specify the
472. n setting up many of the other ION modules The process of adding a Scheduler module to a node diagram in the Designer is the same as for other modules and selecting setup registers is also the same Once you have selected the Calendar setup register however a more advanced configuration utility will appear Output Registers Page 474 The Scheduler module allows you to program up to eight groups of output registers Each output group has a Status a Start and an End output register Collectively these three register are referred to as an output Status 1 to Status 8 These Boolean registers indicate when an interval is in progress This register will be ON for the duration of the interval Start 1 to Start 8 Each time an interval starts the Start output register generates a pulse These output registers also generate a pulse for each pulse activity 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Scheduler Module amp NOTE See the Setup Registers section for details about profiles intervals and pulses A End 1 to End 8 Each time an interval ends the End output register generates a pulse These output registers also generate a pulse for each pulse activity OD Event Any events produced by the Scheduler module will be recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 1
473. nada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Display Options Module Page 182 ION Reference Volts Resolution This register determines the number of decimal places of accuracy that voltage readings display Current Resolution This register determines the number of decimal places of accuracy that current readings display Power Resolution This register determines the number of decimal places of accuracy that power readings display Contrast This register holds the global contrast setting for the meter display Backlight Timeout This register holds the number of seconds that the backlight of the front panel display stays on after the last press of a front panel button Display Update Time This register controls ho
474. named according to IEC 61850 protocol standards These registers have the same units as their corresponding inputs E TotVAh actVal This register contains the net apparent energy kVAh del rec since the last reset taken from the TotVAh input M TotWh actVal This register contains the net real energy kWh del rec since the last reset taken from the TotWh input M TotVArh actVal This register contains the net reactive energy kVARh del rec since the last reset taken from the TotVArh input E SupWh actVal This register contains the real energy supply kWh del taken from the SupWh input E SupVArh actVal This register contains the reactive energy supply kKVARh del taken from the Sup VArh input E DmdWh actVal This register contains the real energy demand kWh rec taken from the DmdWh input E DmdVArh actVal This register contains the reactive energy demand kKVARh rec taken from the DmdVArh input C Event Events produced by the module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priori Pane en Priority Priority Description Group Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Information 25 NOT AVAILABLE input caused output to go NOT AVAILABLE The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time
475. nce Response to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Data Acquisition module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shutdown All output registers are NOT AVAILABLE Page 130 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE he 09 2008 Data Monitor Module The Data Monitor module provides a means of alerting you about communication problems that may occur between the Virtual Processor and any other node referenced by the Data Monitor s Source inputs This module is designed to be used in conjunction with the distributed control modules Distributed Boolean module Distributed Numeric module Distributed Pulse module A NOTE For time critical applications such as distributed control it is highly recommended that you have one Virtual Processor dedicated for these tasks Use a different Virtual Processor to perform other non critical functions The Data Monitor module ensures that the above modules control decisions will be made based only on fresh valid data Any communication problem occurring between the Data Monitor module and the module it is monitoring will be indicated at the Data Monitor s output registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical suppor
476. nce Type select Email Com Port select Ethernet Alert Module Destination type in the destination email address Location type in a custom string this is optional and appears in the email Email From type in an address that you want the email to appear from This may be required as some SMTP servers only accept emails from valid addresses Create an ION module that will produce a pulse on its Trigger output when the exceptional event occurs for example a Setpoint module pulses its Trigger output when the setpoint condition is reached in step 3 Link the Alert module s Trigger input to the Trigger output of the module created 5 Send and save When the Trigger input is pulsed the Alert module establishes communications with the SMTP mail server and emails the alert message Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Alert module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register If any of the Source input values are NOT AVAILABLE The Vn value is replaced by N A After the module is re linked or its setup registers are changed If module is sending the alert is sent with the previous settings If the module is in any other state the changes take effect upon the next alert trigger When an alert is sending the module is re linked its setup registers are changed its Reset input is pulsed or
477. nching module s Source inputs to other modules output registers and incorporating the V1 V2 V3 or V4 variables in the RunCommand line When the Launch input is pulsed the variables will be replaced with the values contained in the registers that you linked to the Source inputs to This way you can include dynamic values in 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 319 Launching Module ION Reference your command line for programs that can accept command line parameters For example you might link a Source input to an output register that reports the voltage on phase A and have the Launching module start a pager program that pages you and reports what the voltage is Value variables are identified in the command line by a sign before the variable name variable names are V1 to V4 this corresponds to Source inputs 1 to 4 The following example displays the value of Source input 1 at the end of your message d commapps page exe 555 4712 V1 If you fail to include the sign before the variable name it will not be replaced with the value on the Source input amp NOTE Following is the syntax used to display data appearing at Source inputs 1 to 4 Source 1 V1 Source 2 V2 Source 3 V3 Source 4 V4 If you want the actual text V1 to appear in the command line rather than replaced by the value you must insert an additional sign in front of it For example to produce the follow
478. nction that can be used to postpone the operation of another module for a defined time period Possible applications include implementing a delay before recording a waveform delaying relay operation The One Shot Timer module turns a Boolean register ON for a specified time period whenever its Start input is pulsed At the end of this time period an output pulse is generated A One Shot Timer can be disabled Inputs Enable One Shot Timer State O o Module Tigger A Enable I Start Event This input enables or disables the One Shot Timer module When the timer is running i e if a pulse was received on the Start input but the time specified in the Duration setup register has not elapsed disabling the module has no immediate effect However subsequent pulses on the Start input will be ignored This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default Start This input triggers the timer countdown While the timer is counting down i e when the State output register is ON all input triggers are ignored in other words Start pulses cannot pre empt the timer operation Linking this input is mandatory Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales represent
479. nd Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Log Mail Module Setup Registers T ION Reference Email Address This register contains the destination email address that the data logs will be sent to The default value of this register is ENTER EMAIL ADDRESS the module will not go online unless the Email Address register is changed You can only enter one Email Address per Log Mail module The Email Address can be a maximum of 80 characters long amp NOTE Make sure you set the SMTP Address setup register in the Ethernet Communications module Max Send Records This register contains the maximum number of data records that the Log Mail module will attempt to send in any single email The default value is 0 the module will not go online unless this register is changed to a non zero value Email From
480. nd map this string variable to the Modbus device address You use this name later on when setting up the module Device Name setup parameter amp NOTE When a Modbus Export module broadcasts it sends messages to all devices on all sites connected to the Virtual Processor or meter However slave devices do not respond to broadcast messages therefore the Virtual Processor or meter does not receive acknowledgement of a successful send After a broadcast Status goes ON while Update Period and Exception Code output registers are NOT AVAILABLE To set up communications between the ION meter as a Modbus master and Modbus slave use Designer to configure the communications port COM port and baud rate on the Modbus Master capable meter Ensure the Modbus Master protocol is active on the communications channel that connects the Modbus master capable meter to a slave device on the Modbus network 2 After you add and set up a Modbus Export module to your framework switch on the Enable input if this input is linked to initiate communication with the Modbus device The Source 1 through Source N inputs contain the data to be placed into the specified Modbus device s registers 3 Connect the WriteNow input to a trigger source Triggering the WriteNow input instructs the module to immediately send a write request to the Modbus Slave device The data appearing at the module s Source inputs are copied to the appropriate Modbus regis
481. nder different conditions Condition Response of Output Register If the Source input is NOT AVAILABLE The output registers retain the state they held when the Source input was available The module still responds to Force On and Force Off pulses Note If the Port setup register is set to NOTUSED Output registers will be NOT AVAILABLE shut down When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a The output registers are OFF 0 All force conditions i e Force On or Force Off are discarded Note If the Port setup register is set to NOTUSED Output registers will be NOT AVAILABLE 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 173 Digital Output Module ION Reference Page 174 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Display Module The Display module allows you to create custom front panel display screens Each front panel screen is generated from a single Display module The data shown by a display screen is determined by the links to the module s Source inputs The format of the display screen is determined by the Display module s setup registers A display activates appears when the Show input of its associated Display module receives a pulse Display Module Event
482. ne Source input This numeric input is usually linked to the kW KVAR or kVA outputs from the MU Power Meter module Linking this input is mandatory The Source input must be in kW units not Watts Enable This input enables or disables the Calibration Pulser module by setting it to ON or OFF respectively When disabled the module will not send pulses to the hardware channel specified in the Port setup register This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module is enabled by default Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Calibration Pulser Module ION Reference Setup Registers OutputMode This register specifies whether the output signal is a complete pulse PULSE or a change of
483. nformation on implementing the Modbus protocol and Modbus Mastering see the Modbus and ION Technology technical note available from the website For more information on using your meter as a Modbus gateway see your meter s User Guide ag Serial Status Connection 1 Modbus Master Serial Status Connection 4 O Options Module TCP Status Connection O TCP Status Connection 10 Event D The Modbus Master Options module has no inputs Modbus ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Modbus Master Options Module Setup Registers ION Reference The Modbus Master Options module has the following setup registers Serial Connection 1 4 These enumerated registers map serial connections to serial communications ports Choose None default or a co
484. ng of the meter data within the Virtual Processor Otherwise you can incorporate the meter data from the meter s data recorders 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 577 XML Import Module ION Reference Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the XML Import module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register File cannot be read All Data outputs are n a Query returned NULL or non numeric node Corresponding data output is n a After the module is re linked or setup registers are changed All Data outputs are n a When the Virtual Processor is first started or a module is newly created AV pata Opus arema Page 578 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved PowerLogic ION Reference ION Architecture amp ION Modules Guide Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www schneider electric com ION PowerLogic ION Enterprise Webmeter and Modbus are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified
485. ng the Record Complete Output The Record Complete output can be used in combination with the Feedback module to automatically reset other modules once recording is complete Refer to the Detailed Module Operation section of the Feedback Module description for more information Setting Up a Data Recorder Module for your Application The following steps outline how to use a Data Recorder module It is not necessary to do these steps in order for example you could set the setup registers first and not actually link the recorder to another module until later 1 Determine what values you want to record These will become your Source inputs You can link these values which are the outputs from other modules now or you can wait until later 2 Specify when or under what condition you want these values recorded You must select another module with an output register that generates a pulse This pulse defines when values are recorded For example if you link the pulse output of the Periodic Timer module to the Record input your Source inputs will be recorded at regular intervals in effect producing an interval snapshot log 3 Ifyou want you can link the Enable input to another module that will determine when the module is operational For example if you link to an External Boolean module you can manually enable or disable the Data Recorder module If you leave the Enable unlinked the module is enabled by default 4 Determ
486. ng the THD module causes the Source input value to be replaced with zero This will cause the demand output of the module to decay as a negative exponential function ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com PF Electric Thermal Demand Module A Setup Registers ION Reference Reset This input resets the Thermal Demand module setting the ThrmDemand output register to zero It must be a pulse register from any other module s outputs This input is optional if you leave it unlinked it will by default never receive a pulse amp NOTE The Reset input will still function if the module s Enable input is OFF The setup registers of the Thermal Demand module allow you to adjust the thermal demand calculation to match a thermal averaging technique Interval This register specifies the nu
487. nge Trip Breaker Relay Raise f ON Transformer Tap Pulse On 1 Trip 2 X ms ignored for X ms No change Close Breaker Relay 1 point per ON Lower Transformer Tap Pulse Or Close 1 AS address for X ms No change Close Breaker Relay 2 points per ON Lower Transformer Tap Pulse Onl Seul as address No change for X ms Note that the minimum On time supported is 20 ms for the ION7700 ION8600 meters and 2 seconds for ION7300 series meters Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the DNP Slave Import module behaves under different conditions ION7550 ION7650 and Condition Response of Output Registers Module is first created All output register are N A If the setup registers are changed i e the module is mapped to a different DNP object If DNPObjGrp is ANALOG OUTPUT the AnalogOut output register is set to 0 and is updated on receipt of the next Master request to this point If DNPObjGrp is BINARY OUTPUT the Relay output registers go OFF and are updated on receipt of the next Master request to this point On device power up Output registers will remain at the last updated value 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 215 DNP Slave Import Module ION Reference Page 216 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE CNE 09 2008 DNP Slave Options Module The DNP Slave Options module all
488. ngs at the beginning of this document as well as those presented in your meter s technical documentation Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com State Q Mode Q I Event D Digital Output Module Source Force ON Force OFF Normal gt gt ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Digital Output Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 170 ION Reference At least one of these inputs must be linked Read the descriptions below to select the input appropriate for your application Refer to Detailed Module Operation on page 172 for more information Source When linked the B
489. ning message when a communication error occurs between the Virtual Processor client subsystem and a server node To generate this warning you can connect the Client Communications Error output register to the input of a Launching module specifying in the Launching module which program will run the warning message Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how Diagnostics module behaves under different Page 156 conditions ION Reference Condition Response of Output Register When a meter is started or powered up Output registers are updated from the meter When a Virtual Processor is started All Output registers are Not Available 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE EA 09 2008 Difference Summation Module This module is currently only available in the Virtual Processor The Difference Summation Module is used to keep a running sum of the changes in the Source input Itis a hybrid of the Counter and Integrator modules in which the Source input is numeric rather than a pulse and unlike the Integrator elapsed time is not used in the calculation The Delta value does not get calculated until there is a valid Previous Source value There will not be a valid Previous Source value until the Source input has been read twice The Source and Previous Source values are used to calculate the Delta and the Delta is then used to calculate the Summation out
490. nitor real time harmonics and so on If you choose to create your own frameworks of linked ION module groups you must follow a certain syntax while programming in ION For example you specify a manager type before accessing a particular module Managers Manager ah 5j prenna a n Power M ter Manager 7 5 Sliding Window A Demand Power Meter Module ION managers act as directories of the modules available in the node They are at the top of the hierarchy providing organization for all the modules There is one manager for each type of module Power Meter manager Maximum manager and so on When linking to a module using ION Enterprise or ION Setup software you must specify the manager type For example to link External Boolean 3 you first select the External Boolean manager 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 13 Introduction ION Modules Page 14 ION Reference ION Modules ION modules are the building blocks of ION architecture Each module type has a unique function that corresponds to part of a conventional power monitoring system The subsequent sections of the ION Reference detail the characteristics of each specific module type See the section ION Modules on page 14 for general information on modules and registers Virtual Processor The Virtual Processor is a powerful component of ION Enterprise software that lets you add
491. nly ALL all data sources is supported 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Log Monitor Module Output Registers 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Caught Up This Boolean register is OFF if any records are outstanding or if any configuration information is outstanding or if any log has not yet been restored or if any records are expected in the next minute Otherwise this register is ON amp NOTE The values of the Caught Up and Falling Behind output registers are only calculated on demand These values will be NOT AVAILABLE for five minutes after they are initially requested Falling Behind This Boolean register is ON if the minimum number of records that are outstanding increases over the last minute If the minimum number of records is zero remains constant or decreases AND all logs are restored and there is no more outstanding configuration information to be uploaded then this register is OFF If none of the previous conditions apply then the Falling Behind register is NOT AVAILABLE amp NOTE The descriptions in this section discuss records and logs A record is a single piece of data with a unique timestamp A log is a collection of records Logs can also be considered as the output of a waveform recorder data recorder or event log controller module A log can include records from multiple sources Total Logs This register holds the total number of
492. nnected to the kVAR total output register on the Power Meter module Units are KVAR TotVA This register is connected to the kVA total output register on the Power Meter module Units are kVA TotPF This register is connected to the PF sign tot output register on the Power Meter module The value can range from 0 to 100 and 100 to 0 Hz This register is connected to the Line Freq output register on the Power Meter module Units are Hertz PPV phsAB PPV phsBC PPV phsCA These registers are connected to the VII ab VII bc and VII ca output registers on the Power Meter module Units are Volts PhV phsA PhV phsB PhV phsC These registers are connected to the Vin a Vin b and Vin c output registers on the Power Meter module Units are Volts 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference IEC 61850 MMXU Module E PhV neut This register is connected to the V4 output register on the Power Meter module Units are Volts E A phsA A phsB A phsC These registers are connected to the a Ib and c output registers on the Power Meter module Units are Amps E A neut This register is connected to the 4 output register on the Power Meter module Units are Amps E Anet This register is connected to the 5 output register on the Power Meter module Units are Amps E W phsA W phsB W phsC These registers are connected to the kW a kW b and kW c output registers on the Power Meter module Units are kW E V
493. not 4 30 compliant this register is not used E PosSeqMag10m positive sequence magnitude This register contains the positive sequence magnitude aggregated over a ten minute harmonics interval It is updated at the end of the interval On a meter that is not 4 30 compliant this register is not used E PosSegPhs10m positive sequence phase angle This register contains the positive sequence phase angle aggregated over a ten minute harmonics interval It is updated at the end of the interval On a meter that is not 4 30 compliant this register is not used Page 528 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Symmetrical Components Module M NegSeqMag10m negative sequence magnitude This register contains the negative sequence magnitude aggregated over a ten minute harmonics interval It is updated at the end of the interval On a meter that is not 4 30 compliant this register is not used NegSegPhs10m negative sequence phase angle This register contains the negative sequence phase angle aggregated over a ten minute harmonics interval It is updated at the end of the interval On a meter that is not 4 30 compliant this register is not used Detailed Module Operation Ideally in a polyphase power system phases A B and C of voltage and current are equal in magnitude separated by 120 and have a particular rotation When this is not the case the system is unbalanced and power use is inefficient
494. nput 2 Analog Input 3 Analog Input 4 Analog Input 5 Analog Input 6 Analog Input 7 Analog Input 8 Analog Input 9 Analog Input 10 Analog Input 11 Analog Input 12 Analog Input 13 Analog Input 14 Analog Input 15 Analog Input 16 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Anln7 instMag W Anin13 instMag Anin7 mag W Anin13 mag Anin amp 8 instMag W Anin14 instMag Anin amp mag I H Anin14 mag Anin9 instMag W H Anin15 instMag AnIn9 mag Oo Anln15 mag Anin10 instMag W H Anin16 instMag Anln10 mag ii Anin16 mag LAnnl instMag M H Event Anin12 instMag Hl Anlin1 instMag Anin1 mag Anin2 instMag Anlin2 mag AnIn3 instMag Anin3 mag AnIn4 instMag AnIn4 mag DER ee AnIn5 instMag AnIn5 mag Anln6 instMag Anlin6 mag ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any
495. nput is written to the register specified by the Destination setup register The Update Threshold setup register determines by what amount the current value must change before a new value is written For example if the Update Threshold is set to 5 and the current value at the Source input is 100 the module will write the new value if the Source value drops below 95 or rises above 105 When this module is activated and the Source input receives a new value that is below or above the limits defined by the Update Threshold value the Distributed Numeric module automatically writes this new value to the register specified in the Destination setup register If the value at the Source input is stable or within the threshold limit you specified the module periodically updates the value at the rate you specify in the Refresh Time register This ensures that the value at the output register is always accurate and current If the Write Now input is linked the Update Threshold and Refresh Time setup registers have no effect on the module and the module only updates the Destination setup register when a pulse is detected at the WriteNow input 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 S3 Distributed Pulse Module The Distributed Pulse module allows you to automatically transfer pulses from a Virtual Processor to another ION node such as an IED or different Virtual Processor When the Distributed Pulse module is enabled
496. ns Condition Response of Output Register After the module is re linked or its setup Any pulsesinproorossaredisc rded registers are changed yP pog When the device is started or powered up No pulses are sent to the hardware port and all either the first time or after a shut down pending pulses are discarded 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 451 Pulser Module ION Reference Page 452 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs Setup Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Query Module The Query module retrieves logged data from the ION database and makes it available to ION clients such as Vista Query modules work independently of the Log Inserter therefore improving the overall performance of system data access Query Module Query Register O The Query module has no programmable inputs Connection String This register specifies the SQL Server 2000 or MSDE 2000 database connection string that the Query Server uses to connect to the ION database When setting up this register in Designer the Connection Properties dialog box displays the following option boxes Provider Data Source or DSN Initial Catalog User ID Password and Connect Timeout Provider This register lets you select the type of database the Query module us
497. nsigned 32B M10k Little Endian IEEE Float IEEE Float Little Endian 1 register 1 register 4 registers 1 register Pakea Boolean 16 values 16 values 64 values 16 values Coil Register Format amp NOTE You can configure the Modbus Import and Export modules using Designer The ION meter Modbus Master limitations are described throughout this text For each write request function code 05 Force Single _Coil allows the module to write to only one coil register Modbus starting address For function code 15 Force Multiple_Coil the module writes data to multiple Modbus addresses up to a maximum of 64 16 on the meter For function code 15 the Modbus Export module writes data to the Modbus register in a similar fashion to the 16 bit signed unscaled or 16 bit unsigned unscaled format The module writes the following data to the Modbus Coil register One 1 for any numeric non zero or Boolean TRUE value appearing at the module s input Zero 0 for numeric zero or Boolean FALSE value appearing at the module s input Page 372 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Export Module wi ITE Modbus Register Stack Modbus Export 1 Starting Address o Module Starting Address 1 ol HO Slice Starting Address 2 El oa ig gO Source 2 Starting Address 3 o a Ei E Source 3 Source 4 i O Oo Source N Starting Address N 1 Oo a T Enabia Writ
498. nsmission delay in seconds after the RTS has been asserted when Hshake Mode is RTS with delay for all other ports the delay in seconds before the transmission Tx of the packet E Rx Timeout receive timeout Specifies the timeout for receiving an entire message from a device The supported range is from 0 1 to 15 seconds The default value is 2 A NOTE This register only affects ION Modbus Master and DNP protocols All other protocols will ignore any user defined values and instead use a default of 1 8 seconds Serial Port This register determines the parity and stop bits for the serial port The default is 8N1 8 data bits no parity 1 stop bit Comm Mode or Mode This register specifies what communications standard the hardware channel COM port employs This register s list depends on what options are installed on your ION meter for example COM1 may only allow RS 232 or RS 485 or COM3 may allow either optical or modem communications Refer to your ION meter s documentation for more details 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 109 Communications Module Page 110 ION Reference HshakeMode handshake mode This register specifies the handshake mode the device is using when the Comm Mode is set to RS 232 Selecting RTS CTS instructs the device to wait for a clear to send CTS signal to be asserted before sending data to the computer Selecting RTS with delay instructs the devi
499. nt cause event effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect Detailed Operation This module provides settings that affect the following modules for that particular session Modbus Import Module Modbus Export Module Modbus Master Device Module Modbus Master Map Module Module Update Rate The update rate of the Modbus Import Modbus Export and Modbus Master Device modules depends upon many factors such as Master and Slave loading serial and TCP parameters such as Receive Timeout and Transmit Delay serial and TCP baud rate and loading in the serial line or Ethernet number of requests to be performed For more information about Modbus and the ION architecture see the Modicon Modbus section of the Modbus Import module 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 405 Modbus Master Options Module ION Reference Page 406 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE KI a IH 09 2008 Modbus Slave Module The Modbus Slave module makes the values in ION registers available to a Modbus master device Each module can be set to map up to 16 values to a specified Base Address in the Modbus holding register address range The module is also able to present the data in numerous formats 16 bit integer 32 bit integer Modbus formats and Packed Boolean Modbus Slave Modbus Value 1 W Module Modbus Value 2 W E O Source 1 HO Sourc
500. ny of the setup registers are changed while the Status register is ON it will automatically change to OFF 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 457 Relative Setpoint Module Page 458 ION Reference amp NOTE If any changes are made to the Relative Setpoint module while the Status output register is ON the Status output register will be forced OFF and the module s inputs will be reevaluated for the setpoint condition Over This Boolean register is ON if the setpoint condition is met with the Source input greater than the Nominal input Under This Boolean register is ON if the setpoint condition is met with the Source input less than the Nominal input Trigger When the Setpoint condition is met the Trigger output register generates a pulse Event Any events produced by the Relative Setpoint module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Extreme value was recorded while Status was ON and EvPriority was non zero Source or Nominal input became Information 25 NOT AVAILABLE while Status was OFF Source or Nominal input became NOT AVAILABLE while Status was ON and EvPriority was zero Setpoint condition started Setpoint condition ended setup changes made while Setpoint was ON module disabled whi
501. o ensure that every day of the year is covered by your seasons if there are gaps between seasons the module returns an error and will not function To specify Season 2 to be active from January 1 to March 21 of the year 2001 and January 1 to March 22 of the year 2002 enter the following into the Season 2 setup register Jan 1 2001 Mar 21 2001 Jan 1 2002 Mar 22 2002 You can specify a season s start time on any given day If you wanted your seasons to begin at 4 00 AM on the above days 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Time of Use Module Jan 1 2001 4 00 Mar 21 2001 4 00 Jan 1 2002 4 00 Mar 22 2002 4 00 If you decide to use time references in your date settings you must apply times to all dates in the register T Season 1 Weekday Rates Season 2 Weekday Rates Season 3 Weekday Rates Season 4 Weekday Rates These setup registers specify seasonal weekday rates Note that weekdays are defined in the Weekdays setup register This setup register requires a valid rate A B C or D with a corresponding start time refer to Detailed Module Operation below for details The first rate must be specified at midnight 0 00 the last rate specified will remain in effect until the end of the day amp NOTE The first rate must start at midnight and the last rate specified will be in effect until the end of the day For example to specify a weekday rate schedule in Season 3
502. o map up to 16 digital values from ION to IEC 61850 Digital Input 1 16 These registers can be connected to any boolean register Setup Registers The GGIO Custom Digital module has no setup registers Output Registers These registers are formatted and named according to IEC 61850 protocol standards Modifying these register labels may cause issues with your IEC 61850 data Ind1 stVal Ind16 stVal These registers contain the Digital Input 1 16 input values D Event Events produced by the module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priori e safi ent Priority Priority Description Group Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Information 25 NOT AVAILABLE input caused output to go NOT AVAILABLE The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Page 270 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE GGIO iS 09 2010 IEC 61850 GGIO Exp Module The IEC 61850 GGIO Expansion I O module represents the GGIO_Exp Logical Node in the IEC 61850 protocol It maps the appropriate ION values to the IEC 61850 counterparts The GGIO_Exp Logical Node provides status information for up to 4 ana
503. o output Pulse duty cycle gt 47 5 The duty cycle for the output pulse is calculated as follows ON ti Duty cycle ae x 100 ON time OFF time Duty cycle changes when the value at the Source input changes Depending on the Kt and Pulse Width settings the value appearing at the Source input causes the duty cycle to reach 47 5 This maximum Source value Max Source can be calculated using the following formula 1 71 Kt Max Source Pulse Width For example if you set the Kt register to 1800 one pulse per 1800 Wh and you set the Pulse Width to 0 050 seconds the module will be able to support normal pulsing as long as the Source input does not exceed 61 560 W calculated Max Source The Overload output will turn ON when the instantaneous value at the Source input reaches or exceeds this value To prevent the module from going to Overload state set the Pulse Width to just slightly greater than the minimum ON time period required for the output hardware channel e g LED to recognize it as a valid pulse Otherwise the pulse weight Kf setup register needs to be redefined i e it needs to be increased 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 97 Calibration Pulser Module Page 98 ION Reference Output Mode KYZ When the OutputMode setup register is set to KYZ the module triggers the output hardware port to change state i e changes its state from OFF to ON and vice versa e
504. o the command line Enable This input enables or disables the Launching module by setting it ON or OFF respectively If you disable a Launching module pulses on the Launch inputs are ignored Linking this input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default Launch When this input is pulsed the Launching module launches the program specified in the RunCommand setup register This input must be linked for the module to operate Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Launching Module Setup Registers ION Reference RunCommand This register specifies the command to be launched when the Launch input is pulsed Launch Mode When this register is set
505. o them by the Scheduler The Arithmetic module s Formula 1 to 4 setup registers are set to calculate the cost during each time period as well as the total cost Page 82 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Arithmetic Module Formula Result S1 05 Energy cost during 12 00 AM to 8 00 AM S1 12 Energy cost during 8 00 AM to 5 00 PM S1 08 Energy cost during 5 00 PM to 12 00 AM SUM R1 R3 Total energy cost for above Result 1 through 3 The External Pulse module is linked to the Reset inputs of the Integrator modules This allows you to manually clear the Integrators for example you may want to clear it on a daily weekly or monthly basis Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Arithmetic module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register If the Source inputs are NOT AVAILABLE Any formulas that reference a NOT AVAILABLE Source input will return a NOT AVAILABLE value to the corresponding Result output Note the IF function can reference NOT AVAILABLE inputs and still provide a valid Result output Refer to the IF function description for details If the Enable input is OFF The Result output registers hold the last calculated values After the module is re linked or its setup registers are changed The Result output registers are NOT AVAILABLE until the formulas are recalculated
506. odbusOutMaxScale Modbus output maximum scale If scaling is applicable this register specifies the scaled upper limit of the Modbus value 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 369 Modbus Export Module ION Reference Output Registers Page 370 Busy only on the meter Busy output is ON when the module is transmitting a write request WriteNow pulses are ignored until busy is OFF Pending only on the meter Pending output is ON when a write operation is in progress Another write request is not issued until pending is OFF Status This register indicates the status of communication between ION and Modbus protocols A value of one ON indicates that the last communications attempt succeeded OFF indicates it did not Successful Write This output generates a pulse whenever the module successfully writes data Unsuccessful Write This output generates a pulse whenever the module does not write a request because of either a communications error or a Modbus exception Exception Code This register contains the Modbus exception code returned by the slave when invalid requests are made Update Period This register indicates the delay from the time the module receives a WriteNow request to when it updates its outputs with the results of the write operation Event All events produced by the Modbus module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are show
507. ode nput Node setting or the entire site Input Sites setting If Input Logs is selected only those log registers linked to the Log Monitor s inputs will be included in the performance calculations 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 341 Log Monitor Module ION Reference Page 342 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 LonWorks Export Module The LonWorks Export module allows your ION meter to provide data to a LonWorks network It converts ION register values to LonWorks output network variables As discussed below these output network variables must be one of the standard network variable types SNVTs as specified by the SNVT setup register LonWorks Export Module BindState L 7 Event O AO E Source nvo_LON_Export_xx For more information about LonWorks networks visit the LonMark website at www LonMark org Output Network Variable Name Inputs Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support AO The name of the network variable is determined by the module s label Although the default label will work it is good practice to use custom label names that identify the data source and LonWorks variable type For example if the module s Source input is linked to the Power Meter module s output register Vin a a descriptive output network varia
508. ode A this register defines whether the rules testing Source B are relative to Nominal B or absolute Refer to the Eval Mode A register above EvPriority This register allows you to set a custom priority level to certain events written to the Event output register When EvPriority is zero no event is written Refer to the Event output register description for details Output Registers Page 90 Bin 1 to Bin 25 Once the Evaluate input is pulsed and Rule nis satisfied by the Source inputs Bin nis incremented by one The Bin module continues to increment its Bin outputs each time their corresponding Rules are met by the Source inputs until the module is disabled or reset Event All events produced by the module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Bin Module Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input Links setup registers or labels have been changed Event A Bin output was incremented The EvPriority setup register defines the priority of these events The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 91 Bin Module ION R
509. ofiles Configure each daily profile specifying when the outputs should be ON or OFF and when pulses should occur Repeat for each output or copy one output s calendar over other outputs Profiles must be defined separately for each output Preview the schedules for each output A NOTE Once you have specified a start date you can perform the other steps in any order Page 476 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Scheduler Module Selecting a Start Date for the Schedule By default a Scheduler module running on an ION meter has a start date of January 1 1970 On a Virtual Processor the default start date will depend on when the Scheduler module was created In either case you will need to change this date to the day you want your schedule to start You will also need to change this date every two years when you reprogram the Scheduler module A NOTE The Scheduler modules will generate events in the device s Event log when the programmed schedule is within 30 days of expiration To change the start date 1 Press the Start Date button at the bottom of the window The following dialog box appears Modify Start Date Year fis70 Month January 7 Day for Thursday 7 Cancel 2 Type in the year and select the month and day on which you wish the schedule to start 3 Press the OK button A NOTE Changing the start date is an irreversible operation If you had act
510. olds information that can be used by several Modbus Master Device modules Modbus Master Device modules are linked to or associated with a Modbus Master Map module when you specify the same Device Type for both the Modbus Master Map and the Modbus Master Device modules For more information about Modbus and the ION architecture see the Modicon Modbus section of the Modbus Import module ill Modbus Master Map Module Event D The Modbus Master Map module has no inputs The Modbus Master Map module has the following setup registers Device Type This string register defines the slave device type The string can have a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters dot and dash allowed Modbus ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com PF Electric Modbus Master Map Module Page 398
511. om the arccos function is the angle whose cosine is the original number entered into the function The angle returned from the arccos function is given in radians and will be in the range 0 lt x lt PI Syntax ARCCOS number Where number is the cosine of the angle you want and must be in the range 1 lt number lt 1 Examples ARCCOS 0 5 equals 2 094395 2P1 3 radians ARCCOS 0 5 180 PI equals 120 degrees ARCSIN Returns the arcsine of a number or expression Arcsine is the inverse of sine the angle returned from the arcsine function is the angle whose sine is the original number entered into the function The returned angle is given in radians in the range Pl 2 lt x lt Pl 2 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Arithmetic Module Syntax ARCSIN number Where number is the sine of the angle you want and must be in the range 1 lt number lt 1 Examples ARCSIN 0 5 equals 0 5236 PI 6 radians ARCSIN 0 5 180 PI equals 30 degrees ARCTAN Returns the arctangent of a number or expression Arctangent is the inverse of tangent the angle returned from the arctan function is the angle whose tangent is the original number entered into the function The returned angle is given in radians in the range P1 2 lt x lt Pl 2 Syntax ARCTAN number Where number is the tangent of the angle you want Examples ARCTAN 1 equals 0 785398 PI 4 radians ARCTAN 1 180 PI
512. om the specified starting address and the adjacent higher address of the Modbus register map It then takes the contents of the first address most significant and multiplies this value by 10000 It then takes the product and adds the contents of the second address least significant The result is placed into the Value 1 output register The module repeats this process for the remaining Value registers SCALED The module takes data from the specified starting address and the adjacent higher address of the Modbus register map It takes the contents of the first address most significant and multiplies this value by 10000 It then takes the product and adds to it the contents of the second address least significant The result is placed into a temporary register The module then applies scaling specified in the module s setup registers and transfers the result into Value 1 output register The module repeats this process for the remaining Value registers 32 bit Modbus Register Map ER Value 1 EH Modbus Register Stack Value 2 Bit ons 1413121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 fa Value 3 Hi ae Starting Address Value 4 i Starting Address 1 N Starting Address 2 Starting Address 3 Value N
513. on on page 172 for more information Mode This Boolean register indicates which input controls the hardware port If the Force ON and Force OFF inputs control the hardware port the Mode register is ON If the Source input controls the hardware port the Mode register is OFF Event All events produced by a Digital Output module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Priority Description Group Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Output forced ON forced OFF or forced NORMAL VO State Change 20 output transaction has occurred These events are only recorded if the EvLog Mode setup register is set to LOG ON The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 171 Digital Output Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation A primary function of the Digital Output module is to physically control the operation of a relay or device connected to the meter s digital output port This figure illustrates the basic operation of a Digital Output module showing the operation of all the possible inputs when the PulseWidth is equal to zero and when the Pulsewidth is non zero
514. on Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Input Register Change 15 Boolean input has changed Information 25 NOT AVAILABLE input caused output to go NOT AVAILABLE These events are only recorded if the EvLog Mode setup register is set to LOG ON The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 53 AND OR Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation Depending on what you select for the module s Mode setup register the module performs the logical calculations as shown in the following diagrams zeroes and ones represent Boolean OFF and ON conditions respectively Using the Module on Z z U Q o Ze g 2 o Q l 0 1 0 AND AND 1 1 1 NAND p o ss es ee The first row illustrates how the module operates an AND operation The Result output will be ON only if all inputs are ON Result is OFF if at least one input is OFF The second row illustrates how the module operates a NAND operation The Result output will be OFF only if all inputs are ON Result is ON if at least one input iS OFF The third row illustrates how the module operates an OR operation The Result output will be ON if at least one input is ON Result is OFF only if all inputs are OFF The last row i
515. on type in the header that accompanies the XML message The default value is application xml The value range is 0 80 characters with no spaces T Attachment Extension This register s value specifies the extension to use in the filename for the XML message attachment The default is mma though the value range can be 0 20 characters This setup register only applies to emails Output Registers Sending A value of TRUE at this output indicates the module is in the process of sending a message If further pulses arrive at the Send input while the module is in this state they will be ignored and an Event will be generated E Records Sent This output indicates the number of records sent in the last successful message transmission 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 327 Log Export Module A Success ION Reference This output pulses when the module successfully sends a message A Fail This output pulses when the module fails to send a message Event Any events produced by the Log Export module are recorded in the Event register as follows records to send Event Priority Group Priority Description Send pulsed while 30 A pulse arrived on the Send input while the module was already sending already in the sending state An email message failed to be sent successfully for any Email send failed 30 number of reasons The logged event will contain some indication of the reason fo
516. onnect the second input to the maximum value that you expect the displayed quantity to be bounded by this could be any ION output register or an External Numeric module register In this case i e the Display module is not connected to a Calibration Pulser module the Disk Simulator revolves from left to right A NOTE The inputs to the Disk Simulator display are always positive If the value exceeds the maximum scale value assigned in the second input then nothing is displayed except labels and the disk rectangle 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 Display Options Module The Display Options module controls attributes of a front panel display It is a core module that cannot be deleted copied or linked It is configured by altering the contents of its setup registers Inputs Display Options Module The Display Options module has no inputs Setup Registers Some Display Options module setup registers are not available in all ION meters AutoScroll This register holds the number of seconds that a screen remains on the front panel display before scrolling to the next screen PF Symbol This register specifies how the power factor data is labeled Digit Grouping This register determines how groups of three digits are separated Date Format This register determines how the date is shown Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Ca
517. oolean value appearing at the input is sent to the hardware port specified by the Port setup register If you leave this input unlinked the hardware port is controlled only by the Force ON and Force OFF inputs Force ON When pulsed this input forces the hardware port on regardless of the Source input state and the Force ON and Force OFF inputs control the hardware port The hardware port specified in the Port setup register is pulsed on for the amount of time entered in the PulseWidth setup register amp NOTE If the PulseWidth setup register is zero the hardware port is continuously on until a pulse is received on the Force OFF input Force OFF When pulsed this input forces the specified hardware port off regardless of the Source input state and the Force ON and Force OFF inputs control the hardware port The Force OFF input is only valid if the PulseWidth setup register is set to zero and will be ignored if the PulseWidth setup register is non zero Normal If the hardware port is being controlled by the Force ON input pulsing this input changes hardware port control to the Source input The Normal register is only valid if the PulseWidth setup register is set to zero and is ignored if the PulseWidth setup register is non zero The setup registers of the Digital Output module define what kind of output the module produces and on which hardware port EvLog Mode event log mode This register determines whether hardw
518. ord button At this point you are asked to enter the new password twice Click OK to write the new password into the meter Once the Security User modules have been configured and the Advanced Security System has been enabled only users who have the Security Config Access setup register set to YES will be able to configure Security User modules 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 Setpoint Module Setpoints provide extensive control secondary protection and analysis capabilities by allowing you to initiate an action in response to a specific condition Some possible applications for the Setpoint module include demand control power quality monitoring activating alarms fault detection gated logging functions A Setpoint module monitors a single numeric or Boolean input for a specific condition When the condition is met the Status output register changes to ON and a trigger pulse is generated On A Setpoint Module Status Learned High Limit Trigger A Learned Low Limit Remaining Learning Time W Learned SusUntlON Stable Learning Time E Learned SusUntlOFF Source Enable Learn Now O E Nm Event You can configure the Setpoint module to learn values for the High Limit Low Limit SusUntlON and SusUntlOFF registers and then either to p
519. ord Complete output pulses the Send input of the Log Export module When this pulse arrives at the Send input the Log Export module sends all its Source data records that have not previously been sent to the email address specified in the Destination setup register In the previous framework data is sent to the destination email address as it is gathered It is also possible to create a framework that allows a certain number of data records to be accumulated in the Data Recorder module before the batch is sent to the destination email address A sample framework is illustrated below lt lt Periodic Timer Trigger A Data Recorder Module 1 Module Data Log Log Export Module Source Send Record Period 5 minutes Depth 12 Periodic Timer Trigger Module 2 Period 60 minutes This sample framework allows 12 data records to be accumulated in the Data Recorder before it is sent from the meter to the email destination The first Periodic Timer module has its Trigger output connected to the Data Recorder module s Record input while a second Periodic Timer module has its Trigger linked to the 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 329 Log Export Module ION Reference Send input of the Log Export module Rather than the Data Recorder module s Record Complete pulsing the Log Export module every time the data log is successf
520. ority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have been changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 265 Harmonics Measurement Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The module performs harmonic analysis using the method outlined in the standard IEC 61000 4 7 Harmonic and interharmonics Class and Il The frequency resolution is 5 Hz amp NOTE Magnitude and Phase outputs are accessible on the ION7550 ION7650 meter s Harmonics display using the buttons on the meter s front panel Page 266 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Schneider Electric 09 2010 IEC 61850 GGIO Cust AI Module The IEC 61850 GGIO Custom Analog module can be configured to map up to 16 user selected ION numeric register values into IEC 61850 analog values Only one instance of this module can exist Because this module is specific to supporting the IEC 61850 protocol it can be deleted if IEC 61850 is not required For more information about IEC 61850 please refer to the IEC 61850 and ION Technology protocol document IEC 61850 GGIO Custom Analog Module Analog Input 1 Analog I
521. ork properly Digital Output module control through IEC 61850 WARNING HAZARD OF UNEXPECTED DIGITAL OUTPUT STATE CHANGE Do not use ION meters for critical control or protection applications where human or equipment safety relies on the operation of the control circuit An unexpected change of state of the digital outputs can result when the supply power to the meter is interrupted or after a meter firmware upgrade Be sure that you are familiar with the warnings at the beginning of this document as well as those presented in your meter s technical documentation e Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage If the SPCSO Control Mode setup register is set to IEC 61850 CTLVAL the associated IEC 61850 control attribute ctlval is taken from IEC 61850 and written to the corresponding SPCSO stVal output register The SPCSO stVal output register is connected to the Source input register on the Digital Output module which controls the state of the meter s digital output The associated Digital Output Status input must not be linked or else the module will not go online SPCSO1 Control Mode IEC 61850 CTLVAL _ IEC 61850 2 write SPCS01 ctIVal to SPCS01 stVal Digital Output State from IEC 61850 SPCS01 stVal IEC 61850 Digital Output Status GGIO Onboard Module Digital Output Modul State not connected Digital O
522. ormed on the sample waveform to determine the harmonic components of the signals They are then used in the following formula where k the highest harmonic order number k 1 2 n the harmonic order number Total HD gt x 100 f the magnitude of the fundamental 1 Vn 2 f the magnitude of the n harmonic MH Tot EvenHD total even harmonics distortion This register contains the total even harmonic distortion of the input E Tot OddHD total odd harmonics distortion This register contains the total odd harmonic distortion of the input Page 255 Harmonics Analyzer Module Page 256 ION Reference K Factor This register contains the K Factor of the input signal It is available only for current inputs An FFT is performed on the sample current waveform to determine the harmonic components of the signals They are then used in the following formula 2 S n where k the highest harmonic order number K Factor mlo n the harmonic order number 2 f the magnitude of the nt harmonic gt n 1 Crest Factor This register contains the Crest Factor of the input signal It is available only for current inputs Phasor Magnitude This register contains the magnitude in engineering units of the fundamental component It is available for current and voltage inputs Phasor Angle This register contains the phase in degrees of the fundamental component relative to V1 It is available for current and voltage inputs
523. orrection module is correcting CT or PT For current inputs the secondary nominal rating is typically 5A or 1A depending on the CT For PTs a secondary nominal voltage rating may range from 63 5 VAC line to neutral to 347 VAC line to neutral or 600 VAC line to line The default value for current inputs depends upon the framework 5A or 1A the default value for voltage nominal is 120VAC The allowable range for a CT secondary nominal rating is between 0 001 20A The allowable range for a PT secondary nominal rating is between 0 1 1000VAC Ratio Correction Type This enumerated register determines what type of modeling is performed to correct the CT or PT ratio The selectable values are NONE or PIECE WISE LINEAR Ratio Correction Data This register contains a string of delimited pairs of test points and associated Ratio Correction Factors RCF for the CT or PT The test point is expressed as a percentage of the rated secondary nominal rating The definition of RCF is RCF True Ratio Marked Ratio Percent Error RCF 1 x100 Ratio Correction Factor RCF is expressed as a decimal value Example test data points are as follows Ee nomial RCF 100 0 998 50 1 000 25 1 001 10 1 003 1 1 008 0 2 1 010 The input for this data would be 100 0 998 50 1 0 25 1 001 10 1 003 1 1 008 0 2 1 010 For validation purposes the RCF value is deemed out of range if it is greater than 2 0 or less t
524. ort module is placing onto the LonWorks network In effect the SNVT associates a unit with the data value For example if you want to covert an ION register reporting energy kWh to a network variable set the SNVT setup register to SNVT_elec_kwh Refer to the table of supported SNVTs towards the end of this module description More details about each SNVT can be found in the LonMark s SNVT Master List Be aware that if the LonWorks Export module s network variable is currently bound i e BindState is ON you cannot change this setup register You must first unbind the network variable using LonWorks Network Manager software 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference LonWorks Export Module Output Registers 22 LonWorks Export modules have an output register that delivers the LonWorks network variables network variable has two components the converted value from the Source input and the units that are specified by the SNVT setup register BindState This register indicates that the module s output network variable is bound to at least one other LonWorks network variable See Binding Network Variables below Event All events produced by a LonWorks Export module are written into this register Events include changing the SNVT setup registers changing the links to its input and the BindState output register changing state The Event output register stores the following information for ea
525. ory module s Device Name setup register The value range for this string is up to 80 characters these characters must be alphanumeric but can also include a dash hyphen or a dot period Refer to the MeterM il Internal Email Client Feature technical note for an example that illustrates the use of this register amp NOTE The Factory module s Device Name and Device Namespace setup registers must be changed from their defaults in order for the Log Export module to go online amp NOTE If only one meter is used for sending XML data then Gatewayed Device Name and Gatewayed Device Namespace can remain at Default the meter s Factory module can supply the necessary identification since there are no gatewayed devices However these registers are particularly important when a device is collecting data from multiple gatewayed devices via Modbus Master each gatewayed device s XML data can be uniquely identified T Gatewayed Device Type This value is used as the type attribute in the Device element of XML messages generated by the module The default value is Default When set to Default the type attribute of the Device element inherits the value from the Factory module s Device Type register The value range is 0 80 characters with no spaces or slashes Characters must be alphanumeric but can also include a dash hyphen or a dot period T MIME Type This register s value is used for the MIME Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensi
526. oss Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 12 2009 Arithmetic Module The Arithmetic module allows you to apply defined mathematical and logical functions to the inputs and updates its output registers with the results of the calculations A wide variety of defined functions are provided and virtually any type of calculation can be performed Many calculations require previous values of a variable in addition to the current value in order to establish a rate of change The Arithmetic module stores x previous values read at each Source input the number of previous values x depends on the ION device you are using and these values are easily referenced in Arithmetic module formulas Arithmetic Module Om Source 1 Result E Q E Source n D Enable Resultm i Reset CalculateNow Event i RS Source 1 n These are the inputs upon which the Arithmetic module s calculations can be performed They can be numeric or Boolean registers from any other module s outputs Linking these inputs is optional any input you do not link will not have a value available for use in calculations The number of Source inputs available depends on the ION device you are using as follows Node Type Maximum Number of Source Inputs ION meters 8 Virtual Processor 50 ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are tradem
527. ou must first unbind it using a LonWorks network manager tool The Network Manager recognizes the two devices and binds performs the logical connection between them Thus the data is imported from the LonWorks network converted to an ION register and made available to the advanced features of the ION device LonWorks Device Output Network Variable Network Manager Tool Existing LonWorks Devices AIL Input Network Variable ION Enterprise Workstation You must create and configure all the LonWorks Import modules you plan to use before installing the device on the LonWorks Network If you create any new LonWorks Import modules or you change their configuration you will have to re install the device on the LonWorks Network for your changes to be detected Supported SNVTs The ION7300 LONFT s LonWorks Import and LonWorks Export modules support the following SNVTs Measurement SNVT Name Range Resolution SNVT E ni SNVT_not_used Current integer SNVT_amp 3276 8 3276 7 A 0 1 A 1 3276 8 A Current float SNVT_amp_f 1E38 1E38 A 48 1E38 A Current millie integer SNVT_amp_mil 3276 8 3276 7 mA 0 1 mA 2 3276 8 mA 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 355 LonWorks Import Module ION Reference Measurement SNVT N
528. ou typed it on a DOS command line To test your RunCommand entry open a Command prompt window then type in the command exactly as you typed it in the RunCommand setup register amp NOTE The Launching module can only start the program If the program does not quit on its own you have to do it manually RunCommand Syntax If the directory in which the program resides is in your PATH variable you can specify just the name of the program For example cmd exe If the directory in which the program resides is notin your PATH variable you must include the program s full path name For example d apps myprogram exe The program can be on a local drive or in a directory on another computer on the network if the directory is shared If it is shared you will be able to see that computer and directory in Windows Explorer You can either map a network drive to the directory or reference it with the computer name For example f networkdir myprogram exe or COMPUTERNAME DIR myprogram exe If the program you want to launch accepts command line parameters you can include them as part of the RunCommand text For example if you want to run a program and have it open a specific data file you might type d apps myprogram exe Fdatafile txt Incorporating the Source Input When entering the command line into the RunCommand setup register you can include the Source input values You can do this by linking the Lau
529. ou will see forecasted values for the next four hours It can take time for a module to build up enough data to create an adequate profile for a channel in order to display information on the Trending and Forecasting web page The trending data and accumulated values are backed up to the meter s non volatile memory every hour Since the data needs to be accumulated over time in order to build a useful profile it is important that it persists through power cycles Page 557 Trending and Forecasting Module ION Reference Page 558 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Y Inputs E Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Voltage Selection Module The Voltage Selection module acts as a switch between two sets of phase voltages providing a common set of voltages to other ION modules regardless of the configuration of the power system connected to the ION meter The switching is based on the Volts Mode setup register from the Power Meter module in conjunction with the Voltage Selection module s setup registers Voltage Selection V1 Oo Module V2 E VII a I mw Vib v3 E Vic Vag E yl I V a Event D E Vhb BE Vinc E Vin avg Volts Mode Vila VII b VII c VII avg These four inputs will appear on the V7 V2
530. ould be fine tuned to improve performance Log Monitor outputs can also be used to create advanced control operations such as the automatic disconnection of a modem site after data has been uploaded amp NOTE In order to provide statistics for a specific Log Node or Site at least one output register from the Log Node or Site must be linked to the Log 7 n input The outputs of the Log Monitor module depend on how the Log Source setup register is configured The Log Monitor can be configured to provide statistics on specific logs specific nodes IEDs entire sites multiple sites or aggregate statistics for all logs referenced by the Log Server Log Monitor Module Caught Up oO Avg Retrieval Time W z Log 7 Falling Behind oO Avg Processing Time I JM mee Total Logs o Logs Restored Pending Records A Managed Logs Outstanding Recs E Configured Logs Records Processed E Confirmed Logs Rec Generation Rate W Inaccessible Logs Rec Retrieval Rate E Stat Comp Time Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic an
531. our local Schneider Electric sales representative S h d for assistance or go to C nel er www powerlogic com ES Electric Feedback Module ION Reference O Event All events produced by a Feedback module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp event priority event s cause event s effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Detailed Module Operation The Feedback module generates one pulse on its output if one or more pulses occurred on its Source input since the module last operated Note that this module operates once per second for ION devices Using the Module Page 242 The Feedback module is used to create closed loop or circular paths in ION frameworks This allows you to pulse a module that initiated a process by returning its output pulse to one of its inputs Some frameworks can be simplified or enhanced with the Feedback module For example feedback can be used to automatically reset a Maximum module immediately after a maximum value has been recorded Without feedback resets must be performed on preset schedules or by control actions initiated by system operators The following diagram shows how a feedback loop
532. ource This input is monitored for the setpoint condition It can be a numeric register from any other module s outputs Linking this input is mandatory M Nominal This input provides a reference value for the setpoint It can be either a numeric or numeric bounded setup or output register from any other module Linking this input is mandatory Schneider Electric ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the Saanichton BC property of their respective owners Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising For technical support out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 41 290 944 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved e Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative S h d for assistance or go to C nel er www powerlogic com ES Electric Relative Setpoint Module ION Reference Enable This input enables or disables the Relative Setpoint module Disabling the module forces the Status Over and Under output registers to NOT AVAILABLE overriding the Setpoint condition This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by defau
533. output on the Data Acquisition module and set the Depth and Record Delay setup registers appropriately refer to the Waveform Recorder module description When a transient is detected on this phase the corresponding waveform is recorded You can also use a phase trigger TranV1 Trig TranV2Trig or TranV3Trig to trigger one or more Counter modules to keep track of the number of transients that occur on each voltage phase Responses to Special Conditions Page 554 The following table summarizes how the Transient module behaves under different conditions Condition Response to Output Register If the Source inputs are NOT AVAILABLE All output registers are NOT AVAILABLE If the Nominal input is zero All output registers are NOT AVAILABLE All output registers that are not related to learning are If the Enable input is OFF NOT AVAILABLE When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut All output registers are NOT AVAILABLE down If learning is not in progress and no ie Learned output registers are NOT AVAILABLE learned values are waiting to be installed P 9 If V1 V2 or V3 or the Nominal input are NOT AVAILABLE or there is any change in the module setup Learning stops and is reset and the learned output registers are NOT AVAILABLE 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 1e 09 2008 Trending and Forecasting Module The
534. output register for Alert module 2 turns off and its Sending output register turns on When the ION Alert Monitor receives the alert it informs the system to dial back to the site to upload logs Since the Lockout Time setup register for Alert module 2 is set to 15 it prevents other alerts from interrupting the ION Alert Monitor while it is dialing back to the site for a period of 15 seconds Page 32 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Alert Module Alerting with Multiple IEDs Alerting can be implemented in a loop of networked devices An alert trigger can originate from any device on the loop provided those devices have the ability to produce a digital signal A NOTE Some meters require an optional I O board or device to provide digital outputs Assume the ION7330 meters are monitoring setpoint conditions The ION7550 meter s Digital Input modules are used to receive digital data as shown in the diagram A Pulse Merge module is used to process the pulses produced by the two Digital Input modules The output of the Pulse Merge module is then used to trigger the ION7550 s Alert module This configuration sends an alert whenever the setpoint condition on either ION7330 is met Digital Status Outputs Inputs SCOM s8 S7 s S5 S4 s3 S2 S1 aii Ou Output Module 1 Source Force ON Force OFF Normal gt 0 Digital Input Module 1 State Trigger
535. ower Meter module All Power Meter modules are enabled by default They cannot be disabled V1 V4 and 1 15 These inputs are the sampled waveforms originating from your polyphase or single phase power system These Power Meter module inputs are linked to the Data Acquisition module s outputs these links cannot be changed The physical connection for 14 15 and V4 are not present on all ION meters Those meters with connections for these inputs are generally used to monitor neutral and earth ground currents and voltage 4 is generally connected to the neutral conductor in a Wye system 5 is generally used for monitoring the earth ground current and V4 is typically used to measure the potential between neutral and earth ground Although all ION meters have an 4 output register the 4 input is not always present Those meters that do not have the 4 input derive 4 from a residual current calculation see the 4 output register below Refer to your ION device documentation for more information The setup registers for the Power Meter module define the characteristics of the power system being monitored and influence the calculations that are performed All Power Meter modules have the following setup registers Volts Mode This register reflects the power system configuration and determines the mode of calculation 4W Wye 3W Wye or Delta for example The device may also offer a demonstration mode that generates dyna
536. ows you to specify options for supporting the DNP protocol on ION meters It also provides information about the availability of event buffer space Each DNP Slave Options module s settings apply to one session A session consists of all incoming and outgoing DNP Master Slave traffic on one of the meter s communications ports Each ION device can have a maximum of three concurrent sessions one for each serial port up to three using Ethernet or a combination of both Combinations available will depend on the meter s communications options The Distributed Network Protocol Version 3 0 DNP 3 0 is an open protocol used in the electric utility industry for communications and inter operability among substation computers RTUs IEDs and Master Stations An ION meter can be integrated into a DNP network through the ION DNP Slave Import Export and Options modules Complete documentation of the DNP protocol is available through the DNP User s Group on the web at www dnp org This documentation includes the Data Link Layer Protocol Description Transport Functions Application Layer Protocol Description and Data Object Library and DNP 3 0 Subset Definitions Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to
537. p Registers ION Reference N A Conversion This setup register controls how N A source inputs are handled by the Convert module Selectable options available in this register are None Convert to 0 and Convert to 1 Output Registers Page 120 Numeric Out If the source is a numeric or numeric bounded register the input value passes through to its corresponding Numeric Out register If the source is a Boolean register the Numeric Out register will contain a value of 1 if the input value is TRUE and 0 if the input value is FALSE Boolean Out If the source is a numeric register the Boolean Out register will be TRUE if the numeric input is non zero or FALSE if it is zero If the source is a Boolean register the input value passes through to the Boolean Out register On Pulse If the source is a numeric or numeric bounded register the On Pulse register generates a pulse when the numeric input changes from zero to non zero If the source is a Boolean register the On Pulse register generates a pulse when the Boolean input changes from FALSE to TRUE No pulses are generated if the Source input goes from NOT AVAILABLE to TRUE or FALSE or from NOT AVAILABLE to non zero or zero Off Pulse If the source is a numeric register the Off Pulse register generates a pulse when the numeric input changes from non zero to zero If the source is a Boolean register the Off Pulse register generates a pulse when the Boolean input changes
538. p registers then transfers the result into the Value 1 output register 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 385 Modbus Import Module ION Reference The following 16 bit Modbus Register Map illustrates how the module maps its Value outputs to the Modbus register map Modbus Import Module Page 386 16 bit Modbus Register Map lt AD Value 1 fi Modbus Register Stack MSB LS Value 2 PINCE 3121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Value 3 B NX Starting Address Value 4 AN Starting Address 1 Le Starting Address 2 Starting Address 3 Value N a Status oO Successful Read Exception Code W Update Period W D Starting Address N 1 IEEE Float IEEE Float is a floating point format It does not support scaling The module takes data from the specified starting address and the adjacent higher address of the Modbus register map It copies the contents of the first address into the 16 most significant bit positions on Value 1 output register and copies the contents of the second address into the 16 least significant bit positions of the Value 1 output register Val
539. part of the disturbance can be recognized and analyzed independently During a disturbance if the voltage on an input changes by more than the amount specified in the ChangeCrit register the corresponding SubTrig output register will pulse marking the beginning of a new sub disturbance 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Sag Swell Module amp NOTE The Sag Swell module uses RMS values Therefore in each case it takes a full cycle for a disturbance or a sub disturbance to be detected The highlighted circles indicate changes in the input that were less than the ChangeCrit setup register In these cases there was no new sub disturbance This diagram shows a sag disturbance on the V7 input In this example the nominal voltage is 120V the ChangeCrit setup register is set to 10 the Sag Lim is set to 94 and the Hysteresis is set to 2 0 100 _ i Fa 93 p H H H 85 75 LR 45 37 HN Disturbance gt a Sub 2 Sub 3 gt 4 T1 This is the beginning of the disturbance as well as the beginning of the first sub disturbance At 75 the voltage is far below the necessary sag limit of 94 At this point the output registers are DistState ON DisStart pulses SubV1Trig pulses SubV1Avg Not Available
540. proximately the same amount of time When an alert is sent the modem dials 123 4567 and waits 10 seconds then finishes by dialing 99 The Alert module then records a successful send 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Alert Module regardless of whether the page went through or not You have to experiment with how many commas pauses you need to include this must correspond to the amount of time the paging service needs to answer the phone MV90 Selecting the MV90 alert type allows the meter to communicate to ltron s MV90 software This type is only allowed if the currently selected port is set to ODB Outage Dial Back it is not supported with the normal internal modem or external modems This alert type is only triggered on power outage of the meter itself For information on configuring MV90 to accept the alert consult the MV90 and ION Technology technical note ION ALERT PEGASYS When a remote meter is not connected to your network the Alert module provides a means of notifying the network that it should contact the meter and upload records The module uses a simple ASCII protocol to send the alert Typically you will be running the Alarm Server to receive alerts You can also use other applications to accept the message and reply back Use the following message format BEGIN ALARM lt contents of Location setup register gt lt timestamp of alert gt lt alert priority gt lt
541. put register as follows Delta Source Previous Source Summation previous Summation Delta If the Source RollValue input is linked the Source RollValue input will be used to determine Rollover value of the Source input as described in the case below If the Source RollValue input is linked and Abs Source lt Abs Previous Source Delta Source Source RollValue Previous Source If the Source RollValue input is not linked the calculation will proceed as described previously When the module is first created the Summation Previous Source and Delta output registers will all remain at 0 until two iterations of the module operate function Difference Summation Summation oO Module Previous Source W a Source Delia dm E Source RollValue Rollover A Enable Even ki A Reset Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personne
542. r respective owners Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising For technical support out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 41 290 944 3010 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Schneider for assistance or go to www powerlogic com BF Electric AND OR Module Setup Registers ION Reference LatchReset If the UpdateMode setup register is set to LATCHING pulsing this register sets the PrevLatchResult value to be equal to the instantaneous value of the Result output register and resets the Result output register Mode This register specifies the type of logical evaluation to be performed It is an Enumerated register allowing you to select AND OR NAND or NOR EvLog Mode This register specifies if changes in the Result output register are recorded as events in the Event output register If you select LOG ON these events are logged If you select LOG OFF these events are not included in the Event output register Note that in either case linking the module and changing setup registers are still logged as events in the Event register Update Mode This register specifies whether the And Or module is LATCHING or INSTANTANEOUS If you sele
543. r the failure Sendpulsed but he A pulse arrived at the Send input but the Data Recorder P 30 which is linked to the Source input of the Log Export Module does not contain any unsent data records The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Page 328 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Log Export Module Detailed Module Operation The applications for this module are numerous Presented below are frameworks you can implement in your meter to utilize the Log Export module Sending Data Via Email The following illustration shows how to create the basic framework for sending data to a specified email address via the Log Export module HO I Log Export Periodic Timer M Trigger A Data Recorder al Record Complete A Module Module Module Data Log I Source __ Send Source Record The Data Recorder module s Source inputs record the data you want and store these values in the module s Data Log output register every time the module s Record input is pulsed by a Periodic Timer module These Source inputs can be linked to the boolean numeric or numeric bounded registers of ION devices When the values have been successfully recorded the Data Recorder module s Rec
544. ration All E Limit Exceeded 10 Reset Lt A DistAllStart Limit Exceeded 2 DistAllEnd A H Limit Exceeded 30 LI Limit Exceeded All H Event i M Source 1 Source 2 Source 3 These three Source inputs are analyzed by the module If the Source inputs deviate as per the Pickup and Dropout setup register below from the Nominal input the disturbance is analyzed and the data is reflected on the output registers At least one Source input must be linked unlinked Sources produce N A on their corresponding outputs A NOTE Generally the Disturbance Analyzer module s three Source inputs are linked to phase voltages for example Source 1 would be linked to phase A voltage Schneider Electric ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the Saanichton BC property of their respective owners Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising For technical support out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com O0 ASE S010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Schneider for assistance or go to ww
545. rdiD number The record s identification number this can be ignored by user NODEINFO This setting provides basic information about a node and the current status of any communications initiated by the Log Server The columns in the Nodelnfo table are Column Name Value Description Node name The name of the node Device Type name The type of device Serial Number number The device s serial number Average Update Interval time in seconds The average time between updates for the node Time Since Update time in seconds The time since the Log Server received its last update from the node OR the time since the last request was sent 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 153 Diagnostics Module ION Reference Column Name Value Description Comm Status see description The Log Server s view of a node s state SENT a new or altered request has been sent to the node ALIVE regular polling updates are being received UNKNOWN Log Server has not yet determined comm status RE SENT update from node not received in allotted time request has be sent again and the Log Server is waiting for response DEAD resent request timed out or comm error has occurred ERROR node responded with bad request TIMEOUT node responded with timeout INVALID PID node responded with invalid PID FAULT node responded with unrecognized error condition A
546. re than 1 second Page 105 Clock Module ION Reference Page 106 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2010 a Communications Module The Communications module allows you to set up the communications interfaces of the meter Every communications port of an ION meter is controlled by a single Communications module Refer to the documentation of your ION meter for the register bounds and factory defaults of your meter s communications ports and the types of communications ports supported Module names and registers display according to the communications options that you have ordered for your meter amp NOTE References to NTP in ION devices or documentation should be interpreted as SNTP Communications Module H Event Inputs Communications modules have no programmable inputs Setup Registers This table shows which setup registers apply for each communications type Setup Register RS 232 RS 485 Infrared Internal Modem Ethernet Protocol V4 V4 V4 V4 Baud Rate V4 V4 v vi Unit ID V4 V4 vV V4 RTS Delay V4 V4 V4 V4 Schneider Electric ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the Saanichton BC property of their respective owners Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 25
547. re shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Information 25 Time Sync signal acquired Information 25 Time set requested Information 25 Time set performed Information 25 Time sync signal lost The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2010 COMTRADE Module The COMTRADE module maps ION waveforms into COMTRADE format and saves the COMTRADE waveform records into the meter s internal FTP server Because this module is specific to supporting COMTRADE it can be deleted if COMTRADE is not required amp NOTE The connected Waveform Recorder modules Source Format and Record Delay Cycles setup registers can only be changed when the COMTRADE module s Enable Disable setup register is set to DISABLE If the connected Waveform Recorder modules are not configured identically the COMTRADE module will not go online Refer to the COMTRADE and ION Technology technical note for more information COMTRADE Module A Waveform Trigger 1 A Waveform Trigger 2 i Stale 9 A Waveform Trigger 3 Records Left E A Waveform Trigger 4 I A Waveform Trigger 5 Record Complet
548. re working with refer to your documentation A NOTE The Clock module in the Virtual Processor uses the host computer s clock to determine local time Therefore no setup registers are available except the DST Offset register which is only used for regional variances In Designer a format option is available when editing some of the Clock module s setup registers This option converts the UNIX time format the format required by the setup registers to a conventional time format years days hours and seconds When editing a Clock module time interval or date setup register click the Format button located at the bottom of the Modify Numeric Bounded Register window You are presented with the following window a E Formatted Numeric Value Ea Select this option when modifying registers requiring time intervals such as DST Offset and TZ Offset F Interval Format Sian Days Hours Minutes Seconds pag p Er Select this option when modifying registers requiring C Date Time Format Month Day Year Time Cancel time specific dates such as DST Start and DST End The Interval Format area is used to enter settings that require intervals such as TZ Offset and DST Offset The Date Time Format area is used to enter settings that require specific dates such as DST Start and DST End TZ Offset The TZ Offset setup register is used to specify the time zone applicable to the area you are in The TZ
549. real time phase voltage waveforms that are measured by the meter If the actual waveform deviates from the predicted waveform by an amount greater than the Threshold a transient is recorded The following diagram illustrates the normal and actual waveforms and the use of the Threshold to determine whether or not a disturbance is considered a transient A Threshold value of 130 is shown in the diagram ACTUAL WAVEFORM n 30 This transient WILL be recorded it crosses the threshold i UPPER LIMIT This transient WILL NOT be recorded it does not cross the threshold PREDICTED NORMAL WAVEFORM The Normal waveform represents 100 THRESHOLD LOWER LIMIT Threshold Calculation The threshold is calculated using the values in the module s Nominal input and Threshold setup registers The width of the threshold is determined by applying the value in the Threshold register as a percentage of the Nominal peak voltage Nominal peak voltage is derived from the value at the Nominal input as shown 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 551 Transient Module Page 552 ION Reference below Note that the threshold is applied in both directions from the predicted normal waveform Threshold a NORMAL WAVEFORM Threshold Le The Threshold is defined by Nominal Voltage x 2 x Threshold 100 Nominal input Threshold setup register Transient Module Output Values The magnitude of a tran
550. register defines the holidays for all seasons The rates defined in the Season 1 2 3 or 4 Holiday Rates setup registers are used on these days Holidays entries take precedence over all other day types If a Holidays entry falls on a day specified in the Weekdays Weekends Alt 1 Days or Alt 2 Days setup registers the day is considered a Holiday and the appropriate Season 1 2 3 or 4 Holiday Rates rate schedule applies The following is an example of a Holidays setup register entry Jan 1 Dec 25 Sep 3 2001 Sep 2 2002 This entry specifies the holidays as Christmas day of every year New Years day of every year and Labor Day for the years 2001 and 2002 Self Read Dates This setup register defines the dates and times that the Self Read output register will pulse Refer to Detailed Module Operation below for examples If no time is entered in this register the Self Read output register will pulse on the date specified at 12 00 AM Season 1 Season 2 Season 3 Season 4 These setup registers define the dates that each season is active for When a season is active the Time of Use module will use the applicable rate schedules If no seasons are specified it is always considered Season 1 and the Season 1 rates are active all year round When defining seasons ensure that there are no overlaps of dates between seasons for example do not configure one season as January to June and another season as February to July Als
551. registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded active power taken from the W phsA W phsB and W phsC inputs E VAr phsA instC Val mag VAr phsA cVal mag VAr phsB instC Val mag VAr phsB cVal mag VAr phsC instC Val mag VAr phsC cVal mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded reactive power taken from the VAr phsA VAr phsB and VAr phsC inputs E VA phsA instC Val mag VA phsA cVal mag VA phsB instC Val mag VA phsB cVal mag VA phsC instC Val mag VA phsC cVal mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded RMS apparent power taken from the VA phsA VA phsB and VA phsC inputs E PF phsA instC Val mag PF phsA cVal mag PF phsB instC Val mag PF phsB cVal mag PF phsC instC Val mag PF phsC cVal mag These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded power factor taken from the PF phsA PF phsB and PF phsC inputs D Event Events produced by the module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priori er oy AUS Priority Description Group Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed information 25 NOT AVAILABLE input caused output to go NOT AVAILABLE The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause
552. rence V2 Behavior Some power system configurations require phase 2 voltage to be derived rather than measured directly this register provides the choice to propagate or suppress the calculated value when the meter is in DELTA mode Use VII Always If this register is set to TRUE then the module will always propagate the line to line voltages even when there are line to neutral voltages available Output Registers E V1 V2 V3 Page 560 These outputs are either the Vin a b c inputs or the VII a b c inputs depending on the Volts Mode of the meter V Avg This output is either the VII avg input or the Vin avg input depending on the Volts Mode of the meter Event All events produced by the module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input Links setup registers or labels have been changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Detailed Module Operation Power Meter Module Volts Mode WYE Voltage Selection Module The purpose of the Voltage Selection module is to provide a single set of system voltages regardless of the
553. ric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Flicker Module Setup Registers ION Reference NomFreq This input is linked to the NomFreg setup register of the Factory module and cannot be changed This input can be used to define which lamp type is being modeled by the Flicker module refer to the Lamp Type setup register description below Enable This input enables or disables the Flicker module Disabling the module sets allthe module s outputs to N A NOT AVAILABLE When the module is re enabled the flicker calculations are re initialized and the outputs remain N A until the next full Pst Period expires The Pit outputs also remain as N A until the next full PIt Period expires The module will not respond to any inputs other than Enable or Reset while Enable is FALSE This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default Reset This input discards all the data collected for the pending flicker calculations and sets the Flicker module s Pst and Pit output registers to N A NOT AVAILABLE The Pst output registers remain N A until the next full Pst Period
554. rity Group Priority Description Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp event priority event s cause event s effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect Detailed Operation The Modbus Master Map module works in tandem with the Modbus Master Device module In the example below two ION6200 meters Submeter1 and Submeter2 act as Modbus Slave devices and provide Modbus values to an ION7500 meter acting as the Modbus Master device Submeter1 is linked to Modbus Master Device module 1 the meter s Unit ID of 101 is entered in the Modbus Master Device module s Slave Adar register while Submeter2 is linked to Modbus Master Device module 2 Modbus Master Device module 1 collects Modbus data Vin a from Submeter1 while Modbus Master Device module 2 collects Modbus data Vin a from Submeter2 These two Device modules then use the decoding information available from the Modbus Master Map module 1 to translate the Modbus information into values other ION modules can use Notice the Device Type register of all three modules is set to 6200 This links the Modbus Master Map module to the two Modbus Master Device modules 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 401 Modbus Master Map Module ION Reference Submeter1 Modbus Sl
555. rk s website at www LonMark org note however that the LonWorks Import module only supports those SNVTs listed in its SNVT setup register Output Registers Page 354 All LonWorks Import modules have the following output registers Netvar This numeric register contains the value of the input SNVT see the SNVT setup register description accepted by the module BindState This register indicates that the input network variable imported by the module is bound to at least one other output network variable Event All events produced by the module are written into this register Events mark changes to the SNVT setup register input links and the state of the BindState output register The following information is stored for each ION event time stamp event priority in this module all events have a pre defined priority of 10 the event s cause the event s effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference LonWorks Import Module Detailed Module Operation The figure below illustrates the operation of a LonWorks Import module The LonWorks device delivers its data to the network in the form of an output network variable The ION meter contains a LonWorks Import module whose SNVT setup register has been set to match the SNVT of the network variable amp NOTE If the network variable is bound you cannot delete the LonWorks Import module Y
556. rmines how broadcast messages with the Unit ID 0 are handled by the meter acting as a Modbus gateway When set to NO the default the gateway meter sends the broadcast message to the downstream serial devices but ignores the message itself When set to YES the gateway meter processes the message itself and forwards it to the downstream devices Output Registers Serial Status Connection 1 4 Page 404 These boolean output registers indicate the status of the serial connections using TRUE YES or FALSE NO TRUE indicates that the serial connection is configured in at least one Modbus Import module Modbus Export module or Modbus Master Device module and that the communication port is set to the Modbus Master protocol 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Master Options Module TCP Status Connection 1 10 These boolean output registers indicate the status of the Ethernet TCP connections using TRUE YES or FALSE NO TRUE indicates that the TCP connection is configured in at least one Modbus Import module Modbus Export module or Modbus Master Device module D Event ION events are recorded in this output register Event Priority Group Priority Description Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp event priority eve
557. rom Result output register 6 valid only if used in setup register 7 or higher 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Arithmetic Module PR previous result The Previous Result operator allows you to call previous results from formulas in other setup registers Previous results are returned from formulas evaluated in the previous calculation cycle Note that the Previous Result operator will return zero if the previous result referenced is a NOT AVAILABLE value Previous result operators can be used in all formulas unlike Result operators Syntax PRformula Where formula is the Result output number Examples PR4 calls the previous value from Result output register 4 S1 PR1 in the Formula 1 setup register will accumulate the values appearing at Source input S1 in the Result 1 output register The values at S1 are accumulated every time the module updates Function Definitions There are four types of functions that can be used in the Arithmetic module classified by the number of operands they may contain Syntax requirements for each function are detailed in this section Single Operand Functions Single operand functions operate on a single number expression or Boolean operand The following table summarizes the available functions 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Single operand Function Description Usage abs absolu
558. rstanding of ION and IEC 61850 protocols and the system in which the meter is installed For more inform ation about IEC 61850 please refer to the EC 61850 and ION Technology protocol document p IEC 61850 TotVAh actVal E MMTR Module TotWh actVal W TotVArh actVal Hi Be TotVAh SupWh actVal E E TotWh SupVArh actVal I m Pose DmdWh actVal I E SupWh E SupVArh DmdVArh actVal I E Dmdwh Event O E DmdVArh Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider IEC 61850 MMTR Module ION Reference Inputs By default the MMTR module inputs are connected to the outputs of specific energy related Integrator modules amp
559. rval will be shorter than expected i e you will lose the beginning part of the interval For example if a 1 hour interval starts at 12 30 but at 12 00 the clocks are moved ahead 1 hour Status will go on when the clocks jump forward Status will go OFF and End will pulse half an hour later _ a If an interval is in progress and the clock is moved ahead to a time inside the interval the duration of the interval will be cut short i e you will lose the second part of the interval For example if a 2 hour interval starts at 11 30 but at 12 00 the clocks are moved ahead 1 hour Status will go off and End will pulse after only one hour a If an interval is in progress and the clock is moved ahead to a time inside another interval the duration of both intervals will be cut short i e you will lose the end of the first interval and the beginning of the second interval A 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 485 Scheduler Module Page 486 ION Reference When the Clock is Moved Back If there are intervals scheduled to both start and end during the time that is gained when the clocks are moved back they will be repeated For example if a 15 minute interval is scheduled for 11 30 and the clocks are moved back an hour at 12 00 the interval will happen twice that day because 11 30 happens twice If an interval is in progres
560. s Sec Period ExternalTemp Security State Client CommError Meter Status I MainBoardTemp Insert Cache Size v50Av1s Client Load a Diagnostics Schema v50Mn1s Client Period H AD Status V50AVHS Power Up Pulse A Cal Period v50MnHS Power Down Time W Free Task Stack V50Cnt sd Task Number BIST Status Event Cd IEC61850 State ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Diagnostics Module ION Reference Input The Diagnostics module has no programmable inputs Setup Registers The Diagnostics module has no setup registers Output Registers Diagnostics module output registers differ across ION meter platforms therefore not all output registers listed below may be available on your meter E Unused Labels number of unused labels This register indicates how many unused available labels there are in the device For example the I
561. s Status Q Successful Read AL J Exception Code W A Update Period Hi bi Event D LL Starting Address 2N 1 Packed Boolean The module takes data from the specified starting address and copies the contents of the most significant bit into the Value 1 output register It then takes the contents of the second most significant bit from the starting address and copies it into the Value 2 output register etc until the least significant bit is copied into the Value 16 output register For a module on the Virtual Processor remaining registers are copied into the next available outputs The most significant bit of the second register is copied into 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 387 Modbus Import Module Page 388 ION Reference Value 17 output register etc See the Packed Boolean Modbus Register Map below READ Value 1 MSB Modbus Value 2 Bit 16 Import Module Packed Boolean Modbus Register Map Modbus Register Stack LSB 5 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Starting Address Starting Address 1 Value 17 Starting Address 2 l Starting Address 3 Value 64
562. s OFF the XML Import module is disabled and pulses received at the Read Now input are ignored This module is enabled by default Read Now When this input is pulsed the file is loaded and the results of the xPath queries contained in the xPath Query setup registers are copied into their corresponding Data output registers A link to the Read Now input is mandatory or else the module will not go online ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric XML Import Module Setup Registers T Page 574 ION Reference URL This register specifies the location of the XML file The value range for this register is 0 to 80 alphanumeric characters dash and dot allowed Here is an example url for a fictional weather website containing local weather data in XML format http www myweather com xml current
563. s a non zero value the Destination register will be refreshed at the rate specified in the Refresh Time setup register This ensures that the data contained in the Destination register is always accurate and current Page 188 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 Distributed Numeric Module The Distributed Numeric module allows you to automatically transfer data from a Virtual Processor to another ION node such as an IED or different Virtual Processor When the Distributed Numeric module is enabled the numeric value present at the Source input is written to the ION node you have specified The module continuously monitors the Source input value If the Source changes by an amount exceeding the value defined in the Update Threshold setup register the new value will immediately be copied to the address defined in the Destination node amp NOTE It is highly recommended that you use a Data Monitor module in conjunction with this module See the Data Monitor module description for an example If the Source input value is stable i e within the limits defined by Update Threshold then the Destination node will be refreshed at a regular interval this interval is defined by the Refresh Time setup register When used in conjunction with the other Arithmetic and External Control modules the Distributed Numeric module becomes a powerful tool for automated plant wide demand or power factor con
564. s and the clock is moved back to a time outside the interval the duration of the interval will be cut short i e you will lose the second part of the interval but then the complete interval will be repeated For example if a 1 hour interval starts at 11 30 but at 12 00 the clocks are moved back 1 hour Status will go OFF and End will pulse after a half an hour and then half an hour later the complete interval will occur Er If an interval has just completed and then the clock is moved back to a time inside that interval the second portion of the interval will be repeated For example if a 1 hour interval starts at 10 30 and ends at 11 30 but at 12 00 the clocks are moved back 1 hour Start will pulse and Status will go on again for another half an hour N If an interval is in progress and the clock is moved back to a time inside the same interval the middle part of the interval will be repeated The Start and End pulses will occur at the correct times but Status will remain on for longer For example if a 3 hour interval starts at 10 00 but at 12 00 the clocks are moved back 1 hour Status will stay on for 4 hours instead of 3 Start will still pulse at 10 00 and End will still pulse at 1 00 If an interval is in progress and the clock is moved back to a time inside another interval the first interval starts and ends normally then the second interval starts the clocks
565. s and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 409 Modbus Slave Module ION Reference The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Detailed Module Operation Boolean Inputs amp Packed Boolean Format If the Format setup register is set to Packed Boolean and the Source inputs are connected to Boolean inputs the ModVal 1 register contains a 16 bit map for the Boolean inputs The most significant bit MSB corresponds to the value linked to the Source 1 input and the least significant bit corresponds to the value linked to the Source 16 input All other output registers are NOT AVAILABLE The scaling registers have no effect if Packed Boolean format is selected If the Format setup register is set to Packed Boolean and some of the Source inputs are connected to numeric inputs each non zero numeric value is treated as a Boolean 1 and a zero numeric value is treated as a Boolean 0 If the Format setup register is set to anything other than Packed Boolean and some of the Source inputs are connected to Boolean inputs each Boolean 1 is placed in the corresponding output register
566. s are Volts V NegSeqMag V NegSeqPhs These registers are linked to the NegSeqMag and the NegSegPhs output registers of the voltage Symmetrical Components module which provide the magnitude of negative sequence voltage and the phase angle of negative sequence voltage respectively Units are Volts 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference IEC 61850 MSQI Module E VZeroSeqMag V ZeroSeqPhs These registers are linked to the ZeroSeqMag and the ZeroSeqPhs output registers of the voltage Symmetrical Components module which provide the magnitude of zero sequence voltage and the phase angle of zero sequence voltage respectively Units are Volts Setup Registers The MSQI module has no setup registers Output Registers These registers are formatted and named according to IEC 61850 protocol standards These registers have the same units as their corresponding inputs E SegA ct instCVal mag SegA c1 instC Val ang These registers provide the instantaneous magnitude and phase angle for positive sequence current derived from the PosSeqMag and PosSeqPhs inputs M SegA c1 cVal mag SegA c1 cVal ang These registers provide the deadbanded magnitude and corresponding phase angle for positive sequence current derived from the PosSeqMag and PosSeqPhs inputs The phase angle is the angle at the time the deadbanded magnitude was set M SegA c2 instCVal mag SegA c2 instC Val ang These registers provide the instantan
567. s are recorded in this output register Possible ION events include changes to setup registers or labels both which have a priority of 10 A NOTE This ION Event output register should not be confused with DNP event objects The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event timestamp event priority event s cause event s effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 213 DNP Slave Import Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The following table summarizes all the functions that the DNP Master can perform when it writes to the DNP Slave Import module DNP Master Transfer Functions Function Description Message fragment confirmation used in Master requests No response to Confirm this message is required Master requests particular objects from IED IED responds with requested objects that are available For Analog Outputs the value of the AnalogOut Read output register is returned as the status For Binary Outputs the OR d value of the Relay amp Relay2 output registers are returned as the status For Class 0 polls status of all Analog and Binary Outputs are returned DNP Master Control Functions Function Description Select or arm output points controls setpoints analog outputs at IED but do not activate them IED responds with the status of the output points Selec
568. s as shown below lt label gt lt bit number gt lt slave name gt value The label is acquired from the Modbus Master Map module s Device Map register The bit number applies to Packed Boolean formats only The slave name is set in the Slave Name setup register Pending An ON STATE INDICATES the module is waiting for a response from the slave device Status This Boolean register indicates the status of communication between the Modbus master the ION device using this module and the associated Modbus slave A value of ON indicates that a recent communications attempt succeeded OFF indicates consecutive communications errors have occurred as specified in the Comms Error Count setup register Successful Read This output generates a pulse whenever the module successfully reads data Unsuccessful Read This output generates a pulse whenever the module fails to read data because of either a communications error or a Modbus exception Exception Code This register contains the Modbus exception code returned by the slave device when invalid requests are made This value is reset once a valid request is received Update Period This register contains data indicating the following Polling mode When the module is polling the Modbus devices this register specifies the time between updates Read Now mode When the module receives a ReadNow request this register specifies how much time elapsed between receiving the ReadNow req
569. s its Source input value to the address specified in the Destination setup register Acknowledge This output will generate a pulse after a successful write This occurs when the Distributed Pulse module receives an acknowledgement from the device specified in the Destination setup register Time to Update This numeric output register reports the time in seconds between an Initiate Write pulse and the resulting Acknowledge pulse A NOT AVAILABLE value indicates that the module s Activate input was not linked 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Distributed Pulse Module D Event This output register is used to record the module s successful and or unsuccessful attempts in writing to the Destination register For each event type written into the Event register the following priority information is included Event Priority Priori Description Group orty p Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Source Value Change Write initiated send the message Write overwritten Source changed before the last write Source Value Change got through Resend with a new value and discard previous attempt Write Succeeded Write complete and the destination has been updated Write Failed Write Timeout Write did not complete and destination was not Got Comm Error changed Got Invalid Node The priority of these events is determined by the
570. s output is NOT AVAILABLE VII ab Vil bc VII ca These three numeric registers contain the RMS line to line voltages from phases B to A C to B and A to C respectively If Volts Mode is Single then VII bc and VII ca will read NOT AVAILABLE VII avg This numeric register contains the average of VII ab VII bc and VII ca Note that if Volts Mode is Single this output is NOT AVAILABLE la lb lc These three numeric registers contain the RMS current of phases A B and C respectively Note that if Volts Mode is Single c is NOT AVAILABLE 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Power Meter Module lavg This numeric register contains the average of a Ib and Ic Note that if Volts Mode is Single this register averages a and Ib only kW a kW b kW c These three numeric registers contain the real power for phases A B and C respectively Note that a negative value indicates reverse kW If Volts Mode is Delta kW a and kW b will be NOT AVAILABLE If Volts Mode is Delta or Single kW c iS NOT AVAILABLE kW total In Wye mode this numeric register contains the sum of kW a kW b and kW c Note that a negative value indicates reverse kW If Volts Mode is Single this register will contain the sum of kW a and kWb KVAR a KVAR b kVAR c These three numeric registers contain the reactive power for phases A B and C respectively Note that a negative value indicates reverse KVAR If Volts Mode is D
571. s reserved ION Reference Introduction ION Architecture This section covers the basics of ION architecture focusing on the different ION modules ION modules are the functional building blocks of ION architecture The functions or features available in the ION meter are a result of the logical groups and links between different types of ION modules Each module is specialized to perform a specific task contain data and instructions on how to manage that data By combining or linking several modules together you can create custom functions for your power monitoring system ION modules that are linked together to perform a specialized task are collectively referred to as a framework A framework defines a specific ION meter or ION Enterprise or ION Setup software function such as the Demand and Energy framework or the Power Quality framework These different functional frameworks are then grouped together for a particular ION meter and are collectively referred to as the device template Each ION meter has its own device template that defines its metering monitoring capabilities You can change the default factory configuration on the ION meter by changing the settings i e setup registers of certain ION modules inside the meter You can add change or delete functionality by changing the way the ION modules are linked in the meter There are a number of ways to do this From the meter front panel Use the meter s front pan
572. s the number of logs that have been restored A log is considered restored when the Log Server has determined its current configuration information If current configuration information is not available the Log Server will query the database and restore the log If the information is not available in the database the Log Server will request it from the node Managed Logs This register holds the number of logs that are managed by enabled Log Acquisition modules Configured Logs This register holds the number of logs that are known to have properly configured inputs The Configured Logs value includes all configured logs whether they are enabled or not either enabled or disabled on the node or monitored by an enabled or disabled Log Acquisition module Confirmed Logs This register holds an estimate of the number of logs for which the Log Server has complete configuration information Confirmed Logs have the matching configuration information both in the node and in the database Inaccessible Logs This register holds an estimate of how many logs are not responding to requests made by the Log Server Inaccessible Logs are on nodes that are not responding to communications disabled logs or logs not restored do not affect the value in this register A NOTE Communication problems on a recorder with remote inputs render logs inaccessible For example if you link modules in a Virtual Processor to modules on other remote devices t
573. se outputs As shown in the diagram below you cannot link multiple output registers into a single input Module A N Module D Module B po Ak 2 T Module C The Pulse Merge module solves the problem because it outputs a pulse whenever one of its multiple inputs receives a pulse The solution is illustrated in the diagram below Module D is triggered by the Pulse merge module when any of Modules A B or C output pulses Module A A Pulse Merge Module Module D Module B Pulse In 1 A aia A Pulse In 2 Pulse In 3 Module C A The figures below show the module operation under various input conditions A single pulse on three separate inputs results in three pulses out Pulse Merge Module Pulse Out LA Pulse Inputs 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 445 Pulse Merge Module ION Reference Three pulses on one input results in three pulses out Pulse Merge Module Pulse Out AAA AAA Pulse Inputs Three pulses on one input and two pulses on a different input results in a total of five pulses out Pulse Merge Module Pulse Out AA AA AL AAA Pulse Inputs AA Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Pulse Merge module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register The Pulse Out output will not pulse until the
574. se effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Alert Module Detailed Module Operation Below are the general steps you need to follow to have the Alert module at a remote site inform your system of a high priority event Serial Communications Alerting 1 Read and understand the ION Alert Monitor section in ION Enterprise Help or in the ION Enterprise User Guide 2 Create an Alert module in one of the meters at the remote site 3 Link the module s Trigger input to another ION module that produces a pulse when the exceptional event occurs 4 Configure the Alert module see Setup Registers section so it is able to establish communications through the modem and into the site that is serviced by the ION Alert Monitor 5 Make sure the ION Alert Monitor service is started Now when the Trigger input is pulsed the Alert module establishes communications with the ION Alert Monitor and sends the alert message The Alert module then disconnects The ION Alert Monitor examines the message extracts the meter node name and uses it to determine which site this meter belongs to ION Alert Monitor then notifies the Connection Manager to reconnect to the site Once the ION Alert Monitor is connected the Log Inserter uploads the site s logs The Alert module can be in one of the following states inactive no pulses have occurred at the Tri
575. sed are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Transient Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 548 ION Reference V1 V3 These inputs are linked to the Data Acquisition module and cannot be changed Nominal nominal voltage This input specifies the nominal voltage for your power system By default this input is linked to the NomVolts setup register in the Sag Swell module which holds the nominal system voltage used in your system The threshold value entered in the Threshold setup register is specified as a percentage of the Nominal value so this input directly affects the module s tolerance If your power system s typical voltage levels vary from the NomVolts setting you can link this input to any other register that provides a numeric value Transient modules in most systems operate properly with this register linked to NomVolts Linking this input is mandatory amp NOTE Nominal refers to the primary power system voltage line to line voltage for Delta systems and line to neutral voltage for Wye systems The primary power system voltage is sometimes different than the PT Primary setup register value i e when the P
576. set input causes the module outputs to be reset to zero Averaging will begin at the start of the next one second interval Page 262 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Mo 09 2008 ki Harmonics Measurement dule This module measures the magnitude and phase of harmonic frequencies Alternat ively the Harmonics Measurement module can be set to provide the magnitude of inter harmonic frequencies ill Harmonics Measurement Magnitude 1 i Total Even HD W Module H Total Odd HD W Magnitude 50 lt a Event Phase 1 E Phase 50 E Total HD Total Cap HD W ma Source Total Ind HD E E Max Demand 2a A Evaluate Total Harmonic Distortion THD Total Even Harmonic Distortion TEHD and Total Odd Harmonic Distortion TOHD are always calculated THDcap and THDing are calculated if you are measuring voltage There are no phase or Total measurements offered when the module is set to evaluate inter harmonics Inputs Source The Source can only be linked to the FFT output of a FFT V1 V2 V3 11 12 or 13 FFT module Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistanc
577. sient is reported as a percentage of nominal added to 100 For example if a transient is detected on V7 that is 40 larger in magnitude than the normal voltage the TranV1Max register holds a value of 140 The duration is reported as the time in seconds during which the phase voltage is outside the threshold level Duration in seconds Transient Magnitude percentage of Normal The transient shown would measure about 140 Magnitude is reported as a percentage of nominal plus 100 to allow easy plotting of transient activity on CBEMA plots in Vista Some experimentation may be required to determine the correct value for the Threshold setup register If it is set too low common waveform distortions may be interpreted as transients If the Threshold is set too high important transients could be missed 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Transient Module Power Tolerance Curves The CBEMA curve is a power tolerance curve that describes what types of disturbances electrical equipment can typically ride through and what types can cause equipment failure or damage It plots the magnitude of the disturbance in percentage on the Y axis and the duration of the disturbance on the X axis Disturbances that fall within the envelope defined by the upper and lower curve are typically not harmful to electrical equipment disturbances that fall outside the envelope may disrupt or damage the equipment
578. signal on the output port is DC Make sure proper polarity is observed when wiring external devices to the analog output ports Be sure that you are familiar with the warnings at the beginning of this document as well as those presented in your meter s technical documentation Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment Analog Output Module Normalized W Event p Source The Analog Output module takes the value of this input scales it and sends it to a hardware port It must be a numeric register from another module s output registers Linking this input is mandatory Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneid
579. sociated with the cause and effect Detailed Module Operation The Time of Use module will be partially configured at the factory Check the setup registers to ensure that the settings match your Time of Use schedules The following steps provide guidelines on how to proceed with advanced configuration of the Time of Use module Define your seasons Enter valid date ranges into the Season setup registers If you do not have variable rate schedules between seasons you do not need to configure the Seasons Season 1 will be the default and all the Season 1 rates will be in effect all year If you have different seasons enter their start and end dates If your season is active on the same dates every year you only need to enter a single range of dates in the appropriate Season setup register If the active dates are different each year for example Season 3 becomes active every first Monday in August the start dates must be individually specified for each year Define your day types Enter valid weekdays in the Weekdays setup register and weekends in the Weekends setup register If different rates apply to holidays enter the appropriate dates in the Holidays setup register If you have days where an alternative rate schedule will apply define those days in the Alt 1 Days and Alt 2 Days setup registers Define your rates for each season s day type Enter rates A B C or D with their corresponding activation times for each t
580. sonnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Bin Module Setup Registers ION Reference Evaluate A pulse at this input triggers the Bin module s evaluation the values at the inputs are tested against the Rules setup registers then the output registers are updated accordingly Enable This input enables or disables the Bin module When disabled the module will not update the Bin 7 to Bin 25 output registers and will ignore pulses at the Evaluate input This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default Reset This input resets the module s Bin outputs to NOT AVAILABLE until an Evaluate pulse is received This input is optional if you leave it unlinked this input will never receive a pulse Rule 1 to Rule 25 These strings specify the rules that Source A and Source B are tested against If a Rule is met its corresponding Bin output is incremented For Rule string syntax refer to Specifying Rules Eval Mode A This register defines whether the rules testing Source A are relative to Nominal A When this register is set to VALUE the Rules numeric arguments are in absolute terms if this register is set to PERCENTAGE the Rules are in terms of a percentage of Nominal Refer to Evaluation Modes Eval Mode B Similar to Eval M
581. speed or modules that are triggered asynchronously i e without a consistent interval Responses to Special Conditions This table summarizes how the Data Recorder module acts under different Page 144 conditions Condition Response of Output Register If the inputs are NOT AVAILABLE All output registers hold the last values obtained when inputs were available If the Enable input is OFF The Data Log register retains the data that was logged before the Enable input became FALSE The Log State register is unaffected After the module is re linked or its setup registers are changed All logged data in the Data Log register is deleted When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shutdown The Data Log register retains the data it held at shutdown 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE ra Inputs Setup Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 DDE Input Module Dynamic data exchange DDE is a protocol that allows two Windows NT applications to communicate and exchange data The two programs involved in the interaction are called the server and the client The DDE server is the application that supplies the data and the DDE client is the application that receives the data The DDE Input module acts as a DDE client
582. ss Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Numeric External Numeric modules have a single numeric register which can be manually controlled via communications ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com PF Electric External Numeric Module O Event ION Reference All events produced by an External Numeric module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Setup register or labels have changed Output Value Written A value is written to the Numeric output register The priority of this event is determined by the value in the EvPriority setup register The Event output register stores the follo
583. ssociated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Priority Description Possible Causes Group Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Warning 30 A link to a destroyed register was detected at startup Internal data structure corruption detected at start up serial Failure 255 EEPROM corruption detected Xpress Card failure detected DSP problem detected Watchdog Timer reset has occurred The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Client CommError This register generates a pulse every time a communication error occurs between a server node and the Virtual Processor Client subsystem 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 151 Diagnostics Module Page 152 ION Reference Client Period This register indicates how much time in milliseconds the Virtual Processor s Client Polling Period has taken to process responses from the server nodes Client Load This register indicates the percentage of the Virtual Processor s Client Polling Period was used to process responses to updates from the server nodes Client Timeout This register generates a pulse whenever a timeout occurs on the Virtual Processor s Client Polling Period Client Update This register generates a pulse every time the Virtual Pro
584. state transition KYZ a Pulse Width This register defines the output pulse ON time i e how many seconds the pulse that is sent to the output hardware channel stays on For example this can correspond to the time period that an LED is lit a Kt pulse weight This register defines the weight of the output pulse i e how many energy units in Wh VARh or VAh are accumulated before the module sends an output pulse to the hardware channel A typical industry standard for energy pulsing is one pulse per 1 8 energy units Wh VARh or VAh Kt units are measured in Watt Hours Int Mode The table below describes different integration modes for the Calibration Pulser Mode Description forward Used for imported energy only positive Source values are considered for output pulsing fevarse Used for exported energy only negative Source values are considered for output pulsing absol t Used to obtain the absolute values of imported and exported energy both positive and negative Source values are considered positive and added for output pulsing Used to obtain the difference between imported and exported energy negative net Source values are subtracted from positive Source values For ION8800 meters this mode acts the same as absolute mode Port This register specifies to which hardware port the output pulse is sent usually an LED output for verification testing Some meters ha
585. ster When learning is in progress this register is continually updated This register becomes NOT AVAILABLE and learning stops when any setup is changed for example when the Learn Now input is unlinked or the value of the Threshold register is changed Event All events produced by the Transient module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed or learned values were installed automatically Setpoint Transient detected magnitude is reported Automatic installation of a learned value failed because Install Failed 10 De the value was invalid invalid value is reported Automatic installation of learned values failed for an Unable to Install 30 unknown unrecoverable reason The priority of this event is determined by the value in the EvPriority Setup register The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Transient Module Detailed Module Operation The Transient module predicts what the shape of a normal waveform should be for each voltage phase These predicted normal waveforms are compared to the actual
586. ster specifies whether or not the output values will be scaled If Scaling is set to YES then the values in the onZero ProfiZero lonFull and ProfiFull registers are used to scale the output values if it is set to NO no scaling is performed lonZero This register specifies the minimum value that can be read by Source inputs If a Source input is less than onZero the value is set to lonZero ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Profibus Slave Export Module ION Reference lonFull This register specifies the maximum value that can be read by Source inputs If a Source input is greater than lonFull the value is set to lonFull ProfiZero This register specifies the minimum value that will appear at any Profibus Value output register If a value is less than ProfiZero the output is set to ProfiZero
587. stered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Minimum Module Setup Registers ION Reference Minimum modules have no setup registers Output Registers Page 364 E Minimum This numeric variable register contains the minimum value attained by the Source input since the last reset Trigger Each time a new minimum value occurs the Trigger output register generates a pulse Event Any events produced by the Minimum module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Minimum Module Detailed Module Operation The figure below illustrates the operation of a
588. stry for communications and interoperability among substation computers RTUs IEDs and Master Stations An ION device can be integrated into a DNP network through the DNP Slave Import Export and Options modules A DNP Slave Import module can map either DNP Analog Output or Binary Output objects to ION numeric and Boolean values The DNP Slave Import module also enables the device to react to control commands from the DNP Master Complete documentation of the DNP protocol is available through the DNP User s Group on the web at www dnp org This documentation includes the Application Layer Protocol Description Data Link Layer Protocol Description Transport Functions Data Object Library and DNP 3 0 Subset Definitions Inputs The DNP Slave Import module does not have any inputs Schneider Electric ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric
589. t Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Data Monitor Module Status Worst Case Update I AO Source 1 Trigger A wooo AOE Source 32 Event 0 Enable ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Data Monitor Module Inputs Setup Registers AO ION Reference Source 1 32 Each of the Source inputs can be linked to a Boolean numeric or pulse output register of a module on another node The Data Monitor checks for any communication problem occurring between itself and the modules connected to its Source inputs Typically the Source inputs of the Data Monitor module will contain the data from remote nodes that are used by the Virtual Processor to make control decisions amp NOTE You cannot link the Data Monitor s Source inputs to modules contained in the same node as the Data Monitor
590. t and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2010 IEC 61850 MSTA Module The IEC 61850 MSTA module represents the Metering Statistics MSTA Logical Node in IEC 61850 protocol It maps the appropriate ION values to their IEC 61850 counterparts The MSTA Logical Node provides metering statistics such as average minimum and maximum values Only one instance of this module can exist Because this module is specific to supporting the IEC 61580 protocol it can be deleted if IEC 61850 is not required amp NOTE This module is configured as part of the meter s implementation of the IEC 61850 protocol Manual creation and configuration of this module or modification of an existing module is an advanced feature that should only be undertaken by personnel with a thorough understanding of ION and IEC 61850 protocols and the system in which the meter is installed For more information about IEC 61850 please refer to the IEC 61850 and ION Technology protocol document ill IEC 61850 MSTA Module AvVA instMag Hi H MinW instMag m AVA AvVA mag A H MinW mag m E MaxVA E Minva MaxVA instMag W AVVAr instMag E B AW MaxVA ma AvVAr ma H E Maxw 9 H g E Minw MinVA instMag E H MaxVAr instMag W E Avar MinVA ma H MaxVAr
591. t it will represent the aggregation over 150 180 cycles E ZeroSegPhs zero sequence phase angle This register contains the zero sequence phase angle On a meter that is 4 30 compliant it will represent the aggregation over 150 180 cycles E PosSeqMag positive sequence magnitude This register contains the positive sequence magnitude On a meter that is 4 30 compliant it will represent the aggregation over 150 180 cycles E PosSegPhs positive sequence phase angle This register contains the positive sequence phase angle On a meter that is 4 30 compliant it will represent the aggregation over 150 180 cycles E NegSeqMag negative sequence magnitude This register contains the negative sequence magnitude On a meter that is 4 30 compliant it will represent the aggregation over 150 180 cycles M NegSegPhs negative sequence phase angle This register contains the negative sequence phase angle On a meter that is 4 30 compliant it will represent the aggregation over 150 180 cycles E ZeroSeqMag10m zero sequence magnitude This register contains the zero sequence magnitude aggregated over a ten minute harmonics interval It is updated at the end of the interval On a meter that is not 4 30 compliant this register is not used E ZeroSegPhs10m zero sequence phase angle This register contains the zero sequence phase angle aggregated over a ten minute harmonics interval It is updated at the end of the interval On a meter that is
592. t Status 1 7 These registers must be connected to the State outputs of the Digital Output modules for the meter s onboard digital outputs if the corresponding Control Mode setup register is set to ION INPUT These registers must not be connected if the corresponding Control Mode setup register is set to IEC 61850 CTLVAL Refer to Detailed Module Operation for more information amp NOTE Certain onboard digital outputs are not accessible through IEC 61850 Digital Input 1 8 These registers are connected to the State outputs of the Digital Input modules for the meter s onboard digital inputs which reflect the current debounced state of the digital input Setup Registers Page 276 SPCS01 SPCSO7 Control Mode This register determines the source of the SPCSO1 stVal SPCSO7 stVal output register values as follows If Control Mode is set to ION INPUT the corresponding SPCSO ctVal output register value is taken from the Digital Output Status input register If Control Mode is set to IEC 61850 CTLVAL the corresponding SPCSO ctVal output register value is taken from IEC 61850 Refer to Detailed Module Operation for more information 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference IEC 61850 GGIO Onb Module Output Registers 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved These registers are formatted and named according to IEC 61850 protocol standards SPCS01 stVal SPC
593. t any answer hours period must fall within the same day E Answer Hours Rings The number of rings before the modem will answer during the times specified in the Answer Hours setup register Valid entries for this register are 0 255 rings an entry of 0 rings disables answering E Non Answer Hours Rings The number of rings before the modem will answer if the time falls outside the Answer Hours Valid entries for this register are 0 255 rings an entry of 0 rings will disable answering T IP Address This register specifies the IP address of the ION device Each device on an Ethernet network requires a unique IP address Your Network Administrator should provide the value for this register amp NOTE The IP address must be set correctly before connecting to the Ethernet network Failure to do so may result in network problems IP Boot Option This register specifies how the IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway and SMTP Server registers are updated When set to BootP Bootstrap Protocol these values can be updated automatically by a BootP server on your network When set to Manual values for the P Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway and SMTP Server registers must be entered manually Your Network Administrator can provide additional information regarding BootP 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 111 Communications Module Page 112 ION Reference Subnet Mask This regist
594. t is ON or OFF Enable This input enables or disables the Alert module by setting it to ON or OFF When the module is disabled it disregards any new pulses on the Trigger input This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module is enabled by default 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Setup Registers Alert Module The Alert module s setup registers allow you to define the elements included in the message and set up the message s transmission parameters Message This string register contains the text of the alert to be sent You can use up to a maximum of 120 alphanumeric characters in your message string Values and names from registers linked to the module s Source inputs can be included in the message by referencing them in the message string To include the name of the output register linked to the Source input use the form Nn where N is the label of the output register linked to the Source input and n is the Source input number Similarly to include the value from the linked output register use the form Vn where V is the value from the linked output register and n is the Source input number For example to indicate that the Power Meter module output kW fot that is linked to the Alert module Source input 2 provides a value of 147 60 the string in the Message register can look like this Alert N2 V2 The above string results in an outgoing message that
595. t is returned in a class 1 8 poll for all Counter Change Event objects for a session These objects are enabled using DNP Slave Export modules CntChangeEvDepth counter change event depth This read only register defines the maximum number of Counter Change events that can be stored for a session When this buffer fills up new events overwrite the oldest events Analog Inputs AlStatic analog input static This register defines the variant that is returned in aclass 0 poll for all Analog Input Static objects for a session These objects are created using DNP Slave Export modules FrzAlStatic frozen analog input static This register defines the variant that is returned in a class 0 poll for all Frozen Analog Input Static objects for a session These objects are created using DNP Slave Export modules FrzAlEvents frozen analog input events This register defines the variant that is returned in a class 1 3 poll for all Frozen Analog Input Event objects for a session These objects are enabled using DNP Slave Export modules FrzAlEvDepth frozen analog input event depth This read only register defines the maximum number of Frozen Analog Input events that can be stored for a session When this buffer fills up new events overwrite the oldest events AlChangeEvents frozen analog input change events This register defines the variant that is returned in a class 1 3 poll for all Analog Input Change E
596. t registers are NOT AVAILABLE If the Enable input is OFF All output registers are NOT AVAILABLE first time or after a shut down When the device is started or powered up either the All output registers are NOT AVAILABLE If the RMS value or fundamental component is zero All harmonics for that channel is zero Applies to V1 V2 V3 11 12 13 For 14 all harmonics will be zero only if the RMS value is zero If the fundamental component is zero the harmonics will be N A 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 257 Harmonics Analyzer Module ION Reference Page 258 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 la Harmonics Evaluation Module This module provides statistical data which can be used to evaluate harmonics and inter harmonics standards compliance The Harmonics Evaluation module receives its input from an FFT module either voltage or current analyzes the harmonics and inter harmonics and provides evaluation data Inputs Source Al Harmonics Evaluation Num Valid I Module Num Invalid I Source Num Exceeded W I vee pamang Num TD Exceed I Valid Evaluate Event D ere Enable Reset The Source input must be linked to the FFT output of an FFT module typically a voltage FFT E Max Demand If this input is linked the module will calculate its distortion
597. t schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Data Recorder Module Setup Registers Page 138 ION Reference Enable This input enables or disables the Data Recorder module by setting it to ON or OFF respectively If you disable a Data Recorder module it disregards pulses to the Record input Linking this input is optional if you leave it unlinked the Enable input will default to ON and the module will still operate Record When this register is pulsed the source inputs are copied to the Data Log output register Note that if the RecordMode setup register is set to STOP WHEN FULL and the Data Log register is full no data will be copied Linking this input is mandatory Rearm When this register is pulsed and the RecordMode setup register is set to STOP WHEN FULL the Data Recorder module will reset to allow full capacity If
598. t selected When it receives the SELECT message the IED starts a timer and must receive an OPERATE message before the timer expires to activate these outputs Activate the IED s outputs that were previously selected with the SELECT Operate function respond with the status of the outputs Activate the IED s outputs without a preceding SELECT message IED Direct Operate responds with the status of the outputs Direct Operate Activate the IED s outputs without a preceding SELECT message but IED No Acknowledge does not respond with the status of the outputs A NOTE Class 0 polls return DNP status objects for both Analog and Binary Output objects Page 214 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Control Relay Block Implementation DNP Slave Import Module This implementation follows the recommendations of the DNP Users Group document Control Relay Output Block Explanation and Recommended Usage August 30 1995 s Setup Behaviour of Output Function Desired Fields of Control Relay Output Block Object Register Registers Code Bits 0 3 Trip Close Bits 6 amp 7 On time Relay Mode Relay 1 Relay 2 Latching Relay ON Latch On 3 NULL 0 ignored ignored ON No change Latching Relay OFF Latch Off 4 NULL 0 ignored ignored OFF No change Unpaired Momentary Relay ON e g Pushbutton Alarm Pulse On 1 NULL 0 X ms ignored for Xms No cha
599. ta This register specifies how much the Source input must change before the output network variable is updated It is specified as an absolute value If you specify 0 the output network variable will be updated every time the Source input changes The output network variable will be updated if the following condition is true Source Network Variable previ o s gt Send Delta current Update Rate Examples The Send Delta and Send Time setup registers are not mutually exclusive The following table illustrates how the combination of the two register values influences the module s operation Conditions Update Response Send Time 0 Send Delta 0 Update the network variable every time the Source input changes Send Delta 5 Only update the network variable if Source differs from the previous value of the Send Time 0 network variable by 5 units Send Delta 0 Update the network variable every time Source changes or if Source is not Send Time 5 changing every 5 seconds Update the network variable if Source differs from the previous value of the pone Delta ae network variable by 7 units or after 3 seconds have elapsed since the last Send Time 3 network variable update SNVT This register defines Standard Network Variable Type SNVT Two nodes in a LonWorks network can only share information if they export import the same data type The SNVT indicates what kind of data the LonWorks Exp
600. ta inputs are used All Flicker module outputs are available 36S 4 Wire Wye or 3W Wye V1 and V3 inputs are used Phase 1 Pst Phase 1 Plt Phase 3 Pst Phase 3 Plt outputs are available Single V1 and V2 inputs are used Phase 1 Pst Phase 1 Plt Phase 2 Pst Phase 2 PIt outputs are available Demo No inputs are used All outputs are N A Page 251 Flicker Module ION Reference Page 252 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 lal Harmonics Analyzer Module The Harmonics Analyzer module provides detailed harmonics calculations for a voltage or current input on the device This information is valuable for power quality analysis selecting properly rated transformers and fault detection The Harmonics Analyzer module can have output register values with the following information individual harmonic distortion Crest Factor for current inputs total harmonic distortion Phasor Magnitude total odd harmonic distortion Phasor Angle total even harmonic distortion Outputs as Percentages K Factor for current inputs amp NOTE Not all meter models or firmware versions will have all of these outputs see the Output Registers table for details 3 HD1 E Harmonics Analyzer gt Module HDN I Total HD E I Tot EvenHD I Tot OddHD E I K Factor Ba Source Crest Fac
601. table Condition The Enable input is N A Responses The Value 1 N registers are N A The Status register is set to N A The Pending register is set to N A After the module is re linked or its setup registers are changed The Value 1 N Status Exception Code and Update Period registers are N A The Pending register is set to NO When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shutdown The Value 1 N Status Exception Code and Update Period registers are N A The Pending register is set to NO When there are Comms Error Count consecutive receive time outs or Modbus exceptions i e Modbus Master Device module sends a request but does not receive a reply or receives a Modbus exception Output registers are set to the Comms Error Output value until a successful read occurs 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 395 Modbus Master Device Module ION Reference Page 396 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE M Input Registers Setup Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Modbus Master Map Module The Modbus Master Map module provides a common location to hold the setup information needed for decoding a Modbus response i e label Modbus register address formatting scaling etc One Modbus Master Map module h
602. tact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric FFT Module ION Reference D Event All events produced by the module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input Links setup registers or labels have been changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the FFT module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output Register If the inputs are NOT AVAILABLE The output registers are NOT AVAILABLE When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down EP output registers are NOT AVAILABLE Page 246 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 Flicker Module A flicker disturbance is a repetitive low frequency modulation of system voltage these disturbances are usually caused by a large fluctuating load somewhere within the power system Lighting systems typically flicker when such disturbances occur The Flicker module measures these flicker disturbances as defined in IEC Standard 61000
603. te value abs number arccos arccosine function arccos number arcsin arcsine function arcsin number arctan arctangent function arctan number C to F temperature conversion C_to F number cos cosine function Cos number F_to C temperature conversion F_to_C number In natural logarithm In number log10 base 10 logarithm log10 number not Boolean NOT not Boolean sin sine function sin number sqrt square root sart number tan tangent function tan number unary minus number or expression Type_J linearization Type_J number Type_K linearization Type_K number Page 65 Arithmetic Module Page 66 ION Reference Single operand Function Description Usage Type_R linearization Type_R number Type_RTD linearization Type_RTD number Type _T linearization Type_T number Ceil integer ceiling function ceil number Floor integer floor function floor number amp NOTE Function operators can be entered using any combination of uppercase or lowercase letters Note that number can be replaced by expression in the above table except in the case of the unary minus function ABS Returns the absolute value of a number or expression Syntax ABS number Where number is the real number for which you want the absolute value Examples ABS 50 equals 50 ABS 50 equals 50 ARCCOS Returns the arccosine of a number or expression Arccosine is the inverse of cosine the angle returned fr
604. ted with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 315 Integrator Module ION Reference Detailed Module Operation The figure below illustrates the operation of the Integrator module Typically the Integrand would be a measurement from one of the output registers of the Power Meter module Integrating power measurements such as kW provides accumulating energy values in the Result register Divisor 3600 Int Made Forward Valu Pulse 10 Integrand Result Time 44 000 4 d Jime 2 f 216 000 gt 40 100 e 6 pulses generated Time 3 324 000 100 190 9 pubes generaled Time 4j 360 110 25 gt gt 10 pulses generated Integrator Module gt 290 03 424 07 Time 5 482 528 69 13 pubes generaled If the value in the Result output register increases by an uneven multiple of the Valu Pulse the remainder value is carried over to the next update time Example If Valu Pulse 10 and the Result increases by 17 then only 1 pulse will be generated by the Trigger register The remainder value of 7 is carried over to contribute to the pulse calculation at the next time interval If Resetis pulsed Result Trigger Count and the remainder value will be set to zero If Interval Resetis pulsed Result and Trigger Count will be set to zero The remainder value of 7 will be carried over to contribute to the pulse ca
605. tegrator module Result output registers the first missed data record will contain the energy values at the time the power was interrupted This is done to ensure that the energy values are stored in the appropriate time interval Refer to the following diagram 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Data Recorder Module Insert Outage Records Yes Zero Fill Enabled ke Power Outage 1 00 1 15 1 30 1 45 2 00 2 30 2 45 3 00 3 15 015 3 900 7 527 3 0 0 0 850 5 750 4 Source 1 PT Integrator module 9 energy value Li i i i 300 1 360 8 Oo Co 0 o 2402 420 7 Source 2 ee ae Ne Record 1 Record 2 Record 3 Record 4 Record 5 Record 6 Record 7 Record 8 Record 9 This will be the Source 2 value at power up Many modules initialize their outputs to N A at power up in which case this value will be zero Insert Outage Records Yes Zero Fill Disabled If the Insert Outage Records register is set to Yes ZERO FILL DISABLED then the Data Recorder will not generate any missing records other than the energy value data record mentioned previously Refer to the diagram below Insert Outage Records Yes Zero Fill Disabled ke Power Outage ___ _ __ 1 00 1 15 1 30 1 4
606. tem is not connected the Alert module can contact the server and initiate an unscheduled dial up to retrieve the event information The Alert module can also notify personnel of the event by sending a message to a pager or email address ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Alert Module Inputs Page 24 ION Reference E Source 1 Source 2 Source 3 Source 4 Source inputs allow you to include values from your system in the module s outgoing message string Any numeric bounded Boolean or numeric register can be linked to a Source input Trigger For Outage Dialback alerts the Trigger input must be left unlinked see Alerting with the Outage Dialback Alert Card in the Detailed Module Operation section All other alerts need the Trigger input linked When the Trigger inp
607. ter are recorded as events in the Event output register If you select LOG ON these events are logged in the Event output register If you select LOG OFF these events are not logged amp NOTE Setup register changes are always logged in the Event output register Event Priority This numeric bounded register allows you to assign a priority level to changes in the State output register To record State changes in the Event Log the Event Priority register value must be greater than the value set in the Event Log Controller module s Cutoff register If Event Priority is set to zero 0 State changes will not be logged A NOTE Events associated with changes to the module s State output are recorded only if the EvLog Mode register is set to LOG ON If EvLog Mode is set to LOG OFF these events will not be recorded regardless of priority Polarity This register specifies whether the signal from hardware is inverted INVERTING or not NON INVERTING This setup register is ignored when nput Mode is set to A C Debounce This numeric bounded register allows you to compensate for mechanical contact bounce by defining in seconds how long the external signal must remain in a certain state to be considered a valid state change This setup register is ignored when nput Mode is set to A c A NOTE Specifying a debounce time of less than 1 second will cause the Digital Input module and all ION modules linked to it to up
608. ter determines the method used to calculate KVA total When set to Vector Sum kVA total is calculated using this formula VkWotal2 KVAR When set to Scalar Sum kVA total is calculated using this formula kVA kVA kVA PF Sign Convention This register determines which sign convention IEEE or IEC is used for the PF Sign a PF Sign b PF Sign c and PF Sign tot output registers and therefore how it is displayed on the front panel when the PF Symbol register in the Display Options module is set to The options are IEEE or IEC see Power Factor Power and Energy Interpretation for more details on how power factor is interpreted Nominal Frequency This register sets the nominal frequency used by the meter The options are 50Hz or 60HZz Output Registers Page 428 The output registers of the Power Meter module contain all the current and voltage based values that are measured or calculated by the meter All Power Meter modules have the following output registers Vin a Vin b Vin c These three numeric registers contain the RMS line to neutral voltages on phase A B and C respectively Note that if Volts Mode is Delta these outputs are NOT AVAILABLE If Volts Mode is Single Vin c is NOT AVAILABLE Vin avg This numeric register contains the average of Vin a Vin b and Vin c Note that if Volts Mode is Single this register will be set to the average of Vin a and Vin bonly If Volts Mode is Delta thi
609. ters according to how the Modbus Export module s setup registers are configured The Status output register indicates if the ION to Modbus communications line is active and the Successful Write output register generates a pulse indicating a successful transfer of information from ION to Modbus Page 377 Modbus Export Module Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Modbus Export module behaves under Page 378 different conditions ION Reference Condition Response of Output Register After the module is re linked or its setup registers are changed The Status Exception Code and Update period registers are NOT AVAILABLE Busy NO Pending NO When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down The Status Exception Code and Update period registers are NOT AVAILABLE Busy NO Pending NO 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Me 09 2008 Modbus Import Module The Modbus Import module reads data from an ION meter or third party device that supports the Modicon Modbus communications protocol This data can then be used by other ION modules The module supports the following Modbus data formats 16 bit unsigned 16 bit signed 32 bit unsigned 32 bit signed 32 bit unsigned Modulo 10000 32 bit signed Modulo 10000 Packed Boolean IEEE Float Also Little Endian support is available
610. terval Interval Reset Pulsing this input resets the Result Rollover Count and Trigger Count registers to zero The remainder value is carried over into the next interval Divisor This numeric bounded register specifies the value in seconds by which the Integrand is divided before it is added to the Result For example to calculate kWh the Divisor register would be set to 3600 Int Mode The table below describes the modes of integration that may be selected Mode Description forward Used for imported energy only positive integrands are added to the Result output reverse Used for exported energy only negative integrands are added to the Result output Used to obtain the absolute values of imported and exported energy both positive apsuluie and negative integrands are added to the Result output Bat Used to obtain the difference between the imported and exported energy a net export of energy is displayed as a negative number Valu Pulse This numeric bounded register defines the value the Result must increase or decrease by for a pulse to be generated on the Trigger output Setting this register to zero disables the feature no pulses will be output from the Trigger register 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Integrator Module RollValue When the Result output register reaches the value specified by the Rol Value setup register the Result output re
611. that you want a 5 minute overlap between when the motors A and B turn ON and OFF to ensure that at least one of them is running all the time you can edit the profile for output 2 to go ON at 7 55 a m and OFF at 6 05 p m If you press the Apply button in the profile editor the profile editor will remain open and the preview box will update You can see in the chart that each time output 1 goes OFF and output 2 goes ON there is a line in the Overlap row to confirm that these outputs are indeed timed as you specified 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 483 Scheduler Module ION Reference The Gap row is useful for showing if there are periods of time in your calendar during which no activities are scheduled If you see a gap where you don t expect one you can go back to the output and either edit the profile in effect at that time or assign a new profile to that day You can preview a full day week or month depending on which radio button you select This allows you to see details or to get a broader view of your schedule How Scheduled Intervals Affect the Output The Scheduler module itself has no awareness of the passage of time It simply gets the correct time from either the Clock module or the computer s system clock every minute and determines from the programmed schedule what each output register should do In the case of intervals the Scheduler determines the values of its outputs as follows
612. the hardware channel OutputMode This register specifies whether the output is a complete pulse PULSE or a transition pulse KYZ Polarity If you have selected a complete pulse as the OutputMode this register defines the output polarity of the pulses It has no effect if you selected transition mode Port This register specifies which hardware port the output appears on Refer to your ION device s documentation for a list of available ports CAUTION HAZARD OF MISAPPLICATION MISUSE Because mechanical relays have limited lifetimes mechanical KYZ relays are typically not suitable for energy pulsing applications For energy pulsing applications consider using Form A outputs in KYZ mode Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage Output Registers Page 448 The primary effect of the Pulser module is not to send a value to an output register but to send a pulse to the actual hardware This makes it slightly different from most of the other modules Pulser modules do however generate events and thus they have an Event register amp NOTE You do not need to use a Digital Output module to control the hardware device the Pulser module can control the hardware device itself 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Pulser Module D Event Any events produced by the Pulser module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated
613. the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Information 25 DST period Start or End has occurred Warning 30 DST Start and End times require reprogramming A NOTE The Clock module will issue a warning immediately after the last DST period expires reminding you to program the next DST Start or End time This warning which is sent to the Event register repeat every 24 days until the new DST Start or Endis programmed If DST is disabled the DST Offsetis set to zero no warnings are issued The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect Operation The Clock module receives a Coordinated Universal Time and converts it to Local Time based on the values input into the TZ Offset and DST Offset setup registers 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference ClockModule and whether DST is enabled or not The corrected local time in the LocalTime output register is automatically read by the Scheduler module the modules are linked by default but they can be unlinked The Clock module provides both the UTC and the local time as numeric outputs that can be linked to other modules Both values are in the UNIX time format In addition the Clock module provides local
614. the module on which phase a transient disturbance alarm has occurred and activates the disturbance direction detection algorithm to determine the direction of the disturbance While the algorithm is running any further pulses to these inputs are ignored If a sag swell and a transient alarm are triggered simultaneously the module analyzes the disturbance as a sag swell Enable This input enables or disables the module s operation When linked to another module s Boolean output it turns the module on and off If the module is off it ignores any disturbance pulses it receives and the output registers display NOT AVAILABLE or in the case of the Analysis Complete register ZERO This input is optional if left unlinked the module is enabled by default EvPriority This register allows you to set a custom priority level for certain events generated by the module and written to the Event output register See the Event output register description for details 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Disturbance Direction Detection Module Output Registers A Analysis Complete This output is pulsed when the disturbance direction detection algorithm has finished its analysis and new disturbance direction information is available in the output registers Direction Detected V1 Direction Detected V2 Direction Detected V3 These Boolean output registers are updated when the disturbance direction detectio
615. tically reads only the logs associated with a particular site or only those associated with software nodes such as the VIP A NOTE If your ION Enterprise system has multiple Log Inserters the ALL setting will not be available Any overlap i e duplicate inputs are processed on a first come first served basis Output Registers Page 322 A NOTE The Log Schema output register only applies to PEGASYS and ION Enterprise 4 5 and earlier versions The Log Schema output register does not exist in ION Enterprise 5 0 and later versions Log Schema This database register refers to the actual database schema set of tables that is created by the Log Server in the database server You will need to refer to the Log Schema register if you want to view the data using Vista 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Log Acquisition Module Detailed Operation To configure the Log Acquisition module to write data to the database you must set the Data Source setup register to a valid connection string for the ION database amp NOTE For ION Enterprise 4 5 and earlier you must set the Data Source setup register to a valid ODBC Data Source Name for the ION software database Setting the Log Source register to INPUT LOGS allows you to pick and choose which log registers you want to log For example if you want to log data from two Data Recorders link the Log Acquisition module s Log inputs to th
616. til Pst Update The number of seconds remaining until the Flicker module will produce a new evaluation of Pst for all valid phases A Pst Update This output register will be pulsed when new Pst values are generated on the Phase 1 Pst Phase 2 Pst and or Phase 3 Pst outputs E Phase 1 Pit Phase 2 Pit Phase 3 Pit These three outputs provide long term flicker severity over the last Pit Period for Phase 1 Phase 2 and Phase 3 respectively Note that the definition for each Phase depends on your meter s Volts Mode setting refer to Detailed Module Operation below M Seconds Until Pit Update The number of seconds remaining until the Flicker module will produce a new evaluation of Plt for all valid phases A Pit Update This output register will be pulsed when new Pit values are generated on the Phase 1 Pit Phase 2 Pit and or Phase 3 Pit outputs OD Event Any events produced by the Flicker module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the following table Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 249 Flicker Module ION Reference Detailed
617. til every day in the calendar for the selected output is painted with the appropriate color i e each day is assigned the appropriate profile Be sure to program the full 24 months When you have set up the calendar for one output you need to do the same for the other outputs that you plan to use You can repeat the steps described above or as a shortcut you can copy the calendar from one output over top another If you make a mistake applying profiles to the calendar you can press the Undo button at the bottom of the window this will undo only the most recent change Copying Calendars from One Output to Another To copy an output s calendar over to another output hold down the Shift key and click on the tab of the output you wish to copy then drag the cursor to the tab of the output you wish to overwrite The complete calendar all 24 months of the first output will be copied to the second output Note that only the calendar is copied since each output has its own profiles you will need to define profiles separately for each output A NOTE When copying a calendar the cursor will change to a hand with a box Defining a Daily Profile A daily profile is a simply a 24 hour period that consists of activities which can include intervals pulses or both An interval is characterized by a pulse on the Start output register the Status register going ON for some period of time then the End register pulsing and the
618. tion Trigger When the Setpoint condition is met the Trigger output register generates a pulse Remaining Learning Time This register contains the remaining learning time in seconds It counts down from the Learn Duration to 0 zero When this value is zero learning is complete If the Stable Learning Time reaches one quarter of the Learn Duration this register jumps to zero and learning is complete If learning has not started the value of this register is NOT AVAILABLE Stable Learning Time This register contains the time in seconds that has elapsed since a change in the learned values When this value is equal to one quarter of the Learn Duration learning is complete If learning has not started the value of this register is NOT AVAILABLE Learned High Limit This numeric register contains the learned value for the High Limit setup register When learning is in progress this register is continually updated This register becomes NOT AVAILABLE and learning stops when any setup is changed for 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Setpoint Module example when the Learn Now input is unlinked or the value of the Low Limit register is changed Learned Low Limit This numeric register contains the learned value for the Low Limit setup register When learning is in progress this register is continually updated This register becomes NOT AVAILABLE and learning stops when any setup is chang
619. tion of power the meter can determine how many logged intervals have been missed due to the power outage and based upon this programming option can either leave the logs missing this is the default functionality or can fill in the missing logs with zero values The nsert Outage Records option helps ensure that customer software applications that cannot handle missing information receive data logs for the entire time span regardless of outages The Data Recorder module nsert Outage Records register can be set to Yes Zero Fill Enabled Yes Zero Fill Disabled No Each of these Insert Outage Records register settings is described below and is accompanied by a diagram In each diagram the Data Recorder module has two Source inputs linked Source 1 is linked to an Integrator module Result output energy values Source 2 is linked to a module other than an Integrator module NOTE The diagrams illustrate a system where the Integrator module resets to zero at the start of each interval Typically a framework is configured to reset the Integrator module to zero after each value is logged this may not be required for your application Insert Outage Records Yes Zero Fill Enabled If the Insert Outage Records register is set to Yes ZERO FILL ENABLED the missing records are generated such that each parameter in the log has a value of zero If the Data Recorder is configured to record any energy values In
620. tion speed between your ION meter s internal modem and another remote modem When implementing a ModemGate this baud rate must be the same as the port hosting the gateway 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Communications Module Protocol This register specifies the communications protocol for the device Options may include ION third party protocols such as Modbus and DNP infrared pulsing for Infrared ports or any of several GPS protocols if the port can be used for GPS time synchronization Baud Rate This register specifies the baud rate at which the device is communicating It should be set to correspond with the baud rate of the connected workstation or external modem When using an internal modem this setting defines the baud rate between the internal modem and the meter s internal circuitry When implementing a ModemGate with your internal modem set the baud rate of the internal modem s port to the same settings as the port hosting the gateway A NOTE A meter s external modem will cease to communicate if the COM port s baud rate is set outside of the external modem s working range If this occurs you must reset the COM port s baud rate locally use the front panel of the meter Unit ID This register specifies the communications identification ID for the device Every device should be assigned a unique Unit ID RTS Delay This register specifies for RS 232 ports the tra
621. tive 2010 A group of four numbers in a row specifies a year Commas are used to separate different rate and date entries the comma can also be used to denote the end of a rate schedule refer to the Season 1 Weekday Rates setup register The dash is used to create intervals between two dates 14 00 The colon is used between two numbers to specify a time of day Times of day are in 24 hour format A B C D These are used to define up to four different rates in a rate schedule Use these entries before a time to define when a rate starts Refer to the Season 1 Weekday to Season 4 Weekday setup registers for details Creating Time of Use Setup Register Strings The syntax provided in the table above is used to build strings of times and dates The following rules must be applied when entering the Time of Use module s date type setup registers All Dates in a setup register must appear in chronological order If any date string contains a perpetual date i e dates that apply to every year it must appear first in the setup register string Perpetual dates cannot be entered as two separate ranges for example Sep 10 Jan 10 is correct whereas Sep 10 DEC 10 DEC 11 Jan 10 is incorrect amp NOTE Do not enter date ranges in other setup registers that cross into this date range Weekdays This register defines the days of the week for all seasons The rates in the Season
622. to immediately send a read request to the Modbus Slave device When the request is serviced the values from the Modbus registers are copied to the Value output registers of the module The Status output register indicates if the Modbus to ION communications line is active The Successful Read output register generates a pulse whenever the module completes a successful transfer of information from the Modbus slave to the master The Value 7 through Value N output registers is updated for each read cycle 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 389 Modbus Import Module Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Modbus Import module behaves under Page 390 different conditions ION Reference Condition Response of Output Register If the Enable input is NOT AVAILABLE The Value 1 N are NOT AVAILABLE The Status register is set to N A Pending N A After the module is re linked or its setup registers are changed The Value 1 N Status Exception Code and Update period registers are NOT AVAILABLE Pending NO When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down The Value 1 N Status Exception Code and Update period registers are NOT AVAILABLE Pending NO Receive timeout i e Modbus Import module sends a request but does not receive a reply Output registers holds the current values The Virtual Processor d
623. to INTERACTIVE the user sees a visual indication on the desktop when the Launching module starts the program or process e g the program is launched in a new window When set to NOT INTERACTIVE the launched program or process runs in the background i e the program runs but is not visible on the desktop Output Registers Page 318 D Event All events produced by a Launching module are written into this register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Pulse received on Launch input program launch Information 25 successful program launch not successful The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Launching Module Detailed Module Operation When the Launch input is pulsed the Launching module attempts to execute the command entered in the RunCommand setup register For the program to successfully run the executable file must be in the location specified and the syntax of the command specified in the RunCommand register must be correct If you do not use the Source input the command specified in the RunCommand register behaves just as if y
624. to right If the input accumulates negatively i e received power or energy and the nt Mode register is set to REVERSE then the Disk Simulator revolves from right to left 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 179 Display Module Page 180 ION Reference The Calibration module Disk Position output is always a positive numeric value regardless of the module s Int Mode setting FORWARD REVERSE etc Disk Simulator Framework Setup 1 Create a new Display module and choose the type as Disk Simulator 2 Connect the new Display module s first input to the Calibration Pulser module s Disk Position output that you want to monitor for its pulsing interval 3 To include the newly added screen to the ALT screen list connect the Display module s Show and Show2 inputs to the Scroll module s last available Trigger outputs in ALT Scroll UP and ALT Scroll Down respectively You can determine the last available Trigger by right clicking on the output to discover the Triggers owners 4 Increase the Scroll module s Wraparound setup register by 1 to include the new screen 5 Configure the remaining display settings according to your needs Although the Disk Simulator display is intended to show the disk behavior of mechanical watt hour meters this feature can be used to monitor any accumulated meter quantity over the time To do this connect the Display module s first input to the meter quantity and c
625. to the value held in Source input 1 Formulas can have multiple operators and many of the supported operators can have multiple operands Certain rules must be followed when entering formulas into the Arithmetic module s setup registers In most cases these rules are identical to those followed in conventional mathematics The following paragraphs detail the rules used in the Arithmetic module and define the terms used to describe references functions and syntax errors The remainder of this section provides definitions and syntax requirements for the reference operators functions and constants that can be used in the Arithmetic module Numbers Expressions and Booleans The sections that follow refer to numbers expressions and Booleans when describing a function s usage A number can be a constant or a reference to a Source input previous Source input current result or previous result value In any case number is defined as any real number An Expression is a mathematical sentence containing operators and numbers that can be evaluated into a number All of the Arithmetic module s supported functions accept expressions as well as numbers as valid operands Booleans are a special class of number representing TRUE or FALSE Any non zero number or expression that equals a non zero number is TRUE Zero or any expression that equals zero is FALSE Arithmetic operators will also return TRUE or FALSE depending on whether the
626. tor E Enable Phasor Magnitude W Phasor Angle E HD Outputs as Percentages I Event D Schneider Electric ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of 2195 Keating Cross Road Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the Saanichton BC property of their respective owners Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising For technical support i out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com RES SD 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved e Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Er Electric Harmonics Analyzer Module ION Reference Inputs Enable All Harmonics Analyzer modules have one programmable input called the Enable input When this register is set to ON the module is enabled when it is set to OFF the module is disabled and it ceases to calculate harmonics and update its output registers This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default The Source input of Harmonics Analyzer modules is fixed It receives data either from the voltage or current Setup Registers Harmonics Analyzer modules have th
627. trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Factory Module Page 236 ION Reference Device Type This read only register shows the type of meter that is in operation Template This read write register indicates the template or framework that is loaded into the meter Default Template This read only register indicates the original factory default template of the meter Metering FW Revision This read only register is for internal use only Feature Set This read only register describes the feature set of the meter Options This read only register lists the options included with the attached meter Revision This read only register stores the revision number of the meter Serial Number This read only register holds the serial number of the meter Alt PT Prim Alt PT Sec Alt CT Prim Alt CT Sec Alt 14 Prim Alt 14 Se
628. trol including load shedding and start up of auxiliary power Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Ditributed Numeric Status oO Module Free Write A Source ae Activate Time to update IN Write Now I Event Q ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Distributed Numeric Module Inputs m Setup Registers Page 190 ION Reference Source All Distributed Numeric modules have one Source input The numeric value at this input is written to the node address you specify in the Destination setup register Activate This input allows you to manually activate or deactivate the Distributed Numeric module By linking the Status output of a Data Monitor module to this
629. ts SubV1Avg SubV2Avg SubV3Avg These registers contain the average magnitude during the previous sub disturbance on V7 V2 and V3 respectively These values can be used to plot the sub disturbance on a Magnitude vs Duration curve such as CBEMA SubV1Dur SubV2Dur SubV3Dur These registers contain the duration in seconds of the previous sub disturbance on V1 V2 and V3 respectively These values can be used to plot the sub disturbance on a Magnitude vs Duration curve such as CBEMA Remaining Learning Time This register contains the remaining learning time in seconds It counts down from the Learn Duration to 0 zero When this value reaches zero learning is complete If the Stable Learning Time reaches one quarter of the Learn Duration this register jumps to zero and learning is complete If learning has not started the value of this register is NOT AVAILABLE Stable Learning Time This register contains the time in seconds that has elapsed since a change in the learned values When this value is equal to one quarter of the Learn Duration learning is complete If learning has not started the value of this register is NOT AVAILABLE Learned Swell Lim Learned Swell Limit This numeric register contains the learned value for the Swell Lim setup register When learning is in progress this register is continually updated This register becomes NOT AVAILABLE and learning stops when any setup is changed for example when t
630. ty Power Quality Aggregator Module VLN1 VLN2 VLN3 VLL12 VLL23 VLL31 VoltsMode NomVolts 11 12 4 13 NomFreq Enable Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Hvi 150 180 Cycle E V1 10 Minute 2 Hour Interval Pulse H v2 150 180 Cycle V2 10 Minute Power Frequency H vs 150 180 Cycle Oo V3 10 Minute Power Frequency Channel H 11 150 180 Cycle E 11 10 Minute Power Frequency Update H 12 150 180 Cycle M H1210 Minute H VLN1 Half Cycle H 13 150 180 Cycle E 13 10 Minute VLN2 Half Cycle LE OverDev 150 180 Cycle W V1 OverDev 10 Minute VLN3 Half Cycle H v2 OverDev 150 180 Cycle Ml V2 OverDev 10 Minute VLL12 Half Cycle Lvs OverDev 150 180 Cycle W V3 OverDev 10 Minute VLL23 Half Cycle Hv UnderDev 150 180 Cycle W V1 UnderDev 10 Minute VLL31 Half Cycle H V2 UnderDev 150 180 Cycle Wi V2 UnderDev 10 Minute Sliding Reference Voltage Hvs UnderDev 150 180 Cycle W V3 UnderDev 10 Minute Event DIR NE nn 150 180 Cycle Pulse A 10 Minute Interval Pulse n E CNL ARE IEL OGI IOL ISE IOE IDE ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property
631. ue count down By default Count Mode is set to UP Preset This register specifies what value the Accumulatr output register should be reset to in the event of a reset pulse or rollover A rollover occurs when the Accumulatr output reaches the value specified in the Rol Value setup register By default the Preset register is set to zero amp NOTE The Accumulatr output will be set to the value in the Preset setup register at startup RollValue rollover value When the Accumulatr output register reaches the value specified by the Ro Value setup register the Result output register will be reset to the value in the Preset setup register Setting this register to zero disables the Rollover feature no rollovers will occur By default this register is set to zero Output Registers Page 124 Accumulatr accumulator This numeric variable register contains the accumulated count Highest count up or down is 1 x 10 See note in Detailed Module Operation section Rollover This register generates a pulse every time the Accumulatr output reaches the value specified in the RollValue setup register Event Any events produced by the Counter module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are shown in the table below Event Priority Group Priority Description Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or lab
632. ue 1 is interpreted as a floating point number See the next illustration 32 bit Modbus Register Map for details Signed 32B or Unsigned 32B UNSCALED The module takes data from the specified starting address and the adjacent higher address of the Modbus register map It copies the contents of the first address into the 16 most significant bit positions on Value 1 output register and copies the contents of the second address into the 16 least significant bit positions of the Value 1 output register SCALED The module takes data from the specified starting address and the adjacent higher address of the Modbus register map It copies the contents of the first address into the 16 most significant bit positions of a temporary register and copies the contents of the second address into the 16 least significant bit positions of this temporary register The module then applies the scaling you specified in the module s setup registers and transfers the result into Value 7 output register The 32 bit Modbus Register Map on page 387 illustrates how the module maps its Value outputs to the 32 bit Modbus register map 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Modbus Import Module Modbus Import Module Signed 32B M10k or Unsigned 32B M10k The module mapsits Value output registers to the Modbus register map in a similar fashion as the 32 bit signed or 32 bit unsigned format UNSCALED The module takes data fr
633. ues or conditions associated with the cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference DDE Input Module Detailed Module Operation Once you have specified the setup register values and the DDE server is successfully linked the data identified in the tem setup register should appear in the Value output register For the server to link successfully the server must be in the location specified If you want to verify the location of your DDE server open the Windows NT Explorer and check the directory structure and file name If the module senses that the link with the DDE server is broken it automatically runs a routine to reconnect as soon as the server is available Upon reconnection most DDE servers will automatically update the Value output register with the new value in the DDE application If your DDE server does not update the register you may have to go to the DDE application and enter a new number for the Va ue register to access or set the application to automatically update links A DDE link transfers data in textual exchange format meaning that the DDE Input module receives text and converts the text to a number A framework that makes use of DDE Input module is shown in the next diagram To perform a real time cost calculation you can set up an Arithmetic module to accept a value from an Excel spreadsheet and a meter reading from an IED node This way you can calculate the current cost o
634. uest and updating the value outputs Event ION events are recorded in this output register Event Priority Group Priority Description Reset 5 A module reset has occurred Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp event priority event s cause event s effect and conditions associated with the event s cause and effect 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 393 Modbus Master Device Module ION Reference Detailed Operation Page 394 The Modbus Master Device module works in tandem with the Modbus Master Map module it will not function without it In order for the Modbus Master Device module to function properly the meter s Protocol setup register in the Communications module must be set to Modbus Master This defines the serial port used to access the Modbus slave devices See the Modbus and ION Technology technical note for more information In the example below two ION6200 meters Submeter1 and Submeter2 act as Modbus Slave devices and provide Modbus values to an ION7500 meter acting as the Modbus Master device Submeter1 is linked to Modbus Master Device module 1 the meter s Unit ID of 101 is entered in the Modbus Master Device module s Slave Addr register while Submeter2 is linked to Modbus Master Device module 2 Submeter 7 Modbus Slave Devic
635. ully recorded as seen in the previous example the Periodic Timer modules control when the data is sent Page 330 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Log Mail Module A NOTE The Log Mail module is available only on certain meters those with older firmware The Log Export module completely replaces the Log Mail module in newer meters The Log Mail module is designed to take data from a Data Recorder module format it as an email message and deliver that email message to an address specified by the user A Sendi Log Mail Sending _ Module Records Sent W I Success A I Source eld A A Send Event p Oo Enable 7 Source This input is linked to the Data Log output of a Data Recorder module The data from this Data Log output will be transported via email Linking this input is mandatory Enable If the Enable input is FALSE the Log Mail module will not respond to pulses arriving atthe Send input Linking this input is optional If this is left unlinked the module is enabled by default Send When a pulse arrives at the Send input the Log Mail module emails all Source data records that have not previously been sent Linking this input is mandatory ION PowerLogic a
636. ulse to the Disk Revolution Complete output register and the container is emptied Output Mode PULSE When the OutputMode setup register is set to PULSE the module sends a complete pulse to the output hardware port each time the Kt value is reached A NOTE The Pulse Width setup register defines the ON time of the output pulse e g how long an LED should remain lit Page 96 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Calibration Pulser Module Overload state Module s output pulse Pulse mode ON time k Pulse Width OFF time In the above diagram each trigger in the top graph Module s output pulse represents one pulse sent to the Disk Revolution Complete output register The bottom graph illustrates how the pulse appears at the output hardware channel The Pulse Width setup register defines the ON time of this pulse When the module is operating in Normal state the output pulse s duty cycle is less than 47 5 If the output pulse s duty cycle reaches 47 5 or above the module goes into Overload state When this happens the Overload output register turns ON the hardware channel remains ON and the module does not send any more pulses to the output hardware channel The module returns to Normal state when the duty cycle drops below 47 5 Normal State Normal pulsing Pulse duty cycle lt 47 5 Overload State No pulse sent t
637. ult state it will show the outputs by day rather than by week 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Scheduler Module Select which output s schedules are going to be plotted E Calendar Profile Overview Eg Select the part of the View schedule you wish to view Output 1 IV Output 2 Vv Output 3 V Output 4 Vv By default this is set to the Outputs fv Output 6 Vv Gupta d Output 8 P start date Month Day Intervals are indicated by horizontal lines in the color of the active profile Pulses are indicated by vertical lines in the color of the active profile Scroll back and forth through the schedule by By day week or month l C Day Week C Month Specify if you want to view by day week or month The default is day You can have the preview box open at the same time as one or more profile editors and it will update automatically to reflect changes in the profiles This allows you to make adjustments to your profiles and dynamically preview them The check boxes at the top allow you to select which outputs you want to view so you can display any combination Overlap and Gap The Overlap and Gap rows in the chart allow you to compare two or more outputs and display when they are all ON at the same time and when they are all OFF at the same time In the motors example described earlier if you decide
638. umber2 is zero 0 the corresponding Result output will become NOT AVAILABLE DIV integer divide The divide operator will return the integer portion of the result of dividing one number by another Syntax Div numbert number2 Where number is the number you want to be divided number2is the number you want to divide by Examples Div 10 5 10 equals 1 Div 27 25 5 equals 5 Div 10 2 5 equals 4 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 73 Arithmetic Module Page 74 ION Reference gt greater than The greater than operator is used to test if one number or expression is greater than another Syntax number1 gt number2 The result will be TRUE if number is greater larger than to number2 and will be FALSE if number is less than or equal to number2 gt greater than or equal The greater than or equal operator is used to test if a number or expression is greater than or equal to another Syntax number1 gt number2 The result will be TRUE if number is greater larger than or equal to number2 and will be FALSE if number1 is less than number2 lt less than The less than operator is used to test if one number or expression is less than another Syntax number1 lt number2 The result will be TRUE if number is less than number2 and will be FALSE if number 1 is greater than or equal to number2 lt less than or equal The less than or equal operator is used to test
639. up Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed Alert Trigger pulsed 25 A pulse was received on the Trigger input Alert Reset pulsed 25 A pulse was received on the Reset input 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 29 Alert Module Page 30 ION Reference Event Priority Group Priority Description Pending Send canceled 25 Pending Send canceled due to Reset Retry canceled 25 Retry canceled due to Reset Lockout canceled 25 Lockout canceled due to Reset Com Port Channel Busy 25 Attempt has failed due to a busy com channel Modem initialization failed 30 Attempt failed because modem initialization failed Dial failed 30 Rd ce S busy phone line or no Attempt failed because the alert could not be sent Event Message send failed 30 message indicates if Retry Time begins or if the final attempt has failed Alert sent no lockout 25 Alert sent successfully no lockout configured Alert sent lockout begins 25 Alert sent successfully configured lockout began Lockout period ends 25 Configured lockout period is over Retry 25 Attempt failed starting retry Final Retry 30 Final retry has failed Email Send Failed 30 An email message did not send The logged event will contain some indication of the reason for the failure The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cau
640. ured and linked to a Log Acquisition module using Designer 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Inputs Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Thermal Demand Module Power utilities generally bill commercial customers based on both their energy consumption in KWh and their peak usage levels called peak demand in KW Demand is a measure of average power consumption over a fixed time interval typically 30 minutes Peak or maximum demand is the highest demand level recorded over the billing period Thermal demand is one method of measuring demand The Thermal Demand module calculates thermal demand over a specified length of time It uses a method which is equivalent to thermal averaging For thermal averaging the traditional demand indicator responds to heating of a thermal element in a Watt Hour meter You can adjust the Thermal Demand module s calculation to mimic this technique by changing the Time Const and Interval setup parameters Thermal demand values can be calculated for any numeric variable Thermal Demand ThrmDemand W Module Source Event D Enable Reset Source This is the input upon which the thermal demand calculation is performed It must be a numeric register from any other module s outputs Linking this input is mandatory Enable Disabli
641. us output will go OFF To add a pulse to the daily profile 1 Press and hold down the Pulse button and drag the pulse cursor anywhere into the Daily Profile box except on an existing interval or pulse A line will appear 2 Click on the line and drag it to where you want the pulse to occur Dragging allows you to move in steps of 5 minutes If you want to position the pulse more precisely use the Start box which provides 1 minute resolution 3 Repeat steps 1 2 for each pulse you want to add To delete an activity 1 Click on the interval or pulse you wish to delete and press the Delete button The selected activity will disappear from the Daily Profile box 2 If you want to deleted all the activities from an profile click the Clear All button Once you have created all the activities you want to comprise the profile and given the profile a descriptive name press the OK button to save your changes and close the profile editor If you press Cancel your changes will be lost and the profile editor will close 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 481 Scheduler Module Page 482 ION Reference You can also press the Apply button if you want to save your changes but keep the profile editor open This may be useful when you want to make adjustments to multiple profiles at the same time For example if you want to run motor A from 8 00 a m to 6 00 p m i e during the day and run motor B from 6 00 p m to 8 00 a
642. ut is optional if you leave it unlinked it will by default never receive a pulse amp NOTE The Reset input will still function if the module s Enable input is OFF Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance or go to www powerlogic com ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Maximum Module Setup Registers ION Reference Maximum modules have no setup registers Output Registers Page 350 E Maximum This numeric variable register contains the maximum value attained by the Source input since the last reset Trigger Each time a new maximum value occurs the Trigger output register generates a pulse Event Any events produced by the Maximum module are recorded in the Event register Possible events and their associated priority numbers are s
643. ut is optional it you leave it unlinked the module is enabled by default Learn Now When this input is pulsed it starts the learning process and the learning period begins If a pulse is received while learning is in progress the current learning period is aborted any data in the learning related output registers is reset and a new learning period begins This input must be linked for learning to be enabled If this input is pulsed learning occurs even if the module is not enabled Learning is stopped and learning related output registers become NOT AVAILABLE when any setup of the module changes To disable learning completely disconnect this input High Limit When the Eval Mode is GREATERTHAN this register specifies what limit the Source input must exceed for the Status output register to change to ON When the Eval Mode is LESSTHAN it specifies what limit the Source input must exceed for the Status output register to change to OFF If the Source input is Boolean the value entered into this register is disregarded and the High Limit is automatically set to 0 If learning is enabled this register is overwritten by the learned values either when you install the values in MANUAL MODE or when learning is complete in AUTOMATIC MODE amp NOTE Do not set the Low Limit higher than the High Limit or the setpoint will oscillate Low Limit When the Eval Mode is LESSTHAN this register specifies what limit the Source input
644. ut period expires By specifying a Lockout Time you can keep the communications channel open after the system is contacted ensuring it is able to connect Specifying a Lockout Time also ensures ION Alert Monitor will not respond to a second request to dial in until a minimum time period has elapsed Some testing is required to determine the correct Lockout Time for your sites A network consisting of numerous devices that perform data and waveform recording takes considerably longer to upload data than one that consists of a few transducers Lockout Time for Outage Dialback Alerts The Lockout Time for Outage Dialback Alerts is the amount of time that you want the meter powered off before the Outage Dialback Alert is sent For the Outage Dialback feature the recommended maximum setting is 120 seconds Alerting with the Outage Dialback Alert Card Page 34 The Outage Dialback alert card lets meters alert an operator during a power outage informing the operator that the meter is shutting down A short ASCII based message can be sent as an alert to PEGASYS ION Enterprise or MV90 or via a pager A pager alert message can be directed automatically to an email address and or a voice line with a third party system provided as a service by a paging company or other software The Outage Dialback alert card uses a modem that is powered independently from the rest of the meter when a power outage occurs This allows enough time for the
645. ut receives a pulse the alert is sent using the parameters defined in the module s setup registers The Trigger input should be directly linked to the pulse output register of the ION module that is monitoring the desired trigger condition Immediately after a Trigger pulse is received the current values held at the Source inputs are saved Then one of the following occurs Ifthe Alert module is presently inactive the Pending register turns on and the alert remains pending until the communications channel is free and no lockouts are in effect When the channel is free the sending process begins amp NOTE Only ION and Modbus protocols share the communication channel with other protocols such as the alert protocol This means that if a protocol other than ION or Modbus is running the Alert module cannot send its alert Ifthe Alert module is currently sending or waiting to send an alert i e either the Pending or Sending register is ON then all pulses received on that module s Trigger input during that time are discarded An event is logged only during sending Reset All pending alerts are cleared when the Reset input is pulsed Only alerts that are actually transmitting are allowed to complete Alerts are also cleared if they have failed and are waiting to make another attempt amp NOTE All pulses appearing at the Trigger input are cleared when the Reset input is pulsed regardless of whether the Enable inpu
646. ut register changes to ON when the Source falls below the Low Limit and goes inactive when the Source exceeds the High Limit The Setpoint module allows you to introduce time delays before the Setpoint activates or deactivates You can specify that the condition you are monitoring must persist for a specified amount of time before the Setpoint is activated You can also require a time delay before deactivating the Setpoint By using these delays you can protect the Setpoint from temporary spikes in the Source value The times are entered in seconds For example you may want a Setpoint to activate if your current goes above 800 Amps but only if it remains that high for more than five seconds Likewise you may want the Setpoint to deactivate when the current drops but only if it has stayed below 750 Amps for at least ten seconds In this case you would set SusUntION to 5 and SusUntlOFF to 10 You can also attach a priority level that applies to most of the events produced by a Setpoint module see the Setup Registers section These priority levels are logged along with the events and any associated values You can configure the module to learn the values to be used by the High Limit Low Limit SusUntlION and SusUntlOFF setup registers Page 509 Setpoint Module ION Reference Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the Setpoint module behaves under different conditions Condition Response of Output R
647. utage Dialback alerts the recommended Lockout Time setting is 120 seconds the maximum lockout time is 1800 30 minutes Location This setup register only applies to PEGASYS or ION ALERT type of alert see the Type setup register The Location register identifies the meter that is sending the alert The name of the meter is entered into this register exactly as it appears in the Management Console Modem Init This register holds the initialization string used by the modem while the alert is being sent If your site s modem is an ION meter internal modem this Modem Init overrides the Communications module s Modem Init setup register for the duration of the site s dialout For Outage Dialback alerts set the modem initialization code as follows 0 Bell 212A 1200 baud 1 Bell 103 300 baud 2 V 22 1200 baud 3 V 21 300 baud 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Alert Module 6 orleave the setting blank V 22bis 2400 1200 baud This is the default and will work for most installations Output Registers Pending This Boolean register turns on if the module receives a pulse on its Trigger input Once the communications channel becomes available this register turns off and the module starts sending the alert Sending This Boolean register is on once the module has access to the communications channel and remains on while the alert is being sent Sending turns off once the
648. utput Status 1 a Source 3 SPCS01 stVal is Digital Output source value Page 278 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference IEC 61850 GGIO Onb Module Digital Output module status to IEC 61850 If the SPCSO Control Mode setup register is set to ION the Digital Output Status input register is connected to the Digital Output module s State output register The SPCSO stVal output register is taken from the associated Digital Output Status input register value The Digital Output status is read by IEC 61850 D IEC 61850 SPCSO1 Control Mode ION CO ead epcent eival SPCS01 stVal IEC 61850 Digital Output ModuleML__ State GGIO Onboard Module Source Digital Output Status 1 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 279 IEC 61850 GGIO Onb Module ION Reference Page 280 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2010 IEC 61850 MHAI Module The IEC 61850 MHAI module represents the Harmonics MHAI Logical Node in IEC 61850 protocol It maps the appropriate ION values to their IEC 61850 counterparts The MHAI Logical Node provides calculated harmonics and related values for voltage and current These values are generally used for power quality purposes Only one instance of this module can exist Because this module is specific to supporting the IEC 61850 protocol it can be deleted if IEC
649. utput registers are NA When the device is powered up after a power outage and the Update Rate setup register is set to EVERY SECOND the SWDemand calculation will SWDemand value is available within 1 second continue from where it left off This also applies to meter time syncs There may be situations where a false peak is observed during a subinterval if the time synchronizes backwards and a power outage occurs or the load drops to 0 zero following the time synchronization Page 520 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE SNMP Input Registers Setup Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 SNMP Mapping Module The SNMP Mapping module makes the values of the numeric output registers of other modules available to be read by SNMP manager software or hardware The module maps meter parameters to SNMP object IDs You can map up to 10 numeric inputs to each SNMP Mapping module To read the values the SNMP manager also needs a custom MIB file available from Technical Support or for download from www powerlogic com SNMP Mapping Module Source 1 B Source 10 Event D For more information on using SNMP with your meter see your meter s User Guide Source 1 to Source 10 The SNMP Mapping module makes these inputs available to SNMP manager software or hardw
650. utput value ISCS01 stva W from IEC 61850 IEC 61850 GGIO Expansion Module Analog Output Module Normalized Hil 2 Source ISCSO1 stVal is Analog Output source Page 274 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2010 IEC 61850 GGIO Onb Module The IEC 61850 GGIO Onboard I O module represents the GGIO_Onb Logical Node in the IEC 61850 protocol It maps the appropriate ION values to the IEC 61850 counterparts The GGIO_Onb Logical Node provides status information for the 8 onboard digital inputs and control capability or status information for the 7 onboard digital outputs and can be used for IEC 61850 digital output control Only one instance of this module can exist Because this module is specific to supporting the IEC 61850 protocol it can be deleted if IEC 61850 is not required A NOTE This module is configured as part of the meter s implementation of the IEC 61850 protocol and should only be undertaken by personnel with a thorough understanding of ION and IEC 61850 protocols and the system in which the meter is installed For more information about IEC 61850 please refer to the IEC 61850 and ION Technology protocol document SPCSO01 stVal O IEC 61850 SPSCO2 stVal O GGIO Onboard Module SPCS03 stVal SPCS04 stVal Q Digital Output Status 1 SPCS05 stVal igital Output St
651. vanced security 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE Eh Inputs Setup Registers Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5 Tel 1 250 652 7100 For technical support 09 2008 Security User Module The Security User modules are used to configure the access rights for users of the Advanced Security system Each module corresponds to a user of the same number For example Security User module 1 defines the security access permissions for USER1 and Security User module 4 defines the security access permissions for USER4 Up to sixteen 16 users can be configured with access rights amp NOTE You can configure Advanced Security using ION Setup or ION Enterprise Security User The Security User module has no inputs Read Access This register specifies if the user has read access permissions for the meter If it is set to YES then the user can read any parameter on the meter except the security configuration If it is set to NO then the user will be unable to read any meter parameters It is set to YES by default ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsib
652. ve internal mechanical relays Refer to your meter documentation for a list of available ports CAUTION HAZARD OF MISAPPLICATION MISUSE Because mechanical relays have limited lifetimes mechanical KYZ relays are typically not suitable for energy pulsing applications For energy pulsing applications consider using Form A outputs in KYZ mode Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage Page 94 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Calibration Pulser Module Output Registers Overload This Boolean register turns ON if the pulse train duty cycle goes above 47 5 i e if the pulse ON time becomes greater than the pulse OFF time M Disk Position This register indicates how much energy has accumulated since the last time the module pulsed A Disk Revolution Complete The module sends a pulse to this register when the accumulated energy reaches the value defined by the Kt setup register This register is typically linked to hardware output port used for energy pulse counting QO Event Any events produced by the Calibration Pulser module are recorded in the Event register as follows Event Priority Group Priority Description Setup Change 10 Input links setup registers or labels have changed The Event output register stores the following information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions associated
653. ve owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider Trending and Forecasting Module ION Reference Inputs a M Source This source is logged for trending and forecasting Data is logged at hourly daily weekly and monthly intervals and used to calculate forecasted values The Source input can be linked to the numeric output register of any other module This input must be linked for the Trending and Forecasting module to operate If the input is re linked or unlinked all data logged for the previous source is deleted amp NOTE If the Source is N A the module continues to run but no data is logged and no points are added to the webpage for the duration for which the Source is N A Setup Registers Start Day of Week This register sets which day is the start of a week for the purposes of this module This day is used for determining weekly accumulated averages The default is Monday If you change this register all currently accumulated data is deleted Page 556 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Trending and Forecasting Module Detailed Module Operation 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Below is an overview of how the trend
654. ved Schneider Log Export Module Setup Registers T Page 326 ION Reference Destination This is the Uniform Resource Identifier URI of the destination Current support is limited to email URIs e g mailto john doe anywhere com The default value is ENTER DESTINATION ADDRESS which means you must specify a destination in order for the module to go online The destination string can be anywhere between 0 and 80 characters amp NOTE You must include mailto as a prefix to the email address string in order to send records via email For example an entry such as mailto john doe anywhere com is a valid Destination value Max Send Records This register contains the maximum number of data records that the Log Export module attempts to send in any single message The default value is set to 0 essentially disabling the module This register must be changed to a non zero value for the Log Export module to go online Email From This register contains the address that appears in the From field of the email sent by the Log Export module This register only applies to messages sent via email The default value depends on which Log Export module you are using and the meter s serial number Email arriving from a meter have a default format similar to LogExport lt module number gt lt serial number gt Some SMTP servers only accept emails from valid Internet domains so you may be required to alter the default
655. vent D Digital Input 5 Digital Input 6 ISCS02 stVal Digital Input 7 ISCSO3 stVal W Digital Input 8 ISCSO4 stVal E ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider IEC 61850 GGIO Exp Module Inputs ION Reference The GGIO Expansion I O module inputs are designed to be connected to the outputs of the Analog Input and Digital Input modules depending on the physical I O expansion option of the meter and the Control Mode setup register settings amp NOTE Use the IEC 61850 CID file that matches your meter s I O expansion option Analog Input 1 4 These registers are connected to the ScaledValu output register of the Analog Input module which reflects the scaled version of the analog input value These registers are only valid when configuring meter I O expansion cards that have analog inputs Digital Input 1 8 These registers are connected to the State outputs of the Digital Input modules which reflect the current state of the Digital Input module s Source input
656. vent objects for a session These objects are enabled using DNP Slave Export modules AlChangeEvDepth analog input change event depth This read only register defines the maximum number of Analog Input Change events that can be stored for a session When this buffer fills up new events overwrite the oldest events Analog Outputs AOStatic analog output static This register defines the variant that is returned in a class 0 poll for all Analog Output Block objects for a session These objects are created using DNP Slave Import modules 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 219 DNP Slave Options Module Page 220 ION Reference Control Options SelectTimeout The SelectTimeout setup register specifies the Select Before Operate time out period in seconds for a session Communication Options TimeSyncPeriod This register defines the number of seconds between device requests for time syncs It allows the device to control when it is time synched by the Master A NOTE The Clock module s TimeSyncSource register determines the source for meter time syncs When the source for time synchronization i e COM1 matches a communication port with a DNP Slave Options module attached the meter will use any time sync messages received to time sync the meter If the source for time sync is not for the current port the meter will still request a time sync but w
657. vert module to convert the Status output of the Setpoint module to two distinct pulses an ON pulse and an OFF pulse Numeric Out W Boolean Out Convert Module z E Q Source On Pulse A Off Pulse a Enable Eveni 0 Source This input is linked to the register that you want to convert It can be any Boolean numeric or numeric bounded register from any other module Enable This input enables or disables the Convert module by setting it ON or OFF respectively If you disable a Convert module the inputs are ignored and the Numeric Out and Boolean Out registers are NOT AVAILABLE Linking this input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material Global PMC Tech support schneider electric com 00 1 250 544 3010 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative Sch n eide r for assistance or go to www powerlogic com Electric Convert Module Setu
658. vnPhV phsC instC Val ThdEvnPhV phsC cVal ThdEvnPhV neut instC Val ThdEvnPhV neut cVal These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for voltage total even harmonic distortion for phases A B and C including neutral values Depending on the Power Meter module s Volts Mode some or all of these registers may be NOT AVAILABLE Refer to the Power Meter module for more information HCTIA phsA instC Val HCfA phsA cVal HCfA phsB instC Val HCfA phsB cVal HCTA phsC instC Val HCfA phsC cVal HCfA neut instC Val HCfA neut cVal HCfA net instC Val HCfA net cVal These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for current crest factors for phases A B and C including neutral and net values Depending on the Power Meter module s Volts Mode some or all of these registers may be NOT AVAILABLE Refer to the Power Meter module for more information 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference IEC 61850 MHAI Module M ZhdPPV phsAB instCVal ThdPPV phsAB cVal ThdPPV phsBC instC Val ThdPPV phsBC cVal ThdPPV phsCA instC Val ThdPPV phsCA cVal These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for voltage total harmonic distortion for phases A B and C ThdOddPPV phsAB instC Val ThdOddPPV phsAB cVal ThdOddPPV phsBC instC Val ThdOddPPV phsBC cVal ThdOddPPV phsCA instC Val ThdOddPPV phsCA cVal These registers contain the instantaneous and deadbanded values for voltage tota
659. w frequently the screen data values are updated DST Options This register controls whether or not the display time value should reflect daylight savings time DST Demand Lockout Timeout This register determines the minimum time allowed between consecutive demand resets Display Scaling Factor Any Display module that is set to display scaled parameters see the Display module s Screen Type setup register divides or multiplies its parameters by this Display Scaling Factor before displaying them Scaling by division or multiplication is selected in the Display Scaling Mode Display Scaling Mode This register specifies whether parameters are divided or multiplied by the Display Scaling Factor before displaying them Division is the default Front Panel Programming This register defines whether or not to allow meter configuration changes through the device s front panel Some meters do not even show the meter s settings when this register is set to disallow changes Delta Vector Display Type This register determines how vector diagrams are displayed on the meter s front panel Two settings are available Instrument vectors appear 60 degrees apart showing the actual voltage and current values that the meter is measuring System vectors appear 120 degrees apart showing true system operation even though IB and VCA are calculated values 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Display Options Modul
660. w powerlogic com ES Electric Disturbance Analyzer Module Setup Registers ION Reference Nominal This input is linked to the nominal value of the three Source inputs for example nominal system voltage As such this input is generally linked to an unchanging value This input must be linked or the module will not function Enable This input enables or disables the module s operation If this input is set to FALSE then all output registers become NOT AVAILABLE This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default Reset This input resets the module s outputs to NOT AVAILABLE The outputs remain N A until the inputs are evaluated again This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the input will never receive a pulse Pickup The Pickup defines the percentage a Source input must deviate from the Nominal in order to be classified as a disturbance You can set the percentage to less than or greater than 100 but never exactly 100 When the percentage is set to larger than 100 the module will track those disturbances that swell above the Nominal For example if Nominal is set to a value of 200 and Pickup is set to 110 a Source input value greater than 220 is classified as a disturbance Dropout The additional amount that a signal must recover in order to signal the end of the event This can also be defined as the amount of hysteresis
661. wing information for each ION event time stamp priority cause effect and any values or conditions Responses to Special Conditions The following table summarizes how the External Numeric module behaves under certain conditions Condition Response of Output Register When the device is started or powered up either the first time or after a shut down The Numeric output register retains the value it held at shutdown Page 232 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION REFERENCE 09 2008 a External Pulse Module This module provides a pulse register that can be configured to pulse on demand This allows you to manually trigger any module in the device that accepts a pulse input For example you can reset counters or timers or pulse external equipment if your device has Pulser modules Inputs External Pulse Module Trigger A I Event D External Pulse modules have no inputs they are controlled via communications Setup Registers E EvPriority event priority This register allows you to assign a priority level to the events produced when the output register is written When EvPriority is zero no event is written Output Registers A Trigger External Pulse modules have a single trigger register which is manually controlled via communications Schneider Electric 2195 Keating Cross Road Saanichton BC Canada V8M 2A5
662. www powerlogic com DNP Slave Options Module BinInEv oO FrzCntEv Hi CntChangeEv I FrzAlEv E AiChanget Event p ION PowerLogic and Schneider Electric are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric in France the USA and other countries Other trademarks used are the property of their respective owners Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider DNP Slave Options Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 218 ION Reference The DNP Slave Options module has no inputs The setup registers of this module define settings that apply to all DNP Slave Import and DNP Slave Export modules for a session The available setup registers vary between ION products refer to your product documentation for available setup registers register bounds and factory default information Each of the setup registers described below are listed by DNP group Binary Inputs BininStatic binary input static This register defines the variant that is returned in a class 0 poll for all Binary Input Static objects for a session These objects are created using DNP Slave Export modules BininEvents binary input events This register defin
663. y Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Schneider PPF Electric Time of Use Module Inputs Setup Registers Page 538 ION Reference Enable This input enables or disables the Time of Use module by setting it to TRUE or FALSE respectively This input is optional if you leave it unlinked the module will be enabled by default amp NOTE Linking the Time input to an output register other than the LocalTime output register of the Clock module will cause undefined behavior in the Time of Use module Time On an ION meter this input is by default linked to the Loca Time output register of the Clock module This will provide the Time of Use module with the correct local time accounting for time zones and daylight savings time This input can be linked to the Universal Time output of the clock module but there will not be corrections for daylight savings time or time zone offsets If you unlink this input on an ION meter the Time of Use module will not function The Time of Use module setup register strings are used to define each season s start and end dates categorize different types of days where rates may differ for example when a holiday has different rates than a weekday and the times that each rate will activate on a given day The Time of Use module s setup registers can be considered to belong to one of th
664. y to Al SE Forward amp 0 SX e e File Edit View Insert Format Tools Compose Help Message Options From LogMaili PK 99104010 00 Sent Wed 9 27 00 3 25 PM To your_email your_domain com Ce Subject metermail RE1 Data Log From meter PK 99104010 00 LogName RE1 Data Log DeviceType 7500 SerialNumber PK 99104010 00 Owner Company X Tagl Power Quality Tag2 Warehouse RecordNumber UTC Vin a Vin b Win c 0 970093500 117 3777 116 9874 117 0674 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Log Mail Module The last two lines of the data log email above are represented in the following table The Record Number is 0 the number of records emailed at one time is determined by the meter configuration The time that the data record was logged is given as the number of seconds elapsed since midnight on January 1 1970 This format is called UNIX Time UTC The logged data fields Vin a Vin b Vin c the Data Recorder module Source inputs 1 3 and each corresponding value are also indicated Record Number UTC Vina Vin b Vinc 0 970093500 117 3777 116 9874 117 0674 Customizing Emails Some information in the email header and body can be customized to meet your system requirements The email s header is comprised of the following elements within the module and your meter From LogMail lt module numb
665. ype of day If you have only one season and you did not configure the Season setup registers you only need to enter the rate schedules in the Season 1 Weekday 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 543 Time of Use Module Page 544 ION Reference Rates Season 1 Weekend Rates Season 1 Holiday Rates and Season 1 Alt 1 and 2 Rates as applicable Time of Use Example A seasonal rate schedule for the year 2002 is as follows Seasons Four seasons starting April 1 September 1 October 16 and December 1 Day Types Weekday rates are on Monday to Friday all year long Weekend rates are on Saturday and Sunday all year long The first Thursday in September 2002 and October 2002 have a set of special rates October 15 and November 15 of every year have another set of special rates Holiday rates fall on Hallowe en Veteran s Day Labor Day Columbus Day Thanksgiving Day Christmas Day and New Year s Day Rates For all seasons the weekday rates are Rate A at the start of the day Rate B starts at 8 00 AM Rate C starts at 4 00 PM and Rate D starts at 10 00 PM For Season 1 and Season 2 the weekend rates are Rate A all day long For Season 3 and Season 4 the weekend rates are Rate B all day long For all four seasons the first set of alternative rates is Rate B all day long gt For all four seasons the second set of alternative rates is Rate C at the start of the day and Rate D st
666. ys specified in the Alt 2 Days setup register 2008 Schneider Electric All rights reserved Page 541 Time of Use Module T ION Reference Season 1 Holiday Rates Season 2 Holiday Rates Season 3 Holiday Rates Season 4 Holiday Rates These setup registers specify a season s daily rates during the days specified in the Holidays setup register Output Registers Page 542 Rate Status Rate B Status Rate C Status Rate D Status These Boolean output registers indicate which rate is currently active Rate B Cor D Only one of the Rates can be active at a given time These output registers can be used to enable energy and demand calculation frameworks on a rate by rate basis Rate Change This register pulses each time the rate changes NOTE The module s various Change outputs will not pulse when the module first goes online for example going from no rate to Rate A Similarly the various Change outputs will not pulse when the module s programmed times schedules expire for example after 20 years the rate schedules will expire changing Rate D to no rate Season 1 Status Season 2 Status Season 3 Status Season 4 Status These Boolean output registers indicate which season is currently active These registers can be used to enable certain frameworks during a particular season Season Change This register pulses every time the season changes This output can be used to trigger a recording fram
667. zes the available functions Binary Function Description Usage division number number DIV integer divide Div number number equals number number gt greater than number gt number gt greater than or equal number gt number lt less than number lt number lt less than or equal number lt number MOD modulus Mod number number minus number number S multiplication number number number lt gt number lt gt l does not equal number number number number addition number number POWER exponent RE number 2009 Schneider Electric All rights reserved ION Reference Arithmetic Module amp NOTE Binary operators can be typed into the formula string with or without spaces between operators and operands It is recommended that spaces are not used as each space wastes one character in the formula Note that number can be replaced by expression in the above table equals The equals operator is used to test if one number or expression is equal to another Syntax number1 number2 The result will be TRUE if number1 is equal to number2 and will be FALSE if number1 does not equal number2 divide The divide operator is used to divide one number or expression by another Syntax number1 number2 Where number is the original value dividend number2is the value that number is divided by divisor amp NOTE If n

ION Reference Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents